YASKAWA A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Werbung
Werbung
YASKAWA AC Drive-A1000 HHP
High Performance Vector Control Drive
Programming Manual
Type: CIMR-AU
Model: 400 V Class: 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty
575 V Class: 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty
690 V Class: 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty
To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user receives this manual.
MANUAL NO. SIEP YEAHHP 01B
Parameter Details
Troubleshooting
Parameter List
MEMOBUS/MODBUS
Communications
Copyright © 2011 YASKAWA AMERICA, INC. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice.
Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.
Table of Contents
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 3
Table of Contents
4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Table of Contents
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External Run
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command ............. 230
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 5
Table of Contents
6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Table of Contents
B. MEMOBUS/MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS........................................................ 313
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 7
Table of Contents
8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1
Parameter Details
1.10 O: OPERATOR RELATED SETTINGS................................................................161
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 9
1.1 A: Initialization
1.1 A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial drive setup, including parameters involving the display language, access levels, initialization, and password.
u
A1: Initialization
n A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the digital operator.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
No.
A1-00
Setting 0: English
Parameter Name
Language Selection
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting Range
0,1
Default
0 n A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.
No.
A1-01
Parameter Name
Access Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
2
Setting 0: Operation only
Allows access and programming of parameters A1-01, A1-04, and Drive Mode.
Allows access to all U monitor parameters.
Does not allow access to Verify Mode, Setup Mode, or Auto-Tuning Mode.
Setting 1: User Parameters
Allows access and programming of parameters A1-00, A1-01, A1-04, and Drive Mode.
Allows access to all U monitor parameters.
Allows access to parameters set in A2-01 to A2-32 in Setup Mode.
Does not allow access to Verify Mode or Auto-Tuning Mode.
Setting 2: Advanced Access Level (A) and Setup Access Level (S)
Allows access and programming of all parameters.
Notes on Parameter Access
• If the drive parameters are password protected by A1-04 and A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, A1-07, and
A2-01 through A2-32 cannot be modified.
• If a digital input terminal programmed for “Program lockout” (H1oo = 1B) is enabled, parameter values cannot be modified, even if A1-01 is set to 1 or 2.
• If parameters are changed via serial communication, it will not be possible to edit or change parameter settings with the digital operator until an Enter command is issued to the drive from the serial communication.
n A1-02: Control Method Selection
Selects the Control Method (also referred to as the control mode) that the drive uses to operate the motor. Parameter A1-02 determines the control mode for motor 1 when the drive is set up to run two motors.
Note: When changing control modes, all parameter settings depending upon the setting of A1-02 will be reset to the default.
No.
A1-02
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Default
2
Control Modes for Induction Motors (IM)
10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.1 A: Initialization
Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
Use this mode for simple speed control and for multiple motor applications with low demands to dynamic response or speed accuracy. This control mode is also used when the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-Tuning cannot be performed. The speed control range is 1:40.
Setting 1: V/f Control with PG Speed Feedback
Use this mode for general-purpose applications that require high speed accuracy but do not require high dynamic response.
This control mode is also used when the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-Tuning cannot be performed. The speed control range is 1:40.
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
Use this mode for general, variable-speed applications with a speed control range of 1:200 that require precise speed control, quick torque response, and high torque at low speed without using a speed feedback signal from the motor.
Setting 3: Closed Loop Vector Control
Use this mode for general, variable-speed applications that require precise speed control down to zero speed, quick torque response or precise torque control, and a speed feedback signal from the motor. The speed control range is up to 1:1500.
n A1-03: Initialize Parameters
Resets parameters to default values. After initialization, the setting for A1-03 automatically returns to 0.
No.
A1-03
Parameter Name
Initialize Parameters
Setting Range
0, 1110, 2220, 3330, 5550
Default
0
Setting 1110: User Initialize
Resets parameters to the values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03 is set to
“1: Set defaults”.
Note: User Initialization resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values previously saved to the drive. Set parameter o2-03 to 2 to clear the user-defined default values.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and Reverse run, respectively.
Refer to Setting 40, 41: Forward Run, Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire Sequence on page 102
for more information on digital input functions.
Setting 3330: 3-Wire Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings with digital inputs S1, S2, and S5 configured as Run, Stop, and Forward/Reverse
Setting 5550: oPE04 Reset
An oPE04 error appears on the digital operator when a terminal block with settings saved to its built-in memory is installed in a drive that has edited parameters. Set A1-03 to 5550 to use the parameter settings saved to the terminal block memory.
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 1.1
will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220 or 3330. Although the control mode in A1-02 is not reset when A1-03 is set to 2220 or 3330, it may change when an application preset is selected.
No.
A1-00
A1-02
C6-01
E1-03
F6-08 o2-04
Table 1.1 Parameters Not Changed by Drive Initialization
Parameter Name
Language Selection
Control Method Selection
Duty Selection
V/f Pattern Selection
Communication Parameter Reset
Drive/kVA Selection n A1-04, A1-05: Password and Password Setting
Parameter A1-04 enters the password when the drive is locked; parameter A1-05 is a hidden parameter that sets the password.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 11
1.1 A: Initialization
No.
A1-04
A1-05
Parameter Name
Password
Password Setting
Setting Range
0000 to 9999
Default
0000
How to Use the Password
The user can set a password in parameter A1-05 to restrict access to the drive. The password must be entered to A1-04 to unlock parameter access (i.e., parameter setting A1-04 must match the value programmed into A1-05). The following parameters cannot be viewed or edited until the value entered to A1-04 correctly matches the value set to A1-05: A1-01, A1-02,
A1-03, A1-06, A1-07, and A2-01 through A2-32.
The instructions below demonstrate how to set password “1234”. An explanation follows on how to enter that password to unlock the parameters.
Table 1.2 Setting the Password for Parameter Lock
Step
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
Display/Result
- MODE DRV
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
Rdy
U1-02= 0.00Hz
U1-03= 0.00 A
FWD
LSEQ
LREF
- MODE PRG
Programming
2.
Press or until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
HELP FWD DATA
3.
Press to enter the parameter menu tree.
4.
Select the flashing digits by pressing F1 , F2 , or
5.
Select A1-04 by pressing
6.
Press
Note:
while holding down
OFF
at the same time. A1-05 will appear.
A1-05 is hidden and will not display by pressing only .
7.
Press .
8.
Use F1 , F2 , ,
.
and
.
to enter the password.
-PRMSETPRG
Initialization
A 1-00= 0
Select Language
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Select Language
A100 = 0 * 0 *
English
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
A1- 04 = 0
←
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
A1- 05 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
←
0
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
A1- 05 = 1234
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
4
→
9.
Press to save what was entered.
10 . The display automatically returns to the display shown in step 6.
Entry Accepted
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
A1- 05 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.1 A: Initialization
1.
Press
2.
Press
Table 1.3 Check if A1-02 is Locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step
to display A1-02.
, making sure that the setting values cannot be changed.
Display/Result
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A102 = 2 2
Open Loop Vector
←
FWD
→
- MODE PRG
Programming
3.
Press to return to the first display.
HELP FWD DATA
1.
2.
3.
Press
Press
Press
F1
Table 1.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 3 above)
Step Display/Result
to enter the parameter setup display.
-PRMSETPRG
Initialization
A 1-00= 0
Select Language
←
FWD
→
, F2 ,
4.
Enter the password “1234”.
to select the flashing digits as shown.
to scroll to A1-04 and .
-PRMSETPRG
Select Language
A100 = 0 * 0 *
English
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
A1- 04 = 0
←
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
←
V/f Control
FWD
→
5.
Press to save the new password.
6.
Drive returns to the parameter display.
7.
Press and scroll to A1-02.
8.
Press to display the value set to A1-02. If the first “0” blinks, parameter settings are unlocked.
9.
Use and not typically done).
to change the value if desired (though changing the control mode at this point is
Entry Accepted
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A102 = 2
2
Open Loop Vector
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A1-02= 2 2
Open Loop Vector
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A1-02= 0
2
←
V/F Control
“2”
FWD
→
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 13
1.1 A: Initialization
Step Display/Result
10.
Press to save the setting, or press to return to the previous display without saving changes.
Entry Accepted
11.
The display automatically returns to the parameter display.
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A102 = 0 0
V/F Control
←
FWD
→
Note: 1.
Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password.
2.
Performing a 2-Wire or 3-Wire initialization resets the password to “0000”.
3.
Enter a setting other than the password (e.g., 0000) in A1-04 to use the set password to release the lock and restore the lock with the same password after changing parameter settings.
n A1-06: Application Preset
Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically assigns functions to the input and output terminals and sets a predefined group of parameters to values appropriate for the selected application.
In addition, the parameters most likely to be changed are assigned to the group of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-16.
User Parameters are part of the Setup Group, which provides quicker access by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple menus.
Setting 1: Water Supply Pump Application
Table 1.5 Water Supply Pump: Parameter Settings
Default Setting No.
A1-02 b1-04
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
E1-03
E1-07
E1-08
L2-01
L3-04
Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
1.0 s
1.0 s
Duty Rating
V/f Pattern Selection
Mid Output Frequency
Mid Output Frequency Voltage
1: Normal Duty
0FH
30.0 Hz
50.0 V
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection 1: Enabled
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 1: Enabled
Table 1.6 Water Supply Pump: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
No.
Parameter Name b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection b1-02 Run Command Selection b1-04
C1-01
C1-02
E1-03
E1-07
Reverse Operation Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
V/f Pattern Selection
Mid Output Frequency
No.
E1-08
Parameter Name
Mid Output Frequency Voltage
E2-01 Motor Rated Current
H1-05
H1-06
H1-07
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
Selection
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
− −
14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.1 A: Initialization
Setting 2: Conveyor Application
No.
A1-02
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
L3-04
Table 1.7 Conveyor: Parameter Settings
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
0: V/f Control
3.0 s
3.0 s
Duty Rating 0: Heavy Duty
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 1: Enabled
Default Setting
Table 1.8 Conveyor: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
No.
Parameter Name
A1-02 Control Method Selection b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection b1-02 Run Command Selection
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
No.
Parameter Name
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1
E2-01 Motor Rated Current
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
− −
Setting 3: Exhaust Fan Application
No.
A1-02 b1-04
C6-01
E1-03
E1-07
E1-08
L2-01
L3-04
Table 1.9 Exhaust Fan: Parameter Settings
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
Duty Selection
V/f Pattern Selection
Mid Output Frequency
Mid Output Frequency Voltage
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
1: Normal Duty
0FH
30.0 Hz
50.0 V
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
No.
Parameter Name b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection b1-02 Run Command Selection b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection b3-01
C1-01
C1-02
E1-03
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
V/f Pattern Selection
Table 1.10 Exhaust Fan: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
Speed Search Selection at Start
No.
E1-07 Mid Output Frequency
E1-08 Mid Output Frequency Voltage
E2-01
H1-05
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Current
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
Selection
H1-06
H1-07
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
Selection
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Setting 4: HVAC Fan Application
No.
A1-02 b1-04 b1-17
C6-01
C6-02
H2-03
Table 1.11 HVAC Fan: Parameter Settings
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
Run Command at Power Up
Duty Rating
Carrier Frequency Selection
Terminals P2 Function Selection
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
Default Setting
1: Run command issued, motor operation start
1: Normal Duty
1: 2.0 kHz
39: Watt Hour Pulse Output
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 15
1.1 A: Initialization
No.
L2-01
L8-03
L8-38
Parameter Name
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction
Default Setting
2: CPU Power Active - Drive will restart if power returns prior to control power supply shut down.
4: Operation at lower speed
2: Enabled across entire frequency range.
Table 1.12 HVAC Fan: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16)
No.
Parameter Name b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection b1-02 Run Command Selection b1-03 Stopping Method Selection b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit
No.
Parameter Name d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
E1-04 Max Output Frequency
E2-01 Motor Rated Current
H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting
H3-12 Terminal A2 Input Bias
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection o4-12 kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection
Setting 5: Compressor Application
No.
A1-02 b1-04
C1-01
C1-02
C6-01
E1-03
L2-01
L3-04
Table 1.13 Compressor: Parameter Settings
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Reverse Operation Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Duty Rating
V/f Pattern Selection
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Default Setting
0: V/f Control
1: Reverse Prohibited
5.0 s
5.0 s
0: Heavy Duty
0F Hex
1: Enabled
1: Enabled
Table 1.14 Compressor: User Parameters (A2-01 to A2-16):
No.
Parameter Name b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection b1-02 Run Command Selection b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1
No.
E1-03
E1-07
E1-08
E2-01
–
Parameter Name
V/f Pattern Selection
Mid Output Frequency
Mid Output Frequency Voltage
Motor Rated Current
– n A1-07: DriveWorksEZ Function Selection
Enables and disables the DriveWorksEZ program inside the drive.
DriveWorksEZ is a software package for customizing drive functionality or adding PLC functionality by the interconnection and configuration of basic software function blocks. The drive performs user-created programs in 1 ms cycles.
Note: 1.
If DriveWorksEZ has assigned functions to any of the multi-function output terminals, those functions will remain set to those terminals even after disabling DriveWorksEZ.
2.
For more information on DriveWorksEZ, contact a Yaskawa representative.
No.
A1-07
Setting 0: DWEZ disabled
Parameter Name
DriveWorksEZ Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 1: DWEZ enabled
Setting 2: Digital input
If a digital input is programmed for DWEZ enable/disable (H1oo = 9F), DWEZ will be enabled when the input is opened.
16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.1 A: Initialization u
A2: User Parameters
n A2-01 to A2-32: User Parameters 1 to 32
The user can select up to 32 parameters and assign them to parameters A2-01 through A2-32 to provide quicker access by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple menus. The User Parameter list can also save the most recently edited parameters.
No.
A2-01 to A2-32
Parameter Name
User Parameters 1 to 32
Setting Range b1-01 to o4-13
Default
Determined by
A1-06 <1>
<1> A1-06 determines how parameters edited by the user are saved to the list of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-32.
Saving User Parameters
To save specific parameters to A2-01 through A2-32, set parameter A1-01 to 2 to allow access to all parameters, then enter the parameter number to one of the A2oo parameters to assign it to the list of User Parameters. Finally, set A1-01 to 1 to restrict access so users can only set and refer to the parameters saved as User Parameters.
n A2-33: User Parameter Automatic Selection
Determines whether recently edited parameters are saved to the second half of the User Parameters (A2-17 to A2-32) for quicker access.
No.
A2-33
Parameter Name
User Parameter Automatic Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-06
Setting 0: Do not save list of recently edited parameters
Set A2-33 to 0 to manually select the parameters listed in the User Parameter group.
Setting 1: Save list of recently edited parameters
Set A2-33 to 1 to automatically save recently edited parameters to A2-17 through A2-32. A total of 16 parameters are saved with the most recently edited parameter set to A2-17, the second most recently to A2-18, and so on. Access the User Parameters using the Setup Mode of the digital operator.
Note: User parameters are listed from A2-27 to A2-32. Parameters A2-01 to A2-26 are already listed as defined by default when in Setup Mode.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 17
1
1.2 b: Application
1.2 b: Application u
b1: Operation Mode Selection
n b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1
Selects the frequency reference source 1 for the REMOTE mode.
Note: 1.
If a Run command is input to the drive but the frequency reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the RUN indicator
LED on the digital operator will light and the STOP indicator will flash.
2.
Press the LO/RE key to set the drive to LOCAL and use the operator keypad to enter the frequency reference.
No.
b1-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
1
Setting 0: Operator keypad
Using this setting, the frequency reference can be input by:
• switching between the multi-speed references in the d1oo parameters.
• entering the frequency reference on the operator keypad.
Setting 1: Terminals (analog input terminals)
Using this setting, an analog frequency reference can be entered as a voltage or current signal from terminals A1, A2, or A3.
Voltage Input
used.
Terminal Signal Level
A1
A2
0 to 10 Vdc
-10 to +10 Vdc
0 to 10 Vdc
Table 1.15 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using Voltage Signals
Parameter Settings
-10 to +10 Vdc
Signal Level
Selection
H3-01 = 0
H3-01 = 1
H3-09 = 0
H3-09 = 1
Function Selection
H3-02 = 0
(Frequency Reference Bias)
H3-10 = 0
(Frequency Reference Bias)
Gain
H3-03
H3-11
Bias
H3-04
H3-12
Notes
–
Set DIP switch S1 on the terminal board to “V” for voltage input.
A3
0 to 10 Vdc
-10 to +10 Vdc
H3-05 = 0
H3-05 = 1
H3-06 = 0
(Frequency Reference Bias)
H3-07 H3-08
Set DIP switch S4 on the terminal board to “AI”.
2 k
Drive
+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
0 to 10 V
A1 Analog Input 1
A2 Analog Input 2
A3 Analog Input 3
AC Analog input common
OR
4 k
Drive
+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
-10 to 10 V
A1 Analog Input 1
A2 Analog Input 2
A3 Analog Input 3
AC Analog input common
-V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply -V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
Figure 1.1 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Voltage Signal at Terminal A1
Use the wiring example shown in Figure 1.1
for any other analog input terminals. When using input A2 make sure DIP switch
S1 is set for voltage input.
Current Input
Input terminal A2 can accept a current input signal. Refer to
to set terminal A2 for current input.
18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Terminal
A2
Signal
Level
4 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
Table 1.16 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using a Current Signal
Signal Level
Selection
H3-09 = 2
Parameter Settings
Function
Selection
Gain Bias
H3-09 = 3
H3-10 = 0
(Frequency Bias)
H3-11 H3-12
Notes
Make sure to set DIP switch S1 on the terminal board to “I” for current input.
DIP switch S1
V I
Drive
+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
A1 Analog Input 1
0 or 4 to 20 mA
A2 Analog Input 2
A3 Analog Input 3
AC Analog input common
-V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
Figure 1.2 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Current Signal to Terminal A2
Switching between Main/Auxiliary Frequency References
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via the RS-485/422 serial communications port (control terminals R+,
R-, S+, S-).
Setting 3: Option card
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via an option board plugged into connector CN5-A on the drive control board. Consult the option board manual for instructions on integrating the drive with the communication system.
Note: If the frequency reference source is set for Option PCB (b1-01 = 3), but an option board is not installed, an oPE05 Operator Programming
Error will be displayed on the digital operator and the drive will not run.
Setting 4: Pulse Train Input
This setting requires a pulse train signal to terminal RP to provide the frequency reference. Follow the directions below to verify that the pulse signal is working properly.
Verifying the Pulse Train is Working Properly
• Set b1-04 to 4 and set H6-01 to 0.
• Set the H6-02 to the pulse train frequency value that equals 100% of the frequency reference.
• Enter a pulse train signal to terminal RP and check for the correct frequency reference on the display.
n b1-02: Run Command Selection 1
Determines the Run command source 1 in the REMOTE mode.
No.
b1-02
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection 1
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: Operator
This setting requires entering the Run command via the digital operator RUN key and also illuminates the LO/RE indicator on the digital operator.
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
This setting requires entering the Run command via the digital input terminals using one of following sequences:
• 2-Wire sequence 1:
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 19
1.2 b: Application
Two inputs (FWD/Stop-REV/Stop). Set A1-03 to 2220 to initialize the drive and preset terminals S1 and S2 to these functions. This is the default setting of the drive.
Refer to Setting 40, 41: Forward Run, Reverse Run Command for 2-
• 2-Wire sequence 2:
Two inputs (Start/Stop-FWD/REV).
Refer to Setting 42, 43: Run and Direction Command for 2-Wire Sequence 2 on page 103 .
• 3-Wire sequence:
Three inputs (Start-Stop-FWD/REV). Set A1-03 to 3330 to initialize the drive and preset terminals S1, S2, and S5 to these functions.
Refer to Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 96
.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via the RS-485/422 serial communications port (control terminals R+,
R-, S+, S-).
Setting 3: Option Card
This setting requires entering the Run command via the communication option board by plugging a communication option board into the CN5-A port on the control PCB. Refer to the option board manual for instructions on integrating the drive into the communication system.
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option board is not installed in CN5-A, an oPE05 operator programming error will be displayed on the digital operator and the drive will not run.
n b1-03: Stopping Method Selection
Selects how the drive stops the motor when the Run command is removed or when a Stop command is entered.
No.
b1-03
Parameter Name
Stopping Method Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will decelerate the motor to stop. The deceleration rate is determined by the active deceleration time. The default deceleration time is set to parameter C1-02.
When the output frequency falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive will start DC injection, Zero Speed Control,
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will shut off its output and the motor will coast (uncontrolled deceleration) to stop. The stopping time is determined by the inertia and the friction in the driven system.
Run
command
ON OFF
Output
frequency
Drive output is shut off
Motor speed
Figure 1.3 Coast to Stop
Note: After a stop is initiated, any subsequent Run command entered will be ignored until the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) has expired. Do
) or Speed Search (
Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 27 ) to restart the motor before it has completely stopped.
Setting 2: DC Injection Braking to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will enter baseblock (turn off its output) for the minimum baseblock time
(L2-03). When the minimum baseblock time has expired, the drive will inject the amount DC current set in parameter b2-02 into the motor windings to brake the motor. The stopping time in DC Injection Braking to Stop is significantly faster compared to Coast to Stop.
Note:
Note:
This function is not available in the control modes for PM motors (A1-02 = 5, 6, 7).
PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Run
command
Output
frequency
ON OFF
DC Injection Braking with the current set in b2-02
Motor speed
Motor coasts
Minimum Baseblock
Time (L2-03)
Figure 1.4 DC Injection Braking to Stop
DC Injection Braking time is determined by the value set to b2-04 and the output frequency at the time the Run command is removed. It can be calculated by:
DC Injection brake time =
(b2-04) x 10 x Output frequency
Max. output frequency (E1-04)
DC Injection braking time b2-04 × 10 b2-04
10%
Output frequency when
Stop command was entered
100%
(Maximum output frequency)
Figure 1.5 DC Injection Braking Time Depending on Output Frequency
Note: If an overcurrent (oC) fault occurs during DC Injection Braking to Stop, lengthen the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) until the fault no longer occurs.
Setting 3: Coast to Stop with Timer
When the Run command is removed, the drive will turn off its output and the motor will coast to stop. The drive will not start if a Run command is input before the time t (C1-02) has expired. Cycle the Run command that was activated during time t after t has expired to start the drive.
Run command ON OFF ON OFF ON
Output
frequency
Drive output shut off
Run wait time t
Figure 1.6 Coast to Stop with Timer
The wait time t is determined by the output frequency when the Run command is removed and by the active deceleration time.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 21
1.2 b: Application
Run wait time t
Active deceleration time
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblock
Time (L2-03)
Min output frequency
Output frequency when Stop command was entered
100%
(Max output frequency)
Figure 1.7 Run Wait Time Depending on Output Frequency n b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection
Enables and disables Reverse operation. For some applications, reverse motor rotation is not appropriate and may cause problems (e.g., air handling units, pumps, etc.).
No.
b1-04
Parameter Name
Reverse Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Reverse operation enabled
Possible to operate the motor in both forward and reverse directions.
Setting 1: Reverse operation disabled
Drive disregards a Reverse run command or a negative frequency reference.
n b1-05: Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency (CLV and CLV/PM)
Sets the operation when the frequency reference is lower than the minimum output frequency set in parameter E1-09.
No.
b1-05
Parameter Name
Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: Follow the Frequency Reference
The drive adjusts the motor speed following the speed reference, even if the frequency reference is below the setting of parameter E1-09. When the Run command is removed and the motor speed is smaller than the setting of b2-01, Zero Speed
Control (not position lock) is performed for the time set in parameter b2-04 before the drive output shuts off.
Run
Command
OFF ON
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency reference
IM: Initial Excitation
PM: Zero Spd. Contr.
Motor
Speed
Zero Speed
Control b2-03
Zero Speed Time at Start b2-01 DC Injection
Speed Level
E1-09
Zero Speed
Control b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 1.8 Run at the Frequency Reference
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The motor starts when the frequency reference exceeds the parameter E1-09 setting. When the motor is running and the frequency reference falls below E1-09, the drive output shuts off and the motor coasts. When the motor speed falls below the zero speed level set in b2-01, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04.
22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Run
Command
OFF ON
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency reference
Motor
Speed
IM: Initial Excitation
PM: Zero Spd. Contr.
b2-01 Zero
Speed Level b2-03
Zero Speed Time at Start
Motor
Coasts
Zero Speed
Control b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 1.9 Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Run at the Minimum Frequency
When a Run command is active and the frequency reference is smaller than the parameter E1-09 setting, the drive runs the motor at the speed set in E1-09. When the Run command is removed, the drive decelerates the motor. As soon as the motor speed reaches the zero speed level set in b2-01, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04.
Run
Command
OFF ON
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency reference
IM: Initial Excitation
PM: Zero Spd. Contr.
Run at
E1-09
Motor
Speed b2-03
Zero Speed Time at Start b2-01 Zero
Speed Level
Run at
E1-09
Zero Speed
Control b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 1.10 Run at the Minimum Frequency
Setting 3: Zero Speed Control
The drive applies Zero Speed Control whenever the frequency reference setting is below the value of parameter E1-09.
Remove the Run command when the drive is operating at or above the frequency set in E1-09 to activate Zero Speed Control for the time set in b2-04, regardless of whether Zero Speed Control was already active.
Run
Command
OFF ON
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency reference
IM: Initial Excitation
PM: Zero Spd. Contr.
Zero
Speed
Control b2-01 Zero
Speed Level
E1-09
Zero Speed
Control
Motor
Speed b2-03
Zero Speed Time at Start b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 1.11 Zero Speed Control n b1-06: Digital Input Reading
Defines how the digital inputs are read. The inputs are acted upon every 1 ms or 2 ms depending upon the setting.
No.
b1-06
Name
Digital Input Reading
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Read once (1 ms scan)
The state of a digital input is read once. If the state has changed, the input command is immediately processed. With this setting the drive responds more quickly to digital inputs, but a noisy signal could cause erroneous operation.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 23
1.2 b: Application
Setting 1: Read twice (2 ms scan)
The state of a digital input is read twice. The input command is processed only if the state does not change during the double reading. This reading process is slower than the “Read once” process, but it is more resistant to noisy signals.
n b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection
The drive has three separate control sources that can be switched using digital inputs (H1oo = 1 (LOCAL/REMOTE
, Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on page 97
(LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection on page 162
for details.
• LOCAL: Digital operator. The digital operator sets the frequency reference and Run command.
• REMOTE: External reference 1. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-01 and b1-02.
• REMOTE: External reference 2. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-15 and b1-16.
When switching from LOCAL to REMOTE, or between External reference 1 and External reference 2, the Run command may already be present at the location at which the source is being switched. In this case, use parameter b1-07 to determine how the Run command is treated.
No.
b1-07
Parameter Name
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Run command must be cycled
When the Run command source differs between the old source and the new source (e.g., the old source was the terminals and the new source is serial communication), and the Run command is active at the new source as the switchover occurs, the drive will not start or the drive will stop operation if it was previously running. The Run command must be cycled at the new source to restart the drive.
Setting 1: Accept Run command at the new source
When the Run command is active at the new source, the drive starts or continues operation if it was previously running.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if switching control sources when b1-07 = 1. Clear all personnel from rotating machinery and electrical connections prior to switching control sources. Failure to comply may cause death or serious injury.
n b1-08: Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode
As a safety precaution, the drive will not normally respond to a Run command input when the digital operator is being used to adjust parameters in Programming Mode (Verify Menu, Setup Mode, Parameter Settings Mode, and Auto-Tuning Mode).
If required by the application, set b1-08 to allow the drive to run while in Programming Mode.
No.
b1-08
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
A Run command is not accepted while the digital operator is in Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Enabled
A Run command is accepted in any digital operator mode.
Setting 2: Prohibit programming during run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active. The Programming Mode cannot be displayed during Run.
n b1-14: Phase Order Selection
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
Switching motor phases will reverse the direction of the motor.
No.
b1-14
Parameter Name
Phase Order Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Standard Phase Order
Setting 1: Switched Phase Order n b1-15: Frequency Reference Selection 2
Enabled when H1oo
= 2 and the terminal is closed. Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on page 97
and
Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 on page 19 for details.
24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
No.
b1-15
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection 2
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
0 n b1-16: Run Command Selection 2
Enabled when H1oo
= 2 and the terminal is closed. Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on page 97 and
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1 on page 18
for details.
No.
b1-16
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection 2
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0 n b1-17: Run Command at Power Up
Determines whether an external Run command that is active during power up will start the drive.
No.
b1-17
Parameter Name
Run Command at Power Up
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Run Command at Power Up Is Not Issued
Cycle the Run command to start the drive.
Note: For safety reasons, the drive is initially programmed not to accept a Run command at power up (b1-17 = 0). If a Run command is issued at power up, the RUN indicator LED will flash quickly.
Setting 1: Run Command at Power Up Is Issued
If an external Run command is active when the drive is powered up, the drive will begin operating the motor once the internal start up process is complete.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If b1-17 is set to 1 and an external Run command is active during power up, the motor will begin rotating as soon as the power is switched on. Proper precautions must be taken to ensure that the area around the motor is safe prior to powering up the drive. Failure to comply may cause serious injury.
u
b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking
These parameters determine operation of the DC Injection Braking, Zero Speed Control, and Short Circuit Braking features.
n b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Active when “Ramp to Stop” is selected as the stopping method (b1-03 = 0).
No.
b2-01
Name
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 Hz
Default
Determined by
A1-02
The function triggered by parameter b2-01 depends on the control mode that has been selected.
V/f, V/f w/PG, and OLV (A1-02 = 0, 1, 2)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for DC Injection Braking at Stop. When the output frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, DC Injection Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-04.
DC Injection
Braking
E1-09 Min. Frequency b2-01 Zero Speed Level
Output
frequency
Time b2-04
Figure 1.12 DC Injection Braking at Stop for V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
CLV (A1-02 = 3)
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Zero Speed Control (not position lock) at stop. When the output frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Zero Speed Control is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-04 provided b1-05 is set to 0.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 25
1.2 b: Application
E1-09 Min. Frequency b2-01 Zero Speed Level
Zero Speed
Control
Output
frequency
Time b2-04
Figure 1.13 Zero Speed Control at Stop in CLV and CLV/PM
Note: If b2-01 is set lower than the minimum frequency (E1-09), then Zero Speed Control begins at the frequency set to E1-09.
n b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. The carrier frequency is automatically reduced to 1 kHz when this parameter is set to more than 50%.
No.
b2-02
Name
DC Injection Braking Current
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
50%
The level of DC Injection Braking current affects the strength of the magnetic field attempting to lock the motor shaft.
Increasing the current level will increase the amount of heat generated by the motor windings. Do not set this parameter higher than the level necessary to hold the motor shaft.
n b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control in CLV and CLV/PM) at start. Used to stop a coasting motor before restarting it or to apply braking torque at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-03
Name
DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s
Note: Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g., a fan motor driven by windmill effect), use DC Injection or Speed Search to stop the motor or detect motor speed before starting it. Otherwise, motor stalling and other faults can occur.
n b2-04: DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control in CLV and CLV/PM) at stop. Used to completely stop a motor with high inertia load after ramp down. Increase the value if the motor still coasts by inertia after it should have stopped.
Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-04
Name
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
Determined by
A1-02
26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b2-08: Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
Sets the magnetic flux compensation at start as a percentage of the no-load current value (E2-03). This function allows for the development of more flux to facilitate starting machines that require high starting torque or motors with a large rotor time constant.
No.
b2-08
Name
Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
Setting Range
0 to 1000%
Default
0%
When a Run command is issued, the DC current level injected into the motor changes linearly from the level set to b2-08 to the level set to E2-03 within the time set to b2-03.
Output frequency b2-08
E2-03
Magnetizing Current
Reference b2-03
Time
Figure 1.14 Magnetic Flux Compensation
When b2-08 ≠ 0%, the current will flow for the time set in b2-03 (DC Injection Braking Time at Start) when DC Injection
Braking starts. The current will change linearly from the setting of b2-08 to the setting of E2-03.
The level of the DC current injected to the motor is limited to 80% of the drive rated current or to the motor rated current, whichever value is smaller.
Note: 1.
If b2-08 is set below 100%, it can take a relatively long time for flux to develop.
2.
If b2-08 is set to 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set to b2-02.
3.
As DC Injection can generate a fair amount of noise, b2-08 may need to be adjusted to keep noise levels acceptable.
u
b3: Speed Search
The Speed Search function allows the drive to detect the speed of a rotating motor shaft that is driven by external forces and start the motor operation directly from the detected speed without first stopping the machine.
Example: When a momentary loss of power occurs, the drive output shuts off and the motor coasts. When power returns, the drive can find the speed of the coasting motor and restart it directly.
Enabling Speed Search for PM motors only requires setting parameter b3-01 to 1.
The drive offers current detection and speed estimation Speed Search for induction motors. Parameter b3-24 selects the speed search method for induction motors. Both methods and relevant parameters are explained below.
n Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0)
Current Detection Speed Search detects the motor speed by looking at motor current in IM motors. When Speed Search is started it reduces the output frequency starting from either the maximum output frequency or the frequency reference while increasing the output voltage using the time set in parameter L2-04. As long as the current is higher than the level set to b3-02, the output frequency is lowered using the time constant set to b3-03. If the output current falls below b3-02, the drive assumes that the output frequency and motor speed are the same and accelerates or decelerates to the frequency reference.
Be aware that sudden acceleration may occur when using this method of Speed Search with relatively light loads.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 27
1.2 b: Application
AC power supply
Output frequency
Output current
Output frequency before momentary power loss
Decel time set to b3-03
ON OFF
Waits for twice as long as L2-04
Selected frequency reference
Speed Search operation current set to b3-02
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) b3-05
Figure 1.15 Current Detection Speed Search after Power Loss
Note: After power is restored, the drive waits until the time set to b3-05 has passed before performing Speed Search. Thereby the Speed Search may start not at the end of L2-03 but even later.
When Speed Search is applied automatically with the Run command, the drive waits for the minimum baseblock time set to
L2-03 before starting Speed Search. If L2-03 is lower than the time set to parameter b3-05, then b3-05 is used as the wait time.
Decel time set set to b3-03
Waits for twice as long as L2-04
OFF ON
Run command
Max. output frequency or the specified frequency reference
Output frequency
Selected frequency reference b3-02
(Speed search operation current)
Output current
Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03)
Figure 1.16 Current Detection Speed Search at Start or Speed Search Command by Digital Input
Notes on Using Current Detection Type Speed Search
• Shorten the Speed Search deceleration time set to b3-03 if an oL1 fault occurs while performing Current Detection Speed
Search.
• Current Detection Speed Search is not available when using OLV Control for PM motors.
• Increase the minimum baseblock time set to L2-03 if an overcurrent or overvoltage fault occurs when performing Speed
Search after power is restored following a momentary power loss.
n Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1)
This method can be used for a single induction motor connected to a drive. Do not use this method if the motor is one or more frame size smaller than the drive, at motor speeds above 200 Hz, or when using a single drive to operate more than one motor.
Speed Estimation is executed in the two steps described below:
Step 1: Back EMF Voltage Estimation
This method is used by Speed Search after baseblock (e.g., a power loss where the drive CPU continued to run and the Run command was kept active). Here, the drive estimates the motor speed by analyzing the back EMF voltage and outputs the estimated frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set in parameter L2-04. After that, the motor is accelerated or decelerated to the frequency reference starting from the detected speed. If there is not enough residual voltage in the motor windings to perform the calculations described above, the drive will automatically proceed to step 2.
28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
AC power supply
Output frequency
ON OFF
Starts at the speed that was detected
Selected frequency reference
Output current
Several miliseconds
Min. Baseblock Time
(L2-03) b3 -05 <1>
Figure 1.17 Speed Search after Baseblock
<1> After AC power is restored, the drive will wait for at least the time set to b3-05. If the power interruption is longer than the minimum baseblock time set to L2-03, the drive will wait until the time set to b3-05 has passed after power is restored before starting Speed Search.
Step 2: Current Injection
Current Injection is performed when there is insufficient residual voltage in the motor after extended power losses, when Speed
Search is applied with the Run command (b3-01 = 1), or when an External search command is used.
This feature injects the amount of DC current set to b3-06 to the motor and detects the speed by measuring the current feedback.
The drive then outputs the detected frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set to parameter L2-04 while looking at the motor current.
The output frequency is reduced if the current is higher than the level in b3-02. When the current falls below b3-02, the motor speed is assumed to be found and the drive starts to accelerate or decelerate to the frequency reference.
Decelerates at the Speed
Search decel time set to b3-03
Waits twice as long as L2-04
Run command
OFF
ON
Starts at the speed speed that was detected
Output frequency
Frequency reference set to the drive b3-02 (Speed search operation current)
Output current
1.0 s
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) <1>
Figure 1.18 Speed Search at Start
<1> The wait time for Speed Search (b3-05) determines the lower limit.
Notes on Using Speed Estimation Speed Search
• Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance (T1-01 = 2). If the there is a change in the cable length between the drive and motor.
• Use Current Detection to search for speeds beyond 200 Hz if the application is running multiple motors from the same drive or if the motor is considerably smaller than the capacity of the drive.
• Speed Estimation may have trouble finding the actual speed if the motor cable is very long. Use Current Detection in these instances.
n Speed Search Activation
Speed Search can be activated using any of the methods 1 through 5 described below. Select the Speed Search type in parameter b3-24 independent of the activation method.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 29
1.2 b: Application
Method 1.
Automatically activate Speed Search with every Run command. Set b3-01, Speed Search Selection at Start, to 1
(Enabled). External Speed Search commands are ignored.
Method 2.
Activate Speed Search using the multi-function input terminal.
Use the input functions for H1oo in
.
Setting
61
62
Table 1.17 Speed Search Activation by Multi-Function Input Terminal
Description
External Search
Command 1
External Search
Command 2 b3-24 = 1
(Current Injection
Method of Speed
Estimation)
Activate Speed Estimation
Speed Search
Activate Speed Estimation
Speed Search b3-24 = 0
(Current Detection Speed Search)
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency reference.
To activate Speed Search by the multi-function input terminal, the input must be set together with the Run command or the
Run command must be entered after giving the Speed Search command.
30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Method 3.
After automatic fault restart.
When the number of maximum fault restarts in parameter L5-01 is set higher than 0, the drive will automatically perform
Speed Search as specified by b3-24 following a fault.
Method 4.
After momentary power loss.
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection on page 134 for details.
Method 5.
After external baseblock is released.
The drive will resume the operation starting with Speed Search if the Run command is present and the output frequency is above the minimum frequency when the Baseblock command (H1oo = 8 or 9) is released.
n b3-01: Speed Search Selection at Start
Determines if Speed Search is automatically performed when a Run command is issued.
No.
b3-01
Parameter Name
Speed Search Selection at Start
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
This setting starts operating the drive at the minimum output frequency when the Run command is entered. If external Speed
Search 1 or 2 is already enabled by a digital input, the drive will start operating with Speed Search.
Setting 1: Enabled
This setting performs Speed Search when the Run command is entered. The drive begins running the motor after Speed Search is complete.
n b3-02: Speed Search Deactivation Current
Sets the operating current for Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated current. Normally there is no need to change this setting. Lower this value if the drive has trouble restarting.
No.
b3-02
Name
Speed Search Deactivation Current
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Note: When parameter A1-02 = 0 (V/f Control) the factory default setting is 120. When parameter A1-02 = 2 (Open Loop Vector) the factory default setting is 100.
n b3-03: Speed Search Deceleration Time
Sets the output frequency reduction ramp used by the Current Injection Method of Speed Estimation (b3-24 = 1). The time entered into b3-03 will be the time to decelerate from maximum frequency (E1-04) to minimum frequency (E1-09).
No.
b3-03
Name
Speed Search Deceleration Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 10.0 s
Default
2.0 s n b3-04: V/f Gain During Speed Search
During Speed Search, the output voltage calculated from the V/f pattern is multiplied with this value. Changing this value can help reduce the output current during Speed Search.
No.
b3-04
Name
V/f Gain During Speed Search
Setting Range
10 to 100%
Default
Determined by o2-04
Note: Available control modes for parameter b3-04 vary by drive model:
CIMR-A o 2A0004 to 2A0415 and 4A0002 to 4A0675: Available when A1-02 = 0, 1.
CIMR-A o 4A0930 to 4A1200 and A1000 HHP : Available when A1-02 = 0.
n b3-05: Speed Search Delay Time
In cases where an output contactor is used between the drive and the motor, the contactor must be closed before Speed Search can be performed. This parameter can be used to delay the Speed Search operation, giving the contactor enough time to close completely.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 31
1.2 b: Application
No.
b3-05
Name
Speed Search Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0 s
Default
0.2 s n b3-06: Output Current 1 During Speed Search
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation Speed Search as a factor of the motor rated current set in E2-01 (E4-01 for motor 2). If the motor speed is relatively slow when the drive starts to perform Speed Search after a long period of baseblock, it may be helpful to increase the setting value. The output current during Speed Search is automatically limited by the drive rated current.
No.
b3-06
Name
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
Setting Range
0.0 to 2.0
Default
Determined by o2-04
Note: Use Current Detection Speed Search if Speed Estimation is not working correctly even after adjusting b3-06.
n b3-10: Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the gain for the detected motor speed of the Speed Estimation Speed Search. Increase the setting only if an overvoltage fault occurs when the drive restarts the motor.
No.
b3-10
Name
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain
Setting Range
1.00 to 1.20
Default
1.05
n b3-14: Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection
Sets how the drive determines the motor rotation direction when performing Speed Estimation Speed Search.
No.
b3-14
Parameter Name
Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive uses the frequency reference to determine the direction of motor rotation to restart the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The drive detects the motor rotation direction to restart the motor.
n b3-17: Speed Search Restart Current Level
Sets the current level at which Speed Estimation is restarted as a percentage of drive rated current to avoid overcurrent and overvoltage problems since a large current can flow into the drive if the difference between the estimated frequency and the actual motor speed is too big when performing Speed Estimation.
No.
b3-17
Name
Speed Search Restart Current Level
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
150% n b3-18: Speed Search Restart Detection Time (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the time for which the current must be above the level set in b3-17 before restarting Speed Search.
No.
b3-18
Name
Speed Search Restart Detection Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 1.00 s
Default
0.10 s n b3-19: Number of Speed Search Restarts (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the number of times the drive should attempt to find the speed and restart the motor. If the number of restart attempts exceeds the value set to b3-19, the SEr fault will occur and the drive will stop.
No.
b3-19
Name
Number of Speed Search Restarts
Setting Range
0 to 10
Default
3 n b3-24: Speed Search Method Selection
Sets the Speed Search method used.
32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
No.
b3-24
Parameter Name
Speed Search Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Current Detection Speed Search
Setting 1: Speed Estimation Speed Search
Note:
Refer to Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) on page 27
and Refer to Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1) on page
for explanations of the Speed Search methods.
n b3-25: Speed Search Wait Time
Sets the wait time between Speed Search restarts. Increase the wait time if problems occur with overcurrent, overvoltage, or if the SEr fault occurs.
No.
b3-25
Name
Speed Search Wait Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 30.0 s
Default
0.5 s u
b4: Timer Function
The timer function is independent of drive operation and can delay the switching of a digital output triggered by a digital input signal and help eliminate chattering switch noise from sensors. An on-delay and off-delay can be set separately.
To enable the timer function, set a multi-function input to “Timer Function Input” (H1oo = 18) and set a multi-function output to “Timer output” (H2oo = 12). Only one timer can be used.
n b4-01, b4-02: Timer Function On-Delay, Off-Delay Time b4-01 sets the on-delay time for switching the timer output. b4-02 sets the off-delay time for switching the timer output.
No.
b4-01 b4-02
Name
Timer Function On-Delay Time
Timer Function Off-Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 3000.0 s
0.0 to 3000.0 s
Default
0.0 s
0.0 s n Timer Function Operation
The timer function switches on when the timer function input closes for longer than the value set to b4-01. The timer function switches off when the timer function input is open for longer than the value set to b4-02.
illustrates the timer function operation:
Multi-function Contact
Input: Timer Function （ H1-
□□
=18)
Multi-function Contact
Output: Timer Function （ H2-
□□
=12)
ON
ON
ON
ON
On (Closed)
Off (Open)
On (Closed)
Off (Open) b4-01 b4-02 b4-01 b4-02
Figure 1.19 Timer Operation u
b5: PID Control
The drive has a built-in Proportional + Integral + Derivative (PID) controller that uses the difference between the target value and the feedback value to adjust the drive output frequency to minimize deviation and provide accurate closed loop control of system variables such as pressure or temperature.
n P Control
The output of P control is the product of the deviation and the P gain so that it follows the deviation directly and linearly. With
P control, only an offset between the target and feedback remains.
n I Control
The output of I control is the integral of the deviation. It minimizes the offset between target and feedback value that typically remains when pure P control is used. The integral time (I time) constant determines how fast the offset is eliminated.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 33
1.2 b: Application n D Control
D control predicts the deviation signal by multiplying its derivative (slope of the deviation) with a time constant, then adds this value to the PID input. This way the D portion of a PID controller provides a braking action to the controller response and can reduce the tendency to oscillate and overshoot.
D control tends to amplify noise on the deviation signal, which can result in control instability. Only use D control when absolutely necessary.
n PID Operation
To better demonstrate PID functionality, Figure 1.20
illustrates the PID output when the PID input (deviation) is at a constant
level.
PID input
Time
PID output
I control
PID Output D control
P control
Time
Figure 1.20 PID Operation n Using PID Control
Applications for PID control are listed in Table 1.18
.
Table 1.18 Using PID Control
Application
Speed Control
Description
Machinery speed is fed back and adjusted to meet the target value. Synchronous control is performed using speed data from other machinery as the target value
Pressure Maintains constant pressure using pressure feedback.
Fluid Control Keeps flow at a constant level by feeding back flow data.
Temperature
Control
Maintains a constant temperature by controlling a fan with a thermostat.
Sensors Used
Tachometer
Pressure sensor
Flow rate sensor
Thermocoupler,
Thermistor n PID Setpoint Input Methods
The PID setpoint input can be input from one of the sources listed in
.
If none of the sources listed in Table 1.19
Table 1.19 PID Setpoint Sources
PID Setpoint Source
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
Set H3-02 = C
Set H3-10 = C
Settings
Analog Input A3 Set H3-06 = C
MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0006 H Set bit 1 in register 000F H to 1 and input the setpoint to register 0006 H
Pulse Input RP
Parameter b5-19
Set H6-01 = 2
Set parameter b5-18 = 1 and input the PID setpoint to b5-19
Note: A duplicate allocation of the PID setpoint input will cause an oPE07 (Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error) alarm.
n PID Feedback Input Methods
Input one feedback signal for normal PID control or input two feedback signals can for controlling a differential process value.
34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Normal PID Feedback
Input the PID feedback signal from one of the sources listed in Table 1.20
Note:
PID Feedback Source
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
Analog Input A3
Pulse Input RP
Table 1.20 PID Feedback Sources
Settings
Set H3-02 = B
Set H3-10 = B
Set H3-06 = B
Set H6-01 = 1
A duplicate allocation of the PID feedback input will cause an oPE07 (Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error) alarm.
Differential Feedback
feedback function is automatically enabled when a differential feedback input is assigned.
Table 1.21 PID Differential Feedback Sources
PID Differential Feedback Source Settings
Note:
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
Analog Input A3
Set H3-02 = 16 (Differential PID Feedback)
Set H3-10 = 16 (Differential PID Feedback)
Set H3-06 = 16 (Differential PID Feedback)
A duplicate allocation of the PID differential feedback input will cause an oPE07 (Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error) alarm.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 35
1
1.2 b: Application n PID Block Diagram
36
Figure 1.21 PID Block Diagram
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b5-01: PID Function Setting
Enables or disables the PID operation and selects the PID operation mode.
No.
b5-01
Setting 0: PID disabled
Parameter Name
PID Function Setting
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
0
Setting 1: Output frequency = PID output 1
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output builds the frequency reference. The PID input is D controlled.
Setting 2: Output frequency = PID output 2
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output builds the frequency reference. The PID feedback is D controlled.
Setting 3: Output frequency = frequency reference + PID output 1
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output is added to the frequency reference. The PID input is D controlled.
Setting 4: Output frequency = frequency reference + PID output 2
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output is added to the frequency reference. The PID feedback is D controlled.
Setting 5: Mode compatible with setting 1 of similar products from a previous product line
Setting 6: Mode compatible with setting 2 of similar products from a previous product line
Setting 7: Mode compatible with setting 3 of similar products from a previous product line
Setting 8: Mode compatible with setting 4 of similar products from a previous product line
Note: 1.
If the drive is replaced with Varispeed F7 drive or a similar product from a previous product line, use settings 5 to 8 instead of settings
1 to 4.
2.
Settings 5 to 8 are not available for models 4A0930 and 4A1200.
n b5-02: Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Sets the P gain applied to the PID input. Larger values will tend to reduce the error but may cause oscillations if set too high, while lower values may allow too much offset between the setpoint and feedback.
No.
b5-02
Name
Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.00
Default
2.00
n b5-03: Integral Time Setting (I)
Sets the time constant used to calculate the integral of the PID input. The shorter the integral time set to b5-03, the faster the offset will be eliminated. If the integral time is set too short, however, overshoot or oscillation may occur. To turn off the integral time, set b5-03 to 0.00.
No.
b5-03
Name
Integral Time Setting (I)
Setting Range
0.0 to 360.0 s
Default
1.0 s n b5-04: Integral Limit Setting
Sets the maximum output possible from the integral block as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-04
Note:
Name
Integral Limit Setting
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
100.0%
On some applications, especially those with rapidly varying loads, the output of the PID function may show a fair amount of oscillation.
Program b5-04 to apply a limit to the integral output and suppress this oscillation.
n b5-05: Derivative Time (D)
Sets the time the drive predicts the PID input/PID feedback signal based on the derivative of the PID input/PID feedback.
Longer time settings improve the response but can cause instability, while shorter time settings reduce the overshoot but reduce controller responsiveness. D control is disabled by setting b5-05 to zero seconds.
No.
b5-05
Name
Derivative Time (D)
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 37
1.2 b: Application n b5-06: PID Output Limit
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PID controller as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-06
Name
PID Output Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
100.0% n b5-07: PID Offset Adjustment
Sets the offset added to the PID controller output as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-07
Name
PID Offset Adjustment
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.0% n b5-08: PID Primary Delay Time Constant
Sets the time constant for the filter applied to the output of the PID controller. Normally, change is not required.
No.
b5-08
Name
PID Primary Delay Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s
Note: Useful when there is a fair amount of oscillation or when rigidity is low. Set to a value larger than the cycle of the resonant frequency.
Increasing this time constant may reduce the responsiveness of the drive.
n b5-09: PID Output Level Selection
Reverses the sign of the PID controller output signal. Normally a positive PID input (feedback smaller than setpoint) leads to positive PID output.
No.
b5-09
Parameter Name
PID Output Level Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Normal Output
A positive PID input causes an increase in the PID output (direct acting).
Setting 1: Reverse Output
A positive PID input causes a decrease in the PID output (reverse acting).
n b5-10: PID Output Gain Setting
Applies a gain to the PID output and can be helpful when the PID function is used to trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3 or 4).
No.
b5-10
Name
PID Output Gain Setting
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.00
Default
1.00
n b5-11: PID Output Reverse Selection
Determines whether a negative PID output reverses the direction of drive operation. This parameter has no effect when the
PID function trims the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3 or 4) and the PID output will not be limited (same as b5-11 = 1).
No.
b5-11
Parameter Name
PID Output Reverse Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PID output will be limited to 0 and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PID output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
n PID Feedback Loss Detection
The PID feedback loss detection function detects broken sensors or broken sensor wiring. It should be used when PID control is enabled to prevent critical machine conditions (e.g., acceleration to max. frequency) caused by a feedback loss.
Feedback loss can be detected in two ways:
• Feedback Low Detection
38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Detected when the feedback falls below a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using parameters b5-12 to b5-14.
• Feedback High Detection
Detected when the feedback rises above a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using parameters b5-12, b5-36, and b5-37.
The following figure illustrates the working principle of feedback loss detection when the feedback signal is too low. Feedback high detection works in the same way.
PID feedback value
PID
Feedback
Detection
Loss Level
(b5-13)
PID Feedback
Loss Detection Time
(b5-14) time no FbL detection
FbL detection
PID Feedback
Loss Detection Time
(b5-14)
Figure 1.22 PID Feedback Loss Detection n b5-12: PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection
Enables or disables the feedback loss detection and sets the operation when a feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-12
Parameter Name
PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 5
Default
0
Setting 0: Multi-Function Digital Outputs Only
Multi-function digital outputs set for “PID feedback low” (H2oo = 3E) will be triggered if the PID feedback value is below the detection level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. Multi-function digital outputs set for “PID feedback high”
(H2oo = 3F) will be triggered if the PID feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Neither a fault nor an alarm is displayed on the digital operator and the drive will continue operation. The multifunction digital outputs reset when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range.
Setting 1: Feedback Loss Alarm
If the PID feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low” alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PID feedback low” (H2oo = 3E) will be triggered. If the PID feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PID feedback high” (H2oo = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger an alarm output
(H2oo = 10). The drive will continue operation. The alarm and multi-function digital outputs reset when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range.
Setting 2: Feedback Loss Fault
If the PID feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FbL - Feedback Low” fault will be displayed. If the PID feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FbH
- Feedback High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H2oo = E) and cause the drive to stop the motor.
Setting 3: Digital Output Only, even if PID Is Disabled by Digital Input
Same as b5-12 = 0. Detection remains active when PID is disabled by a digital input (H1oo = 19).
Setting 4: Feedback Loss Alarm, even if PID Is Disabled by Digital Input
Same as b5-12 = 1. Detection remains active when PID is disabled by a digital input (H1oo = 19).
Setting 5: Feedback Loss fault, even if PID Is Disabled by Digital Input
Same as b5-12 = 2. Detection remains active when PID is disabled by a digital input (H1oo = 19).
n b5-13: PID Feedback Low Detection Level
Sets the PID feedback detection low level as a percentage of E1-04 (Maximum Output Frequency). The PID feedback must fall below this level for longer than the time set to b5-14 before feedback loss is detected.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 39
1.2 b: Application
No.
b5-13
Name
PID Feedback Low Detection Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0% n b5-14: PID Feedback Low Detection Time
Sets the time that the PID feedback has to fall below b5-13 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-14
Name
PID Feedback Low Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
1.0 s n b5-36: PID Feedback High Detection Level
Sets the excessive PID feedback detection high level as a percentage of E1-04 (Maximum Output Frequency). The PID feedback must exceed this level for longer than the time set to b5-37 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-36
Name
PID Feedback High Detection Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
100% n b5-37: PID Feedback High Detection Time
Sets the time that the PID feedback must exceed the value set to b5-36 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-37
Name
PID Feedback High Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
1.0 s n PID Sleep
The PID Sleep function stops the drive when the PID output or the frequency reference falls below the PID Sleep operation level for a certain time. The drive will resume operating when the PID output or frequency reference rise above the PID Sleep operation level for the specified time. An example of PID Sleep operation appears in the figure below.
PID Output
PID Sleep Level ( b5-15)
Sleep Delay Time
Internal Run command
External Run command
During Run
Run b5-16 b5-16 Sleep Delay Time
Stop
Run command enabled
Continues to output “During Run”
Figure 1.23 PID Sleep Operation
Notes on using the PID Sleep function
• The PID Sleep function is active even when PID control is disabled.
• The PID Sleep function stops the motor according to the stopping method set to b1-03.
The parameters necessary to control the PID Sleep function are explained below.
n b5-15: PID Sleep Function Start Level
Sets the level that triggers PID Sleep.
The drive goes into Sleep mode if the PID output or frequency reference is smaller than b5-15 for longer than the time set to b5-16. The drive resumes operation when the PID output or frequency reference is above b5-15 for longer than the time set to b5-16.
No.
b5-15
Name
PID Sleep Function Start Level
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz n b5-16: PID Sleep Delay Time
Sets the delay time to activate or deactivate the PID Sleep function.
No.
b5-16
Name
PID Sleep Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
0.0 s
40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b5-17: PID Accel/Decel Time
The PID acceleration/deceleration time is applied on the PID setpoint value.
When the setpoint changes quickly, the normal C1oo acceleration times reduce the responsiveness of the system as they are applied after the PID output. The PID accel/decel time helps avoid the hunting and overshoot and undershoot that can result from the reduced responsiveness.
The PID acceleration/deceleration time can be canceled using a digital input programmed for “PID SFS cancel” (H1oo =
34).
No.
b5-17
Name
PID Accel/Decel Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 6000.0 s
Default
0.0 s n b5-18: PID Setpoint Selection
Enables or disables parameter b5-19 for PID setpoint.
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
No.
b5-18
Parameter Name
PID Setpoint Selection
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter b5-19 is not used as the PID setpoint.
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter b5-19 is used as PID setpoint.
n b5-19: PID Setpoint Value
Used as the PID setpoint if parameter b5-18 = 1.
No.
b5-19
Name
PID Setpoint Value
Setting Range
0.00 to 100.00%
Default
0.00% n b5-20: PID Setpoint Scaling
Determines the units for the PID Setpoint Value (b5-19) and monitors U5-01 and U5-04. The units for setting and display can be changed with b5-20.
No.
b5-20
Parameter Name
PID Setpoint Scaling
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: 0.01 Hz
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed in Hz with a resolution of 0.01 Hz.
Setting 1: 0.01% (100.00%: Maximum PID Feedback)
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed as a percentage with a resolution of 0.01%.
Setting 2: r/min (Set the Motor Poles)
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed in r/min with a resolution of 1 r/min.
Setting 3: User Defined (Determined by b5-38 and b5-39)
Parameters b5-38 and b5-39 determine the units and resolution used to display the values the setpoint in b5-19, and PID monitors U1-01 and U1-04.
n b5-34: PID Output Lower Limit
Sets the minimum possible PID controller output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). The lower limit is disabled when set to 0.00%
No.
b5-34
Name
PID Output Lower Limit
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.00% n b5-35: PID Input Limit
Sets the maximum allowed PID input as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Parameter b5-35 acts as a bipolar limit.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 41
1.2 b: Application
No.
b5-35
Name
PID Input Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 1000.0%
Default
1000.0% n b5-38, b5-39: PID Setpoint User Display, PID Setpoint Display Digits
When parameter b5-20 is set to 3, parameters b5-38 and b5-39 set a user-defined display for the PID setpoint (b5-19) and PID feedback monitors (U5-01, U5-04).
Parameter b5-38 determines the display value when the maximum frequency is output and parameter b5-39 determines the number of digits. The setting value is equal to the number of decimal places.
No.
b5-38 b5-39
Name
PID Setpoint User Display
PID Setpoint Display Digits
Setting Range
1 to 60000
0 to 3
Default
Determined by b5-20
Determined by b5-20
Setting 0: No Decimal Places
Setting 1: One Decimal Place
Setting 2: Two Decimal Places
Setting 3: Three Decimal Places n b5-40: Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID
Sets the content of the frequency reference monitor display (U1-01) when PID control is active.
No.
b5-40
Name
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Frequency Reference after PID
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference increased or reduced for the PID output.
Setting 1: Frequency Reference
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference value.
n Fine-Tuning PID
Follow the directions below to fine tune PID control parameters:
Goal
Table 1.22 PID Fine Tuning
Tuning Procedure
Response
Result
Before adjustment
Suppress overshoot
• Reduce the derivative time (b5-05)
• Increase the integral time (b5-03) After adjustment
Time
After adjustment
Response
Achieve stability quickly while allowing some overshoot
• Decrease the integral time (b5-03)
• Increase the derivative time (b5-05) Before adjustment
Time
42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Goal Tuning Procedure
1.2 b: Application
Result
Before adjustment
Response
Suppress long cycle oscillations
(longer than the integral time setting) Increase the integral time (b5-03)
After adjustment
Before adjustment
Time
Suppress short cycle oscillations
• If oscillation cycle time is close to the derivative time, reduce the derivative time (b5-05).
• If the derivative time is set to 0.00 s and oscillations are still a problem, reduce the proportional gain (b5-02) or increase the PID primary delay time (b5-08)
Response
After adjustment
Time u
b6: Dwell Function
The Dwell function temporarily holds the frequency reference at a predefined value for a set time then continues accelerating or decelerating.
The Dwell function helps prevent speed loss when starting and stopping a heavy load with induction motors. When running a PM motor in V/f control, the pause in acceleration allows the PM motor rotor to align with the stator field of the motor and reduce the starting current.
illustrates how the Dwell function works.
Note: Set the stopping method to "Ramp to Stop" (b1-03 = 0) to use the Dwell function.
OFF
Run Command
ON OFF b6-01 b6-03
Output Frequency b6-02 b6-04
Figure 1.24 Dwell Function at Start and Stop n b6-01, b6-02: Dwell Reference, Dwell Time at Start
Parameter b6-01 determines the frequency that is held for the time set in b6-02 during acceleration.
No.
b6-01 b6-02
Name
Dwell Reference at Start
Dwell Time at Start
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 10.0 s n b6-03, b6-04: Dwell Reference, Dwell Time at Stop
Parameter b6-03 determines the frequency that is held for the time set in b6-04 during deceleration.
No.
b6-03 b6-04
Name
Dwell Reference at Stop
Dwell Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
0.0 to 10.0 s u
b7: Droop Control (CLV, CLV/PM)
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Default
0.0 Hz
0.0 s
Default
0.0 Hz
0.0 s
43
1
1.2 b: Application
Droop control automatically balances the load level between two motors driving the same load. Droop control must be activated in one of the drives controlling these motors. The drive in which Droop control is activated shifts the load from one motor to another by automatically reducing the speed when the torque reference rises, and automatically increasing the speed when the torque reference falls.
Motor A runs faster than B, pulling more load Motor B runs faster than A, pulling more load
A = 100% Load A = 90% Load A = 80% Load A = 90% Load f ref_A
= constant f ref_A
= constant f ref_B
increase
B = 80% Load B = 90% Load
Droop Control increases the speed reference in drive B accomplishing load balance f ref_B
decrease
B = 100% Load B = 90% Load
Droop Control decreases the speed reference in drive B accomplishing load balance
Figure 1.25 Droop Control Application n b7-01: Droop Control Gain
Sets the amount of speed reduction when the torque reference is 100%. The gain is set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. A setting of 0.0% disables the Droop control function.
No.
b7-01
Parameter Name
Droop Control Gain
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.0%
Speed
Speed reference
Droop control gain b7-01
0 100%
Torque
Figure 1.26 Droop Control Gain n b7-02: Droop Control Delay Time
Adjusts the responsiveness of Droop control. Reduce the setting if the reaction time is too long, and increase the setting if hunting occurs.
No.
b7-02
Parameter Name
Droop Control Delay Time
Setting Range
0.03 to 2.00 s
Default
0.05 s n b7-03: Droop Control Limit Selection
Enables or disables the droop control limit.
No.
b7-03
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter Name
Droop Control Limit Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 1: Enabled u
b9: Zero Servo
The Zero Servo function is a position loop that can be used in CLV and CLV/PM control modes to lock the motor at a certain position.
44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
To activate Zero Servo mode, use a digital input set for H1oo = 72 and the drive will decelerate when this input is closed.
The drive goes into Zero Servo mode and holds the current position when the motor speed falls below the level set to parameter b2-01. The drive accelerates when the input assigned to trigger the Zero Servo function is released and the Run command is still present.
Run command ON OFF
Zero Servo command
ON OFF
Motor Speed b2-01
DC Injection Braking start frequency
Zero Servo
Operation
Figure 1.27 Zero Servo Operation
When Zero Servo mode is active, the deviation between the rotor position and the zero position is displayed in monitor U6-22
(monitor value must be divided by 4 to get the deviation in actual encoder pulses).
A digital output programmed for “Zero Servo complete” (H2oo = 33) is turned on when the rotor position is within the zero position, plus or minus the Zero Servo completion width set to parameter b9-02.
Note: 1.
The Run command must remain on when using the Zero Servo function. Zero Servo will not hold the load in place if the Run command is switched off.
2.
When the Zero Servo command has shut off, the Zero Servo Completion digital output width also shuts off.
3.
Avoid using Zero Servo to lock 100% load for long periods, as this can trigger a fault. If such loads need to be held in place for long periods, either make sure the current is less than 50% of the drive rated current during Zero Servo, or use a larger capacity drive.
4.
If the load rotates the motor when using CLV/PM, a dv4 fault may occur. To prevent this increase the Zero Servo gain (b9-01).
n b9-01: Zero Servo Gain
Adjusts the responsiveness of the Zero Servo position loop. Increase the value if the response is too slow and the deviation from the zero position rises too high when load is applied. Decrease the value if vibrations occur during Zero Servo operation.
Note: Before adjusting the Zero Servo gain, make sure the ASR parameters (C5oo ) are set up properly and vibration or hunting does not occur when running with a zero speed reference.
No.
b9-01
Name
Zero Servo Gain
Setting Range
0 to 100
Default
5 n b9-02: Zero Servo Completion Width
Sets the output range of the Zero Servo completion signal. Enter the amount of deviation allowable from the desired position to trigger Zero Servo. An output terminal set for Zero Servo (H2oo = 33) will be triggered when the motor reaches the position Zero Servo plus or minus b9-02.
No.
b9-02
Name
Zero Servo Completion Width
Setting Range
0 to 16383
Default
10
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 45
1
1.3 C: Tuning
1.3 C: Tuning
C parameters set the characteristics for acceleration, deceleration, and S-curves. Other parameters in the C group cover settings for slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency.
u
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times
n C1-01 to C1-08: Accel, Decel Times 1 to 4
Four different sets of acceleration and deceleration times can be set in the drive by digital inputs, motor selection, or switched automatically.
Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate from 0 Hz to the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to 0 Hz. C1-01 and C1-02 are the default active accel/decel settings.
No.
C1-01
C1-02
C1-03
C1-04
C1-05
C1-06
C1-07
C1-08
Parameter Name
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Acceleration Time 2
Deceleration Time 2
Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Accel Time 1)
Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Decel Time 1)
Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Decel Time 2)
Setting Range
0.0 to 6000.0 s <1>
Default
10.0 s
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by the accel/decel time setting units in C1-10. For example, if the time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s.
Switching Acceleration Times by Digital Input
Accel/decel times 1 are active by default if no input is set. Activate accel/decel times 2, 3, and 4 by digital inputs
(H1oo = 7 and 1A) as explained in
.
Accel/Decel Time Sel. 1
H1oo = 7
0
1
0
1
Table 1.23 Accel/Decel Time Selection by Digital Input
Accel/Decel Time Sel. 2
H1oo = 1A
0
0
1
1
Acceleration
C1-01
C1-03
C1-05
C1-07
Active Times
Deceleration
C1-02
C1-04
C1-06
C1-08
be set for “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Output frequency
Accel Time 1
(C1-01)
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)
Accel Time 2
(C1-03)
Decel Time 2
(C1-04)
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)
Accel Time 3
(C1-05)
Decel Time 3
(C1-06)
Accel Time 4
(C1-07)
Decel Time 4
(C1-08)
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)
Time
FWD (REV)
Run command
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON
ON OFF
ON
ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
(Terminals S1 to S8, H1oo = “7”)
Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
(Terminals S1 to S8, H1oo = “1A”)
Figure 1.28 Timing Diagram of Accel/Decel Time Change
46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning
Switching Acceleration and Deceleration Times by Motor Selection
When switching between motor 1 and 2 using a digital input (H1oo = 16), parameters C1-01 to C1-04 become accel/decel times 1 and 2 for motor 1, while C1-05 to C1-08 become accel/decel times 1 and 2 for motor 2. Accel/decel times 1 and 2 can be switched for each motor using a digital inputs set to H1oo = 7 like shown in
.
Note: 1.
The motor 2 selection function cannot be used with PM motors.
2.
Attempting to use the digital input setting “Accel/Decel time 2 selection” (H1oo = 1A) together with motor 1/2 switching triggers an oPE03 error, indicating contradictory multifunction input settings.
Accel/Decel Time 1 (H1-
Open
Closed oo
Table 1.24 Motor Switching and Accel/Decel Time Combinations
= 7)
Motor 1 Selected
(Terminal set to H1oo = 16 OFF)
Accel Decel
C1-01
C1-03
C1-02
C1-04
(Terminal set to H1-
Accel
C1-05
C1-07
Motor 2 Selected oo = 16 ON)
Decel
C1-06
C1-08
Switching Accel/Decel Times by a Frequency Level
The drive can switch between different acceleration and deceleration times automatically. The drive will switch from accel/ decel time 4 in C1-07 and C1-08 to the default accel/decel time in C1-01 and C1-02 (C1-05 and C1-06 for motor 2) when the output frequency exceeds the frequency level set to parameter C1-11. When the frequency falls below this level, the accel/ decel times are switched back.
shows an operation example.
Note: Acceleration and deceleration times selected by digital inputs have priority over the automatic switching by the frequency level set to C1-11.
For example, if accel/decel time 2 is selected, the drive will use only accel/decel time 2; it will not switch from accel/decel time 4 to the selected one.
Output Frequency
C1-03 =
(accel time from 0 Hz to C1-11)
C1-11
× (E1-04)
C1-01 =
(accel time between C1-11 and E1-04)
(E1-04 - C1-11)
× (E1-04)
C1-02 =
(decel time between E1-04 and C1-11)
(E1-04 - C1-11)
× (E1-04)
C1-04 =
(decel time from C1-11 to 0 Hz)
C1-11
× (E1-04)
C1-11
Accel/Decel Time
Switch Frequency
C1-03 setting
C1-01 setting
C1-02 setting
C1-04 setting
When the output frequency C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 1 (C1-01, -02)
When the output frequency < C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 2 (C1-03, -04)
Figure 1.29 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency n C1-11: Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
Sets the frequency at which the drive switches between accel/decel time settings.
Refer to Switching Accel/Decel Times by a Frequency Level on page 47
for details.
No.
C1-11
Parameter Name
Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1>
Default
Determined by
A1-02 <1>
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percentage (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
Note: Setting C1-11 to 0.0 disables this function.
n C1-09: Fast Stop Time
Sets a special deceleration used when a select group of faults occur (e.g., L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection) or when closing a digital input configured as H1oo = 15 (N.O. input) or 17 (N.C. input). A momentary closure of the digital input will trigger the Fast Stop operation; it does not have to be closed continuously.
The drive cannot be restarted after initiating a Fast Stop operation until after completing deceleration, clearing the Fast Stop input, and cycling the Run command.
A digital output programmed for “During Fast Stop” (H2oo = 4C) will be closed as long as Fast Stop is active.
No.
C1-09
Parameter Name
Fast Stop Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 6000.0 s <1>
Default
10.0 s
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by the accel/decel time setting units in C1-10. For example, if the time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 47
1.3 C: Tuning
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. The drive output shuts off when faulted and the motor coasts. Set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09 to avoid this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely.
n C1-10: Accel/Decel Time Setting Units
Determines the units for the acceleration and deceleration times set to C1-01 through C1-09 using parameter C1-10.
No.
C1-10
Parameter Name
Accel/Decel Time Setting Units
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: 0.01 s units
The accel/decel times are set in 0.01 s units. The setting range is 0.00 to 600.00 s. C1-10 cannot be set to 0 if any of the parameters C1-01 to C1-09 is set to 600.1 s or longer.
Setting 1: 0.1 s units
The accel/decel times are set in 0.1 s units. The setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s.
u
C2: S-Curve Characteristics
Use S-curve characteristics to smooth acceleration and deceleration and minimize abrupt shock to the load. Set S-curve characteristic time during acceleration/deceleration at start and acceleration/deceleration at stop. Increase the value set to
C2-01 if the STo fault (Step Out Detection) occurs when starting a PM motor.
n C2-01 to C2-04: S-Curve Characteristics
C2-01 through C2-04 set separate S-curves for each section of the acceleration or deceleration.
No.
Parameter Name
C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start
C2-02
C2-03
C2-04
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End
S-Curve Characteristic at Decel Start
S-Curve Characteristic at Decel End
illustrates S-curve application.
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
Determined by
A1-02
0.20 s
0.20 s
0.00 s
FWD run
REV run
Output frequency C2-01
C2-02
C2-03
C2-04
C2-01
C2-04
C2-02 C2-03
Figure 1.30 S-Curve Timing Diagram - FWD/REV Operation
Setting the S-curve will increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Actual accel time = accel time setting + (C2-01 + C2-02) / 2
• Actual decel time = decel time setting + (C2-03 + C2-04) / 2 u
C3: Slip Compensation
The Slip Compensation function improves the speed accuracy of an induction motor. By adjusting the output frequency in accordance with the motor load, it compensates the slip and makes the motor speed equal to the frequency reference.
Note: Perform Auto-Tuning and make sure that the motor rated current (E2-01), the motor rated slip (E2-02), and the no-load current (E2-03) have all been set properly before making any adjustments to slip compensation parameters.
n C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain
Sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may be necessary under the following circumstances:
• Increase the setting if the motor at constant speed is slower than the frequency reference.
48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning
• Decrease the setting if the motor at constant speed is faster than the frequency reference.
No.
C3-01
Parameter Name
Slip Compensation Gain
Setting Range
0.0 to 2.5
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Note: Default setting is 0.0 in V/f Control (A1-02 = 0), and 1.0 in Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2). In Closed Loop Vector Control, slip compensation corrects inaccuracies that can result from temperature fluctuation in the rotor.
n C3-02: Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
Adjusts the filter on the output side of the slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may be necessary in the following situations:
• Decrease the setting when the slip compensation response is too slow.
• Increase this setting when speed is unstable.
No.
C3-02
Parameter Name
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 10000 ms
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Note: Default for V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) is 2000 ms. Default for Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2) is 200 ms.
n C3-03: Slip Compensation Limit
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E2-02).
No.
C3-03
Parameter Name
Slip Compensation Limit
Setting Range
0 to 250%
Default
200%
The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E1-06). In the constant power range (frequency reference ≥ E1-06), it is increased based on C3-03 and the output frequency as shown in the following diagram.
E1-04
E1-06 × C3-03
C3-03
E1-06
Base
Frequency
E1-04
Maximum
Frequency
Output Frequency
Figure 1.31 Slip Compensation Limit n C3-04: Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
Enables or disables slip compensation during regenerative operation. When slip compensation during regeneration has been activated and a regenerative load is applied, it might be necessary to use a dynamic braking option (braking resistor, braking resistor unit, or braking unit).
This function does not operate when the output frequency is too low, regardless of whether it has been enabled.
No.
C3-04
Parameter Name
Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Slip compensation is not provided. Depending on the load and mode of operation, the actual motor speed will be lower or higher than the frequency reference.
Setting 1: Enabled (6 Hz and above)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 6 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation and at frequencies as low as 2 Hz. The drive uses the motor rated slip set to E2-02 to automatically calculate the frequency range where compensation will be disabled.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 49
1.3 C: Tuning n C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Determines if the motor flux reference is automatically reduced when output voltage reaches the saturation range.
If the input power supply voltage is low or the motor has a high voltage rating, this function improves the speed precision when moving heavy loads at high speeds. When selecting the drive, remember that the reduction in flux causes a slightly higher current at high speed when this function is enabled.
No.
C3-05
Parameter Name
Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Note: Available control modes for parameter C3-05 vary by drive model:
Models 2A0004 to 2A0415, 4A0002 to 4A0675, and 5A0003 to 5A0242: Available when A1-02 = 2, 3
Models 4A0930 and 4A1200: Available when A1-02 = 2, 3, 6, 7
A1000 HHP: Available when A1-02 = 2 or 3
Setting 0: Disabled
Default
1
Setting 1: Enabled n C3-16: Output Voltage Limit Operation Start Level (Percentage Modulation)
Sets the output voltage limit operation start level (percentage modulation) when C3-05 is enabled.
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No.
C3-16
Parameter Name
Output Voltage Limit Operation Start Level
Setting Range
70.0 to 90.0% n C3-18: Output Voltage Limit Level
Sets the maximum percentage of output voltage reduction when C3-05 is enabled.
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No.
C3-18
Parameter Name
Output Voltage Limit Level
Setting Range
30.0 to 100.0%
Default
85.0% n C3-17: Maximum Output Voltage Limit Level (Percentage Modulation)
Sets the output voltage limit operation determined by C3-18 (percentage modulation) when C3-05 is enabled.
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No.
C3-17
Parameter Name
Maximum Output Voltage Limit Level
Setting Range
85.0 to 100.0%
Default
90.0%
Default
90.0% n C3-21: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
Improves the speed accuracy for motor 2 and functions in the same way that C3-01 functions for motor 1. Adjust this parameter only after setting the motor rated current (E4-01), motor rated slip (E4-02), and the motor no-load current (E4-03).
Refer to C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain on page 48
for details on adjusting this parameter.
No.
C3-21
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
Setting Range
0.0 to 2.5
Default
Determined by E3-01
Note: Default setting is 0.0 in V/f Control (E3-01 = 0). Default setting is 1.0 in Open Loop Vector Control (E3-01 = 2) and Closed Loop Vector
Control (E3-01 = 3). In Closed Loop Vector Control, slip compensation gain acts as an adaptable gain.
n C3-22: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C3-02 functions for motor 1.
No.
C3-22
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 10000 ms
Default
Determined by A1-02
The default for V/f Control (E3-01 = 0) is 2000 ms. The default for Open Loop Vector Control (E3-01 = 2) is 200 ms.
50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning n C3-23: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E4-02).
No.
C3-23
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit
Setting Range
0 to 250%
Default
200%
The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E3-06). In the constant power range (frequency reference ≥ E3-06), it is increased based on C3-23 and the output frequency as illustrated in
.
E3-04
E3-06 × C3-23
C3-23
E3-06
Base
Frequency
E3-04
Maximum
Frequency
Output Frequency
Figure 1.32 Slip Compensation Limit n C3-24: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C3-04 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-04: Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration on page 49
for details on adjusting this parameter.
No.
C3-24
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during
Regeneration
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 1: Enabled (6 Hz and above)
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible) u
C4: Torque Compensation
The torque compensation function compensates for insufficient torque production at start-up or when a load is applied.
Note: Set the motor parameters and V/f pattern properly before setting torque compensation parameters.
n C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain
Sets the gain for the torque compensation function.
No.
C4-01
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Torque Compensation in V/f, V/f w/PG, and OLV/PM:
The drive calculates the motor primary voltage loss using the output current and the termination resistor value (E2-05 for IM motors, E5-05 for PM motors) and adjusts the output voltage to compensate for insufficient torque at start or when load is applied. The effects of this voltage compensation can be increased or decreased using parameter C4-01.
Torque Compensation in OLV:
The drive controls the motor excitation current (d-Axis current) and torque producing current (q-Axis current) separately.
Torque compensation affects the torque producing current only. C4-01 works as a factor of the torque reference value that builds the torque producing current reference.
Adjustment
Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, it may be necessary to adjust the torque compensation gain in small steps of 0.05 in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when using a long motor cable.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 51
1.3 C: Tuning
• Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
Adjust C4-01 so the output current does not exceed the drive rated current.
Note: 1.
Refrain from adjusting torque compensation in Open Loop Vector Control, as it can have a negative effect on torque accuracy.
2.
Refrain from adjusting this parameter in OLV/PM. Setting this value too high can cause overcompensation and motor oscillation.
n C4-02: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Sets the delay time used for applying torque compensation.
No.
C4-02
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 60000 ms
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may be necessary in the following situations:
• Increase this setting if the motor vibrates.
• Decrease this setting if the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load.
n C4-03: Torque Compensation at Forward Start (OLV)
Sets the amount of torque at start in the forward direction to improve motor performance during start with a heavy load.
Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function when the load pulls the motor in reverse when starting with a Forward run command. Setting 0.0% disables this feature.
No.
C4-03
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation at Forward Start
Setting Range
0.0 to 200.0%
Default
0.0% n C4-04: Torque Compensation at Reverse Start (OLV)
Sets the amount of torque reference at start in the reverse direction to improve motor performance during start with heavy load. Compensation is applied using the Torque Compensation Time set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function if the load pulls the motor in the forward direction when starting with a Reverse run command. Setting 0.0% disables this feature.
No.
C4-04
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
Setting Range
-200.0 to 0.0%
Default
0.0% n C4-05: Torque Compensation Time Constant (OLV)
Sets the time constant for applying the torque compensation at start that is set to C4-03 and C4-04.
No.
C4-05
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Time Constant
Setting Range
0 to 200 ms
Default
10 ms n C4-06: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 (OLV)
Sets the time constant used during Speed Search or during regenerative operation. Adjust the value if an overvoltage fault occurs with sudden changes in the load or at the end of acceleration with high inertia load.
No.
C4-06
Note:
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2
Setting Range
0 to 10000 ms
If C4-06 is set to a relatively large value, increase the setting in n2-03 (AFR Time Constant 2) proportionally.
n C4-07: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C4-01 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain on page 48
for details on adjusting this parameter.
Default
150 ms
No.
C4-07
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Default
1.00
52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning u
C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)
The ASR controls the motor speed in V/f w/PG, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM control modes and adjusts the output frequency
(V/f w/PG) or torque reference (CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) to minimize the difference between frequency reference and actual motor speed.
Output frequency
Frequency reference
+
+
Limit
ASR limit
+
Detected speed
Change rate limiter
P
I
+
+
C5-01
C5-03
C5-02, C5-04
C5-05
Figure 1.33 Speed Control Block Diagram for V/f Control with PG
Torque limits
Frequency reference
-
+
C5-01, C5-03
P
I
C5-02, C5-04
I limit
C5-08
+
+
Primary filter
C5-06
L7-01 to L7-04
Torque reference
Detected speed
<1>
Figure 1.34 Speed Control Block Diagram for CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/PM
<1> AOLV/PM estimates the speed using the motor model and does not require an encoder feedback signal.
n Adjusting the ASR Parameters
Perform Auto-Tuning and set up all motor data correctly prior to adjusting ASR parameters.
Use analog output signals to monitor the frequency reference after softstarter (U1-16) and the motor speed (U1-05) when adjusting the ASR.
Refer to H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs on page 121 for details on setting up analog output
functions.
Generally when tuning the ASR, optimize the ASR gain before adjusting the integral time settings. Always make adjustments with the load connected to the motor.
Adjusting the ASR Parameters in V/f Control with PG
In V/f Control with PG, the ASR settings change between two sets of parameters depending on the motor speed as described
in C5-01, C5-03/C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2/ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 54 .
Perform the following steps for adjusting ASR parameters:
1.
Run the motor at minimum speed and increase ASR gain 2 (C5-03) as much as possible without oscillation.
2.
Run the motor at minimum speed and decrease ASR integral time 2 (C5-04) as much as possible without oscillation.
3.
Check the output current monitor to make sure that the output current is less than 50% of the drive rated current. If the value is higher than 50%, decrease C5-03 and increase C5-04.
4.
Run the motor at maximum speed and increase ASR gain 1 (C5-01) as much as possible without oscillations.
5.
Run the motor at maximum speed and decrease ASR integral time 1 (C5-02) as much as possible without oscillations.
6.
If higher speed precision and faster response during acceleration or deceleration are required, enable integral control during accel/decel by setting parameter C5-12 to 1. Change the speed and make sure no over/undershoot occurs.
Adjusting the ASR Parameters in CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM
The drive is preset to use ASR settings C5-01/02 over the entire speed range in CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM. If required by the application, a second set of ASR parameters (C5-03/04) can be automatically activated depending on the motor speed.
1, 2/ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 54
for details.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 53
1.3 C: Tuning
Perform the following steps for adjusting ASR parameters:
1.
Run the motor at zero speed and increase the ASR gain (C5-01) as much as possible without oscillation.
2.
Run the motor at zero speed and decrease the ASR integral time (C5-02) as much as possible without oscillation.
3.
Run at the normal operating speed. Check for over/undershoot when changing speed and for any oscillation.
4.
If problems occur in step 3, increase the integral time and reduce the gain.
Alternatively, use different ASR settings for high and low speed. Set the values from step 1 and 2 to parameters C5-03 and C5-04, then set an ASR switching frequency in parameter C5-07. Run the motor at a speed higher than C5-07 and repeat step 3 while adjusting C5-01 and C5-02.
Solving Problems During ASR Setup
be made to the corresponding motor 2 parameters when running a second motor.
Table 1.25 ASR Setup Problems and Corrective Actions
Problem Possible Solutions
Speed reference
Slow response to speed changes or speed deviation lasts for too long
Motor Speed
• Increase the ASR gain.
• Decrease the integral time.
Time
Motor Speed
Overshoot or undershoot at the end of acceleration or deceleration Speed reference
• Decrease the ASR gain.
• Increase the integral time.
Time
Speed reference
Vibration and oscillation occur at constant speed
Motor Speed
• Decrease the ASR gain.
• Increase the integral time.
• Increase the ASR delay time (C5-06).
Time
The motor slip is not fully compensated when running in V/f
Control with PG
Integral operation is enabled in
V/f Control with PG (C5-12 = 1) and over/undershoot occurs when changing speed.
Oscillation at low speed and response is too slow at high speed
(or vice versa)
C5-02
C5-03
Speed reference
Motor Speed
-
-
Time
• Check the pulse number set to F1-01 and the gear ratio in F1-12 and F1-13.
• Make sure the pulse signal from the encoder is set up properly.
• Check monitor U6-04 and determine if the ASR is working at its output limit (setting of C5-05). If the ASR is at the output limit, increase C5-05.
• Decrease the ASR gain.
• Increase the integral time.
• Reduce the ASR output limit set in C5-05.
• V/f control: Use C5-01/02 and C5-03/04 to set up different
ASR settings at minimum and maximum speed.
• CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM: Use C5-01, C5-02 and C5-03,
C5-04 to define optimal ASR settings for high and low speed.
Use C5-07 to define a switching frequency.
n C5-01, C5-03/C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2/ASR Integral Time 1, 2
These parameters adjust the responsiveness of the ASR.
No.
C5-01
Parameter Name
ASR Proportional Gain 1
Setting Range
0.00 to 300.00
ASR Integral Time 1
ASR Proportional Gain 2
0.000 to 10.000 s
0.00 to 300.00
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Determined by
A1-02
Determined by
A1-02
54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning
No.
C5-04
Parameter Name
ASR Integral Time 2
Setting Range
0.000 to 10.000 s
Default
Determined by
A1-02
These parameter settings will function differently depending on the control mode.
V/f Control with PG
Parameters C5-01 and C5-02 determine the ASR characteristics at maximum speed. Parameters C5-03 and C5-04 determine the characteristics at minimum speed.
P and I setting
P = C5-01
I = C5-02
P = C5-03
I = C5-04
0 E1-09
Min. output frequency
Motor speed
E1-04
Max. output frequency
Figure 1.35 ASR Gain and Integral Time in V/f w/PG
CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
In these control modes, parameters C5-03 and C5-04 define the ASR gain an integral time at zero speed. The settings in C5-01 and C5-02 are used at speeds above the setting in C5-07. C5-07 is set to 0 as the default so that C5-01 and C5-02 are used
over the entire speed range. Refer to C5-07: ASR Gain Switching Frequency on page 56 .
P, I
Ramp
P = C5-01
I = C5-02
P = C5-03
I = C5-04 (Low speed)
Motor speed (Hz)
０ C5-07
Figure 1.36 Low-speed and High-speed Gain Settings
The gain set in C5-03 can also be activated with a digital input programmed to “ASR gain switch” (H1oo = 77). When the terminal is open, the drive uses the ASR gain level set by the pattern in the figure above. When the terminal closes, C5-03 is used. The integral time set to C5-02 is used to change linearly between these settings. The ASR gain switch command from a multi-function input terminal overrides the switching frequency set to C5-07.
ASR Gain Switch signal
(Digital input) OFF ON
Proportional gain (P)
Proportional gain determined by motor speed.
C5-03 gain setting
C5-02 C5-02
Figure 1.37 ASR Proportional Gain Switch
ASR Gain Tuning (C5-01, C5-03)
The higher this setting, the faster the speed response, although a setting that is too high can lead to oscillation. Increase this setting with larger loads to minimize the speed deviation.
ASR Integral Time Tuning (C5-02, C5-04)
Determines how fast a continuous speed deviation problem is eliminated. A setting that is too long reduces the responsiveness of the speed control. A setting that is too short can cause oscillation.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 55
1.3 C: Tuning n C5-05: ASR Limit
Sets the ASR output limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). If the motor rated slip is high, the setting might need to be increased to provide proper motor speed control. Use the ASR output monitor U6-04 to determine if ASR is working at the limit set in C5-05. If ASR is working at the limit, make sure the PG pulses (F1-01), PG gear teeth (F1-12,
F1-13), and the PG signal are set correctly before making further changes to C5-05.
No.
C5-05
Parameter Name
ASR Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 20.0%
Default
5.0% n C5-06: ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output. Increase this setting gradually in increments of 0.01 for loads with low rigidity or when oscillation is a problem. This parameter rarely needs to be changed.
No.
C5-06
Parameter Name
ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
Setting Range
0.000 to 0.500 s
Default
Determined by A1-02 n C5-07: ASR Gain Switching Frequency
Sets the frequency where the drive should switch between ASR proportional gain 1 and 2 (C5-01, C5-03) as well as between integral time 1 and 2 (C5-02, C5-04).
No.
C5-07
Parameter Name
ASR Gain Switching Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1>
Default
Determined by A1-02
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
<1>
Note: A multi-function input set for the ASR gain switch (H1oo = 77) takes priority over the ASR gain switching frequency.
Switching the proportional gain and integral time in the low or high speed range can help stabilize operation and avoid resonance problems. A good switching point is 80% of the frequency where oscillation occurs or at 80% of the target speed.
C5-01, C5-03/C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2/ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 54 .
n C5-08: ASR Integral Limit
Sets the upper limit for ASR as a percentage of the rated load.
No.
C5-08
Parameter Name
ASR Integral Limit
Setting Range
0 to 400%
Default
400% n C5-12: Integral Operation during Accel/Decel (V/f w/PG)
Enables integral operation during acceleration and deceleration. Use integral operation when driving a heavy load or a high inertia load (default). Set C5-12 to 1 to use integral operation for low inertia/high performance loads. Enabling integral
Corrective Actions on page 54 to solve such problems.
No.
C5-12
Parameter Name
Integral Operation during Accel/Decel
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Integral operation occurs only during constant speed and not during acceleration or deceleration.
Setting 1: Enabled
Integral operation is always enabled.
n C5-21, C5-23 / C5-22, C5-24: Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / Integral Time 1, 2
C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2/ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 54
for details.
No.
C5-21
C5-22
C5-23
Parameter Name
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2
Setting Range
0.00 to 300.00
0.000 to 10.000 s
0.00 to 300.00
Default
Determined by E3-01
Determined by E3-01
Determined by E3-01
56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning
No.
C5-24
Parameter Name
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2
Setting Range
0.000 to 10.000 s
Default
Determined by E3-01 n C5-25: Motor 2 ASR Limit
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C5-05 functions for motor 1. Sets the ASR output limit for motor 2 as a percentage
of the maximum output frequency (E4-04). Refer to C5-05: ASR Limit on page 56
for details.
No.
C5-25
Parameter Name
Motor 2 ASR Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 20.0%
Default
5.0% n C5-26: Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C5-06 functions for motor 1.Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed
loop to the torque command output. Refer to C5-06: ASR Primary Delay Time Constant on page 56
for details. This parameter rarely needs to be changed.
No.
C5-26
Parameter Name
Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
Setting Range
0.000 to 0.500 s
Default
0.004 s n C5-27: Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C5-07 functions for motor 1. Sets the frequency for motor 2 to change ASR proportional gain 1 and 2 (C5-21, C5-23) as well as the integral time 1 and 2 (C5-22, C5-24).
Refer to C5-01, C5-03/C5-02, C5-04: ASR
Proportional Gain 1, 2/ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 54
for details.
No.
C5-27
Parameter Name
Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
Note: A multi-function input set for the ASR gain switch (H1oo = 77) takes priority over the ASR gain switching frequency.
n C5-28: Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C5-08 functions for motor 1. Sets the upper limit for ASR as a percentage of the rated load.
Refer to C5-08: ASR Integral Limit on page 56 for details.
No.
C5-28
Parameter Name
Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit
Setting Range
0 to 400%
Default
400% n C5-32: Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2
Functions for motor 2 the same way that C5-12 functions for motor 1. Enables integral operation during acceleration and
No.
C5-32
Parameter Name
Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Integral operation occurs only during constant speed and not during acceleration or deceleration.
Setting 1: Enabled
Integral operation is always enabled.
Default
0 u
C6: Carrier Frequency
n C6-01: Drive Duty Mode Selection
The drive has two different duty modes from which to select based on the load characteristics. The drive rated current, overload capacity, and maximum output frequency will change depending upon the duty mode selection. Use parameter C6-01 to select
Heavy Duty (HD) or Normal Duty (ND) for the application.
No.
C6-01
Parameter Name
Duty Mode Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1 (ND)
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 57
1.3 C: Tuning
Characteristics
C6-01
Table 1.26 Differences between Heavy Duty and Normal Duty
Heavy Duty Rating (HD)
0
Normal Duty Rating (ND)
1
Overload
150 %
120 %
Overload
Rated Load
100 %
Rated Load 100 %
Performance
0 Motor Speed 100 %
Application
Overload capability (oL2)
Stall Prevention during
Acceleration (L3-02)
Stall Prevention during
Run (L3-06)
Default Carrier Frequency
Use Heavy Duty Rating for applications requiring a high overload tolerance with constant load torque, such as extruders and conveyors.
150% of drive rated Heavy Duty current for 60 s
150%
150%
2 kHz
Note:
0 Motor Speed 100 %
Use Normal Duty Rating for applications in which the torque requirements drop along with the speed, such as fans and pumps where a high overload tolerance is not required.
120% of drive rated Normal Duty current for 60 s
120%
120%
2 kHz Swing PWM
Changing the Duty Mode selection automatically changes the maximum size motor that the drive can run, sets the E2oo parameters to appropriate values (E4oo for motor 2), and recalculates parameter settings determined by motor capacity (e.g., b8-04, L2-03).
n C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection
Sets the switching frequency of the drive output transistors. Changes to the switching frequency lower audible noise and reduce leakage current.
No.
C6-02
Setting
Parameter Name
Carrier Frequency Selection
Setting Range
1
Default
1
C6–02
1
Carrier Frequency
2.0 kHz
58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
1.4 d: Reference Settings
The figure below gives an overview of the reference input, selections, and priorities.
b1-01
(Freq. Reference Source 1)
LO/RE Key on Digital Operator or
Digital Input H1oo = 1
Pulse Train Input
Option Card
MEMOBUS comm.
Terminal A1/A2/A3 d1-01
(Freq.Ref 1)
=4
=3
=2
=1
=0
Digital Input
H1oo = 2
0
1
Remote
Local
MS 1 b1-15
(Freq. Reference Source 2)
Pulse Train Input
Option card
MEMOBUS comm.
Terminal A1/A2/A3 d1-01
(Freq. Ref. 1)
=4
=3
=2
=1
=0
Set to supply the auxiliary frequency reference
Terminal A2
H3-10 = 2 d1-02
H3-10 = 2
MS 2
Terminal A3 d1-03
H3-06 = 3
MS 3
H3-06 = 3
MS 4 d1-04
Frequency
Reference
4 through 16 d1-15 d1-16
Jog Frequency d1-17
MS 15
MS 16
Open
Close
Jog
Multi-Step Speed
NetRef
1
1
ComRef Frequency
Reference
0
0
Memobus Register 0001h, bit 4 if standard 2 wire sequence selected, usually 0
Set from Communications
Option Card, usually 0
Digital Input (H1oo )
Jog Reference (=6),
FJOG(=12), RJOG(=13)
Figure 1.38 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy u
d1: Frequency Reference
n d1-01 to d1-17: Frequency Reference 1 to 16 and Jog Frequency Reference
The drive lets the user switch between up to 17 preset frequency references during run (including the Jog reference) through the digital input terminals. The drive uses the acceleration and deceleration times that have been selected when switching between each frequency reference.
The Jog frequency overrides all other frequency references and must be selected by a separate digital input.
The multi-speed references 1, 2, and 3 can be provided by analog inputs.
No.
d1-01 to d1-16 d1-17
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference 1 to 16
Jog Frequency Reference
Setting Range
0.00 to 150.00 Hz <1>
0.00 to 150.00 Hz <1>
<2>
<2>
Default
0.00 Hz <2>
6.00 Hz <2>
<1> The upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and upper limit for the frequency reference (d2-01).
<2> Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. The default is “Hz” (o1-03 = 0) in V/f, V/f w/PG, OLV, CLV, and OLV/PM control modes. The default for AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes expresses the frequency reference as a percentage (o1-03 = 1).
Multi-Step Speed Selection
To use several speed references for a multi-step speed sequence, set the H1oo parameters to 3, 4, 5, and 32. To assign the
Jog reference to a digital input, set H1oo to 6.
Notes on using analog inputs as Multi-Speed 1, 2, and 3:
• The first frequency reference (Multi-Speed 1) comes from the source specified in b1-01. When using an analog input terminal to supply the frequency reference, assign the frequency reference source to the control terminals (b1-01 = 1).
• When an analog input is set to “Auxiliary frequency 1” (H3-02, H2-06, or H2-10 = 2), the value set to this input will be used as the Multi-Step Speed 2 instead of the value set to parameter d1-02. If no analog inputs are set for “Auxiliary frequency
1”, then d1-02 becomes the reference for Multi-Step Speed 2.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 59
1.4 d: Reference Settings
• When an analog input is set to “Auxiliary frequency 2” (H3-02, H2-06, or H2-10 = 3), the value set to this input will be used as the Multi-Step Speed 3 instead of the value set to parameter d1-03. If no analog inputs are set for “Auxiliary frequency
2”, then d1-03 becomes the reference for Multi-Step Speed 3.
Select the different speed references as shown in
.
illustrates the multi-step speed selection.
Table 1.27 Multi-Step Speed Reference and Terminal Switch Combinations
Reference
Multi-Step
Speed
H1oo = 3
OFF
Multi-Step
Speed 2
H1oo
OFF
= 4
Multi-Step
Speed 3
H1oo
OFF
= 5
Multi-Step
Speed 4
H1oo = 32
OFF Frequency Reference 1 (set in b1-01)
Frequency Reference 2
(d1-02 or input terminal A1, A2, A3)
Frequency Reference 3
(d1-03 or input terminal A1, A2, A3)
Frequency Reference 4 (d1-04)
Frequency Reference 5 (d1-05)
Frequency Reference 6 (d1-06)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Frequency Reference 7 (d1-07)
Frequency Reference 8 (d1-08)
Frequency Reference 9 (d1-09)
Frequency Reference 10 (d1-10)
Frequency Reference 11 (d1-11)
Frequency Reference 12 (d1-12)
Frequency Reference 13 (d1-13)
Frequency Reference 14 (d1-14)
Frequency Reference 15 (d1-15)
Frequency Reference 16 (d1-16)
Jog Frequency Reference (d1-17) <1>
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
−
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
−
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
−
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
−
<1> The Jog frequency overrides all other frequency references.
Jog Reference
H1oo = 6
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Frequency reference d1-12 d1-13 d1-14 d1-15 d1-16
1.4 d: Reference Settings d1-01
(A1) d1-02
(A2) d1-03
(A3) d1-04 d1-05 d1-06 d1-07
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON d1-17
Time
FWD (REV) Run/Stop
Multi-step Speed Ref. 1
Multi-step Speed Ref. 2
Multi-step Speed Ref. 3
ON
Multi-step Speed Ref. 4
Jog Reference Selection
ON
ON ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Figure 1.39 Preset Reference Timing Diagram u
d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
Upper and lower frequency limits prevent motor speed from going above or below levels that may cause resonance or equipment damage.
n d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Sets the maximum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency references.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.
No.
d2-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
100.0% n d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Sets the minimum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency references.
If a lower reference than this value is entered, the drive will run at the limit set to d2-02. If the drive is started with a lower reference than d2-02, it will accelerate up to d2-02.
No.
d2-02
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
0.0%
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 61
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Internal frequency reference d2-01
Operating range
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Frequency Reference Lower Limit d2-02
Set frequency reference
Figure 1.40 Frequency Reference: Upper and Lower Limits n d2-03: Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Sets a lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency that will only affect a frequency reference entered from the analog input terminals (A1, A2, or A3) as the master speed reference. This is unlike parameter d2-02, which affects all frequency references regardless of their source.
Note: When lower limits are set to both parameters d2-02 and d2-03, the drive uses the greater of those two values as the lower limit.
No.
d2-03
Parameter Name
Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
0.0% u
d3: Jump Frequency
n d3-01 to d3-04: Jump Frequencies 1, 2, 3 and Jump Frequency Width
The Jump frequencies are frequency ranges at which the drive will not operate. The drive can be programmed with three separate Jump frequencies to avoid operating at speeds that cause resonance in driven machinery. If the speed reference falls within a Jump frequency dead band, the drive will clamp the frequency reference just below the dead band and only accelerate past it when the frequency reference rises above the upper end of the dead band.
Setting parameters d3-01 through d3-03 to 0.0 Hz disables the Jump frequency function.
No.
d3-01 d3-02 d3-03 d3-04
Parameter Name
Jump Frequency 1
Jump Frequency 2
Jump Frequency 3
Jump Frequency Width
Setting Range
0.0 to 150.0 Hz <1>
0.0 to 150.0 Hz <1>
0.0 to 150.0 Hz <1>
0.0 to 20.0 Hz <1>
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percentage instead of in Hz.
shows the relationship between the Jump frequency and the output frequency.
Default
0.0 Hz <1>
0.0 Hz <1>
0.0 Hz <1>
1.0 Hz <1>
62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Frequency
Reference
Frequency reference decreases Frequency reference increases
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency 3 d3-03
Jump
Frequency 2 d3-02
Jump
Frequency 1 d3-01
Output
Frequency
Note:
Figure 1.41 Jump Frequency Operation
1.
The drive will use the active accel/decel time to pass through the specified dead band range, but will not allow continuous operation in that range.
2.
When setting more than one Jump frequency, make sure that d3-01≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
u
d4: Frequency Reference Hold and Up/Down 2 Function
n d4-01: Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
Determines whether the frequency reference or the frequency bias (Up/Down 2) value is saved when the Stop command is entered or the power supply is shut down. This parameter is effective when either of the digital input functions listed below are used:
• Accel/decel ramp hold function (H1oo = A)
• Up/Down function (H1oo = 10 and 11)
• Up/Down 2 function (H1oo = 75 and 76)
No.
d4-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
The operation depends on the function used with parameter d4-01.
Setting 0: Disabled
• Acceleration hold
The hold value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Stop command is entered or the drive power is switched off. The active frequency reference will be the value the drive uses when it restarts.
• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Stop command is entered or the drive power is switched off.
The drive will start from 0 Hz when it is restarted.
• Up/Down 2
The frequency bias is not saved when the Stop command is entered, or 5 s after the Up/Down 2 command has been released.
The Up/Down 2 function will start with a bias of 0% when the drive is restarted.
Setting 1: Enabled
• Acceleration hold
The last hold value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off and the drive will use the saved value as the frequency reference when it restarts. Make sure to continuously enable the multi-function input terminal set for
“Accel/decel ramp hold” (H1oo = A) or the hold value will be cleared when the power is switched on.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 63
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Power supply
Forward Run / Stop
Hold Accel/Decel
OFF ON
OFF ON
Frequency reference
ON
OFF ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Output frequency d4-01 = 1 d4-01 = 0
Hold Hold
Figure 1.42 Frequency Reference Hold with Accel/Decel Hold Function
• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off. The drive will use the frequency reference that was saved when it restarts.
• Up/Down 2 with frequency reference from digital operator
When a Run command is active and the Up/Down 2 command is released for longer than 5 s, the Up/Down 2 bias value is added to the frequency reference and then reset to 0. This new frequency reference is saved and will also be used to restart the drive after the power is cycled.
Bias is added to frequency reference and reset to 0
Output frequency
Frequency reference
Bias
5 s
5 s
Up 2 command
Figure 1.43 Up/Down 2 Example with Reference from Digital Operator and d4-01 = 1
• Up/Down 2 with frequency reference from input sources other than the digital operator
When a Run command is active and the Up/Down 2 command is released for longer than 5 s, the bias value will be saved in parameter d4-06. When restarting after the power is switched off, the drive will add the value saved in d4-06 as a bias to the frequency reference.
64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Bias is saved in parameter d4-06
Output frequency d4-06 value
5 s
Bias
5 s
Up 2 command
Figure 1.44 Up/Down 2 Example with Other Reference than Digital Operator and d4-01 = 1
Note:
Reference Bias Upper Limit (Up/Down 2) on page 67
and
Clearing the Saved Value
Depending on which function is used, it is possible to clear the saved frequency reference value by:
• Releasing the input programmed for Acceleration hold.
• Setting an Up or Down command while no Run command is active.
• Resetting parameter d4-06 to zero.
Refer to d4-06: Frequency Reference Bias (Up/Down 2) on page 66 for details.
n d4-03: Frequency Reference Bias Step (Up/Down 2)
Sets the bias added to or subtracted from the frequency reference by the Up/Down 2 function.
No.
d4-03
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Step (Up/Down 2)
Setting Range
0.00 to 99.99 Hz
Default
0.00 Hz
The operation depends on the set value:
Setting d4-03 = 0.00 Hz
While the Up 2 or Down 2 command is enabled, the bias value is increased or decreased using the accel/decel times determined by parameter d4-04.
Output frequency
Bias value is increased using the accel/decel times as set in d4-04
Bias
Up 2 command
Figure 1.45 Up/Down 2 Bias when d4-03 = 0.00 Hz
Setting d4-03 ≠ 0.00 Hz
When an Up 2 or Down 2 command is enabled, the bias is increased or decreased in steps for the value set in d4-03. The frequency reference changes with the accel/decel times determined by parameter d4-04.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 65
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Output frequency
Bias value is increased in steps as defined in d4-03
Drive uses accel/decel times as set in d4-04
Bias
Up 2 command
Figure 1.46 Up/Down 2 Bias when d4-03 ≠ 0.00 Hz n d4-04: Frequency Reference Bias Accel/Decel (Up/Down 2)
Determines the accel/decel times used to increase or decrease the frequency reference or bias when using the Up/Down 2 function.
No.
d4-04
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Accel/Decel (Up/Down 2)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Current Accel/Decel Time
The drive uses the currently active accel/decel time.
Setting 1: Accel/Decel Time 4
The drive uses accel/decel time 4 set to parameters C1-07 and C1-08.
n d4-05: Frequency Reference Bias Operation Mode Selection (Up/Down 2)
Determines if the bias value is held when the Up/Down 2 inputs are both released or both enabled. The parameter is effective only when parameter d4-03 is set to 0.00.
No.
d4-05
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Operation Mode Selection
(Up/Down 2)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Hold Bias Value
The bias value will be held if no input Up 2 or Down 2 is active.
Setting 1: Reset Bias Value
The bias is reset to 0% when inputs Up 2 and Down 2 are both on or both off. The drive will use the accel/decel time as selected in d4-04 to accelerate or decelerate to the frequency reference value.
n d4-06: Frequency Reference Bias (Up/Down 2)
Saves the frequency reference bias value set by the Up/Down 2 function as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
The function of this parameter depends on the Up/Down 2 function configuration. This parameter is not normally used when the digital operator sets the frequency reference.
• The value set to d4-06 will be applied during run, however the value is reset when the frequency reference changes (including multi-step references) and is disabled when d4-01 = 0 and the Run command is removed.
• When d4-01 = 0 and the frequency reference is set by a source other than the digital operator, the value set in d4-06 is added to or subtracted from the frequency reference.
• When d4-01 = 1 and the frequency reference is set by a source other than the digital operator, the bias value adjusted with the Up/Down 2 inputs is stored in d4-06 when 5 s have passed after releasing the Up 2 or Down 2 command. The frequency reference will return to the value without the Up/Down 2 command.
No.
d4-06
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias (Up/Down 2)
Setting Range
-99.9 to 100.0%
Default
0.0%
Conditions that Reset or Disable d4-06
• The Up/Down 2 function has not been assigned to the multi-function terminals.
• The frequency reference source has been changed (including LOCAL/REMOTE or External reference 1/2 switch over by digital inputs).
66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
• d4-03 = 0.00 Hz, d4-05 = 1, and the Up/Down 2 commands are both open or both closed.
• Any changes to the maximum frequency set to E1-04.
n d4-07: Analog Frequency Reference Fluctuation Limit (Up/Down 2)
Handles frequency reference changes while the Up 2 or Down 2 terminal is enabled. If the frequency reference changes for more than the level set to d4-07, then the bias value will be held,and the drive will accelerate or decelerate following the frequency reference. When the frequency reference is reached, the bias hold is released and the bias follows the Up/Down 2 input commands.
This parameter is applicable only if the frequency reference is set by an analog or pulse input.
No.
d4-07
Parameter Name
Analog Frequency Reference Fluctuation Limit (Up/Down 2)
Setting Range
0.1 to 100.0%
Default
1.0% n d4-08: Frequency Reference Bias Upper Limit (Up/Down 2)
Sets the upper limit of the Up/Down 2 bias (monitor U6-20) and the value that can be saved in parameter d4-06. Set this parameter to an appropriate value before using the Up/Down 2 function.
Note: When the frequency reference is set by the digital operator (b1-01 = 0) and d4-01 = 1, the bias value will be added to the frequency reference if no Up/Down 2 command is received for 5 s, and will be reset to 0 afterwards. From that point, the bias can be increased up to the limit set in d4-08 again.
No.
d4-08
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Upper Limit (Up/Down 2)
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
100.0% n d4-09: Frequency Reference Bias Lower Limit (Up/Down 2)
Sets the lower limit of the Up/Down 2 bias (monitor U6-20) and the value that can be saved in parameter d4-06. Set this parameter to an appropriate value before using the Up/Down 2 function.
Note: When the frequency reference is set by the digital operator (b1-01 = 0) and d4-01 = 1, the bias value will be added to the frequency reference if no Up/Down 2 command is received for 5 s, and will be reset to 0 afterwards. If the bias is increased using the Up 2 command, it cannot be reduced with a Down 2 command when the limit set in d4-09 is 0. Set a negative lower limit in d4-09 to allow speed reduction in this situation.
No.
d4-09
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Bias Lower Limit (Up/Down 2)
Setting Range
-99.9 to 0.0%
Default
0.0% n d4-10: Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection
No.
d4-10
Parameter Name
Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Lower Limit is Determined by d2-02 or Analog Input
The higher value between d2-02 and an analog input programmed for Frequency bias (A1, A2, A3) determines the lower frequency reference limit.
Note: When using the External Reference 1/2 (H1oo = 2) to switch between the Up/Down function and an analog input as the reference source, the analog value becomes the lower reference limit when the Up/Down command is active. Set d4-10 to 1 to make the Up/Down function independent of the analog input value.
Setting 1: Lower Limit is Determined by d2-02
Only parameter d2-02 sets the lower frequency reference limit.
u
d5: Torque Control
Torque Control defines a setpoint for the motor torque and is available for CLV and CLV/PM (A1-02 = 3).
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
n Torque Control Operation
Torque control can be enabled either by setting parameter d5-01 to 1 or by setting digital input (H1oo = 71).
illustrates the working principle.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 67
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Torque Compensation
External Torque Reference
External Speed Limit d5-02
Torque Reference Delay
C1oo , C2oo
Soft
Starter
1 d5-03
2 d5-08
+
+
L7oo
Torque
Limits
U1-09
Internal Torque
Reference
Speed Limit set in d5-04
Speed Limiter
Compensated torque reference
Speed Feedback
Speed Limit Bias d5-05
Figure 1.47 Torque Control Block Diagram
The externally input torque reference is the target value for the motor output torque. If the motor torque reference and the load torque are not in balance when in Torque Control, the motor accelerates or decelerates. To prevent operation beyond the speed limit, compensate the external torque reference value if the motor speed reaches the limit. The compensation value is calculated using the speed limit, speed feedback, and the speed limit bias.
If an external torque compensation value is input, it is added to the speed limit compensated torque reference value. The value calculated is limited by the L7oo settings, and is then used as the internal torque reference, which can be monitored in
U1-09. The L7oo settings have highest priority. The motor cannot be operated with a higher torque than the L7oo settings even if the external torque reference value is increased.
n Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values
Torque Control Reference Sources
Set input values for Torque Control as explained in
.
Input Value
Torque Reference
Torque Reference
Speed Limit
A3
Signal Source
Table 1.28 Torque Control Input Value Selection
Settings
Analog inputs A1/A2/
Analog Option
H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 13
• F2-01 = 0
<1>
• H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 13 <1>
Remarks
Match the input terminal signal level settings to
the signal being used. Refer to H3: Multi-
Function Analog Inputs on page 115 for details
on adjusting analog input signals.
The F3oo settings become effective for the option board input terminals. Match the input terminal signal level settings to the signal being
used. Refer to H3: Multi-Function Analog
for details on adjusting analog input signals.
MEMOBUS Register
0004H
Communications Option
Signal selected as frequency reference source
Parameter d5-04
• b1-01 = 2
• Set Register 000FH, Bit 2 = 1 to enable Torque reference from register 0004H
• b1-01 = 3
• F6-06 = 1
Refer to the option card manual for details about setting the torque compensation value.
d5-03 = 1
The speed limit is taken from the input selected as frequency reference source in parameter b1-01 or b1-15.
<1> d5-03 = 2
The settings in C1in C2oo limit value.
oo
–
–
for accel/decel times and
for S-curves are applied to the speed
–
68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Input Value
A3
Signal Source
Analog inputs A1/A2/
Analog Option
H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 14
• F2-01 = 0
Settings
<1>
• H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 14 <1>
Remarks
Match the input terminal signal level settings to the signal being used.
Function Analog Inputs on page 115
for details on adjusting analog input signals.
The H3oo settings become effective for the option board input terminals. Match the input terminal signal level settings to the signal being used.
Torque
Compensation
MEMOBUS Register
0005H
Communications Option
• b1-01 = 2
• Set Register 000FH, bit 3 = 1 to enable the torque compensation setting by register 0005H b1-01 = 3
Refer to the option card manual for details about setting the torque compensation value.
–
–
<1> Sets analog input terminals A1, A2, and A3 to supply the speed limit, torque reference, or torque compensation. Setting two analog inputs for the same function will trigger an oPE07 error (Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error).
Input Value Polarity
The direction of the input values described above depends on the polarity of the Run command and the input value.
Run Command Direction
Forward
Reverse
Table 1.29 Torque Control Signal Polarity
Input Value Polarity
+ (positive)
- (negative)
+ (positive)
- (negative)
Input Value Direction
Forward direction
Reverse direction
Reverse direction
Forward direction
Example:
• With a Forward run command and a positive torque reference signal the internal torque reference will be positive, i.e., in the forward direction.
• With a Forward run command and a negative torque reference signal the internal torque reference will be negative, i.e., in the reverse direction.
When using analog inputs, negative input values can be generated by:
• applying negative voltage input signals.
• using positive analog input signals while setting the analog input bias to negative values so the input value can be negative.
• applying positive voltage input signals and using a digital input that is programmed for H1- oo = 78.
When using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication or a communication option card, only positive input values can be set.
Independent of its input source, the polarity of the torque reference signal can be inverted using a digital input that is programmed for H1oo = 78. Use this function to input negative torque reference values when using MEMOBUS/Modbus or a communication option card.
n Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias
The speed limit setting is read from the input selected in parameter d5-03. A bias can be added to this speed limit using
parameter d5-05 while parameter d5-08 determines how the speed limit bias is applied. Table 1.30
these settings.
Table 1.30 Speed Limit, Speed Bias and Speed Limit Priority Selection
Operating Conditions
Run
Command
Torque
Reference
Direction
Forward
Positive
(Forward)
Reverse
Reverse
Positive
(Forward)
Forward
Negative
(Reverse)
Reverse
Negative
(Reverse)
Forward
Negative
(Reverse)
Reverse
Negative
(Reverse)
Forward
Positive
(Forward)
Reverse
Positive
(Forward)
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 69
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Speed Limit
Direction
Motor
Rotation
Direction
Positive
(Forward)
Negative
(Reverse)
Forward
Negative
(Reverse)
Operating Conditions
Positive
(Forward)
Positive
(Forward)
Reverse
Negative
(Reverse)
Forward
Negative
(Reverse)
Positive
(Forward)
Reverse
Bidirectional
Speed Limit
Bias
(d5-08 = 0)
<1>
Unidirectiona l Speed Limit
Bias
(d5-08 = 1)
<1>
Torque
Limit
Torque
Δ n
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05
Internal
Torque
Reference
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05
Torque
Limit
Torque
Δ n
Δ n
Internal
Torque
Reference
Speed
Limit Bias d5-05
0
0
Speed
Limit
Speed
Limit
Speed
Torque
Limit
Speed
Torque
Limit
Speed
Winder
Torque
Torque
Limit
Torque
Speed
Limit
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05
0
Speed
Internal
Torque
Reference
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05
Δ n
Torque
Torque
Limit
Speed
Limit
0
Torque
Limit
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05
Speed
Internal
Torque
Reference
Δ n
Δ n
Torque
Limit
Speed Torque
Torque
Limit
Torque
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05
Speed Limit
Speed
0
Internal
Torque
Reference
Δ n
D n d5-05
Torque
Limit
Torque
Limit
Torque
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05
0
Speed Limit
Speed
Internal
Torque
Reference
Δ n
Torque Speed
Torque
Limit
Δ n
Torque
Δ n
Internal
Torque
Reference Speed
Limit Bias d5-05
0
Speed
Limit
Speed
Speed
Limit Bias d5-05
Torque
Limit
Δ n
Torque
Δ n
Internal
Torque
Reference
Δ n
Speed
Limit
Torque
Limit
Unwinder
Torque Speed
Line Direction
0
Torque
Limit
Speed
Speed
Limit Bias d5-05
Torque
Limit
Application
Example
Line Direction
M Line Direction M M M
Line Direction
<1> The value of delta n in the drawings depends on the ASR setting in parameters C5oo .
n Indicating Operation at the Speed Limit
Program a digital output to close when the drive operates at or beyond the speed limit (H2oo = 32). Use this output to notify a control device such as a PLC of abnormal operating conditions.
n Switching Between Torque and Speed Control
Use a digital input to switch Torque Control and Speed Control (H1oo = 71). When switching from Speed Control to Torque
Control, the torque limit becomes the torque reference and the speed reference becomes the speed limit. This change is reversed when switching back to Speed Control.
If required by the application, set up a delay time using parameter d5-06. The reference values (torque reference/speed limit in Torque Control or speed reference/torque limit in Speed Control) are held during this switch delay time. Change the reference values from the controller within this delay time.
Note: 1.
The switching delay time d5-06 is not applied when the Stop command is entered. Here the operation switches immediately to speed control and the drive decelerates to stop at the torque limit.
2.
Set d5-01 to 0 when switching between Torque Control and Speed Control. An oPE15 (Torque Control Setting Error) alarm will be triggered if parameter d5-01 is set to 1 while H1oo is set to 71 at the same time.
70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Speed/Torque control input (H1oo = 71)
OFF
Run command
OFF ON
Operation Mode Speed Control
ON
Torque Control
OFF
Speed Control
ON
Torque Control Speed Control
Frequency reference signal or d5-04
Speed Ref.
Torque reference signal/
Torque limit Torque Limit
Speed Limit
Torque Reference
Speed Ref.
Torque Limit
Speed Limit
Torque Reference
Speed Ref.
Torque Limit d5-06 d5-06 d5-06
Figure 1.48 Speed/Torque Control Switching Time n d5-01: Torque Control Selection
No.
d5-01
Parameter Name
Torque Control Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Speed Control will be active. Also use this setting when H1oo = 71 (Speed/Torque Control Switch).
Setting 1: Enabled
Torque Control is always enabled.
n d5-02: Torque Reference Delay Time
Apply a filter with the time constant set to parameter d5-02 to the torque reference signal to eliminate oscillation resulting from an unstable torque reference signal. A higher filter time stabilizes control while reducing the responsiveness.
No.
d5-02
Parameter Name
Torque Reference Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 1000 ms
Default
0 ms n d5-03: Speed Limit Selection
Determines how the speed limit is set.
No.
d5-03
Parameter Name
Speed Limit Selection
Setting Range
1 or 2
Default
1
Setting 1: Frequency Reference Input
The frequency reference value at the active reference source (digital operator, External reference 1 or External reference 2) will be used as speed limit. Note that in this case all settings for accel/decel times (C1-01 to C1-08) and S-curves (C2-01 to
C2-04) will apply for the speed limit.
Setting 2: d5-04
The speed limit is set by parameter d5-04.
n d5-04: Speed Limit
Sets the speed limit during torque control if parameter d5-03 is set to 2.
Refer to Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias on page 69 .
No.
d5-04
Parameter Name
Speed Limit
Setting Range
-120 to 120%
Default
0% n d5-05: Speed Limit Bias
.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 71
1.4 d: Reference Settings
No.
d5-05
Parameter Name
Speed Limit Bias n d5-06: Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time
Sets the delay time for switching between Speed Control and Torque Control.
No.
d5-06
Parameter Name
Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time
Setting Range
0 to 120%
Setting Range
0 to 1000 ms n d5-08: Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias
Selects how the speed limit bias is applied.
No.
d5-08
Parameter Name
Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias
Setting 0: Disabled
The speed limit bias is applied in the speed limit direction and the opposite direction.
Setting 1: Enabled
The speed limit bias is applied in the opposite direction of the speed limit only.
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
10%
Default
0 ms
Default
1 u
d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing
Field Weakening
The Field Weakening function reduces the output voltage to a predefined level to reduce the energy consumption of the motor.
To activate the Field Weakening function, use a digital input programmed for H1oo = 63. Only use Field Weakening with a known and unchanging light load condition. Use the Energy Saving function (b8oo parameters) when Energy Saving for various different load conditions is required.
Field Forcing
The Field Forcing function compensates the delaying influence of the motor time constant when changing the excitation current reference and improves motor responsiveness. Field Forcing is ineffective during DC Injection Braking.
n d6-01: Field Weakening Level
Sets the level to which the output voltage is reduced when Field Weakening is activated. Set as percentage of the maximum output voltage.
No.
d6-01
Parameter Name
Field Weakening Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
80% n d6-02: Field Weakening Frequency Limit
Sets the lower limit (in Hz) of the frequency range where field weakening control is valid. The field weakening command is valid only at frequencies above this setting and only when output frequency is in agreement with the current output frequency
(speed agree).
No.
d6-02
Parameter Name
Field Weakening Frequency Limit
Setting Range
0 to 150.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz n d6-03: Field Forcing Selection
Enables or disables the Field Forcing function.
No.
d6-03
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter Name
Field Forcing Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: Enabled
72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings n d6-06: Field Forcing Limit
Sets the maximum level at which the Field Forcing function can boost the excitation current reference. The value is set as a percentage of the motor no load current. This parameter does not normally need to be changed.
No.
d6-06
Parameter Name
Field Forcing Limit
Setting Range
100 to 400%
Default
400% u
d7: Offset Frequency
n d7-01 to d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3
Three different offset values can be added to the frequency reference. They can be selected using digital inputs programmed for Offset frequency 1, 2, and 3 (H1oo = 44, 45, 46). The selected offset values are added together if multiple inputs are closed simultaneously. The value is set as a percentage of the Maximum Output Frequency.
Note: This function can replace the “Trim Control” function (H1oo = 1C, 1D) of older Yaskawa drives.
No.
d7-01 d7-02 d7-03
Parameter Name
Offset Frequency 1
Offset Frequency 2
Offset Frequency 3
illustrates the Offset frequency function.
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0%
0%
0%
Frequency reference
SFS
Frequency reference after soft starter
Multi-function input (44) = on
Offset Frequency 1 [d7-01]
(Signed)
Multi-function input (45) = on
Offset Frequency 2 [d7-02]
(Signed)
Multi-function input (46) = on
Offset Frequency 3 [d7-03]
(Signed)
Figure 1.49 Offset Frequency Operation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 73
1
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
E parameters cover V/f pattern and motor data settings.
u
E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1
n E1-01: Input Voltage Setting
Adjusts the levels of some protective features of the drive (overvoltage, Stall Prevention, etc.). Set this parameter to the nominal voltage of the AC power supply.
NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective features to function properly. Failure to set the correct drive input voltage will result in improper drive operation.
No.
E1-01
Parameter Name
Input Voltage Setting
Setting Range
310 to 510 V <1>
Default
460 V <1>
<1> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
E1-01 Related Values
The input voltage setting determines the overvoltage and undervoltage detection levels, the operation levels of the braking transistor, the KEB function, and the overvoltage suppression function.
(Approximate Values)
Voltage
400 V Class
575 V Class
690 V Class
Setting Value of E1-01 setting ≥ 400 V setting < 400 V
575 V
794
Uv Detection Level
(L2-05)
380 Vdc
350 Vdc
475 Vdc
570 Vdc
Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB (L2-11)
500 Vdc
460 Vdc
635 Vdc
635 Vdc ov Suppression /
Stall Prevention Level
(L3-17)
750 Vdc
750 Vdc
930 Vdc
930 Vdc
Note: The braking transistor operation levels are valid for the drive internal braking transistor. When using an external CDBR braking chopper, refer to the instruction manual of that unit.
n V/f Pattern Settings (E1-03)
The drive uses a V/f pattern to adjust the output voltage relative to the frequency reference. There are 15 different predefined
V/f patterns (setting 0 to E) from which to select, each with varying voltage profiles, saturation levels (frequency at which maximum voltage is reached), and maximum frequencies. Additionally, one custom V/f pattern is available (setting F) that requires the user to create the pattern using parameters E1-04 through E1-10.
n E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection
Selects the V/f pattern for the drive and motor from 15 predefined patterns or creates a custom V/f pattern.
No.
E1-03
Parameter Name
V/f Pattern Selection
<1> Settings 0 through E are not available when A1-02 = 2, 3.
<2> Parameter is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
Setting Range
0 to F <1>
Default
F <2>
Setting a Predefined V/f Pattern (Setting 0 to E)
Choose the V/f pattern that best meets the application demands from the table below. These settings are available only in
V/f Control modes. Set the correct value to E1-03. Parameters E1-04 to E1-13 can only be monitored, not changed.
Note: 1.
Setting an improper V/f pattern may result in low motor torque or increased current due to overexcitation.
2.
Drive initialization does not reset parameter E1-03.
74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
E
F
<1>
C
D
A
B
8
9
6
7
Setting
0
1
4
5
2
3
Specification
50 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz (with 50 Hz base)
72 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
50 Hz, Heavy Duty 2
50 Hz, Heavy Duty 1
50 Hz, Heavy Duty 1
50 Hz, Heavy Duty 2
50 Hz, mid starting torque
50 Hz, high starting torque
60 Hz, mid starting torque
60 Hz, high starting torque
90 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
120 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
150 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
Table 1.31 Predefined V/f Patterns
Characteristic
Constant torque
Variable torque
High starting torque
Constant output
Application
For general purpose applications. Torque remains constant regardless of changes to speed.
For fans, pumps, and other applications where the required torque changes as a function of the speed.
Select high starting torque when:
• Wiring between the drive and motor exceeds 150 m.
• A large amount of starting torque is required.
• An AC reactor is installed.
Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than
60 Hz.
60 Hz Constant torque
For general purpose applications. Torque remains constant regardless of changes to speed.
<1> Setting F enables a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13. When the drive is shipped, the default values for parameters E1-04 to E1-13 are the same as those of setting 1.
The following tables show details on predefined V/f patterns.
Predefined V/f Patterns for all HHP models:
• 400 V Class 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty,
• 575 V Class 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty,
• 690 V Class 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty.
The values in the following graphs are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives.
Multiply the values by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
Setting = 0
400
50 Hz
Table 1.32 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 1
400
60 Hz Setting = 2
400
60 Hz Setting = 3
400
72 Hz
24
12
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
Setting = 4
400
50 Hz
70
10
0 1.3
25
Frequency (Hz)
50
24
12
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
24
12
0 1.5 3 50
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.33 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7
Setting = 5
400
50 Hz Setting = 6
400
60 Hz
24
12
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
72
Setting = 7
400
60 Hz
100
12
0 1.3
25
Frequency (Hz)
50
70
10
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
100
12
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 75
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Setting = 8
400
50 Hz
Table 1.34 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B
Setting = 9
400
50 Hz Setting = A
400
60 Hz Setting = B
400
60 Hz
30
14
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
40
18
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
30
14
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.35 Constant Output, Settings C to F
Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 150 Hz
40
22
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = F
460
60 Hz
400 400 400
24
12
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
90
24
12
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
120
24
12
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
150
27.6
13.8
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
Note: The values in this graph are specific to 400 V class drives in setting F. Multiply the values by
1.25 for 575 V class drives.
Multiply the values by 1.725 for
690 V class drives.
Setting a Custom V/f Pattern (Setting F: Default)
Setting parameter E1-03 to F allows the user to set up a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13.
n V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13
If E1-03 is set to a preset V/f pattern (i.e., a value other than F), the user can monitor the V/f pattern in parameters E1-04
pattern.
Note: Certain E1oo
parameters might not be visible depending on the control mode. Refer to Parameter List on page 235
for details.
No.
E1-04
E1-05
E1-06
E1-07
E1-08
E1-09
E1-10
E1-11
E1-12
E1-13
Parameter Name
Maximum Output Frequency
Maximum Voltage
Base Frequency
Middle Output Frequency
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Minimum Output Frequency
Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
Middle Output Frequency 2
Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2
Base Voltage
Setting Range
40.0 to 150.0 Hz
0.0 to 510.0 V <3>
0.0 to [E1-04]
0.0 to [E1-04]
0.0 to 510.0 V <3>
0.0 to [E1-04]
0.0 to 510.0 V <3>
0.0 to [E1-04]
0.0 to 510.0 V <3>
0.0 to 510.0 V <3>
Default
<1>
<1>
<1>
<1>
<1>
<1>
<1>
0.0 Hz <5>
0.0 V <4> <5>
0.0 V <4>
<1> Default setting is determined by the control mode.
<3> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<4> The drive changes these settings when Auto-Tuning is performed (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
<5> Parameter ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.
76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Output Voltage (V)
E1-05
E1-12
E1-13
Note:
E1-08
E1-10
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 1.50 V/f Pattern
1.
The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
2.
To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 equal to E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3.
E1-03 is unaffected when the drive is initialized, but E1-04 through E1-13 return to their default values.
4.
Only use E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters rarely need to be changed.
u
E2: Motor 1 Parameters
These parameters contain the motor data needed for motor 1. Performing Auto-Tuning (including Rotational Auto-Tuning
for details if Auto-Tuning cannot be performed.
Note: The function for switching between two motors cannot be used with a PM motor. E2oo parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5, 6, or 7).
n E2-01: Motor Rated Current
Provides motor control, protects the motor, and calculates torque limits. Set E2-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the motor nameplate. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-04 will automatically be saved to E2-01.
No.
E2-01
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Current
Setting Range
10% to 200% of the drive rated current
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04
Note: 1.
The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
2.
An oPE02 error will occur if the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03. Set E2-03 correctly to prevent this error.
n E2-02: Motor Rated Slip
Sets the motor rated slip in Hz to provide motor control, protect the motor, and calculate torque limits. This value is automatically set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2).
No.
E2-02
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Slip
Setting Range
0.00 to 20.00 Hz
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04
If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, calculate the motor rated slip using the information written on the motor nameplate and the formula below:
E2-02 = f - (n × p)/120
(f: rated frequency (Hz), n: rated motor speed (r/min), p: number of motor poles) n E2-03: Motor No-Load Current
Set the no-load current for the motor in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The drive sets
E2-03 during the Auto-Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2). The motor no-load current listed in the motor test report can also be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer to receive a copy of the motor test report.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 77
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
No.
E2-03
Parameter Name
Motor No-Load Current
Setting Range
0 to [E2-01]
(unit: 0.01 A)
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04
Note: The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
n E2-04: Number of Motor Poles
Set the number of motor poles to E2-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-06 will automatically be saved to E2-04.
No.
E2-04
Parameter Name
Number of Motor Poles
Setting Range
2 to 48
Default
4 n E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Sets the line-to-line resistance of the motor stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is automatically calculated. Enter this value as line-to-line and not for each motor phase.
If Auto-Tuning is not possible, contact the motor manufacturer to find out the line-to-line resistance or measure it manually.
When using the manufacturer motor test report, calculate E2-05 by one of the formulas below:
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C.
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115 °C.
No.
E2-05
Parameter Name
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting Range
0.000 to 65000 mΩ <1>
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04 n E2-06: Motor Leakage Inductance
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage. This value is automatically set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
No.
E2-06
Parameter Name
Motor Leakage Inductance
Setting Range
0.0 to 40.0%
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04 n E2-07: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully, then this value is automatically calculated and set to E2-07. This coefficient is used when operating with constant output.
No.
E2-07
Parameter Name
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Setting Range
0.00 to 0.50
Default
0.50
n E2-08: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully, then this value is automatically calculated and set to E2-08. This coefficient is used when operating with constant output.
No.
E2-08
Parameter Name
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Setting Range
E2-07 to 0.75
Default
0.75
n E2-09: Motor Mechanical Loss
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW) capacity.
Adjust this setting in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
• When there is a large amount of torque loss in a fan or pump application.
The setting for the mechanical loss is added to the torque.
78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
No.
E2-09
Parameter Name
Motor Mechanical Loss
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0%
Default
0.0% n E2-10: Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Sets the motor iron loss in watts.
No.
E2-10
Parameter Name
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Setting Range
0 to 65535 W
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04 n E2-11: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power in kW. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will automatically be saved to E2-11.
No.
E2-11
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Power
Setting Range
0.00 to 650.00 kW
Default
Determined by o2-04
The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive after setting the Drive Duty in parameter C6-01. Drive models CIMR-
A o 2A0004 to 4A0515 display this value in units of 0.01 kW (two decimal places). Drive models CIMR-A o 4A0675 to 4A1200 and HHP models display this value in units of 0.1 kW (one decimal place).
n Setting Motor Parameters Manually
Follow the instructions below when setting motor-related parameters manually instead of Auto-Tuning. Refer to the motor test report included with the motor to ensure the correct data is entered into the drive.
Set the Motor Rated Current
Enter the motor rated current listed on the nameplate of the motor to E2-01.
Set the Motor Rated Slip
Calculate the motor rated slip using the base speed listed on the motor nameplate. Refer to the formula below, then enter that value to E2-02.
Motor rated slip = rated frequency [Hz] – base speed [r/min] × (no. of motor poles) / 120
Set the No-Load Current
Enter the no-load current at rated frequency and rated voltage to E2-03. This information is not usually listed on the nameplate.
Contact the motor manufacturer if the data cannot be found.
The default setting of the no-load current is for performance with a 4-pole Yaskawa motor.
Set the Number of Motor Poles
Enter the number of motor poles as indicated on motor nameplate. This is required when A1-02 = 0 to 3 (induction motor control methods).
Set the Line-to-Line Resistance
E2-05 is normally set during Auto-Tuning. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, contact the motor manufacturer to determine the correct resistance between motor lines. The motor test report can also be used to calculate this value using the formulas below:
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C.
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115 °C.
Set the Motor Leakage Inductance
The motor leakage inductance set to E2-06 determines the amount of voltage drop relative to the motor rated voltage. Enter this value for motors with a low degree of inductance, such as high-speed motors. This information is usually not listed on the motor nameplate. Contact the motor manufacturer if the data cannot be found.
Set the Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1, 2
E2-07 and E2-08 are set when Auto-Tuning is performed.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 79
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Set the Motor Mechanical Loss
Only required in Closed Loop Vector Control. The drive compensates for the degree of mechanical loss with torque compensation. Although E2-09 rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
• When there is a large amount of torque loss in a fan or pump application.
Set the Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Only required when using V/f Control. Enter this value in watts to E2-10. The drive uses this setting to improve the precision of torque compensation.
u
E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2
for details on switching motors.
Note: The function for switching between two motors cannot be used with a PM motor. E3oo parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5, 6, or 7).
n E3-01: Motor 2 Control Mode Selection
Selects the control mode for motor 2. A control mode for PM motors cannot be selected for motor 2.
No.
E3-01
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Control Mode Selection
Note: L1-01 determines protection from motor overload (oL1) in motor 2 and motor 1.
Setting 0: V/f Control
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 1: V/f Control with PG
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
Setting 3: Closed Loop Vector Control n E3-04 to E3-13
Parameters E3-04 through E3-13 set up the V/f pattern used for motor 2 as shown in Figure 1.51
.
Note: Certain E3oo
parameters might not be visible depending on the control mode. Refer to Parameter List on page 235
for details.
No.
E3-04
E3-05
E3-06
E3-07
E3-08
E3-09
E3-10
E3-11
E3-12
E3-13
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Max Output Frequency
Motor 2 Max Voltage
Motor 2 Base Frequency
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2
Motor 2 Base Voltage
Setting Range
40.0 to 150.0 Hz
0.0 to 510.0 V <1>
0.0 to [E3-04]
0.0 to [E3-04]
0.0 to 510.0 V <1>
0.0 to [E3-04]
0.0 to 510.0 V
0.0 to 510.0 V
0.0 to 510.0 V
<1>
0.0 to [E3-04]
<1>
<1>
Default
<2>
<1> <2>
<2>
<2>
<1> <2>
<2>
<1> <2>
0.0 Hz <4>
0.0 V <3> <4>
0.0 V <3>
<1> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<2> Default setting is determined by the control mode selected for motor 2 (E3-01).
<3> The drive sets this value when Auto-Tuning is performed (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
<4> Parameter ignored when E3-11 and E3-12 are set to 0.0.
80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Output (V)
E3-05
E3-12
E3-13
E3-08
E3-10
E3-09 E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
Frequency (Hz)
Note:
Figure 1.51 V/f Pattern for Motor 2
1.
The following conditions must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ Ε3-11 ≤ E3-04
2.
To make the V/f pattern a straight line at a frequency lower than E3-07, set E3-09 equal to E3-07. In this case the E3-08 setting is disregarded.
3.
Parameters E3-04 through E3-13 are reset to their default values when the drive is initialized.
4.
Only use E3-11, E3-12, and E3-13 to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters rarely need to be changed.
u
E4: Motor 2 Parameters
E4 parameters contain the motor data for motor 2. These parameters are usually set automatically during the Auto-Tuning process for vector control modes (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2). It may be necessary to set these parameters manually if there is a problem performing Auto-Tuning.
n E4-01: Motor 2 Rated Current
Protects the motor and calculates torque limits. Set E4-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the nameplate of motor 2.
If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-04 will automatically be saved to E4-01.
No.
E4-01
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Rated Current
Setting Range
10 to 200% of the drive rated current.
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04
1.
The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
2.
An oPE02 error will occur if the motor rated current in E4-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E4-03. Set E4-03 correctly to prevent this error.
n E4-02: Motor 2 Rated Slip
Sets the motor 2 rated slip frequency and is the basis for slip compensation value. The drive calculates this value automatically during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
Refer to E2-02: Motor Rated Slip on page 77 for information on calculating the motor rated slip.
No.
E4-02
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Rated Slip
Setting Range
0.00 to 20.00 Hz
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04 n E4-03: Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current
Sets the no-load current for motor 2 in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The drive sets
E2-03 during the Auto-Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2). The motor no-load current listed in the motor test report can also be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer for a copy of the motor test report.
No.
E4-03
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current
Setting Range
0 to [E4-01]
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04
The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 81
1.5 E: Motor Parameters n E4-04: Motor 2 Motor Poles
Sets the number of poles for motor 2. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-06 will be automatically saved to E4-04.
No.
E4-04
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Motor Poles
Setting Range
2 to 48
Default
4 n E4-05: Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance
Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor 2 stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is automatically
to manually enter this parameter setting.
No.
E4-05
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting Range
0.000 to 65000 mΩ <1>
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04 n E4-06: Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of rated voltage of motor 2. This value is automatically set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
No.
E4-06
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
Setting Range
0.0 to 40.0%
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04 n E4-07: Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Sets the motor 2 iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux. This value is automatically set during Rotational Auto-
Tuning. Adjust this parameter when operating in the constant output range.
No.
E4-07
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Setting Range
0.00 to 0.50
Default
0.50
n E4-08: Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux. This value is automatically set during Rotational Auto-
Tuning. Adjust this parameter when operating in the constant output range.
No.
E4-08
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Setting Range
[E4-07] to 0.75
Default
0.75
n E4-09: Motor 2 Mechanical Loss
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).
Although E4-09 rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
• When there is a large amount of torque loss in a fan or pump application.
The setting for the mechanical loss is added to the torque.
No.
E4-09
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Mechanical Loss
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0%
Default
0.0% n E4-10: Motor 2 Iron Loss
Sets the motor 2 iron loss in watts.
No.
E4-10
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Iron Loss
Setting Range
0 to 65535 W
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04
82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters n E4-11: Motor 2 Rated Power
Sets the motor 2 rated power. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will automatically be saved to E4-11.
No.
E4-11
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor 2 Rated Power
Setting Range
0.00 to 650.00 kW
Default
Determined by o2-04
The display resolution depends on the rated output power of the drive after setting the Drive Duty in parameter C6-01. Drive models CIMR-
A o 2A0004 to 4A0515 display this value in units of 0.01 kW (two decimal places). Drive models CIMR-A o 4A0675 to 4A1200 and HHP models display this value in units of 0.1 kW (one decimal place).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 83
1
1.6 F: Option Settings
1.6 F: Option Settings u
F1: PG Speed Control Card Settings
Yaskawa offers a PG-X3 and PG-B3 motor encoder PG option card. Use the CN5-C port when using only one PG option card and use the CN5-C and CN5-B ports when using two PG option cards. When programming one of the multi-function input terminals to act as a switch between two motors (H1oo = 16), use the card connected to port CN5-C for motor 1 and use the card connected to CN5-B for motor 2.
lists the parameters that must be set for each option card port.
Table 1.36 Option Card Ports and Corresponding Parameters
Port
CN5-C and CN5-B (common) F1-02 to F1-04, F1-08 to F1-11, F1-14
CN5-C only
CN5-B only
Parameters
F1-01, F1-05, F1-06, F1-12, F1-13, F1-20 for A1000 HHP only, F1-21
F1-31 to F1-37 n F1-01, F1-31: PG 1 and PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution
Sets the number encoder number of pulses per revolution.
No.
F1-01
F1-31
Parameter Name
PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution
PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution
<1> Setting range is 0 to 15000 in PM motor control modes
Option Port
CN5-C
CN5-B
Setting Range
1 to 60000 ppr <1>
1 to 60000 ppr
Default
1024 ppr
1024 ppr n F1-02, F1-14: PG Open (PGo) Circuit Operation Selection, Detection Time
A PGo fault is triggered if the drive receives no pulse signal for longer than the time set in F1-14. Set the stopping method for a PGo fault in parameter F1-02.
Note: An ov or oC error may occur depending on motor speed and load conditions.
No.
F1-02
F1-14
Parameter Name
Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo)
PG Open-Circuit Detection Time
Option Port
CN5-B, CN5-C
CN5-B, CN5-C
Parameter F1-02 Settings:
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting Range
0 to 4
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
1
2.0 s
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, refrain from using the “Alarm only” or “No alarm display” settings except under special circumstances.
Setting 4: No alarm display
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, refrain from using the “Alarm only” or “No alarm display” settings except under special circumstances.
n F1-03, F1-08, F1-09: Overspeed (oS) Operation Selection, Detection Level, Delay Time
An oS fault is triggered when the speed feedback exceeds the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set in F1-09. Set the stopping method for an oS fault in parameter F1-03.
Note: In AOLV/PM, the motor will coast to a stop (F1-03 = 1). The setting for F1-03 cannot be changed to 0, 2, or 3.
No.
F1-03
F1-08
F1-09
Parameter Name
Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS)
Overspeed Detection Level
Overspeed Detection Delay Time
Parameter F1-03 Settings:
Option Port
CN5-B, CN5-C
CN5-B, CN5-C
CN5-B, CN5-C
Setting Range
0 to 3
0 to 120%
0.0 to 2.0 s
Default
1
115%
Determined by A1-02
84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, refrain from using the “Alarm only” setting except under special circumstances.
n F1-04, F1-10, F1-11: Operation at Speed Deviation (dEv), Detection Level, Delay Time
A speed deviation error (dEv) is triggered when the difference between the frequency reference and the speed feedback exceeds the value set in F1-10 for longer than the time set in F1-1. The stopping method when a speed deviation fault occurs can be selected in parameter F1-04.
No.
F1-04
F1-10
F1-11
Parameter Name
Operation Selection at Deviation (dEv)
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time
Option Port
CN5-B, CN5-C
CN5-B, CN5-C
CN5-B, CN5-C
Settings for Parameter F1-04:
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting Range
0 to 3
0 to 50%
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
3
10%
0.5 s
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (drive continues operating while “dEv” flashes on the screen) n F1-05, F1-32: PG 1, PG 2 Rotation Selection
Determines the direction indicated by the pulses from the PG feedback encoder for motor 1 and motor 2.
See PG option card instruction manual for details on setting the direction for the PG encoder and the motor.
No.
Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection CN5-C
CN5-B
0, 1
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-02 <1>
0 F1-32 PG 2 Rotation Selection
<1> Default is 0 when A1-02 = 1 or 3. Default is 1 when A1-02 = 7.
Setting 0: A pulse leads with Forward run command
Setting 1: B pulse leads with Forward run command n F1-06, F1-35: PG 1, PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
Sets the ratio between the pulse input and the pulse output of a PG option card as a three-digit number, where the first digit
(n) sets the numerator and the second and third digit (m) set the denominator as shown below: f
Pulse Input
= f
Pulse Output
(1 + n) m
Example: Set F1-06 to 032 for a ratio of 1/32 between the PG card pulse input and output.
No.
F1-06
F1-35
Parameter Name
PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
Option Port
CN5-C
CN5-B
Setting Range
001 to 032,
102 to 132 (1 to
1
32
)
1 to 132 (1 to
1
32 )
Default
001
001 n F1-12, F1-13, F1-33, F1-34: PG 1, PG 2 Gear Teeth 1, 2 (V/f w/PG only)
Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the PG encoder. F1-12 and F1-33 set the number of gear teeth on the motor side, while F1-13 and F-34 set the number of gear teeth on the load side. The drive uses the formula below to calculate the motor speed:
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 85
1.6 F: Option Settings r/min =
Input pulse frequency from PG 60
Pulses per Rev (F1-01/31)
Load-side PG gear teeth (F1-12/33)
Motor-side PG gear teeth (F1-13/34)
No.
F1-12
F1-13
F1-33
F1-34
Note:
Parameter Name
PG 1 Gear Teeth 1
PG 1 Gear Teeth 2
PG 2 Gear Teeth 1
PG 2 Gear Teeth 2
A gear ratio of 1 will be used if any of these parameters are set to 0.
Option Port
CN5-C
CN5-C
CN5-B
CN5-B n F1-20, F1-36: PG Option Card Disconnect Detection
Sets whether the drive detects a PG hardware fault (PGoH).
No.
F1-20
F1-36
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter Name
PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 1
PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 2
Option Port
CN5-C
CN5-B
Setting Range
0 to 1000
0 to 1000
0 to 1000
0 to 1000
Setting Range
0, 1
0, 1
Setting 1: Enabled n F1-21, F1-37: PG 1, PG 2 Signal Selection (V/f w/PG only)
Determines whether the signal to the PG option card is single-channel or two-channel.
No.
F1-21
F1-37
Parameter Name
PG 1 Signal Selection
PG 2 Signal Selection
Setting 0: Single-channel (A channel only)
Option Port
CN5-C
CN5-B
Setting Range
0, 1
0, 1
Default
0
0
0
0
Default
1
1
Default
0
0
Setting 1: Two-channel (channels A and B) n F1-30: PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection
Specifies the drive port for the PG option card used for motor 2. Set this parameter when switching between motor 1 and motor
2, where both motors supply a speed feedback signal to the drive. Set F1-30 to 0 when using the same PG card for feedback signals from both motors. Set F1-30 to 1 when each motor has its own PG card connected to the drive.
Note: The motor 2 selection function cannot be used with PM motors.
No.
F1-30
Setting 0: CN5-C
Parameter Name
PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 1: CN5-B u
F2: Analog Input Card Settings
These parameters set the drive for operation with the analog input option card AI-A3. If no AI-A3 card is connected, drive terminals A1 to A3 are enabled regardless of the F2-01 setting. This section describes parameters that govern operation with an input option card. Refer to the option card instruction manual for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F2-01: Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection
Determines how the input terminals on the AI-A3 option card are used.
No.
F2-01
Parameter Name
Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: Separate functions for each terminal (V1, V2, V3 replace terminals A1, A2, A3)
Use the H3oo
and gain and bias levels for an analog reference supplied by AI-A3.
Note: Setting option card terminals for separate input functions (F2-01 = 0) while b1-01 = 3 will trigger an oPE05 error.
Setting 1: Combine input terminal values to create frequency reference (V1, V2, V3 are combined)
This setting adds all three input signals on the AI-A3 option card to create the frequency reference. Set b1-01 to 3 when the option card is the source of the frequency reference for the drive. Set the gain and bias settings for the frequency reference supplied from AI-A3 with F2-02 and F2-03.
n F2-02, F2-03: Analog Input Option Card Gain, Bias
Parameter F2-02 sets the gain and parameter F2-03 sets the bias for the AI-A3 input signal when the card is used in the combined input signals mode (F2-01 = 1). Both gain and bias are set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
No.
F2-02
F2-03
Note: Enabled only when F2-01 = 1.
Parameter Name
Analog Input Option Card Gain
Analog Input Option Card Bias
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0% u
F3: Digital Input Card Settings
These parameters set the drive for operation with the option card DI-A3. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F3-01: Digital Input Option Card Input Selection
Determines the type of input for digital option card DI-A3 when o1-03 is set to 0 or 1.
No.
F3-01
Parameter Name
Digital Input Option Card Input Selection
Note: BCD input when o1-03 = 2 or 3. Units are determined by o1-03.
Setting 0: BCD, 1% units
Setting Range
0 to 7
Default
0
Setting 1: BCD, 0.1% units
Setting 2: BCD, 0.01% units
Setting 3: BCD, 1 Hz units
Setting 4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
Setting 5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
Setting 6: BCD, special setting (5 digit input), 0.02 Hz units
Setting 7: Binary
The unit and the setting range are determined by F3-03.
F3-03 = 0: 255/100% (-255 to +255)
F3-03 = 1: 4095/100% (-4095 to +4095)
F3-03 = 2: 30000/100% (-33000 to +33000)
Note: BCD input when o1-03 = 2 or 3. Units are determined by o1-03.
n F3-03: Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection
Determines the number of bits for the option card input that sets the frequency reference.
No.
F3-03
Setting 0: 8 bit
Parameter Name
Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
2
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 87
1.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 1: 12 bit
Setting 2: 16 bit u
F4: Analog Monitor Card Settings
These parameters set the drive for operation with the analog output option card AO-A3. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F4-01, F4-03: Terminal V1, V2 Monitor Selection
Selects the data to output from analog terminal V1. Enter the final three digits of U o oo to determine which monitor data is output from the option card. Some monitors are only available in certain control modes.
No.
F4-01
F4-03
Parameter Name
Terminal V1 Monitor Selection
Terminal V2 Monitor Selection
Setting Range
000 to 999
000 to 999
Default
102
103
Note: Set “000” or “031” when using the terminal in through mode. This setting can adjust the V1 and V2 terminal output from PLC via
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or a communications option.
n F4-02, F4-04, F4-05, F4-06: Terminal V1, V2 Monitor Gain and Bias
Parameters F4-02 and F4-04 determine the gain, while parameters F4-05 and F4-06 set the bias. These parameters are set as a percentage of the output signal from V1 and V2 where 100% equals 10 V output. The terminal output voltage is limited to
10 V.
No.
F4-02
F4-04
F4-05
F4-06
Parameter Name
Terminal V1 Monitor Gain
Terminal V2 Monitor Gain
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias
Terminal V2 Monitor Bias
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
50.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level
The output signal is adjustable while the drive is stopped.
Terminal V1
1.
View the value set to F4-02 (Terminal V1 Monitor Gain) on the digital operator. A voltage equal to 100% of the parameter being set in F4-01 will be output from terminal V1.
2.
Adjust F4-02 viewing the monitor connected to the terminal V1.
3.
View the value set to F4-05 on the digital operator, terminal V1 will output a voltage equal to 0% of the parameter being set in F4-01.
4.
Adjust F4-05 viewing the output signal on the terminal V1.
Terminal V2
1.
View the value set to F4-02 (Terminal V2 Monitor Gain) on the digital operator. A voltage equal to 100% of the parameter being viewed in F4-03 will be output from terminal V2.
2.
Adjust F4-04 viewing the monitor connected to the terminal V2.
3.
View the value set to F4-06 on the digital operator, terminal V2 will output a voltage equal to 0% of the parameter being set in F4-03.
4.
Adjust F4-06 viewing the output signal on the terminal V2.
n F4-07, F4-08: Terminal V1, V2 Signal Level
Sets the output signal level for terminals V1 and V2.
No.
F4-07
F4-08
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Parameter Name
Terminal V1 Signal Level
Terminal V2 Signal Level
Setting Range
0, 1
0, 1
Default
0
0
88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 1: -10 to 10 V u
F5: Digital Output Card Settings
These parameters set the drive for operation with the digital output option card DO-A3. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F5-01 through F5-08: Digital Output Option Card Terminal Function Selection
When F5-09 = 2, the parameters listed in the table below assign functions to the output terminals on the option card.
No.
F5-01
F5-02
F5-03
F5-04
F5-05
F5-06
F5-07
F5-08
Name
Terminal P1-PC Function Selection
Terminal P2-PC Function Selection
Terminal P3-PC Output Selection
Terminal P4-PC Output Selection
Terminal P5-PC Output Selection
Terminal P6-PC Output Selection
Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection
Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection
Setting Range
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
Default
0: During run
1: Zero speed
2: Speed agree
4: Frequency detection 1
6: Drive ready
37: During frequency output
F: Not used
F: Not used n F5-09: DO-A3 Output Mode Selection
Determines how the DO-A3 option card works with the drive.
No.
F5-09
Parameter Name
DO-A3 Output Mode Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Note: Refer to TOBP C730600 41 Yaskawa AC Drive-Option DO-A3 Installation Manual for more details on F5-09 settings.
Setting 0: Separate Output Functions for Each of 8 Terminals
Default
0
Setting 1: Binary Output
Setting 2: Output Functions Assigned by F5-01 through F5-08 u
F6 and F7: Communication Option Card
These parameters configure communication option cards and communication fault detection methods.
Some parameters apply to all communication option cards and some parameters apply to certain network options only. The option cards are applicable to the parameter rows marked with an “O”.
Comm.
Protocol
CC-Link
MECHA-
TROLINK-II
MECHA-
TROLINK-
III
PROFIBUS-
DP
CANopen
EtherCAT
BACnet
DeviceNet
LonWorks
Modbus
TCP/IP
F6-01 to
F6-03
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
F6-04
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F6-06 to
F6-08
O
F6-10 to
F6-14
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F6-20,
F6-21
–
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F6-22
–
Parameter Range
F6-23 to
F6-26
–
F6-30 to
F6-32
–
F6-35,
F6-36
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
F6-45 to
F6-49
–
F6-50 to
F6-63
–
F7-01 to
F7-15
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
O
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
F7-16
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
O
F7-17 to
F7-42
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 89
1.6 F: Option Settings
Comm.
Protocol
PROFINET
EtherNet/IP
F6-01 to
F6-03
O
O
F6-04
–
–
F6-06 to
F6-08
O
O
F6-10 to
F6-14
–
–
F6-20,
F6-21
–
–
F6-22
–
–
Parameter Range
F6-23 to
F6-26
F6-30 to
F6-32
–
–
–
–
F6-35,
F6-36
–
–
F6-45 to
F6-49
F6-50 to
F6-63
–
–
–
–
F7-01 to
F7-15
O
O n F6-01: Communications Error Operation Selection
Determines drive operation when a communication error occurs.
No.
F6-01
Parameter Name
Communications Error Operation Selection
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop (Use the Deceleration Time Set to C1-02)
Setting Range
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (Use the Fast Stop Time Set to C1-09)
F7-16
–
–
Default
1
F7-17 to
F7-42
O
O
Setting 3: Alarm Only (Continue Operation) n F6-02: External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Determines the detection method of an external fault initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No.
F6-02
Setting 0: Always Detected
Parameter Name
External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 1: Detection during Run Only n F6-03: External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Determines drive operation when an external fault is initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No.
F6-03
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
Parameter Name
External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm Only (Continue Operation) n F6-06: Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
Selects whether torque reference and torque limit values are assigned to the drive from the network.
No.
F6-06
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter Name
Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 1: Enabled n F6-07: NetRef/ComRef Function Selection
Selects the treatment of multi-step speed inputs when the NetRef command is set.
No.
F6-07
Parameter Name
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Default
1
Default
0
Default
0
90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: Multi-step Speed Operation Disabled
Multi-step speed input frequency references are disabled when the NetRef command is selected.
Setting 1: Multi-step Speed Operation Enabled
Multi-step speed inputs are still active and can override the frequency reference from the communications option even when the NetRef command is selected.
n F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters
Determines whether F6oo /F7oo communication-related parameters are reset after initialization.
No.
F6-08
Parameter Name
Reset Communication Parameters
Setting Range
Setting 0: Do Not Reset F6oo /F7oo Parameters after Initialization Using A1-03
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: Reset F6oo /F7oo Parameters after Initialization Using A1-03
Note: F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized.
u
CC-Link Parameters
Parameters F6-04, F6-10, F6-11, and F6-14 set the drive to operate on a CC-Link network.
n F6-04: bUS Error Detection Time
Sets the delay time for bUS error detection.
No.
F6-04
Parameter Name bUS Error Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 5.0 s n F6-10: CC-Link Node Address
Sets the node address of a CC-Link option board.
No.
F6-10
Parameter Name
CC-Link Node Address
No.
F6-14
Parameter Name bUS Error Auto Reset
Setting 0: Disabled, Auto Reset Not Possible
Setting Range
0 to 64 n F6-11: CC-Link Communication Speed
Sets the communication speed for a CC-Link option card.
No.
F6-11
Parameter Name
CC-Link Communication Speed
Setting Range
0 to 4
Setting 0: 156 kbps
Setting 1: 625 kbps
Setting 2: 2.5 Mbps
Setting 3: 5 Mbps
Setting 4: 10 Mbps n F6-14: bUS Error Auto Reset
Selects whether a bUS error can be automatically reset if automatic fault retry is enabled.
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 1: Enabled, Auto Reset Possible
Default
2.0 s
Default
0
Default
0
Default
0
1 u
PROFIBUS-DP Parameters
Parameters F6-30 through F6-32 set the drive to run on a PROFIBUS-DP network.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 91
1.6 F: Option Settings n F6-30: PROFIBUS-DP Node Address
Sets the node address of a PROFIBUS-DP option card.
No.
F6-30
Parameter Name
PROFIBUS-DP Node Address n F6-31: PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode Selection
Determines the operation when a Clear Mode command is received.
No.
F6-31
Parameter Name
PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode Selection
Setting 0: Reset
Resets the drive operation (frequency reference, inputs, outputs etc.).
Setting 1: Maintain the Previous State
Returns the drive status to the state prior to receiving the command.
n F6-32: PROFIBUS-DP Data Format Selection
Selects the data format used for PROFIBUS-DP communication.
No.
F6-32
Setting 0: PPO-type Data Format
Parameter Name
PROFIBUS-DP Data Format Selection
Setting 1: Conventional Data Format
Setting Range
0 to 125
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting Range
0, 1 u
CANopen Parameters
Parameters F6-35 and F6-36 set the drive to operate on a CANopen network.
n F6-35: CANopen Node ID Selection
Selects the node ID of a CANopen option board.
No.
F6-35
Parameter Name
CANopen Node ID Selection
Setting Range
0 to 126 n F6-36: CANopen Communication Speed
Sets the communication speed for a CANopen option card.
No.
F6-36
Parameter Name
CANopen Communication Speed
Setting 0: Auto detection
Setting 1: 10 kbps
Setting 2: 20 kbps
Setting 3: 50 kbps
Setting 4: 125 kbps
Setting 5: 250 kbps
Setting 6: 500 kbps
Setting 7: 800 kbps
Setting 8: 1 Mbps u
DeviceNet Parameters
Parameters F6-50 through F6-63 set the drive to operate on a DeviceNet network.
Setting Range
0 to 8
92
Default
0
Default
0
Default
0
Default
0
Default
6
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.6 F: Option Settings n F6-50: DeviceNet MAC Address
Sets the MAC address for a DeviceNet option card.
No.
F6-50
Parameter Name
DeviceNet MAC Address
Setting Range
0 to 64
Default
64 n F6-51: DeviceNet Communication Speed
Sets the communication speed for a DeviceNet option card.
To assign the baud rate for the drive from the upper controller, set F6-51 = 3.
To make the drive detect the network speed, set F6-51 = 4. The drive will automatically adjust itself after detecting the network speed.
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
4
No.
F6-51
Parameter Name
DeviceNet Communication Speed
Setting 0: 125 kbps
Setting 1: 250 kbps
Setting 2: 500 kbps
Setting 3: Adjustable from network
Setting 4: Auto detection n F6-52: DeviceNet PCA Setting
Defines the format for data the drive receives from the DeviceNet master.
No.
F6-52
Parameter Name
DeviceNet PCA Setting
Setting Range
0 to 255
Default
21 n F6-53: DeviceNet PPA Setting
Defines the format for data sent from the drive to the DeviceNet master.
No.
F6-53
Parameter Name
DeviceNet PPA Setting
Setting Range
0 to 255
Default
71 n F6-54: DeviceNet Idle Mode Fault Detection
Determines whether the drive triggers an EF0 fault when no data is received from the master (e.g., when the master is idling).
No.
F6-54
Setting 0: Enabled
Parameter Name
DeviceNet Idle Mode Fault Detection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: Disabled, No Fault Detection n F6-55: DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor
Displays the baud rate currently being used for network communications. F6-55 is used only as a monitor.
No.
F6-55
Parameter Name
DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor
Setting Range
0 to 2 (read only)
Default
0
Setting 0: 125 kbps
Setting 1: 250 kbps
Setting 2: 500 kbps n F6-56 to F6-61: DeviceNet Scaling Factors
These parameters define scaling factors for drive monitors in the DeviceNet Class ID 2AH - AC/DC Drive Object.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 93
1.6 F: Option Settings
No.
F6-56
F6-57
F6-58
F6-59
F6-60
F6-61
Parameter Name
DeviceNet Speed Scaling
DeviceNet Current Scaling
DeviceNet Torque Scaling
DeviceNet Power Scaling
DeviceNet Voltage Scaling
DeviceNet Time Scaling
Setting Range
-15 to 15
-15 to 15
-15 to 15
-15 to 15
-15 to 15
-15 to 15
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
Setting
The monitor value in the AC/DC Drive Object 2AH is calculated by:
AC/DC Drive Object 2AH Monitor = Drive Value × 2 Scaling
Example:
If the drive output frequency monitor (U1-02) is 5.00 and the scaling is set to F6-56 = 6, then the value in the AC/DC Drive
Object 2AH, Instance 1, Attribute 7 would be 500 × 2 6 = 32000.
n F6-62: DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval
Sets the heartbeat interval for DeviceNet communications. A setting of 0 disables the heartbeat function.
No.
F6-62
Parameter Name
DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval
Setting Range
0 to 10
Default
0 n F6-63: DeviceNet Network MAC ID
Displays the MAC ID assigned to the drive. F6-63 is used only as a monitor.
No.
F6-63
Parameter Name
DeviceNet Network MAC ID n F6-64 to F6-71: Dynamic Assembly Parameters (Reserved)
Setting Range
0 to 63 (read only)
Default
0
94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
H parameters assign functions to the external terminals.
u
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
n H1-01 to H1-08: Functions for Terminals S1 to S8
.
1A
1B
1E
16
17
18
19
12
13
14
15
E
F
10
11
C
D
A
B
8
9
6
7
Setting
0
1
4
5
2
3
No.
H1-01
H1-02
H1-06
H1-07
H1-08
Parameter Name
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function Selection
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function Selection
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function Selection
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S8 Function Selection
Setting
Range
1 to 9F
1 to 9F
0 to 9F
0 to 9F
0 to 9F
0 to 9F
0 to 9F
0 to 9F
Default
40 (F) <1> : Forward Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
41 (F) <1> : Reverse Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
24: External Fault
14: Fault Reset
3 (0) <1> : Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
4 (3) <1> : Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
6 (4) <1> : Jog Reference Selection
8 (6) <1> : External Baseblock Command
<1> Number appearing in parenthesis is the default value after performing a 3-Wire initialization.
Table 1.37 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings
Function
3-Wire Sequence
LOCAL/REMOTE Selection
External Reference 1/2 Selection
Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
Multi-Step Speed Reference 3
Page
Setting
20 to 2F External Fault
30
31
32
34
35
PID Integral Reset
PID Integral Hold
Function
Multi-Step Speed Reference 4
PID Soft Starter Cancel
PID Input Level Selection
Jog reference Selection
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
Baseblock Command (N.O.)
Baseblock Command (N.C.)
Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Analog Terminal Input Selection
PG Encoder Disable
44
45
46
47
40
41
42
43
Forward Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
Reverse Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
Run Command (2-Wire sequence 2)
FWD/REV Command (2-Wire sequence 2)
Offset Frequency 1
Offset Frequency 2
Offset Frequency 3
Node Setup
ASR integral reset
Through Mode
Up Command
Down Command
Forward Jog
Reverse Jog
Fault Reset
Fast Stop (N.O.)
Motor 2 Selection
Fast Stop (N.C.)
Timer Function Input
PID Disable
Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
Program Lockout
Reference Sample Hold
65
66
67
6A
60
61
62
63
71
72
75
76
77
78
DC Injection Braking Command
External Speed Search Command 1
External Speed Search Command 2
Field Weakening
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.)
Communications Test Mode
Drive Enabled
Speed/Torque Control Switch
Zero Servo
Up 2 Command
Down 2 Command
ASR Gain Switch
External Torque Reference Polarity Inversion
Page
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 95
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
7E
Function
Forward/Reverse Detection (V/f control with simple PG)
90 to 97 DriveWorksEZ Digital Input 1 to 8
Page
Setting
9F
Function
DriveWorksEZ Disabled
Page
Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence
The digital input programmed for 3-Wire control becomes the forward/reverse directional input, S1 becomes the Run command input, and S2 becomes the Stop command input.
The drive starts the motor when the input S1 set for the Run command closes for longer than 2 ms. The drive stops the operation when the Stop input S2 releases for 2 ms. When the digital input programmed for a forward/reverse operation is open, the drive is set for forward operation. When the digital input is closed, the drive is set for reverse operation.
Note: Input the Run and Stop commands via S1 and S2 when selecting a 3-Wire sequence.
Stop Switch
(N.C.)
Run Switch
(N.O.)
DRIVE
S1
Run Command (Runs when Closed)
S2
Stop Command (Stops when Open)
S5
SN
FWD/REV (Multi-Function Input)
(H1-05 = 0)
Standard Digital Input Common
Run command
Stop command
Forward/reverse command
Figure 1.52 3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram
2 ms min.
Can be either ON or OFF
OFF (stopped)
OFF (forward) ON (reverse)
Motor speed
TIME
Foward Stop Forward Reverse Stop
Figure 1.53 3-Wire Sequence
Note: 1.
The Run command must be closed for more than 2 ms.
2.
If the Run command is active at power up and b1-17 = 0 (Run command at power up not accepted), the Run LED will flash to indicate that protective functions are operating. If required by the application, set b1-17 to 1 to automatically issue the Run command upon drive power up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before applying power to the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly in reverse direction after power up if it is wired for 3-Wire sequence but set up for 2-Wire sequence (default). Make sure b1-17 is set to “0” (drive does not accept a Run command active at power up). When initializing the drive use 3-Wire initialization. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Setting 1: LOCAL/REMOTE Selection
This setting allows the input terminal to determine if the drive will run in LOCAL mode or REMOTE mode.
Status
Closed
Open
Note:
Description
LOCAL: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the digital operator.
REMOTE: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the selected external reference. If a digital input set to H1oo = 2 is active, they will be read from external reference source 2 (b1-15 and b1-16). In all other cases they will be read from external reference source 1 (b1-01 and b1-02).
1.
The LO/RE key on the digital operator is disabled when one of the multi-function input terminals is set to for LOCAL/REMOTE.
2.
When the drive is set to LOCAL, the LO/RE LED will light.
3.
The default setting of the drive does not allow switching between LOCAL and REMOTE during run. To allow the drive to switch
between LOCAL and REMOTE during run, Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection on page 24
.
96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection
This function switches the Run command and frequency reference source between External reference 1 and 2 if the drive is in the REMOTE mode.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
External reference 1 is used (defined by parameters b1-01 and b1-02)
External reference 2 is used (defined by parameters b1-15 and b1-16)
Default drive settings do not allow switching between External reference 1 and 2 during run.
Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run
Selection on page 24 if this feature is required by the application.
Setting 3 to 5: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 to 3
Setting 6: Jog Reference Selection
The Jog frequency set in parameter d1-17 becomes the frequency reference when the input terminal closes.
Frequency Reference on page 59 for details.
Setting 7: Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
Switches between accel/decel times 1 (C1-01 and C1-02) and 2 (C1-03 and C1-04).
Refer to C1-01 to C1-08: Accel, Decel
Times 1 to 4 on page 46 for details.
Setting 8, 9: Baseblock Command (N.O., N.C.)
When the drive receives a baseblock command, the output transistors stop switching, the motor coasts to stop, and a bb alarm flashes on the digital operator to indicate baseblock. When baseblock ends while a Run command is active, the drive performs
Speed Search to restart the motor.
DIgital Input Function
Setting 8 (N.C.)
Setting 9 (N.O.)
Input Open
Baseblock (Interrupt output)
Normal operation
Drive Operation
Input Closed
Normal operation
Baseblock (Interrupt output)
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When using a mechanical holding brake with the drive in a lifting application, close the brake when the drive output is cut off by a baseblock command triggered by one of the input terminals. Failure to comply will result in a slipping load from the motor suddenly coasting when the baseblock command is entered and may cause serious injury or death.
Run command
OFF ON
Baseblock input
ON
Baseblock release
Frequency reference
Begin Speed Search from the previous frequency reference
Output frequency
Output off, motor coasts
Figure 1.54 Baseblock Operation During Run
Setting A: Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
When the digital input programmed for the Accel/decel ramp hold function closes, the drive locks (holds) the output frequency.
Acceleration or deceleration resumes when the input is reopened.
If the Accel/decel ramp hold function is enabled (d4-01 = 1), the drive saves the output frequency to memory when the Ramp
Hold input is closed. When the drive is restarted after stop or after power supply interruption, the saved output frequency becomes the frequency reference (provided that the Accel/decel ramp hold input is still closed).
Reference Hold Function Selection on page 63
for details.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 97
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting B: Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Triggers an oH2 alarm when the contact closes. Drive operation is not affected because this is an alarm.
Setting C: Analog Terminal Input Selection (Terminal A1, A2, A3)
When closed, the terminals specified in H3-14 are enabled. When open, the drive disregards the input signal to the analog terminals.
Setting D: PG Encoder Disable
When closed, the drive disregards PG feedback from the motor when using V/f Control with PG. When the terminal is reopened, the drive resumes using PG feedback to control motor speed.
Setting E: ASR Integral Reset
Switches between PI control and P control by resetting the integral value. Integral operation is disabled when the terminal is closed and the drive uses P control. PI control resumes when the terminal opens.
Setting F: Through Mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an input does not trigger any function in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the input status to be read out by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/
Modbus communications.
Setting 10, 11: Up/Down Function
The Up/Down function allows the frequency reference to be set by two push buttons when one digital input is programmed as the Up input (H1oo = 10) to increase the frequency reference and the other digital input is programmed as the Down input
(H1oo = 11) to decrease the frequency reference.
The Up/Down function takes priority over the frequency references from the digital operator, the analog inputs, and the pulse input (b1-01 = 0, 1, 4). When using the Up/Down function, references provided by these sources will be disregarded.
The inputs operate as shown in the table below:
Status
Drive Operation
Up (10)
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Down (11)
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Hold current frequency reference
Increase frequency reference
Decrease frequency reference
Hold current frequency reference
Note: 1.
An oPE03 alarm occurs when only one of the Up/Down functions is programmed to a digital input.
2.
An oPE03 alarm occurs when the Up/Down function is assigned to the terminals and a different digital input is programmed for the
Accel/decel ramp hold function.
3.
The Up/Down function can only be used for External reference 1. Consider this when using Up/Down and the external reference switching command (H1oo = 2).
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Hold (d4-01)
• If the frequency reference hold function is disabled (d4-01 = 0), the Up/Down frequency reference will be reset to 0 when the Run command is cleared or the power is cycled.
• When d4-01 = 1, the drive will save the frequency reference set by the Up/Down function. When the Run command or the power is cycled, the drive will restart with the saved reference value. Close the Up or Down input without an active Run
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Limits
Parameter d2-01 determines the upper frequency reference limit.
The value for the lower frequency reference limit depends on the parameter d4-10 setting. This value can be set by an analog
input or parameter d2-02. Refer to d4-10: Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection on page 67
for details. When a
Run command is applied, the lower limits function as follows:
• If the lower limit is set by d2-02 only, the drive accelerates to this limit as soon as a Run command is entered.
• If the lower limit is determined by an analog input only, the drive accelerates to the limit when both the Run command and an Up or Down command are active. The drive will not start running if only the Run command is active.
• If the lower limit is set by both an analog input and d2-02, and the analog limit is higher than the d2-02 value, the drive accelerates to the d2-02 value when a Run command is input. When the d2-02 value is reached, the drive accelerates to the analog limit only if an Up or Down command is set.
shows an Up/Down function example with a lower frequency reference limit set by d2-02, and the frequency reference hold function both enabled and disabled.
98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Output frequency upper limit
Accelerates to lower limit
Lower limit
Same frequency d4-01 = 1 d4-01 = 0
FWD run/stop ON
Up command
ON
ON
Hold frequency reset
Down command
Power supply
ON ON
Figure 1.55 Up/Down Command Operation
Setting 12, 13: Forward Jog, Reverse Jog
Digital inputs programmed as Forward Jog (H1oo = 12) and Reverse Jog (H1oo = 13) will be Jog inputs that do not require a Run command. Closing the terminal set for Forward Jog input will cause the drive to ramp to the Jog frequency reference (d1-17) in the forward direction. The Reverse Jog will cause the same action in the reverse direction. The Forward
Jog and Reverse Jog command can be set independently.
Note: The Forward Jog and Reverse Jog commands override all other frequency references. However, if the drive is set to prohibit reverse rotation
(b1-04 = 1), activating Reverse Jog will have no effect. Inputting both the Forward Jog and Reverse Jog are simultaneously for 500 ms or longer will trigger an alarm will and the drive will ramp to stop.
d1-17
Output
Frequency d1-17
ON
FJOG
ON
RJOG
Figure 1.56 FJOG/RJOG Operation
Setting 14: Fault Reset
When the drive detects a fault condition, the fault output contact closes, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts to stop (specific stopping methods can be selected for some faults such as L1-04 for motor overheat). After removing the Run command, clear the fault either by pressing the RESET key on the digital operator or closing a digital input configured as a
Fault Reset (H1oo = 14).
Note: Remove the Run command prior to resetting a fault. Fault Reset commands are ignored while the Run command is present.
Setting 15, 17: Fast Stop (N.O., N.C.)
The Fast Stop function operates similar to an emergency stop input to the drive. If a Fast Stop command is input while the
off the Run command.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with an N.O. switch, set H1oo = 15.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with an N.C. switch, set H1oo = 17.
shows an operation example of Fast Stop.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 99
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Run/Stop
ON ON
Fast-Stop
H1- = 17 ON ON
Decelerates at C1-09
Output Frequency
TIME
Figure 1.57 Fast Stop Sequence
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.
Setting 16: Motor 2 Selection
The drive has the capability to control two induction motors independently. A second motor may be selected using a multi-
function digital input as shown in Figure 1.58
Note: The motor 2 selection function cannot be used with PM motors.
Drive
M
Motor 1
Motor switch input
M
Motor 2
Figure 1.58 Motor Selection
lists the parameters that correspond to each motor:
No.
Table 1.38 Parameters for Switching Between Two Motors
Setting 16 Open (Motor 1) ⇒ Setting 16 Closed (Motor 2)
C1oo : Acceleration/Deceleration
Time
C1-01 to C1-04
C3oo : Motor Slip Compensation C3-01 to C3-04, C3-15
C4oo : Motor Torque
Compensation
C4-01
⇒
⇒
⇒
C1-05 to C1-08
C3-21 to C3-25
C4-07
C5oo : Speed Control (ASR) C5-01 to C5-08, C5-12, C5-15 ⇒ C5-21 to C5-28, C5-32, C5-35
E1oo , E3oo : V/f Pattern
E2oo , E4oo : Motor Parameters E1oo , E2oo ⇒ E3oo to E4oo
F1oo (PG Constant) F1-01 to F1-21 ⇒
F1-02 to F1-04, F1-08 to F1-11, F1-14,
F1-31 to F1-37
Note: 1.
When using 2 motors, the motor overload protection selection (oL1) set to L1-01 applies to both motor 1 and motor 2.
2.
Attempting to switch between motor 1 and motor 2 during run will trigger the rUn alarm.
3.
There is a 500 ms delay when switching between motors equipped with a PG encoder for feedback.
4.
The motor 2 selection function cannot be used with PM motors.
If a digital output is programmed for “Motor 2 selection” (H1-01, H1-02, or H1-03 = 1C), the motor will be selected when the output is closed.
Setting 18: Timer Function Input
This setting configures a digital input terminal as the input for the timer function. Use this setting combination with the timer function output (H2oo
= 12). Refer to b4: Timer Function on page 33
for details.
100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 19: PID Disable
Close a digital input to indefinitely disable the PID function. When the input is released, the drive resumes PID operation.
Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 36 .
Setting 1A: Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
Accel, Decel Times 1 to 4 on page 46
for details.
Setting 1B: Program Lockout
Parameter values cannot be changed when an input is programmed for Program Lockout and the input is open. It is still possible, however, to view and monitor parameter settings.
Setting 1E: Reference Sample Hold
This function allows the user to sample an analog frequency reference signal being input to terminal A1, A2, or A3 and hold the frequency reference at the sampled level. When the Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold function is held for at least
100 ms, the drive reads the analog input and changes the frequency reference to the newly sampled speed as illustrated in
.
When the power is shut off and the sampled analog frequency reference is cleared, the frequency reference is reset to 0.
Frequency
Reference
Analog Signal
Time
Reference
Sample Hold Input
100 ms
OFF ON
100 ms
Figure 1.59 Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold
An oPE03 error will occur when one of the following functions is used simultaneously with the Analog frequency reference sample/hold command:
• Hold accel/decel stop (setting: A)
• Up command, Down command (setting: 10, 11)
• Offset frequency (setting: 44 to 46)
• Up or Down functions (setting: 75, 76)
Setting 20 to 2F: External Fault
The External fault command stops the drive when problems occur with external devices.
To use the External fault command, set one of the multi-function digital inputs to a value between 20 and 2F. The digital operator will display EF o where o is the number of the terminal to which the external fault signal is assigned.
For example, if an external fault signal is input to terminal S3, “EF3” will be displayed.
Select the value to be set in H1oo from a combination of any of the following three conditions:
• Signal input level from peripheral devices (N.O., N.C.)
• External fault detection method
• Operation after external fault detection
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1oo :
Terminal statuses, detection conditions, and stopping methods marked with an “O” are applicable to the corresponding settings.
Setting
20
21
Terminal Status <1>
N.O.
O
N.C.
O
Detection Conditions <2>
Always
Detected
O
O
Detected during Run only
Ramp to Stop
(fault)
O
O
Stopping Method
Coast to Stop
(fault)
Fast Stop
(fault)
Alarm Only
(continue running)
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 101
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
2C
2D
2E
2F
28
29
2A
2B
22
23
24
25
26
27
Terminal Status
N.O.
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
<1>
N.C.
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Detection Conditions <2>
Always
Detected
Detected during Run only
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Ramp to Stop
(fault)
O
O
Stopping Method
Coast to Stop
(fault)
O
O
O
O
<1> Determine the terminal status for each fault, i.e., whether the terminal is normally open or normally closed.
<2> Determine whether detection for each fault should be enabled only during run or always detected.
Fast Stop
(fault)
O
O
O
O
Setting 30: PID Integral Reset
Configuring one of the digital inputs for PID integral reset (H1oo = 30) resets the value of the integral component in PID
control to 0 when the terminal is closed. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 36
for more details.
Setting 31: PID Integral Hold
Configuring a digital input for Integral Hold (H1-0 o = 31) locks the value of the integral component of the PID control as long as the input is active. The PID controller resumes integral operation from the hold value as soon as the integral hold input is released.
Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 36 for more information on this function.
Setting 32: Multi-Step Speed Reference 4
O
O
O
O
Alarm Only
(continue running)
Setting 34: PID Soft Starter Cancel
A digital input configured as a PID soft starter cancel input (H1-0 o = 34) enables or disables the PID soft starter and cancels
the PID accel/decel time (b5-17). Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 36 .
Setting 35: PID Input Level Selection
Setting 40, 41: Forward Run, Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire Sequence
Configures the drive for a 2-Wire sequence.
When an input terminal set to 40 closes, the drive operates in the forward direction. When an input set for 41 closes, the drive operates in reverse. Closing both inputs simultaneously will result in an external fault.
Note: 1.
This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 42 and 43.
2.
The same functions are assigned to terminals S1 and S2 when the drive is initialized for 2-Wire sequence.
Drive
Forward Run
S1
Reverse Run
S2
SN
Standard Digital
Input Common
Figure 1.60 Example Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence
102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 42, 43: Run and Direction Command for 2-Wire Sequence 2
Sets the drive for 2-Wire sequence 2.
When an input terminal programmed for 42 closes, the drive will operate in the selected direction. The drive will stop when the input opens.
The input programmed for 43 selects the direction. If the input is open, forward direction is selected. If the input is closed, reverse direction is selected.
Note: This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 40 and 41.
Setting 44, 45, 46: Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3
Frequency 1 to 3 on page 73 for details.
Setting 47: Node Setup
If the S1-S3 option card is connected, closing this terminal sets a node address for operation on a CANopen network.
Setting 60: DC Injection Braking Command
DC Injection Braking is activated when a DC Injection Braking command is input while the drive is stopped. DC Injection
Braking on page 25 for details on setting up the DC Injection Braking function.
The diagram below illustrates DC Injection Braking:
DC Injection braking command
OFF ON OFF
FWD Run command
OFF
ON
OFF
DC Injection braking
Output frequency
DC Injection Braking
Start Frequency
(b2-01)
DC Injection braking
Figure 1.61 DC Injection Braking Input Timing Diagram
Setting 61, 62: External Speed Search Command 1, 2
These input functions enable Speed Search even if parameter b3-01 = 0 (no Speed Search at start).
Search.
Note: Simultaneously assigning Speed Search 1 and Speed Search 2 to the input terminals will trigger an oPE03 error.
Setting 63: Field Weakening
.
Setting 65, 66: KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.), 2 (N.O.)
Enables the KEB Ride-Thru. Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 135
for more information on this function.
Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Setting 65 (N.C.)
Setting 66 (N.O.)
Input Open
KEB Ride-Thru Deceleration
Normal operation
Input Closed
Normal operation
KEB Ride-Thru Deceleration
Note: Simultaneously assigning KEB Ride-Thru 1 and KEB Ride-Thru 2 to the input terminals will trigger an oPE03 error.
Setting 67: Communication Test Mode
The drive has a built-in function to self-diagnose serial communications operation. The test involves wiring the send and receive terminals of the RS-485/422 port together. The drive transmits data and then confirms that the communications are received normally.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 103
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 6A: Drive Enable
A digital input configured as a “Drive enable” (H1oo = 6A) will prevent the drive from executing a Run command until the input is closed. When the input is open, the digital operator will display “dnE” to indicate that the drive is disabled.
If a Run command is enabled before the terminal set for “Drive enable” closes, then the drive will not run until the Run command is cycled (i.e., a new Run command is required). If the input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will stop according to the stop method set to b1-03 (
Refer to b1-03: Stopping Method Selection on page 20
).
Setting 71: Speed/Torque Control Switch
Switches the drive between Torque Control and Speed Control. Torque Control is enabled when the terminal is closed, and
and Switching Between Torque and Speed Control on page 70 .
Setting 72: Zero Servo
Setting 75, 76: Up 2/Down 2 Function
The Up/Down 2 function adds a bias to the frequency reference. The input programmed for 75 will increase the bias and the input programmed for 76 will decrease the bias.
explains how the Up/Down 2 function works depending on the
2 Function on page 63 for detailed explanations of these and other Up/Down 2 related parameters.
Note: 1.
The Up/Down 2 functions must be set as a pair.
2.
When using the Up/Down 2 function, set appropriate bias limit values to parameters d4-08 and d4-09.
Table 1.39 Up/Down 2 Operations
Condition
Freq. Ref.
Source d4-03 d4-05 d4-01 Operation Frequency Saved
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Multi-Step Speed
Reference
Multi-Step Speed
Reference
Other (analog comm., etc.)
0
Value other than 0
0
0
1
--
0
0
1
--
0
1
0
1
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed.
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed.
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when no
Up 2 or Down 2 input or both active.
• Resets the bias when the reference changes.
• Operates with the frequency reference in all other situations.
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed.
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed.
• Otherwise operates at the frequency reference.
• When the Up 2 is enabled, the drive accelerates to the frequency reference plus d4-03 (bias is increased for d4-03).
• When Down 2 is enabled, the drive decelerates to the frequency reference minus d4-03 (bias is decreased for d4-03).
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when neither Up/Down 2 inputs are active or both inputs are active.
• Resets the bias when the reference changes.
• Operates with the frequency reference in all other situations.
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed.
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed.
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when neither Up/Down 2 inputs are active or both inputs are active.
• If the frequency reference changes for more than the time set to d4-07 during accel/decel, bias value is held until the output frequency meets the reference (speed agree).
Not saved
If the bias and frequency reference are constant for 5 s, the bias is added to the active frequency reference and reset afterwards.
Not saved
Not saved
If the bias and frequency reference are constant for 5 s, the bias is added to the active frequency reference and reset afterwards.
Not saved
If the bias is constant for 5 s, it is saved to parameter d4-06. The frequency reference cannot be overwritten, so only the bias is saved.
104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Condition
8
9
10
Freq. Ref.
Source
Other (analog comm, etc.) d4-03 d4-05 d4-01
0
Value other than 0
1
--
--
0
1
Operation Frequency Saved
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed.
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed.
• Otherwise operates at the frequency reference
• When Up 2 is enabled, drive accelerates to the frequency reference plus d4-03 (increases the bias for d4-03).
• When Down 2 is enabled, drive decelerates to the frequency reference minus d4-03 (decreases the bias for d4-03).
• If the frequency reference changes for more than d4-07 during accel/decel, bias value is held until the output frequency meets the reference (speed agree).
Not saved
Not saved
If the bias is constant for 5 s, it is saved to parameter d4-06. The frequency reference cannot be overwritten, so only the bias is saved.
Setting 77: ASR Gain Switch
Switches the ASR gain between the values set to C5-01 and C5-03. The gain set to C5-03 is enabled when the terminal is
ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 54 for a more detailed description.
Setting 78: External Torque Reference Polarity Inversion
and Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values on page 68
for details.
Setting 7E: Forward/Reverse Detection (for V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback)
Determines the motor rotation direction for V/f Control with Simple PG feedback (A1-02 = 0 and H6-01 = 3). If the input is
Pulse Train Input/Output on page 125
.
Setting 90 to 97: DriveWorksEZ Digital Input 1 to 8
These settings are for digital input functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Changing these settings is not typically required.
Setting 9F: DriveWorksEZ Disable
This function is used to enable or disable a DriveWorksEZ program in the drive. An input programmed for this function is effective only if A1-07 = 2.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
DriveWorksEZ enabled
DriveWorksEZ disabled u
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs
n H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, P1-PC, and P2-PC Function Selection
The drive has three multi-function output terminals. Table 1.40
lists the functions available for theses terminals using H2-01,
H2-02, and H2-03.
No.
H2-01
H2-02
H2-03
Setting
2
3
0
1
4
5
Parameter Name
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection (relay)
Terminal P1-PC Function Selection (photocoupler)
Terminal P2–PC Function Selection (photocoupler)
Setting Range
0 to 192
0 to 192
0 to 192
Table 1.40 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings
Function Page Setting Function
During Run
Zero Speed
Speed Agree 1
User-Set Speed Agree 1
Frequency Detection 1
Frequency Detection 2
6
7
8
9
A
B
Drive Ready
DC Bus Undervoltage
During Baseblock (N.O.)
Frequency Reference Source
Run Command Source
Torque Detection 1 (N.O.)
Default
0: During run
1: Zero Speed
2: Speed agree 1
Page
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 105
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
18
19
1A
1B
14
15
16
17
Setting
C
E
F
10
11
12
13
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
22
Function
Frequency Reference Loss
Fault
Through Mode
Minor Fault
Fault Reset Command Active
Timer Output
Speed Agree 2
User-Set Speed Agree 2
Frequency Detection 3
Frequency Detection 4
Torque Detection 1 (N.C.)
Torque Detection 2 (N.O.)
Torque Detection 2 (N.C.)
During Reverse
During Baseblock (N.C.)
Motor 2 Selection
During regeneration
Restart Enabled
Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)
Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH)
Mechanical Weakening Detection
Setting 0: During Run
Output closes when the drive is outputting a voltage.
Page
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Drive is stopped.
A Run command is input or the drive is in deceleration or DC injection.
3F
4A
4C
4D
39
3C
3D
3E
Setting
2F
30
31
32
33
37
38
Maintenance Period
Function
During Torque Limit
During Speed Limit
During Speed Limit in Torque Control
Zero Servo Complete
During Frequency Output
Drive Enabled
Watt Hour Pulse Output
LOCAL/REMOTE Status
During Speed Search
PID Feedback Low
PID Feedback High
During KEB Operation
During Fast Stop oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit
60
90
91
92
Internal Cooling Fan Alarm
DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 1
DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 2
DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 3
100 to 192 Functions 0 to 92 with Inverse Output
Run command
OFF ON
Baseblock
command
OFF ON
Output frequency
During Run
OFF ON
Figure 1.62 During Run Time Chart
Setting 1: Zero Speed
Terminal closes when the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) falls below the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Output frequency is less than the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
In CLV and CLV/PM control modes, the zero speed level is defined by b2-01. In all other control modes, the zero speed level is the minimum output frequency set to E1-09.
Page
106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Output frequency
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
E1-09 (Min. Output Frequency) or b2-01 (Zero Speed Level)
Zero Speed
OFF ON
Figure 1.63 Zero-Speed Time Chart
Setting 2: Speed Agree 1 (f ref
/f out
Agree 1)
Closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02) of the current frequency reference regardless of the direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Note: Detection works in forward and reverse.
Description
Output frequency or motor speed is outside the range of frequency reference ±L4-04.
Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-02.
Frequency reference
Output Frequency or
Motor Speed
L4-04
L4-04
Speed Agree 2 OFF ON OFF ON
Figure 1.64 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 145
for more details.
Setting 3: User-Set Speed Agree 1 (f ref
/f set
Agree 1)
Closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) and the frequency reference are within the speed agree width (L4-02) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-01).
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency or motor speed and frequency reference are not both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Frequency detection works in forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Frequency reference + L4-02
Frequency reference
L4-01 + L4-02
Frequency reference – L4-02
L4-01
L4-01 – L4-02 Output frequency
During
Forward
0 Hz
During Reverse
Output frequency
–L4-01 + L4-02
–L4-01
Frequency reference + L4-02
–L4-01 – L4-02
Frequency reference
Frequency reference – L4-02
User Set
Speed Agree 1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON ON
OFF
ON
Figure 1.65 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 107
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 145
for more instructions.
Setting 4: Frequency Detection 1
The output opens when the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) rises above the detection level set in L4-01 plus the detection width set in L4-02. The terminal remains open until the output frequency or motor speed fall below the level set in L4-01.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Description
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 or has not exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Frequency detection works in forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Output Frequency
L4-02
L4-01
L4-02
L4-01
Frequency detection 1
ON OFF
Figure 1.66 Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 145
for more details.
Setting 5: Frequency Detection 2
The output closes when the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-01. The terminal remains closed until the output frequency or motor speed fall below L4-01 minus the setting of L4-02.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 minus L4-02 or has not exceeded L4-01.
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01.
Frequency detection works in forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Output Frequency
L4-02
L4-01
L4-02
L4-01
Frequency
Detection 2
OFF ON
Figure 1.67 Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 145
for more details.
Setting 6: Drive Ready
The output closes when the drive is ready to operate the motor. The terminal will not close under the conditions listed below, and any Run commands will be disregarded.
• When the power is shut off
• During a fault
• When the internal power supply of the drive has malfunctioned
• When a parameter setting error makes it impossible to run
108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
• Although stopped, an overvoltage or undervoltage situation occurs
• While editing a parameter in the Programming Mode (when b1-08 = 0)
Setting 7: DC Bus Undervoltage
The output closes when the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply drops below the trip level set in L2-05. A fault in the DC bus circuit will also cause the terminal set for “DC bus undervoltage” to close.
Status
Open
Closed
DC bus voltage is above the level set to L2-05.
DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level set to L2-05.
Description
Setting 8: During Baseblock (N.O.)
The output closes to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While in baseblock, output transistors do not switch and no main circuit voltage is output.
Description Status
Open
Closed
Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Baseblock is being executed.
Setting 9: Frequency Reference Source
Displays the currently selected frequency reference source.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Frequency reference is provided from External reference 1 (b1-01) or External reference 2 (b1-15).
Frequency reference is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting A: Run Command Source
Displays the currently selected Run command source.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Run command is provided from External reference 1 (b1-02) or 2 (b1-16).
Run command is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting B, 17, 18, 19: Torque Detection 1 (N.O., N.C.), Torque Detection 2 (N.O., N.C.)
These digital output functions signal an overtorque or undertorque situation to an external device.
for details.
Setting
B
17
18
19
Status
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Description
Torque detection 1 (N.O.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque detection 1 (N.C.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque detection 2 (N.O.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-05 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-06.
Torque detection 2 (N.C.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-05 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-06.
Setting C: Frequency Reference Loss
Detection Selection on page 146
for details.
Setting E: Fault
The output closes when the drive faults (excluding CPF00 and CPF01 faults).
Setting F: Through Mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an output does not trigger any function in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the output status to be read by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/
Modbus communications.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 109
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 10: Minor Fault
The output closes when a minor fault condition is present.
Setting 11: Fault Reset Command Active
The output closes when there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial communications, or using a communications option card.
Setting 12: Timer Output
for details.
Setting 13: Speed Agree 2 (f ref
/f out
Agree 2)
The output closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is within the speed agree width (L4-04) of the current frequency reference, regardless of the direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Note: Detection works in forward and reverse.
Description
Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-04.
Frequency reference
Output Frequency or Motor Speed
L4-04
L4-04
Speed Agree 2 OFF ON
Figure 1.68 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart
Setting 14: User-Set Speed Agree 2 (f ref
/f set
Agree 2)
The output closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) and the frequency reference are within the speed agree width (L4-04) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-03).
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency or motor speed and frequency reference are both outside the range of L4-03 ±L4-04.
Output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-03 ±L4-04.
The detection level L4-03 is a signed value; detection works in the specified direction only.
110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Frequency reference
L4-03
0 Hz
Output frequency
During
Forward
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Frequency reference + L4-04
L4-03 + L4-04
Frequency reference – L4-04
L4-03 – L4-04 Output frequency
Frequency reference
User Set
Speed Agree 2
OFF ON OFF ON
Figure 1.69 User-Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Setting 15: Frequency Detection 3
The output opens when the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) rises above the detection level set in L4-03 plus the detection with set in L4-04. The terminal remains open until the output frequency or motor speed falls below the level set in L4-03. The detection level L4-03 is a signed value; detection works in the specified direction only.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 or has not exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Output Frequency
L4-04
L4-03
Frequency detection 3
ON OFF
Figure 1.70 Frequency Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Setting 16: Frequency Detection 4
The output closes when the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-03. The terminal remains closed until the output frequency or motor speed falls below L4-03 minus the setting of L4-04.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 minus L4-04 or has not exceeded L4-03.
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03.
The detection level L4-03 is a signed value; detection works in the specified direction only.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 111
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Output Frequency
L4-04
L4-03
Frequency
Detection 4
OFF ON
Figure 1.71 Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Value
Setting 1A: During Reverse
A digital output set for “During reverse” closes when the drive is running the motor in the reverse direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Motor is being driven in the forward direction or stopped.
Motor is being driven in reverse.
Description
Output frequency
FWD Run command
REV Run command
OFF ON
During Reverse time
Figure 1.72 Reverse Direction Output Example Time Chart
Setting 1B: During Baseblock (N.C.)
The output opens to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While Baseblock is executed, output transistors do not switch and no main circuit voltage is output.
Description Status
Open
Closed
Baseblock is being executed.
Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Setting 1C: Motor 2 Selection
Indicates which motor is selected when another output terminal is set to switch drive operation between two motors (H1oo = 16).
Refer to Setting 16: Motor 2 Selection on page 100 for details on switching motors.
Description Status
Open
Closed
Motor 1 is selected.
Motor 2 is selected.
Setting 1D: During Regeneration
Terminal closes when the motor is driven in the regenerative mode.
Setting 1E: Restart Enabled
An output set for “Restart enabled” closes when the drive attempts to restart after a fault has occurred.
112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
The fault restart function allows the drive to automatically clear a fault. The terminal set to 1E will close after the fault is cleared and the drive has attempted to restart. If the drive cannot successfully restart within the number of attempts permitted
for details on automatic restart.
Setting 1F: Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)
The output closes when the motor overload level estimated by the oL1 fault detection exceeds 90% of the oL1 detection level.
Refer to L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection on page 128
.
Setting 20: Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH)
Overheat Alarm Level on page 152
for details on drive overheat detection.
Setting 22: Mechanical Weakening Detection
for details.
Setting 2F: Maintenance Period
The output closes when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay may require maintenance as determined by the estimated performance life span of those components. Components performance life is displayed as a percentage on the digital operator screen.
Setting 30: During Torque Limit
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
The output closes when the motor is operating at the torque limit specified by the L7oo parameters or an analog input. This
for details.
Setting 31: During Speed Limit
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
The output closes when the speed limit has been reached. This function can be used in CLV and CLV/PM control modes.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
The conditions described below are not present.
1. The frequency reference has reached the upper limit set in d2-01.
2. The frequency reference has fallen to the lower limit set in d2-02 or d2-03.
3. Parameter b1-05 is set to 1, 2, or 3, and the frequency reference has fallen below the minimum output frequency
(E1-09).
Setting 32: During Speed Limit in Torque Control
The motor torque and load torque are not in balance, causing the motor to accelerate. The output closes when the motor reaches
the speed limit. Refer to d5: Torque Control on page 67
and Indicating Operation at the Speed Limit on page 70 for details.
Setting 33: Zero Servo Complete
The output closes when Zero Servo is enabled and the load is locked into position within the allowable deviation (b9-02).
Refer to b9: Zero Servo on page 44
for information on Zero Servo operation.
Setting 37: During Frequency Output
The output closes when the drive is outputting a frequency.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Drive is stopped or one of the following functions is being performed: baseblock, DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking.
Drive is outputting frequency.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 113
1.7 H: Terminal Functions run command baseblock
command
OFF ON
OFF output frequency
ON during run
OFF during frequency
output
OFF
ON
ON
Figure 1.73 During Frequency Output Time Chart
Setting 38: Drive Enable
Reflects the status of a digital input configured as a “Drive enable” input (H1oo = 6A). If that digital input closes, then the digital output set for “Drive enable” will also close.
Setting 39: Watt Hour Pulse Output
Setting 3C: LOCAL/REMOTE Status
The output terminal closes while the drive is set for LOCAL and opens when in REMOTE.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
REMOTE: The external reference that has been selected (either b1-01 and b1-02 or b1-15 and b1-16) is used as frequency reference and Run command source.
LOCAL: The digital operator is used as frequency reference and Run command source.
Setting 3D: During Speed Search
Setting 3E: PID Feedback Low
The output terminal closes when a PID feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14.
Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 38 for details.
Setting 3F: PID Feedback High
The output terminal closes when a PID feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it rises beyond the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37.
Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 38 for details.
Setting 4A: During KEB Operation
The output terminal closes while KEB is being performed. Refer to KEB Ride-Thru Function on page 135
for a KEB function description.
Setting 4C: During Fast Stop
.
Setting 4D: oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit
The output terminal closes when the drive is reducing the speed due to a drive overheat alarm (L8-03 = 4) and the overheat alarm has not disappeared after 10 frequency reduction operation cycles.
Refer to L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation
for a more detailed description.
Setting 60: Internal Cooling Fan Alarm
The output closes when the drive internal cooling fan has failed.
Setting 90 to 92: DriveWorksEZ Digital Output 1 to 3
These settings are for output functions used in DriveWorksEZ. Normally there is no need to change these settings.
Setting 100 to 192: Functions 0 to 92 with Inverse Output
These settings have the same function as settings 0 to 92 but with inverse output. Set as 1 oo , where the “1” indicates inverse output and the last two digits specify the setting number of the function.
114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Examples:
• For inverse output of “8: During baseblock”, set 108.
• For inverse output of “4A: During KEB” set 14A.
n H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
When one of the multi-function terminals is set to output the number of watt hours (H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 = 39), parameter
H2-06 determines the units for the output signal.
This output function provides a watt hour meter or a PLC input by a 200 ms pulse signal. H2-06 determines the frequency that pulses are issued to keep track of the kWh for the drive.
No.
H2-06
Note:
Parameter Name
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
Setting Range
0: 0.1 kWh units
1: 1 kWh units
2: 10 kWh units
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units
Default
0
1.
A negative power output (i.e., regeneration) does not subtract from the total watt hours.
2.
The drive keeps track of the watt hours as long as the control circuit has power. The value is reset when the power supply is shut off.
H2-06
(Pulse Output Unit)
Integral Power (every 100 ms)
H2-01 to 03
(Multi-function Output)
ON
OFF OFF
0.2 s
Figure 1.74 Watt Hour Output Example u
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
Input Terminal Settings on page 118
for a listing of the functions that can be set to these terminals.
n H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1.
No.
H3-01
Name
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 1
Default
0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due to gain and bias settings will be read as 0%.
Setting 1: -10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is -10 to 10 Vdc. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias settings, then the motor will rotate in reverse.
n H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
for instructions on adjusting the signal level.
No.
H3-02
Name
Terminal A1 Function Selection
Setting Range Default
0 n H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings
Parameter H3-03 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A1 (gain).
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 115
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Parameter H3-04 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A1 (bias).
Use both parameters to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1.
No.
H3-03
H3-04
Name
Terminal A1 Gain Setting
Terminal A1 Bias Setting
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0%
Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as frequency reference input (H3-02 = 0):
A 10 Vdc input is equivalent to a 200% frequency reference and 5 Vdc is equivalent to a 100% frequency reference. Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the frequency reference will be equal to E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
Gain = 200 % Gain = 200 %
Frequency reference
100 %
E1-04
-10 V
100%
E1-04
-5 V
0 V 5 V 10 V
-100%
E1-04
Gain = -200 %
Bias = 0 %
0 V 5 V 10 V
Figure 1.75 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain
• Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as frequency reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% frequency reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the frequency reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
When parameter H3-01 = 1, the motor will rotate in reverse between -10 and 2 Vdc input.
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
100 %
100%
Frequency reference
H3-01 = 0
-10 V -6.0 V
0
-25%
2.0 V
H3-01 = 1
10 V
Analog Input
Voltage
2.0 V 10 V
-25%
Analog Input
Voltage
-100%
E1-04
-150%
Figure 1.76 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias n H3-05: Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection
a list of functions and descriptions.
No.
H3-05
Name
Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
Setting 1: -10 to 10 Vdc
.
116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions n H3-06: Terminal A3 Function Selection
for a list of functions and descriptions.
No.
H3-06
Name
Terminal A3 Function Selection
Setting Range Default
2 n H3-07, H3-08: Terminal A3 Gain and Bias Setting
Parameter H3-07 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A3 (gain).
Parameter H3-08 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A3 (bias).
No.
H3-07
H3-08
Name
Terminal A3 Gain Setting
Terminal A3 Bias Setting
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0% n H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A2. Set DIP switch S1 on the terminal board accordingly for a voltage input or current input.
No.
H3-09
Name
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
2
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 115 .
Setting 1: 0 to 10 Vdc Bipolar
The input level is -10 to 10 Vdc.
Refer to Setting 1: -10 to 10 Vdc on page 115
.
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
n H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
for a list of functions and descriptions.
No.
H3-10
Name
Terminal A2 Function Selection
Setting Range Default
0 n H3-11, H3-12: Terminal A2 Gain and Bias Setting
Parameter H3-11 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 10 Vdc input or 20 mA input to terminal A2.
Parameter H3-12 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 0 V, 4 mA or 0 mA input at terminal A2.
Use both parameters to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2. The setting works in the same way as parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for analog input A1.
No.
H3-11
H3-12
Name
Terminal A2 Gain Setting
Terminal A2 Bias Setting
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0% n H3-13: Analog Input Filter Time Constant
Parameter H3-13 sets the time constant for a first order filter that will be applied to the analog inputs.
An analog input filter prevents erratic drive control when using a “noisy” analog reference. Drive operation becomes more stable as the programmed time becomes longer, but it also becomes less responsive to rapidly changing analog signals.
No.
H3-13
Name
Analog Input Filter Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00 s
Default
0.03 s
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 117
1.7 H: Terminal Functions n H3-14: Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
When one of the multi-function digital input parameters is set for “Analog input enable” (H1oo = C), the value set to H3-14 determines which analog input terminals are enabled when the input is closed. All of the analog input terminals will be enabled all of the time when H1oo ≠ C. The terminals not set as the target are not influenced by input signals.
No.
H3-14
Name
Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
Setting Range
1 to 7
Default
7
Setting 1: A1 Only Enabled
Setting 2: A2 Only Enabled
Setting 3: A1 and A2 Only Enabled
Setting 4: A3 Only Enabled
Setting 5: A1 and A3 Only Enabled
Setting 6: A2 and A3 Only Enabled
Setting 7: All Analog Input Terminals Enabled n H3-16 to H3-18: Terminal A1/A2/A3 Offset
Set the offset level of the selected input value to terminals A1, A2, or A3 that is equal to 0 Vdc input. These parameters rarely require adjustment.
No.
H3-16
H3-17
H3-18
Name
Terminal A1 Offset
Terminal A2 Offset
Terminal A3 Offset
Setting Range
-500 to 500
-500 to 500
-500 to 500
Default
0
0
0 n Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
for information on how H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 determine functions for terminals A1, A2, and A3.
Note: The scaling of all input functions depends on the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs. Set these to appropriate values when selecting and adjusting analog input functions.
Table 1.41 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
Setting
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
C
D
E
9
B
7
8
Frequency Bias
Frequency Gain
PID Feedback
PID Setpoint
Frequency Bias
Function
Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1
Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2
Output Voltage Bias
Accel/Decel Time Gain
DC Injection Braking Current
Torque Detection Level
Stall Prevention Level During Run
Output Frequency Lower Limit Level
Motor Temperature (PTC Input)
Page
Setting
17
F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
<1>
1F
30
31
32
Through Mode
Function
Forward Torque Limit
Reverse Torque Limit
Regenerative Torque limit
Torque Limit Using Torque Reference/Speed Limit
Torque Compensation
General Torque Limit
Differential PID Feedback
Motor Thermistor (NTC)
Through Mode
DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 1
DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 2
DriveWorksEZ Analog Input 3
<1> This function is available in models CIMR-A o 4A0930 to 4A1200 and A1000 HHP.
Page
Setting 0: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the analog frequency reference value. When the frequency reference is supplied by a different source other than the analog inputs, this function will have no effect. Use this setting also when only one of the analog inputs is used to supply the frequency reference.
118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
By default, analog inputs A1 and A2 are set for this function. Simultaneously using A1 and A2 increases the frequency reference by the total of all inputs.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 50% and a bias of 20% is applied by analog input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 70% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 1: Frequency Gain
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be multiplied with the analog frequency reference value.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 80% and a gain of 50% is applied from analog input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 40% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 2: Auxiliary Reference 1
Setting 3: Auxiliary Reference 2
Setting 4: Output Voltage Bias
Voltage bias boosts the output voltage of the V/f curve as a percentage of the maximum output voltage (E1-05). Available only when using V/f Control.
Setting 5: Accel/Decel Time Gain
Adjusts the gain level for the acceleration and deceleration times set to parameters C1-01 through C1-08.
The drive acceleration time is calculated by multiplying the gain level to C1oo as follows:
C1oo × Accel/decel time gain = Drive accel/decel time
100%
Acceleration/deceleration gain from 1 to 10 V
50%
=
(10 V)
Input Voltage (V)
× 10 (%)
20%
10%
0
1V 2V
5 V 10 V
Figure 1.77 Accel/Decel Time Gain with Analog Input Terminal
Setting 6: DC Injection Braking Current
The current level used for DC Injection Braking is set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
DC Injection Braking Current Level
100%
Drive Rated
Current
0
(4)
10 V
(20 mA)
Figure 1.78 DC Injection Braking Current Using an Analog Input Terminal
Setting 7: Torque Detection Level
Using this setting, the overtorque/undertorque detection level for torque detection 1 (L6-01) can be set by an analog input.
The analog input replaces the level set to L6-02. An analog input of 100% (10 V or 20 mA) sets a torque detection level equal to 100% drive rated current/motor rated torque. Adjust the analog input gain if higher detection level settings are required.
Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 148
for details on torque detection.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 119
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 8: Stall Prevention Level
Allows an analog input signal to adjust the Stall Prevention level. Figure 1.79
shows the setting characteristics. The drive will
use the lower value of the Stall Prevention level set to L3-06 or the level coming from the selected analog input terminal.
Stall Prevention Level during Run
100%
30%
0 30% 100%
Analog Input Level
Figure 1.79 Stall Prevention During Run Using an Analog Input Terminal
Setting 9: Output Frequency Lower Limit Level
The user can adjust the lower limit of the output frequency using an analog input signal.
Setting B: PID Feedback
Supplies the PID feedback value. This setting requires PID operation to be enabled in b5-01.
Setting C: PID Setpoint
Supplies the PID setpoint value and makes the frequency reference selected in parameter b1-01 no longer the PID setpoint.
PID operation to be enabled in b5-01 to use this setting.
Refer to PID Setpoint Input Methods on page 34 .
Setting D: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the frequency reference. This function can be used with any frequency reference source.
Setting E: Motor Temperature
In addition to motor overload fault detection oL1, it is possible to use a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) thermistor
for a detailed explanation.
Setting F, 1F: Through Mode
When set to F or 1F, an input does not affect any drive function, but the input level can still be read out by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 10, 11, 12, 15: Forward, Reverse, Regenerative, General Torque Limit (OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
for details.
Setting 13: Torque Limit Using Torque Reference/Speed Limit
Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values on page 68 for details.
Setting 14: Torque Compensation
Sets a torque compensation value when using Torque Control.
Refer to Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and
Torque Compensation Values on page 68 for details.
Setting 16: Differential PID Feedback
If an analog value is set for this function, the PID controller is set for differential feedback. The difference of the PID feedback
Feedback Input Methods on page 34
.
Setting 17: Motor Thermistor (NTC)
for details.
Setting 30, 31, 32: DriveWorksEZ Analog Inputs 1, 2, and 3
These settings are for DriveWorksEZ functions. Normally there is no need to change or apply these settings.
120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions u
H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs
These parameters assign functions to analog output terminals FM and AM for monitoring a specific aspect of drive performance.
n H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection
Sets the desired drive monitor parameter U o oo
to output as an analog value via terminal FM and AM. Refer to U: Monitor
used for analog output.
Example: Enter “103” for U1-03.
No.
H4-01
H4-04
Name
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor Selection
Setting Range
000 to 999
000 to 999
Default
102
103
A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With either of these settings, the output level of the terminals FM and AM can be set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus (through mode).
n H4-02, H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain and Bias
H4-05, H4-06: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain and Bias
Parameters H4-02 and H4-05 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level when the value of the selected monitor is at
100%. Parameters H4-03 and H4-06 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level when the value of the selected monitor is at 0%. Both are set as a percentage, where 100% equals 10 Vdc analog output and 0% equals 0 V. The output voltage of both terminals is limited to +/-10 Vdc.
The output signal range can be selected between 0 to +10 Vdc or -10 to +10 Vdc using parameter H4-07 and H4-08.
illustrates how gain and bias settings work.
No.
H4-02
H4-03
H4-05
H4-06
Name
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0%
50.0%
0.0%
Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level
The output signal is adjustable while the drive is stopped.
Terminal FM
1.
View the value set to H4-02 (Terminal FM Monitor Gain) on the digital operator. A voltage equal to 100% of the parameter being set in H4-01 will be output from terminal FM.
2.
Adjust H4-02 viewing the monitor connected to the terminal FM.
3.
View the value set to H4-03 on the digital operator; terminal FM will output a voltage equal to 0% of the parameter being set in H4-01.
4.
Adjust H4-03 viewing the output signal on the terminal FM.
Terminal AM
1.
View the value set to H4-05 (Terminal AM Monitor Gain) on the digital operator. A voltage equal to 100% of the parameter being set in H4-04 will be output from terminal AM.
2.
Adjust H4-05 viewing the monitor connected to the terminal AM.
3.
View the value set to H4-06 on the digital operator; terminal AM will output a voltage equal to 0% of the parameter being set in H4-04.
4.
Adjust H4-06 viewing the output signal on the terminal AM.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 121
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
10 V
Output Voltage
5 V
H4-07, 08 = 0
Gain 150%
Bias 0%
Gain 100%
Bias 0%
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
H4-07, 08 = 1
15 V
Output Voltage
10 V
-100%
5 V
-5 V
Gain = 150%
Bias = 0%
Gain = 100%
Bias = 0%
Gain = 50%
Bias = 0%
100%
Monitor Value
0 V
0%
Monitor Value
100%
-10 V
-15 V
Figure 1.80 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 1 and 2
Set H4-03 to 30% for an output signal of 3 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 0%.
10 V
Output Voltage
3 V
H4-07, 08 = 0
Bias 30%
Gain 100%
Bias 0%
Gain 100%
H4-07, 08 = 1
10V
Output Voltage
3 V
-100%
-4 V
100%
Monitor Value
Gain = 100%
Bias = 30%
Gain = 100%
Bias = 0%
0 V
0%
Monitor Value
100%
-10 V
Figure 1.81 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 3 n H4-07, H4-08: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Signal Level Selection
Sets the voltage output level of U parameter (monitor parameter) data to terminal FM and terminal AM using parameters
H4-07 and H4-08.
No.
H4-07
H4-08
Name
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM
Signal Level Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM
Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 1
0 to 1
Default
0
0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 V to 10 V u
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
Serial communication is possible in the drive using the built-in RS-422/485 port (terminals R+, R-, S+, S-) and programmable logic controllers (PLCs) or similar devices running the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
The H5oo parameters set the drive for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
No.
H5-01
Name
Drive Slave Address
<1> If the address is set to 0, no response will be provided during communications.
Setting Range
0 to FFH <1>
Default
1FH
122 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Each slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address for serial communications to work. Setting H5-01 to any value besides 0 assigns the drive its address in the network. Slave addresses do not need to be assigned in sequential order, but no two drives may share the same address.
n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications speed.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
3
No.
H5-02
Name
Communication Speed Selection
Setting 0: 1200 bps
Setting 1: 2400 bps
Setting 2: 4800 bps
Setting 3: 9600 bps
Setting 4: 19200 bps
Setting 5: 38400 bps
Setting 6: 57600 bps
Setting 7: 76800 bps
Setting 8: 115200 bps n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection
Sets the parity used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
No.
H5-03
Name
Communication Parity Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
No.
H5-04
Name
Stopping Method after CE
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
3
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time currently enabled)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation) n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the CE detection for communications.
No.
H5-05
Name
Communication Fault Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 123
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
No.
H5-06
Name
Drive Transmit Wait Time
PLC→Drive
Command message
Drive→PLC
Response message
Setting Range
5 to 65 ms
PLC→Drive
Command message Time
Default
5 ms
24 bit length H5-06 setting
Figure 1.82 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting n H5-07: RTS Control Selection
Enables or disables RTS control.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-07
Name
RTS Control Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting with RS-485 communications or when using multi-drop RS-422 communications.
n H5-09: Communications Fault Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No.
H5-09
Name
Communications Fault Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
1
Default
2.0 s n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
No.
H5-10
Name
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: 0.1 V units
Setting 1: 1 V units n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
.
No.
H5-11
Name
Communications Enter Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
(b1-02, b1-16 = 2).
No.
H5-12
Name
Run Command Method Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
124 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.
u
H6: Pulse Train Input/Output
A one-track pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz can be input to the drive at terminal RP. This pulse train signal can be used as the frequency reference, for PID functions, or as the speed feedback signal in V/f Control.
The pulse output monitor terminal MP can output drive monitor values as a pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of
32 kHz in sinking or sourcing mode.
Use parameters H6oo to set the scale and other aspects of the pulse input terminal RP and pulse output terminal MP.
n H6-01: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Selects the function of pulse train input terminal RP.
No.
H6-01
Name
Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: Frequency Reference
If the pulse input is set for this function and the frequency reference source is set to pulse input (b1-01, b1-15 = 4), the drive reads the frequency value from terminal RP.
Setting 1: PID Feedback Value
Using this setting, the feedback value for PID control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP.
Control on page 33 for details on PID control.
Setting 2: PID Setpoint Value
Using this setting, the setpoint value for PID control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP.
Control on page 33 for details on PID control.
Setting 3: Speed Feedback (V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback)
This setting can be used in V/f control to increase the speed control precision by using a motor speed feedback signal. The drive reads the speed feedback from terminal RP, compares it to the frequency reference and compensates the motor slip using a speed regulator (ASR, set up in the C5oo
parameters) like shown in Figure 1.83
. Because input terminal RP is incapable of detecting motor direction, a separate way of determining motor direction still needs to be set up:
1.
Using a Digital Input
If a digital input programmed for “Forward/reverse detection” (H1oo = 7E) is closed, the drive assumes reverse rotation. If open, then the drive assumes that the motor is rotating forwards.
2.
Using the Frequency Reference Direction
If no digital input is set to “Forward/reverse detection” (H1oo = 7E), the drive uses the direction of the frequency reference as the direction for the speed feedback detected at the pulse input.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 125
1
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Motor speed
Figure 1.83 Speed Control with ASR in V/f with Simple Speed Feedback
Enabling V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback:
1.
Set the drive to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
2.
Connect the motor speed pulse signal to the pulse input RP, set H6-01 = 3, and set the pulse signal frequency that is equal to the maximum speed to H6-02 (pulse input scaling). Make sure the pulse input bias (H6-04) is 0% and the gain (H6-03) is 100%.
3.
Decide on the signal used for detecting the direction. Set H1oo = 7E if using a digital input.
4.
Use the ASR gain and integral time parameters described in C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)
on page
for adjusting the responsiveness.
Note: 1.
C5 parameters will appear when using V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) and when the pulse input RP function is set for simple PG feedback in
V/f Control (H6-01 = 3).
2.
If running two motors from the same drive, V/f Control with simple PG feedback can be used for motor 1 only.
n H6-02: Pulse Train Input Scaling
Sets the pulse signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the input value selected in parameter H6-01.
No.
H6-02
Name
Pulse Train Input Scaling
Setting Range
100 to 32000 Hz
Default
1440 Hz n H6-03: Pulse Train Input Gain
Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when a pulse train signal with the frequency set in H6-02 is input to terminal
RP.
No.
H6-03
Name
Pulse Train Input Gain
Setting Range
0.0 to 1000.0%
Default
100.0% n H6-04: Pulse Train Input Bias
Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when no signal (0 Hz) is input to terminal RP.
No.
H6-04
Name
Pulse Train Input Bias
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0% n H6-05: Pulse Train Input Filter Time
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant in seconds.
No.
H6-05
Name
Pulse Train Input Filter Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00 s
Default
0.0%
Default
0.10 s
126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions n H6-06: Pulse Train Monitor Selection
Selects the monitor to output as a pulse train signal via terminal MP. Enter the three digits in U o oo to indicate which
monitor to output. Refer to U: Monitor Parameters on page 171
for a complete list of monitors. Monitors that can be selected by H6-06 appear in the table below.
No.
H6-06
Name
Pulse Train Monitor Selection
Setting Range
000 <1> , 031 <1> , 101, 102,
105, 116, 501, 502,
801 to 809
Default
102
<1> Set “000” when the terminal is not used or when using the terminal in the through mode.
n H6-07: Pulse Train Monitor Scaling
Sets the output frequency at terminal MP when the specified monitor item is at 100%. Set H6-06 to 102 and H6-07 to 0 to make the pulse train monitor output synchronous to the output frequency.
No.
H6-07
Name
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling
Setting Range
0 to 32000 Hz
Default
1440 Hz n H6-08: Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency
Sets the minimum output frequency detected by the pulse train input. Increasing this setting reduces the time the drive needs to react to changes in the input signal.
• The pulse input value becomes 0 when the pulse input frequency falls below this level.
• Enabled when H6-01 = 0, 1, or 2.
• When simple speed feedback in V/f Control is set as the function for terminal RP (H6-01 = 3), the minimum frequency becomes the detection time for PG disconnect (F1-14).
No.
H6-08
Name
Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency
Setting Range
0.1 to 1000.0 Hz
Default
0.5 Hz
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 127
1
1.8 L: Protection Functions
1.8 L: Protection Functions u
L1: Motor Protection
n L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function that estimates the motor overload level based on output current, output frequency, thermal motor characteristics, and time. When the drive detects a motor overload an oL1 fault is triggered and the drive output shuts off.
L1-01 sets the overload protection function characteristics according to the motor being used.
No.
L1-01
Name
Motor Overload Protection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 6
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Note: 1.
When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01≠ 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by setting H2-01 to 1F. The output closes when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2.
Set L1-01 to a value between 1 and 5 when running a single motor from the drive to select a method to protect the motor from overheat.
An external thermal relay is not necessary.
Setting 0: Disabled (motor overload protection is not provided)
Use this setting if no motor overheat protection is desired or if multiple motors are connected to a single drive. If multiple motors are connected to a single drive, install a thermal relay for each motor as shown in
.
Drive
Power supply MC1 L10
M1
M2
MC2 L20
MC1, MC2: Magnetic contactors
L10, L20: Thermal relays
Figure 1.84 Example of Protection Circuit Design for Multiple Motors
NOTICE: Thermal protection cannot be provided when running multi-motors simultaneously with the same drive, or when using motors with a relatively high current rating compared to other standard motors (such as a submersible motor). Failure to comply could result in motor damage. Disable the electronic overload protection of the drive (L1-01 = “0: Disabled”) and protect each motor with individual motor thermal overloads.
Note: Close MC1 and MC2 before operating the drive. MC1 and MC2 cannot be switched off during run.
Setting 1: General-purpose motor (standard self-cooled)
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from overheat throughout the entire speed range.
Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
100
90
60 s
Overload Tolerance
Rated Speed=100% Speed
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
60
50
Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)
Motor designed to operate from line power.
Motor cooling is most effective when running at rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or specifications).
Continuous operation at less than line power frequency with 100% load can trigger motor overload protection
(oL1). A fault is output and the motor will coast to stop.
128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Drive dedicated motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:10)
Use this setting when operating a drive duty motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:10. The drive will allow the motor to run with 100% load from 10% up to 100% speed. Running at slower speeds with full load can trigger an overload fault.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
100
60 s
Rated Speed=100% Speed
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself even at low speeds.
Continuous operation with 100% load from 6 Hz to E1-06, Motor Base
Frequency.
55
50
0
Continuous
110
A
B
100120 167 200
Speed (%)
C
Setting 3: Vector motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:100)
Use this setting when operating a drive-dedicated motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:100. This motor type is allowed to run with 100% load from 1% up to 100% speed. Running slower speeds with full load can trigger an overload fault.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
100
90
60 s
Rated Speed=100% Speed
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
50 Continuous
A
B
C
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at speeds near 0.6 Hz.
Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.6 Hz to E1-06, Motor Base
Frequency.
Continuous operation below 0.6 Hz may cause an oL1 or oL2 fault.
0 1
100120 167 200
Speed (%)
Setting 6: General-purpose Motor
Note: General-purpose motors are designed with a base speed that operates at line frequency (50/60 Hz depending on geographic region).
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics and protects the motor from overheat throughout the entire speed range.
Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
100
90
60 s
Overload Tolerance
Rated Speed=100% Speed
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
60
50
Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)
Motor designed to operate from line power. Motor cooling is most effective when running at rated base frequency
(check the motor nameplate or specifications)
Continuous operation at less than line power frequency with 100% load can trigger a motor overload fault (oL1). A fault is output and the motor will coast to stop.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 129
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time
Sets the time for the drive to shut down on motor overload (oL1) when the motor is running with excessive current. Enter the time the motor can withstand operating at 150% current after previously running at 100% current (hot motor overload condition). There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value.
No.
L1-02
Name
Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 5.0 minutes
Default
1.0 minutes
Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start after continuous operation at 100%.
the value of E1-06, Motor Base Speed, with L1-02 set to one minute.
Motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Characteristics of motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Characteristics of motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred while the motor was operating continuously at or below its rated current.
Operation time (minutes)
10
7
3
Cold start
(characteristics when an overload occurs at a complete stop)
1
0.4
0.1
0 100 150 200
Hot start
(characteristics when an overload occurs during continuous operation at 100%)
Motor current (%)
E2-01 = 100% motor current
Figure 1.85 Protection Operation Time for General Purpose Motors at the Rated Output Frequency n Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor
Connect a motor PTC can to an analog input of the drive for motor overheat protection.
The motor overheat alarm level triggers an oH3 alarm and the drive continues the operation selected in L1-03. The overheat fault level triggers an oH4 fault, outputs a fault signal, and the drive stops the motor using the stop method selected in L1-04.
Set H3-05 to 0 and H3-06 to E.
130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Multi-function input
PTC thermistor
Drive
DIP Switch S4
PTC
AI
A3 (0-10 V)
AC
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
MA
MB
Fault output
MC
Multi-function digital outputs
Figure 1.86 Connection of a Motor PTC
The PTC must exhibit the characteristics shown in Figure 1.87
in one motor phase. The motor overload protection of the drive expects 3 of these PTCs to be connected in a series.
Resistance ( )
Class F
150 ºC
Class H
180 ºC
Tr: threshold value
Tr - 5K (oH3 Alarm Level) Tr
Temperature
Tr’
Tr + 5K (oH4 Fault Level)
Figure 1.87 Motor PTC Characteristics
Set up overheat detection using a PTC using parameters L1-03, L1-04, and L1-05 as explained in the following sections.
n L1-03: Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat alarm level (oH3).
No.
L1-03
Name
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input)
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
3
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
The operation is continued and an oH3 alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
n L1-04: Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat fault level (oH4).
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 131
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L1-04
Name
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input)
Setting Range
0 to 2
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
n L1-05: Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input)
Sets a filter on the PTC input signal to prevent erroneous detection of a motor overheat fault.
No.
L1-05
Name
Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input)
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
1
Default
0.20 s n L1-13: Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Determines whether to hold the current value of the electrothermal motor protection (L1-01) when the power supply is interrupted.
No.
L1-13
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 1: Enabled n Motor Protection Using an NTC Thermistor Input
Motor protection is possible for models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP by connecting the NTC thermistor input in the motor windings to one of the drive analog input terminals.
This enables the drive to provide torque compensation in response to changes in motor temperature and protect the motor from overheating.
If the NTC input signal using the drive multi-function analog input terminal exceeds the overheat alarm level set to L1-16 (or
L1-18 for motor 2), then “oH5” will flash on the digital operator screen. The drive will respond to the alarm according to the setting of L1-20 (default setting is to continue operation when an oH5 alarm occurs).
shows a circuit using the NTC thermistor and the terminal resistance values. Set DIP switch S1 on the drive to
"V" for voltage input when wiring the NTC thermistor input to terminal A2 on the drive.
Note: This example assumes that H3-10 = 17, H3-09 = 0, and that DIP switch S1 has been set for voltage input.
Drive
+V
(+10.5 V, 20 mA)
Voltage Divider
2 k W
NTC Thermistor
A2 (0-10 V)
AC
DIP Switch S1
V I
Figure 1.88 Motor Protection Circuit Using NTC Input
132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Resistance ( W )
100,000
21911
10,000
3267
1,000 769
242
100
-20 0 50 100
Resistance: R (140) = 0.3 k W ±5%
B parameter: B (25/140) = 3500 K ±2%
150
Temperature (°C)
Figure 1.89 Temperature and Resistance of NTC Thermistor
L1-15 to L1-20 can determine the overheat protection settings using the NTC thermistor input. Parameter descriptions are listed below.
n L1-15: Motor 1 Thermistor Selection (NTC)
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No.
L1-15
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Motor 1 Thermistor Selection (NTC)
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 1: Thermistor Input by Analog Input
Setting 2: Thermistor Input by Special Thermistor Input n L1-16: Motor 1 Overheat Temperature
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
Sets the temperature that will trigger an overheat fault (oH5) for motor 1.
No.
L1-16
Name
Motor 1 Overheat Temperature n L1-17: Motor 2 Thermistor Selection (NTC)
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No.
L1-17
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Motor 2 Thermistor Selection (NTC)
Setting Range
50 to 200 °C
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
120 °C
Default
0
Setting 1: Thermistor Input by Analog Input
Setting 2: Thermistor Input by Special Thermistor Input n L1-18: Motor 2 Overheat Temperature
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
Sets the temperature that will trigger an overheat fault (oH5) for motor 2.
No.
L1-18
Name
Motor 2 Overheat Temperature n L1-19: Operation Time at Thermistor Disconnect (NTC)
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
Setting Range
50 to 200 °C
Default
120 °C
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 133
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Determines drive operation when a thermistor disconnect fault (THo) occurs.
No.
L1-19
Name
Operation Time at Thermistor Disconnect (NTC)
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to a stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
The operation is continued and a THo alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
n L1-20: Operation at Motor Overheat
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
Determines drive operation when a motor overheat fault (oH5) occurs.
No.
L1-20
Name
Operation at Motor Overheat
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
3
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to a stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
The operation is continued and an oH5 alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
n L1-21: Thermally Sensitive Resistor Selection
Sets the type of thermistor input for Motor 1 and Motor 2.
No.
L1-21
Name
Thermally Sensitive Resistor Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: H5 Table Selection
Setting 1: Pt100 Table Selection u
L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
n L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
When a momentary power loss occurs (DC bus voltage falls below the level set in L2-05), the drive can automatically return to the operation it was performing prior to the power loss based on certain conditions.
No.
L2-01
Name
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 5
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled (default)
If power is not restored within 15 ms, a Uv1 fault will result and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 1: Recover within L2-02
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. If the power returns within the time set to parameter
L2-02, the drive will perform Speed Search and attempt to resume operation. If the power does not return within this time, it will trigger a Uv1 fault.
134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Recover as long as CPU has power
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. If the power returns and the drive control circuit has power, the drive will attempt to perform Speed Search and resume the operation. This will not trigger a Uv1 fault.
Setting 3: Kinetic Energy Backup (KEB) Ride-Thru operation within L2-02
The drive decelerates using regenerative energy from the motor until the time set in L2-02 has expired. It then tries to accelerate back to the frequency reference. If the power does not return within the time set to L2-02, it will trigger a Uv1 fault and the drive output will shut off.
Setting 4: KEB Ride-Thru as long as CPU has power
The drive decelerates using regenerative energy from the motor until the power returns and then restarts. If the motor comes to a stop before the power returns, the drive loses control power and the drive output shuts off. A Uv1 fault is not triggered.
Setting 5: Ramp to stop with KEB deceleration
The drive ramps to stop using the regenerative energy from the motor. Even if the power is restored, the drive will continue to decelerate until the motor comes to a complete stop. If an input terminal set for KEB 1 (H1oo = 65, 66) is triggered while the drive is decelerating, it will accelerate back up to speed when the input is released.
Notes on Settings 1 through 5
• “Uv” will flash on the operator while the drive is attempting to recover from a momentary power loss. A fault signal is not output at this time.
• A Momentary Power Loss Unit is available to allow for a longer momentary power loss ride through time in models
CIMR-A o 2A0004 to 2A0056 and 4A0002 to 4A0031. This option makes it possible to continue running the drive after up to two seconds of power loss.
• When using a magnetic contactor between the motor and the drive, keep the magnetic contactor closed as long as the drive performs KEB operation or attempts to restart with Speed Search.
• Keep the Run command active during KEB operation or the drive cannot accelerate back to the frequency reference when the power returns.
n KEB Ride-Thru Function
When the drive detects a power loss, KEB Ride-Thru decelerates the motor and uses regenerative energy to keep the main circuit operating. Despite power loss, the drive output is not interrupted.
Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1
After KEB Ride-Thru begins, the drive uses regenerative energy from the motor to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set to L2-11 while adjusting the rate of deceleration.
n KEB Ride-Thru Start
KEB operation is triggered independently of the selected KEB operation mode. When the KEB function is selected as the function to be executed when power loss operation occurs (L2-01 = 3, 4, or 5), then KEB Ride-Thru will be activated if one of the following conditions becomes true:
• A digital input programmed for H1oo = 65 or 66 is activated. This will start the KEB operation.
• The DC bus voltage fell below the level specified in L2-05.
When using a digital input to trigger KEB operation and the device controlling the input acts relatively slow, set a minimum
KEB operation time in parameter L2-10. In the example below, the DC bus voltage triggers KEB operation and a digital input triggers the Hold command.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 135
1
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Main Power Supply
0 V
KEB Digital Input
Power loss
L2-10
KEB digital input is set with in L2-10
DC bus voltage
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
0 V
Input holds KEB operation, even though voltage has returned
Output Frequency
0 Hz
KEB deceleration is triggered by DC bus voltage
Figure 1.90 KEB Operation Using a KEB Input n KEB Ride-Thru End Detection
The KEB function end detection depends on the setting of parameter L2-01 and whether a digital input programmed for KEB
(H1oo = 65, 66) is used.
KEB Ride-Thru Operation in L2-02, Input Terminals Not Used
Here, L2-01 = 3 and the input terminals have not been set for KEB Ride-Thru (H1oo does not equal 65, 66). After decelerating for the time set in parameter L2-02, the drive ends KEB operation and attempts to accelerate back to the frequency reference. A Uv1 fault occurs and the drive output shuts off if the power does not return within the time set to L2-02.
Power Loss shorter than L2-02 Power Loss longer than L2-02
Main Power Supply
0 V
Power Loss
0 V
Power Loss
DC Bus Voltage
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
L2-11 (Desired DC
Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
0 V 0 V
Acceleration using L2-07 or
C1-01/03/05/07 if L2-07 = 0
L2-02
(Power Loss
Ride-Thru Time)
Output Frequency
L2-02
(Power Loss
Ride-Thru Time)
Drive attempts to restart but power has not returned
Uv1 fault is triggered
0 Hz
KEB Deceleration
0 Hz
KEB Deceleration
Figure 1.91 KEB Operation Using L2-02, Without KEB Input
KEB Ride-Thru Operation Within L2-02, Input Terminals Used
Here, L2-01 = 3 and an input terminal is set to issue KEB Ride-Thru (H1oo = 65, 66). After decelerating for the time set in parameter L2-02, the drive checks the DC bus voltage and the status of the digital input. If the DC bus voltage is still below the level set in L2-11 or if the KEB digital input is still active, KEB deceleration continues. If the voltage level has risen above the value set to L2-11, then normal operation is resumed.
Note: If L2-10 is set to a longer time than L2-02, the drive checks the DC bus voltage level and the status of the terminal assigned to KEB Ride-
Thru after the time set to L2-02 passes. The drive will then try to restart.
136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Main Power Supply
0 V
KEB Digital Input
Power loss shorter than L2-02
Power Loss
L2-10
0 V
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Power loss longer than L2-02
Power Loss
L2-10
DC bus voltage
0 V
L2-02
(Power Loss
Ride-Thru Time)
Output Frequency
0 Hz
KEB deceleration is triggered by DC bus voltage
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
0 V
KEB restart after
L2-02 has passed
L2-02
(Power Loss
Ride-Thru Time)
0 Hz
KEB deceleration is triggered by DC bus voltage
Figure 1.92 KEB Operation Using L2-02 and KEB Input
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
KEB restart triggered by digital input release
KEB Ride-Thru Operation as Long as CPU Has Power, KEB Input Not Used
Here, L2-01 = 4 and the input terminals have not been set for KEB Ride-Thru (H1oo does not equal 65, 66). After decelerating for the time set to parameter L2-10, the drive checks the DC bus voltage level. Deceleration continues if the DC bus voltage is lower than the level set in L2-11. Normal operation resumes when the DC bus voltage rises above the value of
L2-11.
Power Loss Shorter than L2-10 Power Loss Longer than L2-10
Main Power Supply
0 V
Power Loss
0 V
Power Loss
DC Bus Voltage
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage) L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level) L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
0 V 0 V
Output Frequency
L2-10
(Min. KEB Operation
Time )
Acceleration using L2-07 or
C1-01/03/05/07 if L2-07 = 0
L2-10
(Min. KEB
Op. Time )
Acceleration using L2-07 or
C1-01/03/05/07 if L2-07 = 0
0 Hz
KEB Deceleration
0 Hz
KEB Deceleration
Figure 1.93 KEB Operation Using L2-10, Without KEB Input
KEB Ride-Thru Operation as Long as CPU Has Power, KEB Input Used
Here, L2-01 = 3 and an input terminal is set to issue KEB Ride-Thru (H1oo = 65, 66). After decelerating for the time set to parameter L2-10, the drive checks the DC bus voltage and the status of the digital input. Deceleration continues if the DC bus voltage is still below the level set in L2-11 or if the digital input assigned to KEB Ride-Thru is still active. Normal operation resumes when the DC bus voltage rises above the value of L2-11 and the terminal that initiated KEB Rid-Thru is released.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 137
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Power loss shorter than L2-10
Power Loss Main Power Supply
0 V
KEB Digital Input
0 V
Power loss longer than L2-10
Power Loss
DC bus voltage
0 V
L2-10 (Minimum KEB
Operation Time)
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
0 V
KEB restart after
L2-02 has passed
Output Frequency
0 Hz
KEB deceleration is triggered by DC bus voltage
L2-10 (Min.
KEB
Operation
Time)
0 Hz
KEB deceleration is triggered by DC bus voltage
Figure 1.94 KEB Operation Using L2-10 and KEB Input
L2-11 (Desired DC Bus Voltage)
L2-05 (Uv Detection Level)
KEB restart after
L2-02 has passed
L2-01 = 5
KEB operation ends when the motor has come to a stop, even if the power returns and the digital input terminal that initiated
KEB Ride-Thru is cleared.
n KEB Operation Wiring Example
shows a wiring example to trigger the KEB Ride-Thru at power loss using an undervoltage relay. When a power loss occurs, the undervoltage relay triggers KEB Ride-Thru at terminal S6 (H1-06 = 65, 66). Note that using System KEB
Ride-Thru requires an additional dynamic braking option.
Note: Do not switch off the Run command during momentary power loss. If the Run command is shut off, the drive will not accelerate back to speed when the power is restored.
L1
L2
L3
B1
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
B2
U/T1
V/T2
W/T3
M
UV Detection
Relay
S6 - KEB command 1
S1 - Start command
SC
Figure 1.95 KEB Function Wiring Example n Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru
lists parameters needed to set up KEB Ride-Thru.
138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Parameter
C1-09
C2-03
L2-05
L2-07
L2-10
L2-11
Table 1.42 KEB Function Related Adjustments
Name Setting Instructions
KEB
Mod e
0
Fast Stop Time
S-Curve at Deceleration Start
Undervoltage Detection
Level
KEB Acceleration Time
KEB Detection Time
Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB
• Increase if an overvoltage fault occurs during KEB deceleration.
• Decrease if an undervoltage fault occurs during KEB deceleration.
• Shorten if undervoltage occurs immediately after KEB Ride-Thru is triggered.
• Lengthen this setting if overvoltage occurs immediately after KEB operation starts.
Increase if an undervoltage fault occurs at KEB operation start to let the drive detect power loss more quickly.
Adjust to the desired acceleration time. If set to 0, standard acceleration times are used (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07).
• Increase when a digital input is set for KEB Ride-Thru and an undervoltage fault occurs after power was lost because the device controlling the input does not react quickly enough.
• If the DC bus voltage overshoots after KEB Ride-Thru begins (and no input terminal is set to KEB Ride-Thru), increase L2-10 to longer than the overshoot.
• Set to approximately 1.22 times the input voltage for Single Drive KEB Ride-
Thru 2.
• Set to approximately 1.4 times the input voltage for Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru
1 and System KEB Ride-Thru modes.
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES n L2-02: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Sets the maximum time allowed to ride through a power loss. If power loss operation exceeds this time, the drive will attempt to accelerate back to the frequency reference. This parameter is valid if L2-01 = 1 or 3.
Note: The amount of time the drive is capable of recovering after a power loss is determined by the capacity of the drive. Drive capacity determines the upper limit for L2-02.
No.
L2-02
Name
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
Determined by C6-01 and o2-04 n L2-03: Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Sets the minimum baseblock time when power is restored following a momentary power loss. This determines the time the drive waits for the residual voltage in the motor to dissipate. Increase this setting if overcurrent or overvoltage occurs at the beginning of Speed Search, after a power loss, or during DC Injection Braking.
No.
L2-03
Name
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 5.0 s
Default
Determined by C6-01 and o2-04 n L2-04: Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
Sets the time for the drive to restore the output voltage to the level specified by the V/f pattern after Speed Search. The setting value determines the time for the voltage to go from 0 V to the maximum voltage.
No.
L2-04
Name
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 5.0 s
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04 n L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv)
Determines the voltage at which a Uv1 fault is triggered or at which the KEB function is activated. This setting rarely needs to be changed.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 139
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L2-05
Name
Undervoltage Detection Level
Setting Range
300 to 420 Vdc <1>
Default
Determined by
A1-02, C6-01, E1-01 and o2-04 <2>
<1> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<2> The default setting for 400 V class drives depends on whether the drive input voltage is over 400 V or under 400 V.
Note: 1.
Install an AC reactor option on the input side of the power supply when setting L2-05 below the default value to prevent damage to drive circuitry.
2.
If using KEB Ride-Thru and L2-05 is set too low, then undervoltage in the DC bus (Uv1) will be triggered before KEB Ride-Thru can be executed. Take caution not to set this value too low.
n L2-07: KEB Acceleration Time
Sets the time to reaccelerate from the speed when KEB was deactivated to the frequency reference.
When set to 0.0 s, the drive will accelerate to speed according to the active acceleration time set by C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, or
C1-07.
No.
L2-07
Name
KEB Acceleration Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 6000.0 s <1>
Default
0.00 s
<1> Setting range is determined by the accel/decel time units set in C1-10. If the time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes
0.00 to 600.00 s.
n L2-10: KEB Detection Time (Minimum KEB Time)
for details.
No.
L2-10
Name
KEB Detection Time
Setting Range
0 to 2000 ms
Default
50 ms n L2-11: DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB
Determines the setpoint (target value) for the DC bus voltage during Single KEB Ride-Thru 2. For Single KEB Ride-Thru 1 and System KEB Ride-Thru, parameter L2-11 defines the voltage level to end KEB Ride-Thru.
No.
L2-11
Name
DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB
Setting Range
300 to 800 Vdc <1>
Default
Determined by
E1-01
<1> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
u
L3: Stall Prevention
The motor may experience excessive slip because it cannot keep up with the frequency reference when the load is too high or acceleration and deceleration times are too short. If the motor slips during acceleration, it usually causes an overcurrent fault
(oC), drive overload (oL2), or motor overload (oL1). If the motor slips during deceleration, it can cause excessive regenerative power to flow back into the DC bus capacitors, and eventually cause the drive to fault out from overvoltage (ov). The Stall
Prevention Function prevents the motor from stalling and while allowing the motor to reach the desired speed without requiring the user to change the acceleration or deceleration time settings. The Stall Prevention function can be set separately for acceleration, operating at constant speeds, and deceleration.
n L3-01: Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Stall Prevention during acceleration prevents tripping with overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive overload (oL2) faults common when accelerating with heavy loads.
L3-01 determines the type of Stall prevention the drive should use during acceleration.
No.
L3-01
<1> Setting 2 is not available for OLV/PM.
Name
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 2 <1>
Default
1
140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration time is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to speed fast enough, causing an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration. Operation varies depending on the control mode.
• V/f Control, V/f Control with PG, and Open Loop Vector Control:
Acceleration is reduced when the output current value exceeds 85% of the level set to parameter L3-02 for a longer than the time set to L3-27. The acceleration stops when the current exceeds L3-02. Acceleration continues when the current falls below L3-02 for longer than the time set to L3-27.
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the constant power range.
Refer to L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration on page 142 .
Output current
L3-02
L3-02
-15%
Stall Prevention Level
During Acceleration
Time
Output frequency
Controls the output frequency to prevent the motor from stalling
Time
Figure 1.96 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Induction Motors
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM:
Acceleration stops when the output current reaches the level set to parameter L3-02. When the time set to parameter L3-27
). Deceleration stops when the current falls below 85% of L3-02,. The drive will attempt to reaccelerate after the time set to L3-27.
Output current
L3-02
15 % of L3-02
Note:
Time
Output frequency
L3-27
L3-27
Time
Deceleration using L3-22
Figure 1.97 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Permanent Magnet Motors
PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 141
1
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
The drive disregards the selected acceleration time and attempts to accelerate in the minimum time. The acceleration rate is adjusted so the current does not exceed the value set to parameter L3-02.
n L3-02: Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention during acceleration is activated.
No.
L3-02
Name
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 150% <1>
Default
<1>
<1> The upper limit and default value is determined by the duty rating and the carrier frequency derating selection (C6-01 and L8-38 respectively).
• Lower L3-02 if stalling occurs when using a motor that is relatively small compared to the drive.
• Also set parameter L3-03 when operating the motor in the constant power range.
n L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced when the motor is operated in the constant power range. L3-03 sets the lower limit for this reduction as a percentage of the drive rated current.
No.
L3-03
Name
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
50%
Stall Prevention level during Acceleration
L3-02
L3-03
Output frequency
E1-06
Base frequency
Figure 1.98 Stall Prevention Level and Limit During Acceleration n L3-22: Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration
Sets the brief deceleration time used when stalling occurs while accelerating a PM motor. When set to 0, this function is disabled and the drive decelerates at the selected deceleration time when stalling occurs.
The function is effective only in OLV/ PM control and when parameter L3-01 is set to 1.
No.
L3-22
Name
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention During Acceleration
Setting Range
0.0 to 6000.0 s
Default
0.0 s n L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Stall Prevention during deceleration controls the deceleration based on the DC bus voltage and prevents an overvoltage fault caused by high inertia or rapid deceleration.
No.
L3-04
Name
Stall Prevention Selection During Deceleration
Setting Range
0 to 5 <1> <2> <3>
<1> Settings 3 through 5 are not available in OLV/PM. Settings 2 through 5 are not available in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
<2> Setting 3 is not available for models CIMR-A o 4A0930 and 4A1200.
<3> HHP models only have settings 0, 1, 4, and 5
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive decelerates according to the set deceleration time. With high inertia loads or rapid deceleration, an overvoltage fault may occur. If an overvoltage fault occurs, use dynamic braking options or switch to another L3-04 selection.
142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 1: General-purpose Stall Prevention
The drive tries to decelerate within the set deceleration time. The drive pauses deceleration when the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall Prevention level and then continues deceleration when the DC bus voltage drops below that level. Stall Prevention may be triggered repeatedly to avoid an overvoltage fault. The DC bus voltage level for Stall Prevention depends on the input voltage setting E1-01.
Drive Input Voltage
400 V Class
575 V Class
690 V Class
Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration
750 Vdc
930 Vdc
930 Vdc
Note: 1.
Do not use this setting in combination with a Dynamic Braking Resistor or other dynamic braking options. If Stall Prevention during deceleration is enabled, it will be triggered before the braking resistor option can operate.
2.
This method may lengthen the total deceleration time compared to the set value. If this is not appropriate for the application consider using a dynamic braking option.
illustrates the function of Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Output Frequency
Deceleration characteristics when Stall Prevention was triggered during deceleration specified deceleration time
Figure 1.99 Stall Prevention During Deceleration
Time
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
The drive adjusts the deceleration rate so the DC bus voltage is kept at the level set to parameter L3-17. This produces the shortest possible deceleration time while protecting the motor from stalling. The selected deceleration time is disregarded and the achievable deceleration time cannot be smaller than 1/10 of the set deceleration time.
This function uses the following parameters for adjusting the deceleration rate:
• DC bus voltage gain (L3-20)
• Deceleration rate calculations gain (L3-21)
• Inertia calculations for motor acceleration time (L3-24)
• Load inertia ratio (L3-25)
Note: The deceleration time is not constant. Do not use Intelligent Stall Prevention in applications where stopping accuracy is a concern. Use dynamic braking options instead.
Setting 3: Stall Prevention with dynamic braking option
Enables the Stall Prevention function while using a dynamic braking resistor. Overvoltage problems in the DC bus can occur if Stall Prevention during deceleration is disabled (L3-04) in OLV and a dynamic braking option is installed. Set L3-04 to 3 to remedy this situation.
Setting 4: Overexcitation Deceleration 1
Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (increasing the motor flux) is faster than deceleration with no Stall Prevention (L3-04 = 0).
Deceleration (Induction Motors) on page 159 for details.
Setting 5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2
Overexcitation Deceleration 2 slows down the motor while trying to maintain the DC bus voltage at the level set to parameter
L3-17. This function shortens the achievable deceleration time more than by using Overexcitation Deceleration 1. Setting 5 will shorten/lengthen the decel time to maintain the L3-17 bus level.
Refer to Overexcitation Deceleration (Induction
Motors) on page 159 for details.
n L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Determines how Stall Prevention works during Run. Stall Prevention during run prevents the motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 143
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L3-05
Name
Stall Prevention Selection During Run
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Note: 1.
This parameter is available in V/f, V/f w/PG, and OLV/PM.
2.
Stall Prevention during run is disabled when the output frequency is 6 Hz or lower regardless of the L3-05 and L3-06 settings.
Setting 0: Disabled
Drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load may cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with an oC or oL fault.
Setting 1: Decelerate Using C1-02
If the current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in parameter L3-06, the drive will decelerate at decel time 1 (C1-02). When the current level drops below the value of L3-06 minus 2% for 100 ms, the drive accelerates back to the frequency reference at the active acceleration time.
Setting 2: Decelerate Using C1-04
Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates at decel time 2 (C1-04).
n L3-06: Stall Prevention Level during Run
Sets the current level to trigger Stall Prevention during run. Depending on the setting of parameter L3-23, the level is automatically reduced in the constant power range (speed beyond base speed). A setting of 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
for details.
No.
L3-06
Name
Stall Prevention Level During Run
<1> The upper limit and default for this setting is determined by C6-01 and L8-38.
Setting Range
30 to 150% <1>
Default
<1> n L3-23: Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run
Reduces the Stall Prevention during run level in the constant power range.
No.
L3-23
Name
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention During Run
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
The level set in L3-06 is used throughout the entire speed range.
Setting 1: Enabled
The Stall Prevention level during run is reduced in the constant power range. The lower limit will be 40% of L3-06.
n Overvoltage Suppression Function
Suppresses overvoltage faults by decreasing the regenerative torque limit and slightly increasing the output frequency when the DC bus voltage rises. This function can drive loads with cyclic regenerative operation, such as a punch press or other applications that involve repetitive crank movements.
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are adjusted during ov suppression so that the DC bus voltage does not exceed the level set to parameter L3-17.
Note: 1.
The motor speed will exceed the frequency reference when overvoltage suppression is triggered. Consequently, overvoltage suppression is not appropriate in applications that require a perfect match between the frequency reference and the motor speed.
2.
Disable overvoltage suppression when using a braking resistor.
3.
Overvoltage may still occur if there is a sudden increase to a regenerative load.
4.
This function is enabled only when operating just below the maximum frequency. Overvoltage suppression does not increase the output frequency beyond the maximum frequency. If the application requires this, increase the maximum frequency and change the base frequency setting.
n L3-11: Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Enables or disables the overvoltage suppression function.
No.
L3-11
Name
Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are not adjusted. A regenerative load may trip the drive with an overvoltage fault. Use this setting if dynamic braking options are installed.
Setting 1: Enabled
When the DC bus voltage rises due to regenerative load, an overvoltage fault is prevented by decreasing the regenerative torque limit and increasing the output frequency.
n L3-17: Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
Sets the target DC bus voltage level used by the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1), Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
No.
L3-17
Name
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
Setting Range
300 to 800 Vdc <1>
Default
740 Vdc <1> <2>
<1> Values are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.725 for 690 V class drives, but set the value below 1040 Vdc (overvoltage protection level).
<2> This value is initialized when E1-01 is changed.
n L3-27: Stall Prevention Detection Time
Sets a delay time from when the Stall Prevention level is reached and the actual Stall Prevention function is activated.
No.
L3-27
Name
Stall Prevention Detection Time
Setting Range
0 to 5000 ms
Default
50 ms u
L4: Speed Detection
These parameters set up the speed agree and speed detection functions that can be assigned to the multi-function output terminals.
The speed is detected using the motor speed when A1-02 = 3 or 7.
n L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width
Parameter L4-01 sets the detection level for the digital output functions Speed agree 1, User-set speed agree 1, Frequency detection 1, and Frequency detection 2.
Parameter L4-02 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
No.
L4-01
L4-02
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Level
Speed Agreement Detection Width
Setting Range
0.0 to 150.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
Determined by
A1-02
Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, P1-PC, and P2-PC Function Selection on page 105
, Settings 2, 3, 4, and 5.
n L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions Speed agree 2, User-set speed agree 2, Frequency detection 3, and Frequency detection 4.
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
No.
L4-03
L4-04
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
Setting Range
-150.0 to 150.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
Determined by
A1-02
Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, P1-PC, and P2-PC Function Selection on page 105
, Settings 13, 14, 15, and
16.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 145
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L4-05: Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
The drive can detect a loss of an analog frequency reference from input A1, A2, or A3. Frequency reference loss is detected when the frequency reference drops below 10% of the reference or below 5% of the maximum output frequency within 400 ms. Restoring the analog frequency reference to the L4-06 value or higher before loss occurs will clear the frequency reference loss status.
Analog frequency reference
Ratio of analog frequency reference before loss
100%
L4-06 (%)
10%
400 ms
Loss of
Reference output
OFF ON time
Figure 1.100 Loss of Reference Function
Set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to C for a digital output to trigger when frequency reference loss occurs.
Frequency Reference Loss on page 109 for details on setting the output function.
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a frequency reference loss is detected.
No.
L4-05
Name
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Operate following the frequency reference
Setting 1: Continue operation with reduced frequency reference
The drive will continue operation at the frequency reference value set to parameter L4-06. When the external frequency reference value is restored, the operation is continued with the frequency reference.
n L4-06: Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the frequency reference level at which the drive runs when L4-05 = 1 and when detecting a reference loss. The value is set as a percentage of the frequency reference before the loss was detected.
No.
L4-06
Name
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
80.0% n L4-07: Speed Agree Detection Selection
Determines when frequency detection is active using parameters L4-01 through L4-04.
No.
L4-07
Setting 0: No Detection during baseblock
Name
Speed Agree Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: Detection always enabled u
L5: Fault Restart
After a fault has occurred, Fault Restart attempts to automatically restart the motor and continue operation instead of stopping.
The drive can perform a self-diagnostic check and resume the operation after a fault has occurred. If the self-check is successful
for details).
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not use the fault restart function in lifting applications. Fault restart may cause the machine to drop the load, which could result in death or serious injury.
The drive can attempt to restart itself following the faults listed below.
146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Fault
GF
LF oC oH1 oL1 oL2 oL3
Name
Ground Fault
Output Open Phase
Overcurrent
Drive Overheat
Motor Overload
Drive Overload
Overtorque 1
Fault oL4 ov
PF rH rr
Uv1
STo
<1> When L2-01 is set to 1 through 4 (continue operation during momentary power loss)
Use parameters L5-01 to L5-05 to set up automatic fault restart.
Set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to 1E. to output a signal during fault restart.
Name
Overtorque 2
DC Bus Overvoltage
Input Phase Loss
Braking Resistor Fault
Braking Transistor Fault
DC Bus Undervoltage <1>
Pull-Out Detection n L5-01: Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Sets the number of times that the drive may attempt to restart itself.
Parameter L5-05 determines the method of incrementing the restart counter. When the counter reaches the number set to L5-01, the operation stops and the fault must be manually cleared and reset.
The restart counter is incremented at each restart attempt, regardless of whether the attempt was successful. When the counter reaches the number set to L5-01, the operation stops and the fault must be manually cleared and reset.
The number of fault restarts is reset to zero when:
• The drive operates normally for 10 minutes following a fault restart.
• A fault is cleared manually after protective functions are triggered.
• The power supply is cycled.
No.
L5-01
Name
Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Setting Range
0 to 10 Times
Default
0 Times n L5-02: Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Determines if a fault output is triggered (H2oo = E) when the drive attempts to restart.
No.
L5-02
Setting 0: No Fault Output
Name
Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Auto-Restart - Cancel Early
Fault output disabled (L5-02 = 0)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Run command
Fault condition
Fault display
L5-04
Fault digital output
Output Frequency
(U1-02)
1
Figure 1.101 Auto Restart Cancel Early
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 147
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 1: Fault Output Is Set n L5-04: Fault Reset Interval Time
Determines the amount of time to wait between restart attempts when parameter L5-05 is set to 1.
No.
L5-04
Name
Fault Reset Interval Time
Setting Range
0.5 to 600.0 s
Default
10.0 s n L5-05: Fault Reset Operation Selection
No.
L5-05
Name
Fault Reset Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Count Successful Restarts
The drive will continuously attempt to restart. If it restarts successfully, the restart counter is increased. This operation is repeated each time a fault occurs until the counter reaches the value set to L5-01.
Setting 1: Count Restart Attempts
The drive will attempt to restart using the time interval set to parameter L5-04. A record is kept of the number of attempts to restart to the drive, regardless of whether those attempts were successful. When the number of attempted restarts exceeds the value set to L5-01, the drive stops attempting to restart.
u
L6: Torque Detection
The drive provides two independent torque detection functions that trigger an alarm or fault signal when the load is too heavy
(oL), or suddenly drops (UL). These functions are set up using the L6oo parameters. Program the digital outputs as shown below to indicate the underload or overload condition to an external device:
Note: When overtorque occurs in the application, the drive may stop due to overcurrent (oC) or overload (oL1). To prevent the drive from stopping, use torque detection to indicate an overload situation to the controller before oC or oL1 occur. Use undertorque detection to discover application problems like a torn belt, a pump shutting off, or other similar trouble.
H2-01, H2-02, H2-03
Setting
B
17
18
19
Description
Torque detection 1, N.O. (output closes when overload or underload is detected)
Torque detection 1, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected)
Torque detection 2, N.O. (output closes when overload or underload is detected)
Torque detection 2, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected)
illustrate the functions of overtorque and undertorque detection.
Motor current / torque
10 % hysteresis 10 % hysteresis
L6-02/05
L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO) or
Torque detection 2 (NO)
ON
Figure 1.102 Overtorque Detection Operation
ON
148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Motor current / torque
10 % hysteresis
L6-02/05
Torque detection 1 (NO) or
Torque detection 2 (NO)
L6-03/06
ON
L6-03/06
ON
Figure 1.103 Undertorque Detection Operation
Note: 1.
The torque detection function uses a hysteresis of 10% of the drive rated output current and motor rated torque.
2.
In V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV/PM, the level is set as a percentage of the drive rated output current. In OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/
PM, the level is set as a percentage of the motor rated torque.
n L6-01, L6-04: Torque Detection Selection 1, 2
The torque detection function is triggered when the current or torque exceed the levels set to L6-02 and L6-05 for longer than the times set to L6-03 and L6-06. L6-01 and L6-04 select the conditions for detection and the operation that follows.
No.
L6-01
L6-04
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Torque Detection Selection 1
Torque Detection Selection 2
Setting Range
0 to 8
0 to 8
Default
0
0
Setting 1: oL3, oL4 at Speed Agree (Alarm)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration). The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering an oL3/oL4 alarm.
Setting 2: oL3, oL4 at Run (Alarm)
Overtorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering an oL3/oL4 alarm.
Setting 3: oL3, oL4 at Speed Agree (Fault)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration. The operation stops and triggers an oL3/oL4 fault.
Setting 4: oL3, oL4 at Run (Fault)
Overtorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers an oL3/oL4 fault.
Setting 5: UL3, UL4 at Speed Agree (Alarm)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering a UL3/UL4 alarm.
Setting 6: UL3, UL4 at Run (Alarm)
Undertorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering a UL3/UL4 alarm.
Setting 7: UL3, UL4 at Speed Agree (Fault)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration. The operation stops and triggers a UL3/UL4 fault.
Setting 8: UL3, UL4 at Run (Fault)
Undertorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers a UL3/UL4 fault.
n L6-02, L6-05: Torque Detection Level 1, 2
These parameters set the detection levels for torque detection functions 1 and 2. In V/f and OLV/PM control modes, these levels are set as a percentage of the drive rated output current. In vector control modes, these levels are set as a percentage of the motor rated torque.
When Mechanical Weakening detection is enabled (L6-08 ≠ 0), the level for L6-02 is set as a percentage of the drive rated output current in all control modes.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 149
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L6-02
L6-05
Note:
Name
Torque Detection Level 1
Torque Detection Level 2
Setting Range
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
Default
150%
150%
The torque detection level 1 (L6-02) can also be supplied by an analog input terminal set to H3oo = 7. Here, the analog value has priority and the setting in L6-02 is disregarded. Torque detection level 2 (L6-05) cannot be set by an analog input.
n L6-03, L6-06: Torque Detection Time 1, 2
These parameters determine the time required to trigger an alarm or fault after exceeding the levels in L6-02 and L6-05.
No.
L6-03
L6-06
No.
L6-08
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Torque Detection Time 1
Torque Detection Time 2
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
10.0 s
0.1 s n Mechanical Weakening Detection
This function detects the mechanical weakening of a machine that leads to overtorque or undertorque situations after a set machine operation time has elapsed.
The function is activated in the drive when the cumulative operation counter U4-01 exceeds the time set to parameter L6-11.
Mechanical Weakening Detection uses the torque detection 1 settings (L6-01, L6-02, L6-03) and triggers an oL5 or UL5 fault when overtorque or undertorque occurs in the speed range determined by parameter L6-08 and L6-09. The oL5 or UL5 operation is set by parameter L6-08.
Set H2oo to 22 to output a signal for Mechanical Weakening Detection.
n L6-08: Mechanical Weakening Detection Operation
Sets the speed range to detect mechanical weakening and the action to take when mechanical weakening is detected.
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection Operation
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
0
Setting 1: Continue Running if the Speed Is Greater than L6-09 (Signed) (Alarm)
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (signed). Operation continues and triggers an oL5 alarm after detection.
Setting 2: Continue Running if the Speed Is Greater than L6-09 (Alarm)
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (unsigned). Operation continues and triggers an oL5 alarm after detection.
Setting 3: Stop when Motor Speed Is Greater than L6-09 (Signed)
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (signed). Operation stops and triggers an oL5 fault after detection.
Setting 4: Stop when Motor Speed Is Greater than L6-09
Detection when the speed is above L6-09 (unsigned). Operation stops and triggers an oL5 fault after detection.
Setting 5: Continue Running if the Speed Is Less than L6-09 (Signed) (Alarm)
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (signed). Operation continues and triggers a UL5 alarm after detection.
Setting 6: Continue Running if the Speed Is Less than L6-09 (Alarm)
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (unsigned). Operation continues and triggers a UL5 alarm after detection.
Setting 7: Stop when Motor Speed Is Less than L6-09 (Signed)
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (signed). Operation stops and triggers a UL5 fault after detection.
Setting 8: Stop when Motor Speed Is Less than L6-09
Detection when the speed is below L6-09 (unsigned). Operation stops and triggers a UL5 fault after detection.
n L6-09: Mechanical Weakening Detection Speed Level
Sets the speed level for Mechanical Weakening Detection as a percentage of the maximum frequency. If L6-08 is set for unsigned speed detection (L6-08 = 2, 4, 6, 8), the absolute value of L6-09 is used (negative settings are treated as positive values).
150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L6-09
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection Speed Level
Setting Range
-110.0 to 110.0%
Default
110% n L6-10: Mechanical Weakening Detection Time
Sets the time permitted for the situation selected in parameter L6-08 to arise before detecting mechanical weakening.
No.
L6-10
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
0.1 s n L6-11: Mechanical Weakening Detection Start Time
Sets the cumulative drive operation time at which Mechanical Weakening Detection is activated. The function activates when
U4-01 reaches the L6-11 value.
No.
L6-11
Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection Start Time
Setting Range
0 to 65535 h
Default
0 h u
L7: Torque Limit
The torque limit function limits the torque in each of the four quadrants individually to protect machinery in OLV, CLV,
AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM control modes. Set the limit through parameters, analog inputs, or by switching a digital output programmed for “During torque limit” (H2-01, H2-02, H2-03 = 30) when the drive is operating at the torque limit.
n Setting Torque Limits
Parameters L7-01 to L7-04 define the torque limits for each of the four operation quadrants. it is also possible to use Analog inputs to define a general limit for all operation conditions (H3-02, H3-06, H3-10 = 15) or to set separate limits for each operation condition (H3-02, H3-06, H3-10 = 10, 11, or 12).
shows limit setting is applied in each quadrant.
If two limit values are defined for the same operation conditions, the drive will use the lower value.
Note: The maximum output torque is ultimately limited by the drive output current (max. 150% of drive rated current in HD, 120% in ND). Output torque will not exceed the drive rated current limit even if the torque limits are set to higher values.
Example: If parameter L7-01 = 130%, L7-02 to L7-04 = 200%, and an analog input sets a general torque limit of 150% (H3-02,
H3-06, H3-10 = 15), then the torque limit will be 130% in quadrant 1, but 150% in the other quadrants.
Positive torque reference
REV run regenerative
10: Positive Torque Limit
12: Regenerative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-04
Quadrant 2
REV motor rotation
Quadrant 3
Quadrant 1
Quadrant 4
FWD run motoring
10: Positive Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-01
11: Negative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-02
REV run motoring
FWD motor rotation
11: Negative Torque Limit
12: Regenerative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-03
FWD run regenerative
Negative torque reference
Figure 1.104 Torque Limit Parameters and Analog Input Settings n L7-01 to L7-04: Torque Limits
These parameters set the torque limits in each quadrant.
No.
L7-01
L7-02
L7-03
L7-04
Note:
Name
Forward Torque Limit
Reverse Torque Limit
Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
Setting Range
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
0 to 300%
Default
200%
200%
200%
200%
If the multi-function analog input is programmed for “10: Forward torque limit”, “11: Reverse torque limit”, “12: Regenerative torque limit”, or “15: General torque limit”, the drive uses the lowest value from L7-01 through L7-04, or analog input torque limit.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 151
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L7-06: Torque Limit Integral Time Constant
Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit function. Decrease the setting for faster torque limit response. Increase the setting if oscillation occurs when operating at the torque limit.
No.
L7-06
Name
Torque Limit Integral Time Constant
Setting Range
5 to 10000 ms
Default
200 ms n L7-07: Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Accel/Decel
Selects the function of torque limit during acceleration and deceleration.
No.
L7-07
Name
Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Accel/Decel
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Proportional Control
The torque limit function works with P control during accel and decel, and switches to I control at constant speed. Use this setting when accelerating or decelerating to the desired speed has priority over the torque limit during speed changes.
Setting 1: Integral Control
The torque limit function always uses I control. Use this setting when a highly accurate torque limit is required, even during speed changes. Using this function may increase the acceleration time, or prevent the motor speed from reaching the frequency reference if the torque limit is reached first.
n L7-16: Torque Limit Process at Start
Assigns a time filter to allow the torque limit to build at start.
No.
L7-16
Name
Torque Limit Process at Start
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Torque limit is created at start without a delay time. Disable L7-16 to maximize the response time when the application requires sudden acceleration or deceleration at start.
Setting 1: Enabled
A delay time of 64 ms is added to allow the torque limit to build at start.
n L7-30: Regenerative Torque Limit Mode Selection
Defines the behavior of the regenerative torque limits.
Default
0
No.
L7-30
Name
Regenerative Torque Limit Mode Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 0: Standard mode
Torque Limit is affected by all analog and communication Torque Limit settings.
Setting 1: Independent mode
Only L7-03, L7-04 and Regen Torque Limit analog input setting affect the regenerative quadrants.
u
L8: Drive Protection
n L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level
Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive outputs an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the overheat alarm level. If the temperature reaches the overheat fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 fault and stop operation.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2oo = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature rises above L8-02.
No.
L8-02
Name
Overheat Alarm Level
Setting Range
50 to 150 °C
Default
Determined by
C6-01 and o2-04
152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Sets the operation when an overheat pre-alarm is detected.
Note: Change L8-03 setting only when necessary.
No.
L8-03
Name
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
3
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the currently selected deceleration time. If a digital output is programmed for “fault” (H2oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is programmed for “fault” (H2oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast Stop time (C1-09). If a digital output is programmed for “fault” (H2oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
If an overheat alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
Setting 4: Operation with Reduced Speed
If an overheat alarm occurs, the operation continues with the speed reduced to the level set to parameter L8-19. If the oH alarm is still present after 10 s, the speed is reduced again. The amount of speed reduction depends on how often the alarm repeats.
If the oH alarm disappears while the drive is operating at a reduced speed, the drive will switch to the previous speed in 10 s increments until reaching base frequency.
explains the operation with reduced speed during an oH alarm. A
digital output programmed for 4D is switched when the oH alarm is still active after ten reduction cycles.
Output frequency
10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s f ref oH
Alarm f ref
× (L8-19) Reset oH
Alarm oH
Alarm
Reset oH
Alarm f ref
× (L8-19) 2 f ref
× (L8-19) 3 f ref
× (L8-19) 4 oH
Alarm etc.
oH
Alarm time oH alarm number
Digital output (4D)
Figure 1.105 Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm n L8-19: Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm
Specifies the output frequency reduction when L8-03 is set to 4 and an oH alarm is present.
No.
L8-19
Name
Frequency Reduction Rate During Overheat Pre-Alarm n L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the input phase loss detection.
Setting Range
0.1 to 0.9
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Default
0.8
153
1
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L8-05
Name
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables input phase loss detection. Since measuring the DC bus ripple detects input phase loss, a power supply voltage imbalance or main circuit capacitor deterioration may also trigger a phase loss fault (PF).
Detection is disabled if:
• The drive is decelerating.
• No Run command is active.
• Output current is less than or equal to 30% of the drive rated current.
n L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the output phase loss detection.
Note: 1.
Output phase loss detection can mistakenly be triggered if the motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. Disable this parameter in such cases.
2.
Output phase loss detection is not possible when the drive is running a PM motor with light load.
No.
L8-07
Name
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when One Phase Is Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when the output current for any phase U, V, or W drops to 5% or less of the drive rated current.
When using a PM motor, this is applicable when the output current is 30% or higher of the drive rated current.
When using an IM motor, this is applicable when the output current is 5% or higher of the drive rated current.
Setting 2: Fault when Two Phases Are Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when the output current for phases U, V, and W all drop to 5% or less of the drive rated current.
The output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
n L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.
No.
L8-09
Name
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
n L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.
No.
L8-10
Name
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Run with Timer
The fan is switched on when a Run command is active and switched off with the delay set to parameter L8-11 after releasing the Run command. This setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run Always
The fan runs when power is supplied to the drive.
154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time
Sets the cooling fan switch off-delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.
No.
L8-11
Name
Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 300 s
Default
60 s n L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting
This setting eliminates the need to reduce the drive rated current when the temperature where the drive is mounted is above the specified values.
No.
L8-12
Name
Ambient Temperature Setting
Setting Range
-10 to 50 °C
Default
40 °C n L8-15: oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds
Selects whether the drive overload capability (oL fault detection level) is reduced at low speeds to prevent premature output transistor failures. Set this parameter to 0 (Protection disabled at low speed) when protection is activated for an oL2 fault for a light load at low speed.
Note: 1.
Contact Yaskawa before using the drive for applications for which the setting is 0 (disabled).
2.
Do not set this parameter to 0 (disabled) in V/f or OLV control.
3.
Do not set this parameter to 0 (disabled) in models 4 o 0302 to 4 o 0930.
No.
L8-15
Name oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speed
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: oL2 (Drive Overload) Characteristics Disabled at Low Speed
The overload protection level is not reduced. Frequently operating the drive with high output current at low speed can lead to premature drive faults.
Setting 1: oL2 (Drive Overload) Characteristics Enabled at Low Speed
The overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) is automatically reduced at speeds below 6 Hz. At zero speed, the overload is derated by 50%.
n L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection
Enables and disables the Software Current Limit (CLA) protection function to prevent main circuit transistor failures caused by high current.
Note: Do not change this setting unless absolutely necessary.
No.
L8-18
Name
Software Current Limit Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Setting 0: Software CLA Disabled
The drive may trip on an oC fault if the load is too heavy or the acceleration is too short.
Setting 1: Software CLA Enabled
When the Software CLA current level is reached, the drive reduces the output voltage to reduce the current. Normal operation continues when the current level drops below the Software CLA level.
n L8-32: Cooling Fan Failure Selection
Determines drive operation when a FAn fault occurs.
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
1
No.
L8-32
Name
Cooling Fan Failure Selection
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to a stop.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 155
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
The operation is continued and a FAn alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
Setting 4: Operation with Reduced Speed
The operation is continued, but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19.
Note: “FAn” is detected as an error when Settings 0 or 2 are selected; it is detected as an alarm when Settings 3 or 4 are selected.
n L8-38: Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Selects the operation of the carrier frequency reduction function. Reduces the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain level. This temporarily increases the overload capability (oL2 detection), allowing the drive to run through transient load peaks without tripping.
Note: This function cannot be used in AOLV/PM.
No.
L8-38
No.
L8-40
Name
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Name
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 2
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00 s
Default
Determined by
A1-02, C6-01 and o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
No carrier frequency reduction at high current.
Setting 1: Enabled for Output Frequencies below 6 Hz
The carrier frequency is reduced at speeds below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current. The drive returns to the normal carrier frequency when the current falls below 88% or the output frequency exceeds 7 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled for Entire Frequency Range
The carrier frequency is reduced at the following speeds:
• Below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current.
• Above 7 Hz when the current exceeds 112% of the drive rated current.
The drive uses the delay time set in parameter L8-40 and a hysteresis of 12% when switching the carrier frequency back to the set value.
n L8-40: Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
The following settings are used when the carrier frequency is to be reduced at start:
• Time taken for the reduced carrier frequency to return to the carrier frequency set at C6-02.
• Time taken to return to the set carrier frequency after reducing it by setting L8-38 to 1 or 2.
The carrier frequency reduction function at start is disabled if this value is 0.00 s.
Default
Determined by
A1-02 n L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection
Triggers a high current alarm (HCA) when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current.
No.
L8-41
Name
High Current Alarm Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
No alarm is detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
An alarm is triggered when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current. A digital output set for an alarm
(H2oo = 10) will close.
156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L8-78: Power Unit Output Phase Loss Protection
Protects the power unit from phase loss.
Note: This parameter is only available in models 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No.
L8-78
Name
Power Unit Output Phase Loss Protection
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled n L8-86: Detection Selection when Panel Fan Fails
Detects the loss of the drive panel fan by the panel fan input.
Note: Settings 3 or 4 reduce inverter O/L level from 100% to 80%
No.
L8-86
Name
Detection selection when Panel Fan Fails
Setting 0: Ramp Stop (Fault)
Setting 1: Coast Stop (Fault)
Setting 2: Fast Stop (Fault)
Setting 3: Continue Running (Alarm)
Setting 4: Continue Running at L8-19 Speed
Setting 5: Disabled n L8-87: Detection Selection when Diode Converter Fans Fail
Detects the loss of the Diode Converter fans by the fan control input.
Note: Settings 3 or 4 reduce drive O/L level from 100% to 80%
No.
L8-87
Name
Detection Selection when Diode Converter Fans Fail
Setting 0: Ramp Stop (Fault)
Setting 1: Coast Stop (Fault)
Setting 2: Fast Stop (Fault)
Setting 3: Continue Running (Alarm)
Setting 4: Continue Running at L8-19 Speed
Setting 5: Disabled
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting Range
0 to 5
Setting Range
0 to 5
Default
1
Default
1
Default
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 157
1
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
These parameters control a variety of specialized adjustments and functions, including Hunting Prevention, AFR Control,
High Slip Braking and resistance between motor lines.
u
n1: Hunting Prevention
Hunting Prevention prevents the drive from hunting as a result of low inertia and operating with light load. Hunting often occurs with a high carrier frequency and an output frequency below 30 Hz.
n n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection
Enables or disables the Hunting Prevention function.
Note: This function is available only when using V/f Control. Disable Hunting Prevention when drive response is more important than suppressing motor oscillation. This function may be disabled without problems in applications with high inertia loads or relatively heavy loads.
No.
n1-01
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Hunting Prevention Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 1: Enabled n n1-02: Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.
No.
n1-02
Name
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, it may require adjustment in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and n1-01 = 1, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
• If the motor stalls while n1-01 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
Default
1.00
n n1-03: Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Determines the responsiveness of the Hunting Prevention function (affects the primary delay time for Hunting Prevention).
No.
n1-03
Name
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Setting Range
0 to 500 ms
Default
Determined by o2-04
Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, it may require adjustment in the following situations:
• Increase this value for applications with a large load inertia. A higher setting leads to slower response, which can result in oscillation at lower frequencies.
• Lower this setting if oscillation occurs at low speed.
n n1-05: Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
This parameter functions the same as n1-02, except it is used when rotating in reverse. See the explanation for n1-02.
Note: n1-02 is enabled for forward and reverse operation when n1-05 = 0.0 ms.
No.
n1-05
Name
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Default
0.00
u
n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning
These parameters help achieve speed stability when a load is suddenly applied or removed.
Note: Properly set all motor parameters or perform Auto-Tuning before making changes to the AFR parameters.
n n2-01: AFR Gain
Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the AFR.
158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
No.
n2-01
Name
AFR Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00
Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, it may require adjustment in the following situations:
• If hunting occurs, increase the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
• If response is low, decrease the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
n n2-02, n2-03: AFR Time Constant 1, 2
Parameter n2-02 sets the time constant normally used by AFR.
Parameter n2-03 sets the time constant during Speed Search or regenerative operation.
Default
1.00
No.
n2-02 n2-03
Name
AFR Time Constant 1
AFR Time Constant 2
Setting Range
0 to 2000 ms
0 to 2000 ms
Default
50 ms
750 ms
Note: Setting parameter n2-02 higher than n2-03 will trigger an oPE08 error.
Although these parameters rarely need to be changed, they may require adjustment in the following situations:
• If hunting occurs, increase n2-02. If response is low, decrease it.
• Increase n2-03 if overvoltage occurs with high inertia loads at the end of acceleration or with sudden load changes.
• If setting n2-02 to a higher value, increase C4-02 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 1) proportionally.
• If setting n2-03 to a higher value, increase C4-06 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 2) proportionally.
u
n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking
n High Slip Braking (V/f)
HSB works in V/f Control only and decreases the stopping time compared to normal deceleration without using dynamic braking options. HSB reduces the output frequency in large steps to stop the motor and produce a high slip, which dissipates the regenerative energy created from decelerating the load in the motor windings. Due to the increased temperature of the motor windings, do not use HSB to frequently stop the motor. The duty cycle should be around 5% or lower.
Notes on using High Slip Braking
• The set deceleration time is ignored during HSB. Use Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (L3-04 = 4) or a dynamic braking option to stop the motor within a specified time.
• Braking time varies based on the load inertia and motor characteristics.
• Enabling HSB and KEB Ride-Thru simultaneously will trigger an oPE03 error.
• HSB must be triggered by a digital input set to H1oo = 68. After the HSB command is given, the drive will not restart until the motor is completely stopped and the Run command is cycled.
n Overexcitation Deceleration (Induction Motors)
Increases the flux during deceleration and allows shorter deceleration time settings without the use of a braking resistor.
Notes on Overexcitation Deceleration
• Frequently applying Overexcitation Deceleration raises the motor temperature because regenerative energy is mainly dissipated as heat in the motor. In cases where frequent application is required, make sure the motor temperature does not exceed the maximum allowable value or consider using a braking resistor option in lieu of Overexcitation Deceleration.
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2, Hunting Prevention in V/f Control and torque limits in OLV Control are disabled.
• Do not use Overexcitation Deceleration in combination with a braking resistor option.
• Overexcitation Deceleration can be used in OLV and CLV, but it lowers the accuracy of Torque Control and braking efficiency. It can be most efficiently used in a V/f Control.
• Overexcitation Deceleration cannot be used with PM motors.
Parameter Adjustments
• Use parameters n3-13 through n3-23 to adjust Overexcitation Deceleration.
• When repetitive or long Overexcitation Deceleration causes motor overheat, lower the overexcitation gain (n3-13) and reduce the overslip suppression current level (n3-21).
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (L3-04 = 4), the drive decelerates at the active deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, or C1-08). Set this time so no overvoltage (ov) fault occurs.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 159
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2 (L3-04 = 5), the drive decelerates using the active deceleration time while adjusting the deceleration rate to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set to L3-17. The actual stopping time will be longer or shorter than the set deceleration time depending on the motor characteristics and the load inertia. Increase the deceleration time if overvoltage occurs (ov).
• Entering a Run command during Overexcitation Deceleration cancels overexcitation operation and the drive reaccelerates to the specified speed.
n n3-13: Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Multiplies a gain to the V/f pattern output value during Overexcitation Deceleration to determine the level of overexcitation.
The drive returns to the normal V/f value after the motor has stopped or when it is accelerating to the frequency reference.
No.
n3-13
Name
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Setting Range
1.00 to 1.40
Default
1.10
The optimum setting for n3-13 depends on the motor flux saturation characteristics.
• Gradually increase the gain to 1.25 or 1.30 to improve the braking power of Overexcitation Deceleration.
• Lower n3-13 when flux saturation characteristics cause overcurrent. A high setting sometimes causes overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive overload (oL2). Lowering n3-21 can also help remedy these problems.
n n3-21: High Slip Suppression Current Level
If the motor current exceeds the value set to n3-21 during Overexcitation Deceleration due to flux saturation, the drive automatically reduces the overexcitation gain. Parameter n3-21 is set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Set this parameter to a relatively low value to optimize deceleration. If overcurrent, oL1, or oL2 occur during Overexcitation
Deceleration, reduce the high slip suppression current level.
No.
n3-21
Name
High Slip Suppression Current Level
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
100% n n3-23: Overexcitation Operation Selection
Limits the Overexcitation Deceleration operation selected in parameter L3-04 to forward only or reverse only.
No.
n3-23
Name
Overexcitation Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Setting 0: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward and Reverse Direction
Default
0
Setting 1: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward Direction Only
Setting 2: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Reverse Direction Only
160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings
These parameters control the various functions, features, and display of the digital operator.
u
o1: Digital Operator Display Selection
These parameters determine the data display on the digital operator.
n o1-01: Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
When o1-02 is set to 5, any U monitors can be displayed. This parameter will select the monitors. Pressing the up arrow key will display the following data: frequency reference → rotational direction → output frequency → output current → o1-01 selection.
Parameter o1-01 selects the content of the last monitor in this sequence. This is done by entering the “1 oo ” part of
“U1oo ”. Certain monitors are not available in some control modes. There is no effect like this on an LCD operator.
No.
o1-01
Name
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
Setting Range
104 to 813
U1-04 (Control Mode) to
U8-13 (DWEZ Custom
Monitor 3) <1>
Default
106 (U1-06)
<1> U2oo and U3oo parameters cannot be selected.
n o1-02: User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Selects which monitor parameter is displayed upon power up.
Refer to U: Monitor Parameters on page 171 for a list of
monitors.
No.
o1-02
Setting 1: Frequency Reference (U1-01)
Name
User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Setting Range
1 to 5
Default
1
Setting 2: Motor Direction
Setting 3: Output Frequency (U1-02)
Setting 4: Output Current (U1-03)
Setting 5: User-selected Monitor (Set by o1-01) n o1-03: Digital Operator Display Selection
Sets the units used to display the frequency reference and output frequency. Set o1-03 to 3 for user-set units before setting parameters o1-10 and o1-11.
No.
o1-03
Name
Digital Operator Display Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Setting 0: 0.01 Hz Units
Setting 1: 0.01% Units (100% = Max. Output Frequency)
Setting 2: r/min Units (Calculated by the Max. Output Frequency and the No. of Motor Poles)
Setting 3: User-set Units (Use o1-10, o1-11)
Set the value used for the maximum frequency reference to o1-10. Set the placement of the decimal point in this number to o1-11.
For example, to have the maximum output frequency displayed as “100.00”, set o1-10 = 10000 and o1-11 = 2 (i.e., 10000 with 2 decimal points).
Note: 1.
Parameter o1-03 allows the programmer to change the units used in the following parameters and monitors:
U1-01: frequency reference
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 161
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings
U1-02: output frequency
U1-05: motor speed
U1-16: output frequency after softstarter (accel/decel ramp generator) d1-01 to d1-17: frequency references
2.
Setting o1-03 to 2 requires entering the number of motor poles to E2-04, E4-04, and E5-04.
n o1-04: V/f Pattern Display Unit
Note: PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
Determines the units used for the frequency reference when setting parameters that create the V/f pattern: E1-04, E1-06, E1-09,
E1-11, and E2-04. For motor 2, this includes parameters E3-04, E3-06, E3-07, E3-09, and E3-11. Enabled only in vector control modes (CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM).
No.
o1-04
Setting 0: Hertz
Name
V/f Pattern Display Unit
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: r/min
Note: For motor 2, o1-04 can only be set to 0 for Hertz.
n o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
No.
o1-10
Name
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Setting Range
1 to 60000
Default
Determined by o1-03 n o1-11: User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
Determines how many decimal points should be used to set and display the frequency reference.
No.
Name Setting Range o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display 0 to 3
Default
Determined by o1-03
Setting 0: No Decimal Point
Setting 1: One Decimal Point
Setting 2: Two Decimal Points
Setting 3: Three Decimal Points u
o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions
These parameters determine the functions assigned to the operator keys.
n o2-01: LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection
Determines whether the LO/RE key on the digital operator will be enabled for switching between LOCAL and REMOTE.
No.
o2-01
Name
LO/RE Key Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
The LO/RE key is disabled.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LO/RE switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation. Switching is possible during stop only. When LOCAL is selected, the LED indicator on the LO/RE key will light up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Check all mechanical or electrical connections thoroughly before making any setting changes to o2-01 and b1-07.
lists the setting combinations for o2-01 and b1-07.
162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings o2-01
0
1 b1-07
0
1
0
1
Table 1.43 LO/RE Key and b1-07
Switch from LOCAL to REMOTE
Not possible
Not possible
Will not run until a new Run command is entered.
If a Run command is entered, the drive will start running as soon as the LO/RE key is pushed to change from LOCAL to REMOTE.
Switch from REMOTE to LOCAL
Not possible
Not possible
Run not possible
Run not possible n o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection
Determines if the STOP key on the digital operator will stop drive operation when the drive is controlled from a remote source
(i.e., not from digital operator).
No.
o2-02
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
STOP Key Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 1: Enabled
The STOP key will terminate drive operation even if the Run command source is not assigned to the digital operator. Cycle the Run command to restart the drive if the drive has been stopped by pressing the STOP key.
n o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
After completely setting up drive parameters, save the values as user-set defaults with parameter o2-03. After saving the values, parameter A1-03 (Initialize Parameters) will offer the choice of "1110: User Initialize". Selecting 1110 resets all parameters
No.
o2-03
Name
User Parameter Default Value
Setting 0: No Change (Awaiting Command)
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 1: Set User Initialize Values
The current parameter settings are saved as user-set default for a later User Initialization. Setting o2-03 to 1 and pressing the
ENTER key saves the values and returns the display to 0.
Setting 2: Clear User Initialize Values
All user-set defaults for “User Initialize” are cleared. Setting o2-03 to 2 and pressing the ENTER key erases the values and returns the display to 0.
n o2-04: Drive Model Selection
for information on drive model selection.
NOTICE: Drive performance will suffer and protective functions will not operate properly if the correct drive capacity is not set to o2-04.
No.
o2-04
Name
Drive Model Selection
Setting Range
-
Default
Determined by drive capacity
Note: Change o2-04 setting only when necessary.
n o2-05: Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
Determines if the ENTER key must be pressed after changing the frequency reference using the digital operator while in the
Drive Mode.
No.
o2-05
Name
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 163
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings
Setting 0: ENTER Key Required
The ENTER key must be pressed every time the frequency reference is changed using the digital operator for the drive to accept the change.
Setting 1: ENTER Key Not Required
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference is changed by the up or down arrow keys on the digital operator.
The ENTER key does not need to be pressed. The frequency reference (Fref) is saved to memory after remaining unchanged for 5 seconds.
n o2-06: Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected
Determines whether the drive will stop when the remote control extension cable of the digital operator is removed in LOCAL mode or when b1-02 or b1-16 is set to 0. When the operator is reconnected, the display will indicate that it was disconnected.
No.
o2-06
Name
Digital Operator Disconnection Operation
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Continue Operation
The operation continues.
Setting 1: Trigger a Fault
The operation stops and triggers an oPr fault. The motor coasts to stop.
n o2-07: Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Determines the direction the motor will rotate after the drive is powered up and the Run command is given from the digital operator.
Note: This parameter is effective only when the Run command is set to be given from the digital operator (b1-02, b1-16 = 0).
No.
o2-07
Setting 0: Forward
Name
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: Reverse u
o3: Copy Function
These parameters control the Copy function of the digital operator. The Copy function stores parameter settings into the memory of the digital operator to facilitate the transfer of those settings to other drives that are the same model, capacity, and
same control mode setting. Refer to Copy Function Related Displays on page 222
for a description of errors and displays.
n o3-01: Copy Function Selection
Instructs the drive to Read, Write, or Verify parameter settings.
No.
o3-01
Setting 0: Copy Select (No Function)
Name
Copy Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 1: INV --> OP READ
Copies all parameters from the drive to the digital operator.
Note: Set o3-02 to 1 to unlock copy protection.
Setting 2: OP --> INV WRITE
Copies all parameters from the digital operator to the drive.
Setting 3: OP<-->INV VERIFY
Compares the parameters in the drive with the parameter settings saved on the digital operator for matches.
n o3-02: Copy Allowed Selection
Allows and restricts the use of the Copy function.
164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings
No.
o3-02
Name
Copy Allowed Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled u
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings
n o4-01: Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Sets the cumulative operation time of the drive. The user can also manually set this parameter to begin keeping track of operation time from some desired value. Total operation time can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
Note: The value in o4-01 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cumulative operation time counter to 300 h. 300 h will also be displayed in monitor U4-01.
No.
o4-01
Name
Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Setting Range
0 to 9999
Default
0 n o4-02: Cumulative Operation Time Selection
Selects the conditions for how the drive keeps track of its total operation time. This time log can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
No.
o4-02
Name
Cumulative Operation Time Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Power On Time
The drive logs the time it is connected to a power supply, regardless of whether the motor is running.
Setting 1: Run Time
The drive logs the time that the output is active including when the Run command is active (even if the motor is not rotating) and when there is voltage output.
n o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Sets the value for how long the cooling fan has been operating. This value can be viewed in monitor U4-03. Parameter o4-03 also sets the base value used for the cooling fan maintenance, which is displayed in U4-04. Reset this parameter to 0 after replacing the cooling fan.
Note: 1.
The value in o4-03 increases after every 10 hours of use. A setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h. “300” will be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2.
The cooling fan may require maintenance at an earlier date in harsher environments.
No.
o4-03
Name
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Setting Range
0 to 9999
Default
0 n o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting
Sets value of the maintenance monitor for the DC bus capacitors displayed in U4-05 as a percentage of the total expected performance life. Reset this value to 0 after replacing the DC bus capacitors.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No.
o4-05
Name
Capacitor Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0% n o4-07: DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the softcharge bypass relay maintenance time displayed in U4-06 as a percentage of the total expected performance life. Reset this value to 0 after replacing the bypass relay.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No.
o4-07
Name
DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0%
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 165
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings n o4-09: IGBT Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the IGBT maintenance time displayed in U4-07 as a percentage of the total expected performance life. Reset this value to 0 after replacing the IGBTs.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No.
o4-09
Name
IGBT Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0% n o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization
Resets the fault trace and fault history monitors (U2oo and U3oo ).
Note: Initializing the drive using A1-03 does not reset these monitors.
No.
o4-11
Name
U2, U3 Initialization
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The drive keeps the previously saved record concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset Fault Data
Resets the data for the U2oo and U3oo monitors. Setting o4-11 to 1 and pressing the ENTER key erases fault data and returns the display to 0.
n o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
Manually resets kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11. Initializing the drive or cycling the power will not reset these monitors.
No.
o4-12
Name kWh Monitor Initialization
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The kWh data are maintained.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Setting o4-12 to 1 and pressing the ENTER erases kWh data and returns the display to 0.
n o4-13: Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
Resets the Run command counter displayed in U4-02. Initializing the drive or cycling the power does not reset this monitor.
No.
o4-13
Name
Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The Run command data are kept.
Setting 1: Number of Run Commands Counter
Resets the Run command counter. The monitor U4-02 will show 0. Setting o4-13 to 1 and pressing the ENTER key erases the counter value and returns the display to 0.
u
q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters
These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.
n q1-01 to q6-07: Reserved for Use by DriveWorksEZ
These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.
u
r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters
These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.
166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.10 o: Operator Related Settings n r1-01 to r1-40: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters
These parameters are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ. Refer to the DriveWorksEZ manual for more information.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 167
1
1.11 T: Motor Tuning
1.11 T: Motor Tuning
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance.
u
T1: Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
The T1oo parameters set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note: For motors operating in the field weakening range, first perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data. After Auto-Tuning is complete, change
E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency, to the desired value.
n T1-00: Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
Selects the motor to be tuned when motor 1/2 switching is enabled (i.e., a digital input is set for function H1oo = 16). This parameter is not displayed if motor 1/2 switching is disabled.
No.
T1-00
Name
Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
Setting Range
1, 2
Default
1
Setting 1: Motor 1
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E1oo and E2oo for motor 1.
Setting 2: Motor 2
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E3oo and E4oo for motor 2. Make sure that motor 2 is connected to the drive for Auto-Tuning.
n T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used.
No.
T1-01
Name
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Setting Range
2, (V/f)
0 to 2, 4 (OLV, CLV)
Default
2 (V/f, V/f w/PG)
0 (OLV, CLV)
Setting 0: Rotational Auto-Tuning
Setting 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting 4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 n T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.
No.
T1-02
Name
Motor Rated Power
Setting Range
0.00 to 650.00 kW
Default
Determined by o2-04 and C6-01 n T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage
Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the voltage base speed here if the motor is operating above base speed.
Enter the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load conditions at rated speed to T1-03 for better control precision around rated speed when using a vector control mode. The no-load voltage can usually be found in the motor test report available from the manufacturer. If the motor test report is not available, enter approximately 90% of the rated voltage printed on the motor nameplate. This may increase the output current and reduce the overload margin.
No.
T1-03
Name
Motor Rated Voltage
Setting Range
0.0 to 510.0 V <1>
Default
400.0 V <1>
<1> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.11 T: Motor Tuning n T1-04: Motor Rated Current
Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. Set the motor rated current between 50% and 100% of the drive rated current for optimal performance in OLV or CLV. Enter the current at the motor base speed.
No.
T1-04
Name
Motor Rated Current
Setting Range
10 to 200% of drive rated current
Default o2-04 n T1-05: Motor Base Frequency
Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used or the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 (E3-04 for motor 2) after Auto-Tuning is complete.
No.
T1-05
Name
Motor Base Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0 Hz
Default
60.0 Hz n T1-06: Number of Motor Poles
Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.
No.
T1-06
Name
Number of Motor Poles
Setting Range
2 to 48
Default
4 n T1-07: Motor Base Speed
Sets the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the speed at base frequency when using a motor with an extended speed range or if using the motor in the field weakening area.
No.
T1-07
Name
Motor Base Speed
Setting Range
0 to 24000 r/min
Default
1750 r/min n T1-08: PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution
Sets the number of pulses from the PG encoder. Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor rotation.
No.
T1-08
Name
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution
Setting Range
1 to 60000 ppr
Default
1024 ppr
Note: T1-08 will only be displayed in CLV.
n T1-09: Motor No-Load Current
Sets the no-load current for the motor. The default setting displayed is no-load current automatically calculated from the output power set in T1-02 and the motor rated current set to T1-04. Enter the data listed on the motor test report. Leave this data at the default setting if the motor test report is not available.
No.
T1-09
Name
Motor No-Load Current
Setting Range
0 A to [T1-04]
(Max: 0 to 2999.9)
Default
–
Note: The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
n T1-10: Motor Rated Slip
Sets the rated slip for the motor. The default setting displayed is the rated slip for a Yaskawa motor calculated from the rated power set in T1-02. Enter the data listed on the motor test report.
No.
T1-10
Name
Motor Rated Slip
Setting Range
0.00 to 20.00 Hz
Default
–
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 169
1.11 T: Motor Tuning n T1-11: Motor Iron Loss
Provides iron loss information to determine the Energy Saving coefficient. T1-11 will first display the value for the motor iron loss that was automatically calculated when motor capacity was entered to T1-02. Enter the motor iron loss value listed to
T1-11 if the motor test report is available.
No.
T1-11
Name
Motor Iron Loss
Setting Range
0 to 65535 W
Default
170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
1.12 U: Monitor Parameters
1.12 U: Monitor Parameters
Monitor parameters let the user view various aspects of drive performance using the digital operator display. Some monitors can be output from terminals FM and AM by assigning the specific monitor parameter number (U o oo ) to H4-01 and H4-04.
Refer to H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection on page 121
for details on assigning functions to an analog output.
u
U1: Operation Status Monitors
for a complete list of U1oo monitors and descriptions.
u
U2: Fault Trace
Use these monitor parameters to view the status of various drive aspects when a fault occurs.
This information is helpful for determining the cause of a fault.
Refer to U2: Fault Trace on page 300
for a complete list of
U2oo monitors and descriptions.
U2oo
on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault histories are not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, oFA00, oFb00, oFC00, Uv1, Uv2, or Uv3 occur.
u
U3: Fault History
These parameters display faults that have occurred during operation as well as the drive operation time when those faults
occurred. Refer to U3: Fault History on page 302
for a complete list of U3oo monitors and descriptions.
U3oo
on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault histories are not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, oFA00, oFb00, oFC00, Uv1, Uv2, or Uv3 occur.
u
U4: Maintenance Monitors
Maintenance monitors show:
• Runtime data of the drive and cooling fans and number of Run commands issued
• Maintenance data and replacement information for various drive components
• kWh data
• Highest peak current that has occurred and output frequency at the time the peak current occurred
• Motor overload status information
• Detailed information about the present Run command and frequency reference source selection
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 302 for a complete list of U4-
oo monitors and descriptions.
u
U5: PID Monitors
These monitors display various aspects of PID control. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 36
for details on how these monitors display PID data.
Refer to U5: PID Monitors on page 305
for a complete list of U5oo monitors and descriptions.
u
U6: Operation Status Monitors
Control monitors show:
• Reference data for the output voltage and vector control
• Data on PM motor rotor synchronization, forward phase compensation, and flux positioning
• Pulse data from the PG motor encoder
• Pulse data for Zero Servo control
• ASR and Feed Forward control monitors
Refer to
on page 53 for details and an illustration showing where monitors are located in the
ASR block.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 171
1.12 U: Monitor Parameters
• The offset value added to the frequency reference by the frequency offset function.
Refer to Setting 44, 45, 46: Offset
.
)
Refer to U6: Operation Status Monitors on page 305
for a complete list of U6oo monitors and descriptions.
u
U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors
These monitors are reserved for use with DriveWorksEZ.
A complete description of the U8oo monitors can be found in the DriveWorksEZ instruction manual.
172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and guidance for troubleshooting. This chapter can also serve as a reference guide for tuning the drive during a trial run.
MOTOR PERFORMANCE FINE-TUNING...........................................................176
DRIVE ALARMS, FAULTS, AND ERRORS........................................................179
OPERATOR PROGRAMMING ERRORS............................................................213
AUTO-TUNING FAULT DETECTION..................................................................217
COPY FUNCTION RELATED DISPLAYS...........................................................222
DIAGNOSING AND RESETTING FAULTS.........................................................224
2.10 TROUBLESHOOTING WITHOUT FAULT DISPLAY..........................................226
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 173
2.1 Section Safety
2.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the drive input power is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
After blowing a fuse or tripping a GFCI, do not attempt to restart the drive or operate peripheral devices until five minutes pass and CHARGE lamp is OFF.
Failure to comply could result in death, serious injury, and damage to the drive.
Check wiring and peripheral device ratings to identify the cause of trips.
Contact your supplier if the cause cannot be identified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a dynamic braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring after installing the drive and connecting other devices to ensure that all connections are correct.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 175
2
2.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
2.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
This section offers helpful information for counteracting oscillation, hunting, and other problems that occur while performing a trial run. Refer to the section below that corresponds to the motor control method used.
Note: This section describes commonly edited parameters that may be set incorrectly. Consult Yaskawa for more information on detailed settings and for fine-tuning the drive.
u
Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG
Table 2.1 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in V/f and V/f w/PG
Problem Parameter No.
Corrective Action Default
Suggested
Setting
Motor hunting and oscillation at speeds between 10 and 40 Hz
Hunting Prevention Gain
(n1-02)
• Reduce the setting if insufficient motor torque relative to the size of the load causes hunting.
• Increase the setting when motor hunting and oscillation occur with a light load.
• Reduce the setting if hunting occurs when using a motor with a relatively low inductance, such as a high-frequency motor or a motor with a larger frame size.
1.00
0.10 to 2.00
• Poor torque or speed response
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Poor motor torque at speeds below 10 Hz
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Poor motor torque at low speeds
• Motor instability at motor start
Poor speed precision
(V/f control)
Poor speed precision
(V/f control with PG)
Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time
(C4-02)
• Reduce the setting if motor torque and speed response are too slow.
• Increase the setting if motor hunting and oscillation occur.
200 ms 100 to 1000 ms
Torque Compensation
Gain (C4-01)
• Increase the setting if motor torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz.
• Reduce the setting if motor hunting and oscillation with a relatively light load.
1.00
0.50 to 1.50
Mid Output Voltage A
(E1-08)
Minimum Output
Voltage (E1-10)
Slip Compensation Gain
(C3-01)
• Increase the setting if motor torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz.
• Reduce the setting If motor instability occurs at motor start.
Set the motor-rated current (E2-01), motor-rated slip (E2-02), and motor no-load current (E2-03), then adjust the slip compensation gain (C3-01).
Depends on o2-04, Drive
Model
Selection
0.0
(no slip compensation)
Default setting
±5 V
0.5 to 1.5
ASR Proportional Gain 1
(C5-01)
ASR Integral Time 1
(C5-02)
<1> <2>
Adjust the ASR proportional gain 1 (C5-01) and the ASR integral time 1 (C5-02).
C5-01: 0.20
C5-02: 0.200
Proportional gain =
0.10 to 1.00
Integral time =
0.100 to 2.000
<1> ASR in V/f Control with PG only controls the output frequency, and does not allow the same high gain settings as CLV control.
<2> Refer to C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 53 for details on ASR.
u
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control
Table 2.2 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in OLV
Corrective Action Problem Parameter No.
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor hunting and oscillation at speeds between 10 and 40 Hz
AFR Gain
(n2-01)
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor hunting and oscillation at speeds between 10 and 40 Hz
AFR Time Constant 1
(n2-02)
• Gradually reduce the setting in 0.05 increments if motor torque and speed response are too slow.
• Gradually increase the setting in 0.05 increments if motor hunting and oscillation occur.
• Gradually reduce the setting in 10 ms increments and check the performance to improve motor torque speed response.
• Gradually increase the setting by 50 ms increments and check the performance if motor hunting and oscillation occur as a result of load inertia.
Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When changing n2-02, set
C4-02 (Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Constant 1) accordingly.
Default
1.00
50 ms
Suggested
Setting
0.50 to 2.00
50 to 2000 ms
176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
Problem Parameter No.
Corrective Action Default
Overvoltage trips when accelerating, decelerating, or during sudden speed or load changes
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor hunting and oscillation
Poor speed response and stability
Poor speed precision
Poor speed precision during regenerative operation
• Poor motor torque at low speeds
• Poor speed response
• Motor instability at start
AFR Time Constant 2
(n2-03)
Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time
Constant 2 (C4-06)
Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time
Constant 1 (C4-02)
Slip Compensation
Primary Delay Time
Constant (C3-02)
Slip Compensation Gain
(C3-01)
• Gradually increase the setting in 50 ms increments if overvoltage occurs.
• Gradually reduce the setting in 10 ms increments if response is slow.
Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When making adjustments to n2-03, increase the value of C4-06 (Torque
Compensation Primary Delay Time 2) proportionally.
• Gradually increase the setting in 10 ms increments and check the performance if overvoltage trips occur.
• Gradually reduce the setting in 2 ms increments and check the performance if response is slow.
Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When changing C4-06
(Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Constant 2), increase the value of n2-03 proportionally.
• Gradually reduce the setting in 2 ms increments and check the performance to improve motor torque speed response.
• Gradually increase the setting in 10 ms increments if motor hunting and oscillation occur.
Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When making adjustments to C4-02, increase the AFR time constant
(n2-02) proportionally.
• Gradually reduce the setting in 10 ms increments if response is slow.
• Gradually increase the setting in 10 ms increments if speed is unstable.
• Gradually increase the setting in 0.1 ms increments if speed is too slow.
• Gradually reduce the setting in 0.1 ms increments if speed is too fast.
Slip Compensation
Selection During
Regeneration (C3-04)
Enable slip compensation during regeneration by setting parameter
C3-04 = 1.
Mid Output Voltage A
(E1-08)
Minimum Output
Voltage (E1-10)
750 ms
150 ms
20 ms
200 ms
1.0
0
• Increase the setting if motor torque and speed response are too slow.
• Reduce the setting if the motor exhibits excessive instability at start-up.
Note: When working with a relatively light load, increasing this value too much can cause overtorque.
Depends on o2-04,
Drive
Model
Selection
When using OLV, leave the torque compensation gain (C4-01) at its default setting of 1.00.
Suggested
Setting
750 to 2000 ms
150 to 750 ms
20 to 100 ms
100 to 500 ms
0.5 to 1.5
1
Default setting
±2 V u
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation
Parameters in
indirectly affect motor hunting and oscillation.
Table 2.3 Parameters that Affect Control Performance in Applications
Name
(Parameter No.)
Dwell Function
(b6-01 through b6-04)
Accel/Decel Time
(C1-01 through C1-11)
S-Curve Characteristics
(C2-01 through C2-04)
Jump Frequency
(d3-01 through d3-04)
Analog Filter Time Constant
(H3-13)
Application
Prevents motor speed loss by maintaining the output frequency when working with heavy loads or when there is powerful backlash on the machine side.
Adjusting accel and decel times will affect the torque presented to the motor during acceleration or deceleration.
Prevents shock at the beginning and end of acceleration and deceleration.
Skips over the resonant frequencies of connected machinery.
Prevents fluctuation in the analog input signal due to noise.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 177
2.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
(Parameter No.)
Stall Prevention
Name
(L3-01 through L3-06, L3-11)
Torque Limits
(L7-01 through L7-04, L7-06, L7-07)
Application
• Prevents motor speed loss and overvoltage when the load is too heavy or during sudden acceleration/ deceleration.
• Adjustment is not normally necessary because Stall Prevention is enabled as a default. Set L3-04 to 0 to disable Stall Prevention during deceleration when using a braking resistor.
• Sets the maximum torque for OLV Control.
• Ensure that the drive capacity is greater than the motor capacity when increasing this setting. Motor speed loss may occur with heavy loads.
178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
2.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors u
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Check the digital operator for information about possible faults if the drive or motor fails to operate.
If problems occur that are not covered in this manual, contact the nearest Yaskawa representative with the following information:
• Drive model
• Software version
• Date of purchase
• Description of the problem
Faults
Type
Minor Faults and
Alarms
Operation Errors
Tuning Errors
Copy Function Errors
Table 2.4 Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Drive Response
When the drive detects a fault:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific fault and the ALM indicator LED remains lit until the fault is reset.
• The fault interrupts drive output and the motor coasts to a stop.
• Some faults allow the user to select the stopping method when the fault occurs.
• Fault output terminals MA-MC will close, and MB-MC will open.
The drive will remain inoperable until the fault is cleared.
Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 225
.
When the drive detects an alarm or a minor fault:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific alarm or minor fault, and the ALM indicator LED flashes.
• The drive continues running the motor, although some alarms allow the user to select a stopping method when the alarm occurs.
• A multi-function contact output set to be tripped by a minor fault (H2- oo = 10) closes. If the output is set to be tripped by an alarm, the contact will not close.
• The digital operator displays text indicating a specific alarm and the ALM indicator LED flashes.
Remove the cause of the problem to reset a minor fault or alarm.
An operation error occurs when parameter settings conflict or do not match hardware settings (such as with an option card).
When the drive detects an operation error:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
The drive will not operate the motor until the error has been reset. Correct the settings that caused the operation error to clear the error.
Tuning errors occur while performing Auto-Tuning.
When the drive detects a tuning error:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
• Motor coasts to stop.
Remove the cause of the error and repeat the Auto-Tuning process.
Copy Function Errors occur when using the digital operator or the USB Copy Unit to copy, read, or verify parameter settings.
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
Pressing any key on the digital operator will clear the fault. Investigate the cause of the problem (such as model incompatibility) and try again.
u
Alarm and Error Displays
n Faults
to distinguish between faults and alarms to determine the proper corrective actions.
When the drive detects a fault, the ALM indicator LED lights, the fault code appears on the digital operator, and the fault contact MA-MB-MC triggers. An alarm is present if the ALM LED blinks and the fault code on the digital operator flashes.
Refer to Minor Faults and Alarms on page 181
for a list of alarm codes.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 179
2.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Digital Operator
Display
Name boL Braking Transistor Overload Fault bUS Option Communication Error
Table 2.5 Fault Displays
Page
Digital Operator
Display
, oFA10, oFA11
to oFA12 to oFA17
<1>
,
CE
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
Error
CF Control Fault
CPF11 to
CPF14 Control Circuit Error
CPF16 to
CPF19 Control Circuit Error
CPF02 A/D Conversion Error
to oFA30 to oFA43 oFb00 oFb01 oFb02
Option Card Error
(CN5-A)
Option Card Connection Error
(CN5-A)
Comm Option Card Connection Error
(CN5-A)
Option Card Connection Error
(CN5-B)
Name
Option Card Fault (CN5-B)
Option Card Fault (CN5-B)
,
CPF03 Control Board Connection Error
CPF06 EEPROM Memory Data Error
CPF07,
CPF08 Terminal Board Connection Error
, oFb03, oFb11
to oFb12 to oFb17
Option Card Error (CN5-B)
Option Card Connection Error
(CN5-B)
,
<2>
CPF20,
CPF21 Control Circuit Error
CPF22 Hybrid IC Error
CPF23 Control Board Connection Error
CPF24 Drive Unit Signal Fault
, oFC01 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) oFC02 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) oFC03, oFC11 Option Card Error (CN5-C)
<3>
to
to
,
to
<3>
CPF26 to
CPF34
CPF40 to
CPF45 dEv
Control Circuit Error
Excessive Speed Deviation
(for Control Mode with PG) dFAn Abnormal Diode Module Fan dv1 Z Pulse Fault Detection dv2 Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection dWFL DriveWorksEZ Fault
E5 SI-T3 Watchdog Timer Error
EFAn Abnormal Panel Fan
EF0 Option Card External Fault
EF1 to
EF8
Err
External Fault
(input terminal S1 to S8)
EEPROM Write Error
FAn Internal Fan Fault
FbH Excessive PID Feedback
FbL PID Feedback Loss
GF
LF
Ground Fault
Output Phase Loss
LF2 Current Imbalance
LF3 Power Unit Output Phase Loss 3 nSE Node Setup Error oC Overcurrent oFA01 Option Card Fault (CN5-A)
to oFA03 to oFA06
Option Card Error
(CN5-A)
to oFC12 to oFC17
Option Card Connection Error
(CN5-C)
<3> oH Heatsink Overheat oH1 Heatsink Overheat oH3 Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC input) oH4 Motor Overheat Fault (PTC input) oH5 Motor Overheat (NTC Input) oH6 Converter heating oL1 Motor Overload oL2 Drive Overload oL3 Overtorque Detection 1 oL4 Overtorque Detection 2 oL5 Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 oPr Operator Connection Fault oS
Overspeed
(for Control Mode with PG) ov
PF
PGo
PGoH
Overvoltage
Input Phase Loss
PG Disconnect
(for Control Mode with PG)
PG Hardware Fault
(when using PG-X3)
PUF Fuse is Open rF Braking Resistor Fault rH Dynamic Braking Resistor
<4>
<3> rr Dynamic Braking Transistor
SC IGBT Short Circuit or Ground Fault
SEr Too Many Speed Search Restarts
SvE Zero-Servo Fault
THo Thermistor Disconnect
Page
180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Digital Operator
Display
Name
UL3 Undertorque Detection 1
UL4 Undertorque Detection 2
<3>
UL5 Mechanical Weakening Detection 2
UnbC Current Unbalance
Uv1 Undervoltage
Page
Digital Operator
Display
<3>
Uv3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault
Uv4
Name
Gate Drive Board Undervoltage
Uv5 MC/FAN power malfunction voF Output Voltage Detection Fault
Page
Uv2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage
<1> Displayed as
.
<2> Displayed as
.
when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display will show
when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display will show
<3> Detected in models CIMR-A o 4A0930 and 4A1200.
<4> Available in drive software versions 1015 and later for standard A1000 and 1012 and later for A1000 HHP models.
n Minor Faults and Alarms
for an overview of possible alarm codes. Conditions such as overvoltages can trip faults and alarms. It is important to distinguish between faults and alarms to determine the proper corrective actions.
When the drive detects an alarm, the ALM indicator LED blinks and the alarm code display flashes. Most alarms trigger a digital output programmed for alarm output (H2oo = 10). A fault (not an alarm) is present if the ALM LED lights without blinking.
Refer to Faults on page 179 for information on fault codes.
Digital Operator
Display
Name
AEr
SI-T Station Number Setting
Error (CC-Link, CANopen,
MECHATROLINK-II) bb Drive Baseblock boL bUS
Braking Transistor Overload
Fault
Option Card Communications
Error
Table 2.6 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays
Minor Fault
Output
(H2oo =
10)
Page
Digital Operator
Display
YES
No output
YES
YES
LT-1
LT-2
LT-3
LT-4
Name
Minor Fault
Output
(H2oo =
10)
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time No output
Capacitor Maintenance Time
Soft Charge Bypass Relay
Maintenance Time
No output
<1>
No output
<1>
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) No output
YES
YES
YES
oH Heatsink Overheat oH2 Drive Overheat oH3 Motor Overheat
YES
YES
YES
CE
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communication Error
CrST Cannot Reset dEv
Excessive Speed Deviation
(for Control Mode with PG) dFAn Abnormal Diode Module Fan dnE Drive Disabled dWAL DriveWorksEZ Alarm
E5 SI-T3 Watchdog Timer Error
EF Run Command Input Error
EFAn Abnormal Panel Fan
EF0 Option Card External Fault
to EF1 to
EF8
External Fault
(input terminal S1 to S8)
FbH Excessive PID Feedback
FbL PID Feedback Loss
Hbb Safe Disable Signal Input <3>
HbbF Safe Disable Signal Input <3>
HCA Current Alarm
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
<2> oH5 oL3 oL4 oL5 oS
PGo rUn
SE
Motor Overheat (NTC Input)
Overtorque 1
Overtorque 2
Mechanical Weakening
Detection 1
Overspeed
(for Control Mode with PG) ov Overvoltage
PG Disconnect
(for Control Mode with PG)
During Run 2, Motor Switch
Command Input
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode
Fault
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
No output
YES
YES
YES
YES
Page
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 181
2.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Digital Operator
Display
Name
Minor Fault
Output
(H2oo =
10)
Page
Digital Operator
Display
Name
Minor Fault
Output
(H2oo =
10)
Page
<2>
THo Thermistor Disconnect
TrPC IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)
UL3 Undertorque 1
UL4 Undertorque 2
YES
YES
YES
YES
UL5
Uv voF
Mechanical Weakening
Detection 2
Undervoltage
Output Voltage Detection Fault
YES
YES
YES
<1> Output when H2oo = 2F.
<2> Detected in models CIMR-A o 4A0930, 4A1200 and A1000 HHP.
<3> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-1, ISO/EN
13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.
n Operation Errors
Table 2.7 Operation Error Displays
Digital Operator
Display
Name oPE01 Drive Unit Setting Error oPE02 Parameter Setting Range Error oPE03 Multi-Function Input Setting Error
Page
Digital Operator
Display oPE08 oPE09 oPE10
Name
Parameter Selection Error
PID Control Selection Error
V/f Data Setting Error oPE04 Terminal Board Mismatch Error oPE05 Run Command Selection Error oPE06 Control Method Selection Error oPE07
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection
Error
Page
oPE13 Pulse Train Monitor Selection Error oPE15 Torque Control Setting Error oPE16 Energy Saving Constants Error
oPE18 Online Tuning Parameter Setting Error
n Auto-Tuning Errors
Digital Operator
Display
Name
End1 Excessive V/f Setting
End2
Table 2.8 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
Page
Digital Operator
Display
Er-08 Rated Slip Error
Name
Motor Iron Core Saturation Coefficient
Error
Er-09
Er-10
Acceleration Error
Motor Direction Error
End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm
End4
Adjusted Slip Value Fell Below Lower
Limit
Er-11
Er-12
Motor Speed Error
Current Detection Error
End5 Resistance Between Lines Error
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm
End7 No-Load Current Alarm
Er-13 Leakage Inductance Error
Er-14 Motor Speed Error 2
Er-15 Torque Saturation Error
Er-01 Motor Data Error
Er-02 Alarm
Er-03 STOP Button Input
Er-17 Reverse Prohibited Error
Er-18 Induction Voltage Error
Er-19 PM Inductance Error
Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error
Er-05 No-Load Current Error
Er-20 Stator Resistance Error
Er-21 Z Pulse Correction Error
Page
n Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function
Table 2.9 Copy Errors
Digital Operator
Display
Name Page
CoPy Writing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Digital Operator
Display
Name dFPS Drive Model Mismatch
CPEr Control Mode Mismatch
CPyE Error Writing Data
CSEr Copy Unit Error
End Task Complete iFEr Communication Error
Page
182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Digital Operator
Display
Name ndAT
Model, Voltage Class, Capacity
Mismatch rdEr Error Reading Data rEAd
Reading Parameter Settings
(Flashing) vAEr Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Page
2.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Digital Operator
Display vFyE vrFy
Name
Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same
Comparing Parameter Settings
(Flashing)
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 183
2
2.4 Fault Detection
2.4 Fault Detection u
Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Faults are detected for drive protection, and cause the drive to stop while triggering the fault output terminal MA-MB-MC.
Remove the cause of the fault and manually clear the fault before attempting to run the drive again.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Table 2.10 Detailed Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions boL
The wrong braking resistor is installed
Use a regen converter, regen unit, braking unit, or other device to connect the +1 or +3 terminal to the - terminal.
Fault Name
Braking Transistor Overload Fault
The braking transistor reached its overload level.
Select the correct braking resistor.
Possible Solution
Set L8-55 to 0 to disable Internal Braking Transistor Protection.
The braking transistor use rate is high (i.e., the regen converter is large or the repetition frequency is high).
• Change to a CDBR type braking unit.
• Change to a regen converter.
• Increase the deceleration time.
The braking transistor inside the drive is faulty.
Replace the drive.
Communication data error occurred due to noise
The option card is damaged
The option card is not properly connected to the drive
Digital Operator Display bUS
Cause
No signal was received from the PLC
Faulty communications wiring or an existing short circuit
Fault Name
Option Communication Error
• The connection was lost after establishing initial communication.
• Only detected when the run command frequency reference is assigned to an option card.
Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits and repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge absorbers if necessary.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or the drive input power side.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Replace the option card if there are no problems with the wiring and the error continues to occur.
• The connector pins on the option card do not line up properly with the connector pins on the drive.
• Reinstall the option card.
Communication data error occurred due to noise
Digital Operator Display
Cause
CE
Faulty communications wiring or an existing short circuit
Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
Control data was not received for the CE detection time set to H5-09.
Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits and repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Motor parameters are set improperly
Torque limit is too low
Load inertia is too big
CF
Fault Name
Control Fault
The torque limit was reached continuously for three seconds after the Stop command was input and deceleration was not possible in OLV Control.
Possible Solution
Check the motor parameter settings and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Set the torque limit to the most appropriate setting (L7-01 through L7-04).
• Adjust the deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
• Set the frequency to the minimum value and interrupt the Run command when the drive finishes decelerating.
Digital Operator Display
or
CPF11 to CPF14
CPF16 to CPF19
Cause
Control Circuit Error
Fault Name
There is a self-diagnostic error in the control circuit
Connector on the operator is damaged
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Replace the operator.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Control circuit is damaged
CPF02
Fault Name
A/D Conversion Error
An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
There is a connection error
CPF03
Fault Name
Control Board Connection Error
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Drive fails to operate properly due to electrical signal interference
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
CPF06
There is an error in EEPROM control circuit
Fault Name
EEPROM Memory Data Error
Error in the data saved to EEPROM
Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
The power supply was switched off while parameters were being saved to the drive
Reinitialize the drive (A1-03 = 2220, 3330).
Digital Operator Display
CPF07
CPF08
Cause
Terminal Board Connection Error
Fault Name
Possible Solution
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 185
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
There is a faulty connection between the terminal board and the control board
Fault Name
• Turn off the power and reconnect the terminal board.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display
or CPF20 or CPF21 Control Circuit Error
Cause
Hardware is damaged
Fault Name
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
CPF22
Hybrid IC failure on the power board
Fault Name
Hybrid IC Failure
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the power board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the power board.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Hardware is damaged
CPF23
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Hardware is damaged
CPF24
Digital Operator Display
to
to
Cause
Hardware is damaged
CPF26 to CPF35
CPF40 to CPF45
Fault Name
Control Board Connection Error
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Fault Name
Drive Unit Signal Fault
The drive capacity cannot be detected correctly (drive capacity is checked when the drive is powered up).
Possible Solution
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Fault Name
Control Circuit Error
CPU error
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display dEv
Cause
Load is too heavy
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too short
The load is locked up
Parameters are not set appropriately
Fault Name
Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with PG and AOLV/PM without PG)
The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time set to F1-11.
Possible Solution
Reduce the load.
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
Incorrect speed feedback scaling when using terminal RP as speed feedback input in V/f control
Check the machine.
Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11.
• Set H6-02 to the same value as the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at maximum speed.
• Adjust the speed feedback signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
• Make sure the speed feedback signal frequency does not exceed the maximum input frequency of terminal RP.
186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Motor brake is engaged Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
Fault Name
Digital Operator Display
Cause dFAn
Diode module cooling fan has malfunctioned.
Fault Name
Abnormal Diode Module Fan
Displays when diode converter module(s) has a fan fault
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• Check for fan operation.
• Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan with monitor U4-03, and verify the cumulative operation time of the fan maintenance timer with U4-04.
• If the cooling fan has exceeded its expected performance life or is damaged in any other way, replace the cooling fan.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name dv1
Z Pulse Fault (CLV/PM control mode only)
The motor turned one full rotation without the Z Pulse being detected.
Possible Solution Cause
PG encoder is disconnected, improperly wired, or the PG option card or PG encoder are damaged
• Make sure the PG encoder is properly connected and all shielded lines are properly grounded.
• If the problem continues after cycling power, replace the PG option card or the PG encoder.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection (CLV/PM control mode only) dv2
Cause
Noise interference along the PG cable
PG cable is not wired properly
The Z Pulse is out of phase by more than 5 degrees for 10 consecutive revolutions.
Possible Solution
Separate the PG cable lines from the source of the noise.
Rewire the PG encoder and properly ground all shielded lines.
PG option card or the PG encoder are damaged If the problem continues after cycling power, replace the PG option card or the PG encoder.
Fault Name Digital Operator Display dWAL dWFL
Cause
Fault output by DriveWorksEZ
DriveWorksEZ Fault
Correct the cause of the fault.
Possible Solution
Digital Operator Display
Cause
E5
Data has not been received from the PLC
Digital Operator Display
Panel fan or panel fan control has malfunctioned
Cause
EFAn
Fault Name
MECHATROLINK Watchdog Timer Error
The watchdog timed out.
Possible Solution
Execute DISCONNECT or ALM_CLR, then issue a CONNECT command or SYNC_SET command and proceed to phase 3. Refer to the SI-T3 Option Technical Manual for more details on troubleshooting.
Fault Name
Abnormal Panel Fan
Displays when the Panel Fan Control detects a fan fault
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• Check for fan operation.
• Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan with monitor U4-03, and verify the cumulative operation time of the fan maintenance timer with U4-04.
• If the cooling fan has exceeded its expected performance life or is damaged in any other way, replace the cooling fan.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 187
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
EF0
Cause
An external fault was received from the PLC and F6-03 is set to a value other than 3.
Problem with the PLC program
Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
An external fault condition is present.
Possible Solution
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
Check the PLC program and correct problems.
Digital Operator Display
EF1
Fault Name
External Fault (input terminal S1)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
EF2
External Fault (input terminal S2)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External Fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External Fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External Fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External Fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External Fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
External Fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
Cause
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.
Possible Solution
An external device tripped an alarm function Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the fault.
Wiring is incorrect
Multi-function contact input setting is incorrect
• Properly connect the signal lines to the terminals assigned for external fault detection
(H1oo = 20 to 2B).
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check for unused terminals set for H1oo = 20 to 2B (External Fault).
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Err
EEPROM Write Error
Data cannot be written to the EEPROM
Hardware problem
Cause
Noise has corrupted data while writing to the
EEPROM
Possible Solution
• Press “ENTER” on the digital operator.
• Correct the parameter setting.
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display
FAn
Internal Fan Fault
Fan or magnetic contactor failure
Fault Name
Cause Possible Solution
188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
Internal cooling fan has malfunctioned
Fault detected in the internal cooling fan or magnetic contactor to the power supply.
• Cycle power to the drive.
• Check for fan operation.
• Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan with monitor U4-03, and verify the cumulative operation time of the fan maintenance timer with U4-04.
• If the cooling fan has exceeded its expected performance life or is damaged in any other way, replace the cooling fan.
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the fault continues to occur, replace the power board/gate drive board or the entire drive.
• Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the power board/gate drive board.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Parameters are set inappropriately
Incorrect PID feedback wiring
FbH
There is a problem with the feedback sensor
Fault Name
Excessive PID Feedback
PID feedback input is greater than the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Set b5-12 to 2 or 5 to enable fault detection.
Possible Solution
Check b5-36 and b5-37 settings.
Correct the wiring.
• Check the sensor on the control side.
• Replace the sensor if damaged.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Parameters are set inappropriately
Incorrect PID feedback wiring
FbL
There is a problem with the feedback sensor
Fault Name
PID Feedback Loss
PID feedback loss detection is programmed to trigger a fault (b5-12 = 2 or 5) and the PID feedback level is below the detection level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14.
Possible Solution
Check b5-13 and b5-14 settings.
Correct the wiring.
• Check the sensor on the control side.
• Replace the sensor if damaged.
Digital Operator Display
A damaged motor cable is creating a short circuit
The drive performed a current offset adjustment while the motor was rotating
Hardware problem
Cause
Motor insulation is damaged
GF
Excessive leakage current at the drive output
Fault Name
Ground Fault
• A current short to ground exceeded 50% of rated current on the output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-09 to 1 enables ground fault detection.
Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance of the motor.
• Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cable.
• Remove the short circuit and reapply power to the drive
• Check the resistance between the cable and the ground terminal .
• Replace the cable.
• Reduce the carrier frequency.
• Reduce the amount of stray capacitance.
• The set value exceeds the allowable setting range while the drive automatically adjusts the current offset. This generally only happens when attempting to restart a PM motor that is coasting to stop.
• Set b3-01 to 1 to enable Speed Search at Start.
• Perform Speed Search 1 or 2 (H1oo = 61 or 62) via one of the external terminals.
Note: Speed Searches 1 and 2 are the same when using OLV/PM.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
LF
Fault Name
Output Phase Loss
• Phase loss on the output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-07 to 1 or 2 enables Phase Loss Detection.
Possible Solution
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 189
2.4 Fault Detection
The output cable is disconnected
The motor winding is damaged
The output terminal is loose
The rated current of the motor being used is less than 5% of the drive rated current
An output transistor is damaged
A single-phase motor is being used
• Check for wiring errors and properly connect the output cable.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check the resistance between motor lines.
• Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
• Check for loose terminals.
Check the drive and motor capacities.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
The drive cannot operate a single phase motor.
Phase loss has occurred on the output side of the drive
Digital Operator Display
Cause
The output circuit is damaged
LF2
Motor impedance or motor phases are uneven
Fault Name
Output Current Imbalance
One or more of the phases in the output current are lost.
Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring or poor connections on the output side of the drive.
• Correct the wiring.
Terminal wires are loose on the output side of the drive
Check for loose terminals.
If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
• Measure the line-to-line resistance for each motor phase. Ensure all values match.
• Replace the motor.
Digital Operator Display
The gate drive board in the power unit is damaged.
<1>
Cause
LF3
Fault Name
Power Unit Output Phase Loss 3
• Phase loss occurred on the output side
• Setting L8-78 to 1 enables Power Unit Output Phase Loss Protection
Possible Solution
continues to occur, replace the gate drive board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the gate drive board.
Cable to the current detection circuit in the power unit is damaged or not connected properly.
Cable between the output rector and the power unit is loose or not connected.
Check for incorrect wiring and correct any wiring mistakes.
Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for instructions.
<1> Detected in models 4A0930 and 4A1200.
Digital Operator Display nSE
Fault Name
Node Setup Error
A terminal assigned to the node setup function closed during run.
Possible Solution Cause
The node setup terminal closed during run.
A Run command was issued while the node setup function was active.
Stop the drive when using the node setup function.
Digital Operator Display
The motor has been damaged due to overheating or the motor insulation is damaged
Cause oC
Fault Name
Overcurrent
Drive sensors detected an output current greater than the specified overcurrent level.
Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance.
• Replace the motor.
190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
One of the motor cables has shorted out or there is a grounding problem
The load is too heavy
The acceleration or deceleration times are too short
The drive is attempting to operate a specialized motor or a motor larger than the maximum size allowed
V/f setting is not operating as expected
Excessive torque compensation
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference
Overexcitation gain is set too high
Run command was applied while motor was coasting
The motor control method and motor do not match
• Check the motor cables.
• Remove the short circuit and reapply power to the drive.
• Check the resistance between the motor cables and the ground terminal .
• Replace damaged cables.
• Measure the current flowing into the motor.
• Replace the drive with a larger capacity drive if the current value exceeds the rated current.
• Determine if there is sudden fluctuation in the current level.
• Reduce the load to avoid sudden changes in the current level or switch to a larger drive.
Calculate the torque needed during acceleration relative to the load inertia and the specified acceleration time. If it is not possible to set the proper amount of torque, make the following changes:
• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07)
• Increase the S-curve characteristics (C2-01 through C2-04)
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
• Check the motor capacity.
• Ensure that the rated capacity of the drive is greater than or equal to the capacity rating found on the motor nameplate.
Magnetic contactor (MC) on the output side of the drive has turned on or off
Set up the operation sequence so the MC does not trip while the drive is outputting current.
• Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
• Set parameters E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately (E3-04 through E3-10 for motor 2).
• Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
• Check the amount of torque compensation.
• Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
• Review the possible solutions provided for handling noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference on page
231 and check the control circuit lines,
main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Check if the fault occurs simultaneously with overexcitation function operation.
• Consider motor flux saturation and reduce the value of n3-13 (Overexcitation Deceleration Gain).
• Set b3-01 to 1 to enable Speed Search at Start.
• Program the Speed Search command input through one of the multi-function contact input terminals
(H1oo = 61 or 62).
• Check the control mode.
• For IM motors, set A1-02 to 0, 1, 2, or 3.
The rated output current of the drive is too small
Use a larger drive.
Digital Operator Display oFA00
Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A
Option compatibility error
Possible Solution Cause
The option card installed into port CN5-A is incompatible with the drive
A PG option card is connected to option port
CN5-A
Check if the drive supports the option card to be installed. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
PG option cards are supported by option ports CN5-B and CN5-C only. Connect the PG option card to the correct option port.
Digital Operator Display
Cause oFA01
The option card connection to port CN5-A is faulty
Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A
Option not properly connected
Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
• If the option is not a communication option card, try to use the card in a different option port. If the option card works properly in a different option port, CN5-A is damaged, and the drive requires replacement. If the error persists (oFb01 or oFC01 occur), replace the option card.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 191
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
to oFA03 to oFA06
,
to
Fault Name
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port CN5-A oFA10, oFA11 oFA12 to oFA17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A)
to
Cause oFA30 to oFA43 Communication Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A)
Option card or hardware is damaged
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display oFb00
Cause
The option card installed into port CN5-B is incompatible with the drive
A communication option card has been installed in option port CN5-B
Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
Option compatibility error
Possible Solution
Make sure the drive supports the option card to be installed. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
Communication option cards are only supported by option port CN5-A. It is not possible to install more than one communication option.
Digital Operator Display
Cause oFb01
The option card connection to port CN5-B is faulty
Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
Option not properly connected
Possible Solution
• Turn off the power and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
• Try to use the card in a different option port (in case of a PG option, use port CN5-C). If the option card works properly in a different option port, CN5-B is damaged, and the drive requires replacement.
If the error persists (oFA01 or oFC01 occur), replace the option card.
Digital Operator Display oFb02
An option card of the same type is already installed in option port CN5-A
An input option card is already installed in option port CN5-A
Cause
Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
Same type of option card is currently connected
Possible Solution
Except for PG options, only one of each option card type can only be installed simultaneously. Make sure only one type of option card is connected.
Install a communication option, a digital input option, or an analog input option. More than one of the same type of card cannot be installed simultaneously.
Digital Operator Display
to oFb03 to oFb11
to oFb12 to oFb17
Cause
Fault Name
Option card error occurred at Option Port CN5-B
Option card or hardware is damaged
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Digital Operator Display oFC00
Cause
The option card installed into port CN5-C is incompatible with the drive
A communication option card has been installed in option port CN5-C
Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C
Option compatibility error
Possible Solution
Confirm that the drive supports the option card to be installed. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
Communication option cards are only supported by option port CN5-A. It is not possible to install more than one communication option.
192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Cause oFC01
The option card connection to port CN5-C is faulty.
Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
Option not properly connected
Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
• Try to use the card in a different option port (in case of a PG option, use port CN5-B). If the option card works properly in a different option port, CN5-C is damaged, and the drive requires replacement.
If the error persists (oFA01 or oFb01 occur), replace the option card.
Digital Operator Display
Cause oFC02
An option card of the same type is already installed in option port CN5-A or CN5-B.
An input option card is already installed in option port CN5-A or CN5-B.
Three PG option boards are installed.
Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
Same type of option card is currently connected
Possible Solution
Except for PG options, only one of each option card type can only be installed simultaneously. Make sure only one type of option card is connected.
Install a communication option, a digital input option, or an analog input option. More than one of the same type of card cannot be installed simultaneously.
A maximum of two PG option boards can be used simultaneously. Remove the PG option board installed into option port CN5-A.
Digital Operator Display
to oFC03 to oFC11
to oFC12 to oFC17
Cause
Fault Name
Option card or hardware is damaged
Digital Operator Display
Load is too heavy
Load is too heavy
Cause
Surrounding temperature is too high
Internal cooling fan is stopped
Digital Operator Display
Cause oH oH1
Surrounding temperature is too high
Option Card Error Occurred at Option Port CN5-C
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board or the entire drive. Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for instructions on replacing the control board.
Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
The heatsink temperature exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. The default value for L8-02 is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
• Decrease the load.
• Replace the cooling fan.
• After replacing the cooling fan, set parameter o4-03 to 0 to reset the cooling fan maintenance.
Fault Name
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat)
The heatsink temperature exceeded the drive overheat level. Overheat level is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
• Reduce the load.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 193
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Motor has overheated
Cause
Motor has overheated oH3
Digital Operator Display oH4
Fault Name
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input)
• The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 exceeded the alarm detection level.
• Detection requires setting multi-function analog inputs H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 to E.
Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10) by reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
• Do not set E1-08 and E1-10 too low. This reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current to parameter E2-01 as indicated on the motor nameplate.
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Fault Name
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)
• The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 exceeded the fault detection level.
• Detection requires setting multi-function analog inputs H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 to E.
Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10) by reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
• Do not set E1-08 and E1-10 too low. This reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current to parameter E2-01 as indicated on the motor nameplate.
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Digital Operator Display
<1>
Cause
Motor has overheated oH5
<1> Detected in models 4A0930 and 4A1200.
Fault Name
Motor Overheat (NTC Input)
The motor temperature exceeded the level set to L1-16 (or L1-18 for motor 2)
Possible Solution
• Reduce the load.
• Check the ambient temperature.
Digital Operator Display
Surrounding temperature of converter heatsink is too high.
Cause oH6
Fault Name
Converter Heating
Displays when a Diode Converter Module(s) have a heat sink overtemperature
Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Cause oL1
Fault Name
Motor Overload
The electronic motor overload protection tripped
Possible Solution
Load is too heavy
Reduce the load.
Note: Reset oL1 when the U4-16 value falls below 100.0%. U4-16 value must be less than 100.0% before oL1 can be reset.
Cycle times are too short during acceleration and deceleration
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
A general-purpose motor is driven below the rated speed with a high load
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the speed.
• If the motor is supposed to operate at low speeds, either increase the motor capacity or use a motor specifically designed to operate in the desired speed range.
V/f characteristics (voltage and frequency) are not suitable
Set the V/f pattern setting parameters (E1-04 to E1-10) to match the motor characteristics.
The wrong motor rated current is set to E2-01
The electrical thermal protection characteristics and motor overload characteristics do not match
The electrical thermal relay is operating at the wrong level
Motor overheated by overexcitation operation
Parameters related to Speed Search are set incorrectly
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current to parameter E2-01 as indicated on the motor nameplate.
• Check the motor characteristics.
• Correct the type of motor protection that has been selected (L1-01).
• Install an external thermal relay.
• Check the current rating listed on the motor nameplate.
• Check the value set for the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Overexcitation increases the motor loss and the motor temperature. Excessive duration of overexcitation may cause motor damage. Prevent excessive overexcitation operation or apply proper cooling to the motor.
• Reduce the excitation deceleration gain (n3-13).
• Set L3-04 (Stall Prevention during Deceleration) to a value other than 4.
• Set n3-23 (Overexcitation Operation Selection) to 0 (disabled).
• Check values set to Speed Search related parameters.
• Adjust the Speed Search current and Speed Search deceleration times (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
• After Auto-Tuning, set b3-24 to 1 to enable Speed Estimation Speed Search.
Output current fluctuation due to power supply loss
Check the power supply for phase loss.
Digital Operator Display oL2
Fault Name
Drive Overload
The thermal sensor of the drive triggered overload protection.
Possible Solution Cause
Load is too heavy Reduce the load.
Acceleration or deceleration time is too short Increase the settings for the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
The output voltage is too high
Drive capacity is too small
Overload occurred when operating at low speeds
Excessive torque compensation
Parameters related to Speed Search are set incorrectly
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10) by reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
• Do not lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively. This reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
Replace the drive with a larger model.
• Reduce the load when operating at low speeds.
• Replace the drive with a model that is one frame size larger.
Reduce the torque compensation gain in parameter C4-01 until there is no speed loss but less current.
• Check the settings for all Speed Search related parameters.
• Adjust the current used during Speed Search (b3-03) and the Speed Search deceleration time (b3-02).
• After Auto-Tuning, set b3-24 to 1 to enable Speed Estimation Speed Search.
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss
Check the power supply for phase loss.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 195
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display oL3
Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load
Fault on the machine side (e.g., machine is locked up)
Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 1
The current has exceeded the value set for Torque Detection Level 1 (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Possible Solution
Check L6-02 and L6-03 settings.
Check the status of the load. Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display oL4
Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load
Overtorque Detection 2
Fault Name
The current has exceeded the value set for Torque Detection Level 2 (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).
Possible Solution
Check the settings of parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
Digital Operator Display oL5
Cause
Overtorque triggered mechanical weakening detection level set to L6-08
Fault Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1
Overtorque occurred, matching the conditions specified in L6-08.
Possible Solution
Identify the cause of mechanical weakening.
Digital Operator Display
Cause oPr
External operator is not properly connected to the drive
Fault Name
External Digital Operator Connection Fault
The external operator has been disconnected from the drive.
Note: An oPr fault will occur when all of the following conditions are true:
• Output is interrupted when the operator is disconnected (o2-06 = 1).
• The Run command is assigned to the operator (b1-02 = 0 and LOCAL has been selected).
Possible Solution
• Check the connection between the operator and the drive.
• Replace the cable if damaged.
• Turn off the drive input power and disconnect the operator. Reconnect the operator and reapply drive input power.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Cause
Overshoot is occurring oS
Overspeed
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Possible Solution
• Reduce the C5-01, Speed Control Proportional Gain 1, setting and increase the C5-02, Speed Control
Integral Time 1, setting.
• If using Closed Loop Vector mode, enable Feed Forward and perform Inertia Auto-Tuning.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal
RP is used as speed feedback input in V/f control
• Set H6-02 to the value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
• Adjust the input signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
Incorrect number of PG pulses has been set Check and correct parameter F1-01.
Inappropriate parameter settings Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).
Digital Operator Display
Cause ov
Fault Name
Overvoltage
Voltage in the DC bus has exceeded the overvoltage detection level.
• For 400 V class drives: approximately 820 V (740 V when E1-01 is less than 400)
• For 575 V class drives: approximately 1040 V
• For 690 V class drives: approximately DC1200 V
Possible Solution
196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
Deceleration time is too short and regenerative energy is flowing from the motor into the drive
Fast acceleration time causes the motor to overshoot the speed reference
Excessive braking load
Surge voltage entering from the drive input power
Ground fault in the output circuit causes the
DC bus capacitor to overcharge
Improper parameters related to Speed Search
(including Speed Search after a momentary power loss and after a fault restart)
• Increase the deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
• Install a dynamic braking resistor or a dynamic braking resistor unit.
• Set L3-04 to 1 to enable stall prevention during deceleration. Stall Prevention is enabled as the default setting.
• Check if sudden drive acceleration triggers an overvoltage alarm.
• Increase the acceleration time.
• Use longer S-curve acceleration and deceleration times.
• Enable the Overvoltage Suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
• Lengthen the S-curve at acceleration end.
The braking torque was too high, causing regenerative energy to charge the DC bus. Reduce the braking torque, use a dynamic braking option, or lengthen decel time.
Install a DC link choke.
Note: Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and phase advancing capacitor using the same input power supply.
• Check the motor wiring for ground faults.
• Correct grounding shorts and reapply power.
• Check the settings for Speed Search-related parameters.
• Enable Speed Search restart function (b3-19 greater than or equal to 1 to 10).
• Adjust the current level during Speed Search and the deceleration time (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
• Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance and then set b3-14 to 1 to enable Speed
Estimation Speed Search.
Drive input power voltage is too high
The braking transistor or braking resistor are wired incorrectly
PG cable is disconnected
PG cable wiring is wrong
Noise interference along the PG encoder wiring
• Check the voltage.
• Lower drive input power voltage within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Check braking transistor and braking resistor wiring for errors.
• Properly rewire the braking resistor device.
Reconnect the cable.
Correct the wiring.
Separate the wiring from the source of the noise. Often, this is the output lines from the drive.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference
Motor hunting occurs
• Review the list of possible solutions provided for controlling noise.
• Review the section on handling noise interference on page
231 and check the control circuit lines,
main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
Load inertia is set incorrectly
• Check the load inertia settings when using KEB, overvoltage suppression, or Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Braking function is being used in OLV/PM Connect a braking resistor.
• Adjust the parameters that control hunting.
• Set the gain for Hunting Prevention (n1-02).
• Adjust the AFR time constant (n2-02 and n2-03).
Digital Operator Display
Cause
PF
Fault Name
Input Phase Loss
Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected when
L8-05 is set 1 (enabled).
Possible Solution
There is phase loss in the drive input power
There is loose wiring in the drive input power terminals
• Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals are tightened properly.
• Check for loose terminals.
There is excessive fluctuation in the drive input power voltage
• Check the voltage from the drive input power.
• Review the possible solutions for stabilizing the drive input power.
There is poor balance between voltage phases Stabilize drive input power or disable phase loss detection.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 197
2.4 Fault Detection
The main circuit capacitors are worn
Digital Operator Display
PGo
Cause
PG cable is disconnected
PG cable wiring is wrong
PG has no power
PG encoder brake is clamped shut
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace the capacitor if U4-05 is greater than 90%. For instructions on replacing the capacitor, contact
Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
Check for problems with the drive input power. If drive input power appears normal but the alarm continues to occur, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
Fault Name
PG Disconnect (for any control modes using a PG option card)
No PG pulses are received for longer than the time set to F1-14.
Possible Solution
Reconnect the cable.
Correct the wiring.
Check the power line to the PG encoder.
Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
PG cable is disconnected
PGoH
Fault Name
PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option card)
PG cable is not connected properly.
Possible Solution
Reconnect the cable and check the setting of F1-20.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
PUF
Main transistor failure, or one or more module
DC Bus Fuses is/are open
Fault Name
Fuse is Open
One of the Module DC Bus Fuses is/are open.
Possible Solution
• Use monitor U2-28 to identify the defective module(s)
• Replace or repair the defective module..
Digital Operator Display rF
Cause
The proper braking resistor option has not been installed
Fault Name
Braking Resistor Fault
The resistance of the braking resistor is too low.
Possible Solution
Select a braking resistor option that it fits the drive braking transistor specification.
Deceleration time is too short and excessive regenerative energy is flowing back into the drive
Digital Operator Display
Cause rH
Fault Name
Braking Resistor Overheat
Braking resistor protection was triggered.
Possible Solution
• Check the load, deceleration time, and speed.
• Reduce the load inertia.
• Increase the deceleration times (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08, C1-09).
• Replace the dynamic braking option with a larger device that can handle the power that is discharged.
Excessive braking inertia
Recalculate braking load and braking power. Reduce the braking load by adjusting braking resistor settings.
The braking operation duty cycle is too high Check the braking operation duty cycle. Braking resistor protection for ERF-type braking resistors
The proper braking resistor has not been installed
• Check the specifications and conditions for the braking resistor device.
• Select the optimal braking resistor.
Note: The magnitude of the braking load trips the braking resistor overheat alarm, NOT the surface temperature. Using the braking resistor more frequently than its rating permits will trip the alarm even when the braking resistor surface is not very hot.
Digital Operator Display
Cause rr
Fault Name
Dynamic Braking Transistor
The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.
Possible Solution
198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
The braking transistor is damaged
The control circuit is damaged
Fault Name
• Cycle power to the drive and check for reoccurrence of the fault.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
Digital Operator Display
<1>
SC
Fault Name
Output Short Circuit or IGBT Fault
Short circuit or ground fault is detected.
Note: Fault reset will not be received to prevent a short-circuit of the internal circuitry caused by the IGBP fault.
Possible Solution Cause
The drive is damaged
• Check the drive output side short circuit for a broken output transistor
B1 and U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
– and U/T1, V/T2, W/T3
• Contact your Yaskawa representative or nearest Yaskawa sales office.
Motor has been damaged from overheat or the motor insulation has been weakened.
Check the motor insulation resistance and replace the motor if continuity is detected.
The cable is damaged and is coming into contact with something causing a short circuit. Check the motor power cable and repair any short circuits.
Hardware fault.
A short circuit or grounding fault on the drive output side has damaged the output transistors. Make sure drive output is not shorted as follows:
B1←→U, V, W
– ←→U, V, W
The above short circuit will damage the output transistors. Contact your Yaskawa representative or sales offices for assistance.
Digital Operator Display
SEr
Fault Name
Too Many Speed Search Restarts
The number of Speed Search restarts exceeded the value set to b3-19.
Parameters related to Speed Search are set to the wrong values
Cause Possible Solution
• Reduce the detection compensation gain during Speed Search (b3-10).
• Increase the current level when attempting Speed Search (b3-17).
• Increase the detection time during Speed Search (b3-18).
• Repeat Auto-Tuning.
The motor is coasting in the opposite direction of the Run command
Set b3-14 to 1 to enable Bi-Directional Speed Search.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Torque limit is set too low
SvE
Excessive load torque
Electrical signal interference along PG encoder wiring
Fault Name
Zero Servo Fault
Position deviation during zero servo.
Possible Solution
Set the torque limit to an appropriate value using parameters L7-01 to L7-04.
Reduce the amount of load torque.
Check the PG signal for electrical signal interference.
Digital Operator Display
<1>
THo
Cause
The motor thermistor is not connected properly.
<1> Detected in models 4A0930 and 4A1200.
Fault Name
Thermistor Disconnect
The thermistor that detects motor temperature has become disconnected.
Possible Solution
Check the thermistor wiring.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 199
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
UL3
Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for Torque Detection Level 1 (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Possible Solution Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load
There is a fault on the machine side
Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display
UL4
Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for Torque Detection Level 2 (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).
Possible Solution Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load
There is a fault on the machine side
Check L6-05 and L6-06 settings
Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display
UL5
Cause
Undertorque was detected and matched the conditions for mechanical loss detection set to
L6-08
Fault Name
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2
The operation conditions matched the conditions set to L6-08.
Possible Solution
Check the load side for any problems.
Digital Operator Display
<1>
Cause
The internal current sensor has detected a current unbalance situation.
UnbC
<1> Detected in models 4A0930 and 4A1200.
Fault Name
Current Unbalance
Current flow has become unbalanced.
Possible Solution
• Check wiring
• Check for damaged transistors.
• Check for short circuits or grounding problems on the connected motor.
Digital Operator Display
There is a problem with the voltage from the drive input power
Cause
Input power phase loss
One of the drive input power wiring terminals is loose
The power has been interrupted
Uv1
The main circuit capacitors are worn
Fault Name
DC Bus Undervoltage
Voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level (L2-05).
• For 400 V class drives: approximately 380 V (350 V when E1-01 is less than 400)
• For 575 V class drives: approximately 475 V
• For 690 V class drives: approximately 570 V
The fault is output only if L2-01 is set to 0 or 1 and the DC bus voltage has fallen below the level set to
L2-05 for longer than the time set to L2-02.
Possible Solution
• The main circuit drive input power is wired incorrectly.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure there are no loose terminals.
• Check for loose terminals.
• Check the voltage.
• Correct the voltage to be within the range listed in drive input power specifications.
• If there is no problem with the power supply to the main circuit, check for problems with the main circuit magnetic contactor.
Correct the drive input power.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.4 Fault Detection
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass circuit is damaged
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Uv3
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass relay is damaged
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
• Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
Digital Operator Display
Internal circuitry is damaged
Uv2
Control power supply wiring is damaged
Fault Name
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault
Voltage is too low for the control drive input power.
Cause
In drive models 2A0004 to 2A0056 or 4A0002 to 4A0031, L2-02 was changed from its default value without installing a Momentary
Power Loss Ride-Thru unit
Possible Solution
Correct the setting to L2-02 or install an optional Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru unit.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board, the entire drive, or the control power supply. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
Fault Name
Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Relay Fault)
The soft-charge bypass relay failed.
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass relay.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
Digital Operator Display
<1>
Cause
Uv4
Not enough power is being supplied to the gate drive board.
Fault Name
Gate Drive Board Undervoltage
Voltage drop in the gate drive board circuit
Possible Solution
• If the problem continues, replace either the gate drive board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the gate drive board, contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
<1> Detected in models 4A0930 and 4A1200.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Uv5
Cause
Internal drive module MC / FAN power supply is low.
Digital Operator Display voF
Cause
MC/FAN power malfunction
Internal drive module MC / FAN power supply does not function properly.
Possible Solution
• Power the drive ON/OFF to verify operation.
• Refer to the manual section on how to restart the drive after an error.
• If the error occurs again replace the defective module or defective circuit board..
Fault Name
Output Voltage Detection Fault
Problem detected with the voltage on the output side of the drive.
Possible Solution
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 201
2.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Hardware is damaged. Internal drive module
MC / FAN overheat protection circuit board is due to abnormal ambient operating power.
Fault Name
• Lower ambient temperature.
• Replace the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative.
202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.5 Alarm Detection
2.5 Alarm Detection u
Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Alarms are drive protection functions that do not necessarily cause the drive to stop. Once the cause of an alarm is removed, the drive will return to the same status is was before the alarm occurred.
When an alarm has been triggered, the ALM light on the digital operator display blinks and the alarm code display flashes. If a multi-function output is set for an alarm (H2oo = 10), that output terminal will be triggered.
Note: If a multi-function output is set to close when an alarm occurs (H2oo = 10), it will also close when maintenance periods are reached, triggering alarms LT-1 through LT-4 (triggered only if H2oo = 2F).
Digital Operator Display
Cause
AEr
Station number is set outside the possible setting range.
Table 2.11 Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Minor Fault Name
Station Address Setting Error (CC-Link, CANopen, MECHATROLINK)
Option card node address is outside of the acceptable setting range.
Possible Solutions
• Set parameter F6-10 to the proper value when using a CC-Link option.
• Set parameter F6-35 to the proper value when using a CANopen option.
Digital Operator Display bb
Cause
External baseblock signal was entered via one of the multi-function input terminals
(S1 to S8).
Minor Fault Name
Baseblock
Drive output interrupted as indicated by an external baseblock signal.
Possible Solutions
Check external sequence and baseblock signal input timing.
Note: Baseblock alarm “bb” will not activate a digital output programmed for minor fault
H2-0 o = 10. Set H2-0 o = 8 or 1B to activate a digital output for “bb”.
Digital Operator Display boL
Minor Fault Name
Braking Transistor Overload Fault
The braking transistor in the drive has been overloaded.
Possible Solutions Cause
The proper braking resistor has not been installed.
Select the proper braking resistor.
Use a regen converter, regen unit, braking unit, or other device to connect the +1 or +3 terminal to the - terminal.
Set L8-55 to 0 to disable Internal Braking Transistor Protection.
The braking transistor’s use rate is high
(i.e., the regen converter is large or the repetition frequency is high).
• Change to a CDBR type braking unit.
• Change to a regen converter.
• Increase the deceleration time.
The braking transistor inside the drive is faulty.
Replace the drive.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Connection is broken or master controller stopped communicating.
bUS
Minor Fault Name
Option Communication Error
• The connection was lost after initial communication was established.
• Assign a Run command frequency reference to the option.
Possible Solutions
• Check for faulty wiring.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Option is damaged.
The option is not properly connected to the drive.
If there are no problems with the wiring and the fault continues to occur, replace the option.
• The connector pins on the option are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
• Reinstall the option.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 203
2.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
A data error occurred due to noise.
Minor Fault Name
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
• Try to reduce noise on the controller side.
• Use surge absorbers on magnetic contactors or other equipment causing the disturbance.
• Use recommended cables or some other type of shielded line. Ground the shield to the controller side or on the input power side.
• Separate the wiring for communication devices from the drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Cause
CALL
Communications wiring is faulty, there is a short circuit, or something is not connected properly.
Programming error on the master side.
Communications circuitry is damaged.
Termination resistor setting is incorrect.
Serial Communication Transmission Error
Communication has not yet been established.
Possible Solutions
• Check for wiring errors.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Check communications at start-up and correct programming errors.
• Perform a self-diagnostics check.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Install a termination resistor at both ends of a communication line. Set the internal termination resistor switch correctly on slave drives. Place DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
Digital Operator Display
Incompatible PLC software settings or there is a hardware problem.
Communications cable is disconnected or damaged.
Cause
CE
A data error occurred due to noise.
Communication protocol is incompatible.
The CE detection time (H5-09) is set shorter than the time required for a communication cycle to take place.
Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
Control data was not received correctly for two seconds.
Possible Solutions
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Reduce noise on the controller side.
• Use surge absorbers for the magnetic contactors or other components that may be causing the disturbance.
• Use only recommended shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all wiring for communication devices from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power supply.
• Check the H5 parameter settings and the protocol setting in the controller.
• Ensure settings are compatible.
• Check the PLC.
• Change the software settings in the PLC.
• Set a longer CE detection time using parameter H5-09.
• Check the PLC.
• Remove the cause of the error on the controller side.
• Check the connector to make sure the cable has a signal.
• Replace the communications cable.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
CrST
Fault reset was being executed when a Run command was entered.
Cannot Reset
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solutions
• Ensure that a Run command cannot be entered from the external terminals or option during fault reset.
• Turn off the Run command.
Digital Operator Display
Cause dEv
Minor Fault Name
Speed Deviation (when using a PG option card and AOLV/PM without PG)
The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time in F1-11.
Possible Solutions
204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
Load is too heavy
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too short.
The load is locked up.
Reduce the load.
Minor Fault Name
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
Parameter settings are inappropriate.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling when using terminal RP as speed feedback input in V/f Control.
Check the machine.
.
Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11
• Set H6-02 to value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
• Adjust the speed feedback signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
• Make sure the speed feedback signal frequency does not exceed the maximum input frequency of terminal
RP.
The motor brake engaged.
Ensure the brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display
Cause dFAn
Diode module cooling fan has malfunctioned
Minor Fault Name
Abnormal Diode Module Fan
Displays when diode converter module(s) has a fan alarm
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive. • Check for fan operation..
• Check for fan operation.
• Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan with monitor U4-03, and verify the cumulative operation time of the fan maintenance timer with U4-04.
• If the cooling fan has exceeded its expected performance life or is damaged in any other way, replace the cooling fan.
Digital Operator Display dnE
Cause
“Drive Enable” is set to a multi-function contact input (H1oo = 6A) and that signal was switched off.
Drive Disabled
Check the operation sequence.
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
Sequence error
EF
Panel fan or panel fan control has malfunctioned
Cause
Digital Operator Display
Cause
EFAn
Minor Fault Name
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error
Both forward run and reverse run closed simultaneously for longer than 0.5 s.
Possible Solutions
Check the forward and reverse command sequence and correct the problem.
Note: When minor fault EF detected, motor ramps to stop.
Minor Fault Name
Abnormal Panel Fan
Displays when the Panel Fan Control detects a fan Alarm
Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
• Check for fan operation.
• Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan with monitor U4-03, and verify the cumulative operation time of the fan maintenance timer with U4-04.
• If the cooling fan has exceeded its expected performance life or is damaged in any other way, replace the cooling fan.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
EF0
Option Card External Fault
An external fault condition is present.
Cause
An external fault was received from the
PLC with F6-03 set to 3, which allows the drive to continue running after an external fault occurs.
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
Possible Solutions
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
There is a problem with the PLC program. Check the PLC program and correct problems.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 205
2.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
EF1
An external device has tripped an alarm function.
Cause
Wiring is incorrect.
Multi-function contact inputs are set incorrectly.
EF2
EF3
EF4
EF5
EF6
EF7
EF8
Minor Fault Name
External Fault (Input Terminal S1)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External fault (input terminal S2)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External fault (input terminal S3)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External fault (input terminal S4)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External fault (input terminal S7)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
External fault (input terminal S8)
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.
Possible Solutions
Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection
(H1oo = 2C to 2F).
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1oo = 2C to 2F (External Fault).
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display
FbH
Minor Fault Name
Excessive PID Feedback
The PID feedback input is higher than the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, and b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Possible Solutions Cause
Parameter settings for b5-36 and b5-37 are incorrect.
PID feedback wiring is faulty.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned.
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
Check parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
Correct the wiring.
Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
FbL
PID Feedback Loss
The PID feedback input is lower than the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14.
Possible Solutions Cause
Parameter settings for b5-13 and b5-14 are incorrect.
PID feedback wiring is faulty.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned.
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
Check parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
Correct the wiring.
Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Hbb
Safe Disable Signal Input <1>
Both Safe Disable Input channels are open.
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solutions
206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.5 Alarm Detection
Both Safe Disable Inputs H1 and H2 are open.
Digital Operator Display
Internally, both Safe Disable channels are broken.
Minor Fault Name
• Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2.
• Check the Sink/Source Selection for the digital inputs.
• If the Safe Disable function is not utilized, determine if terminals H1-HC, and H2-HC are linked.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
<1> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-1, ISO/EN
13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.
Digital Operator Display
HbbF
Cause
The signals to the Safe Disable inputs are wrong or the wiring is incorrect.
Minor Fault Name
Safe Disable Signal Input <1>
One Safe Disable channel is open while the other channel is closed.
Possible Solutions
Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2. If the Safe Disable function is not utilized, terminals
H1-HC, and H2-HC must be linked.
<1> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to IEC/EN 61800-5-1, ISO/EN
13849 Cat. 3, IEC/EN 61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Load is too heavy.
Cause
HCA
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short.
Current Alarm
Drive current exceeded overcurrent warning level (150% of the rated current).
Possible Solutions
Reduce the load for applications with repetitive operations (i.e., stops and starts), or use a larger drive.
• Calculate the torque required during acceleration and for the moment of inertia.
• If the torque level is not right for the load, take the following steps:
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Use a larger drive.
A special-purpose motor is being used, or the drive is attempting to run a motor greater than the rated output current.
The current level increased due to Speed
Search after a momentary power loss or while attempting to perform a fault restart.
• Check the motor capacity.
• Use a motor appropriate for the drive. Ensure the motor is within the rated output current range.
The alarm will only appear briefly. There is no need to take action to prevent the alarm from occurring in such instances.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
LT-1
The cooling fan has reached 90% of its expected performance life.
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault Name
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time
The cooling fan has reached its expected maintenance period and may need to be replaced.
Note: The signal closes when the maintenance period ends if H2oo = 2F. The signal will not close if H2oo = 10.
Possible Solutions
Replace the cooling fan and set o4-03 to 0 to reset the Maintenance Monitor.
LT-2
Minor Fault Name
Capacitor Maintenance Time
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors are nearing the end of their expected performance life.
Note: The signal closes when the maintenance period ends if H2if H2oo = 10.
oo = 2F. The signal will not close
Possible Solutions Cause
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors have reached 90% of their expected performance lives.
Replace the drive.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 207
2.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
LT-3
Minor Fault Name
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time
The DC bus soft charge relay is nearing the end of its expected performance life.
Note: The signal closes when the maintenance period ends if H2oo = 2F. The signal will not close if H2oo = 10.
Cause
The DC bus soft charge relay has reached
90% of expected performance life.
Replace the drive.
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
LT-4
Cause
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life.
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%)
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life.
Note: if H2oo = 10.
Minor Fault Name
The signal closes when the maintenance period ends if H2-
Possible Solutions
Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.
oo = 2F. The signal will not close
Digital Operator Display
Cause oH
Surrounding temperature is too high
Internal cooling fan has stopped.
Airflow around the drive is restricted.
Minor Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02 (90-100 °C). Default value for L8-02 is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Possible Solutions
• Check the surrounding temperature.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool surrounding area.
• Remove anything near drive that may cause extra heat.
• Replace the cooling fan.
• After replacing the drive, set parameter o4-03 to 0 to reset the cooling fan operation time.
• Provide proper installation space around the drive.
• Allow for the proper space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the control panel.
• Check for dust or other foreign materials clogging the cooling fan.
• Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.
Digital Operator Display oH2
Cause
An external device triggered an overheat warning in the drive.
Minor Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat Warning
“Heatsink Overheat Warning” was input to a multi-function input terminal, S1 through S8 (H1oo = B).
Possible Solutions
Search for the device that tripped the overheat warning. Remove the cause of the problem.
Digital Operator Display oH3
Cause
Motor thermostat wiring is faulty (PTC input).
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the machine is locked up).
Minor Fault Name
Motor Overheat
The motor overheat signal entered to a multi-function analog input terminal exceeded the alarm level (H3-02,
H3-06 or H3-10 = E).
Possible Solutions
Repair the PTC input wiring.
• Check the status of the machine.
• Remove the cause of the fault.
208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Digital Operator Display
Motor has overheated.
Digital Operator Display oH5
Cause
Motor has overheated.
2.5 Alarm Detection
Minor Fault Name
• Check the load size, accel/decel times, and cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase accel and decel times (C1-01 to C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This involves reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
Note: Refrain from lowering E1-08 and E1-10 excessively to prevent a reduction in load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter motor-rated current on motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Minor Fault Name
Motor Overheat (NTC Input)
The motor temperature exceeded the level set to L1-16 (or L1-18 for motor 2)
Possible Solutions
• Reduce the load.
• Check the ambient temperature.
Digital Operator Display oL3
Cause
Inappropriate parameter settings.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the machine is locked up).
Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 1
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM) was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set to L6-03.
Possible Solutions
Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
• Check the status of the machine.
• Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display oL4
Cause
Parameter settings are not appropriate.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the machine is locked up).
Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 2
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-05 for longer than the time set to L6-06.
Possible Solutions
Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
• Check the status of the machine being used.
• Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name oL5
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1
Cause
Overtorque occurred, matching the conditions specified in L6-08.
Possible Solutions
Overtorque occurred, triggering the mechanical weakening level set to L6-08. Check for the cause of mechanical weakening.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Cause
Overshoot is occurring.
oS
Overspeed
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Possible Solutions
• Increase the settings for C5-01 (Speed Control Proportional Gain 1) and reduce C5-02 (Speed Control
Integral Time 1).
• If using a Closed Loop Vector mode enable Feed Forward Control and perform Inertia Auto-Tuning.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal
RP is used as speed feedback input in V/f control
• Set H6-02 to value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
• Adjust the input signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
Incorrect PG pulse number has been set Check and correct parameter F1-01.
Inappropriate parameter settings.
Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 209
2.5 Alarm Detection
Surge voltage present in the drive input power.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
The motor is short-circuited.
Ground current has overcharged the main circuit capacitors via the drive input power.
• Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
• Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
operate incorrectly.
PG cable is disconnected.
PG cable wiring is wrong.
ov
Noise interference causes the drive to
Noise interference along PG encoder wiring.
Minor Fault Name
DC Bus Overvoltage
The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
• For 400 V class drives: approximately 820 V (740 V when E1-01 is less than 400)
• For 575 V class drives: approximately 1040 V
• For 690 V class drives: approximately 1200 V
Possible Solutions
• Install a DC link choke or an AC reactor.
• Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor operating on the same drive input power system.
• Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
• Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
• If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.
Reconnect the cable.
Correct the wiring.
Separate PG wiring from the source of the noise (often output wiring from the drive).
Digital Operator Display
PASS
Cause
MEMOBUS/Modbus test has finished normally.
This verifies that the test was successful.
Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Cause
PG cable is disconnected.
PGo
PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG)
Detected when no PG pulses are received for a time longer than setting in F1-14.
Possible Solutions
Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong.
Correct the wiring.
PG encoder does not have enough power. Make sure the correct power supply is properly connected to the PG encoder.
Brake is holding the PG.
Ensure the brake releases properly
Digital Operator Display
Cause
PG cable is disconnected.
PGoH
Digital Operator Display
Cause rUn
A motor switch command was entered during run.
Minor Fault Name
PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option card)
PG cable has become disconnected.
Possible Solutions
Reconnect the cable and check the setting of F1-20.
Minor Fault Name
Motor Switch during Run
A command to switch motors was entered during run.
Possible Solutions
Change the operation pattern so that the motor switch command is entered while the drive is stopped.
210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display
SE
Cause
A digital input set to 67H (MEMOBUS/
Modbus test) was closed while the drive was running.
Digital Operator Display
THo
Cause
The motor thermistor is not connected properly.
Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error
Note: This alarm will not trigger a multi-function output terminal that is set for alarm output
(H2oo = 10).
Possible Solutions
Stop the drive and run the test again.
Minor Fault Name
Thermistor Disconnect
The thermistor used to detect motor temperature has become disconnected.
Possible Solutions
Check the thermistor wiring.
Digital Operator Display
TrPC
Cause
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.
Replace the drive.
Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
Cause
UL3
Inappropriate parameter settings.
Load has dropped or decreased significantly.
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM) less than L6-02 for longer than
L6-03 time.
Possible Solutions
Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
Cause
UL4
Inappropriate parameter settings.
The load has dropped or decreased significantly.
Digital Operator Display
Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM) less than L6-05 for longer than
L6-06 time.
Possible Solutions
Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
Cause
Phase loss in the drive input power.
Loose wiring in the drive input power terminals.
There is a problem with the drive input power voltage.
Uv
Minor Fault Name
Undervoltage
One of the following conditions was true when the drive was stopped and a Run command was entered:
• DC bus voltage dropped below the level specified in L2-05.
• Contactor to suppress inrush current in the drive was opened.
• Low voltage in the control drive input power. This alarm outputs only if L2-01 is not 0 and DC bus voltage is under L2-05.
Possible Solutions
Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power. Correct the wiring.
• Check for loose terminals.
• Ensure the terminals have been properly tightened.
• Apply the tightening torque to the terminals.
• Check the voltage.
• Lower the voltage of the drive input power so that it is within the limits listed in the specifications.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 211
2.5 Alarm Detection
Drive internal circuitry is worn.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
The drive input power transformer is too small and voltage drops when the power is switched on.
Air inside the drive is too hot.
The CHARGE light is broken or disconnected.
• Check for an alarm when the magnetic contactor, line breaker, and leakage breaker are closed.
• Check the capacity of the drive input power transformer.
Check the temperature inside the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Hardware is damaged.
voF
Output Voltage Detection Fault
There is a problem with the output voltage.
Minor Fault Name
Possible Solutions
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.6 Operator Programming Errors
2.6 Operator Programming Errors u
Operator Programming Error Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
An Operator Programming Error (oPE) occurs when a contradictory parameter is set or an individual parameter is set to an inappropriate value.
The drive will not operate until the parameter or parameters causing the problem are set correctly. An oPE, however, does not
trigger an alarm or fault output. If an oPE occurs, investigate the cause and refer to Table 2.12
for the appropriate action. When an oPE appears on the operator display, press the ENTER button to view U1-18 and see which parameter is causing the oPE.
Table 2.12 oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
Cause oPE01
The drive model selection (o2-04) and the actual capacity of the drive are not the same.
Correct the value set to o2-04.
Error Name
Drive Capacity Setting Fault
Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display oPE02
Parameter Range Setting Error
Error Name
Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside the range.
Cause
Parameters were set outside the possible setting range.
Note:
Possible Solutions
Set parameters to the proper values.
When multiple errors occur simultaneously, other errors are given precedence over oPE02.
Digital Operator Display oPE03
Cause
• The same function is assigned to two multi-function inputs.
• Excludes “Not used” and “External Fault.”
The Up command was set but the Down command was not, or vice versa
(settings 10 vs. 11).
The Up 2 command was set but the Down 2 command was not, or vice versa
(settings 75 vs. 76).
• Run/Stop command for a 2-wire sequence was set (H1oo = 42), but
Forward/Reverse command (H1oo = 43) was not.
• “Drive Enable” is set to multi-function input S1 or S2 (H1-01 = 6A or
H1-02 = 6A).
Two of the following functions are set simultaneously:
• Up/Down Command (10 vs. 11)
• Up 2/Down 2 Command (75 vs. 76)
• Hold Accel/Decel Stop (A)
• Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold (1E)
• Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 Calculations (44, 45, 46)
The Up/Down command (10, 11) and PID control (b5-01) are enabled simultaneously.
Error Name
Multi-Function Input Selection Error
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-01 to H1-08.
Possible Solutions
• Ensure all multi-function inputs are assigned to different functions.
• Re-enter the multi-function settings to ensure this does not occur.
Properly set the functions that required for use in combination with other functions.
Properly set the functions that required for use in combination with other functions.
• Check if contradictory settings have simultaneously been assigned to the multi-function input terminals.
• Correct setting errors.
Set b5-01 to 0 to disable control PID or disable the Up/Down command.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 213
2
2.6 Operator Programming Errors
Settings for N.C. and N.O. input for the following functions were selected simultaneously:
• External Search Command 1 and External Search Command 2 (61 vs. 62)
• Fast Stop N.O. and Fast Stop N.C. (15 vs. 17)
• KEB for Momentary Power Loss and High Slip Braking
(65, 66 vs. 68)
• Motor Switch Command and Accel/Decel Time 2 (16 vs. 1A)
• FWD Run Command (or REV) and FWD/REV Run Command (2-wire)
(40, 41 vs. 42, 43)
• External DB Command and Drive Enable (60 vs. 6A)
• Motor Switch Command and Up 2/Down 2 Command (16 vs. 75, 76)
One of the following settings was entered while H1oo = 2 (External
Reference 1/2):
• b1-15 = 4 (Pulse Train Input) but the pulse train input selection is not set for the frequency reference (H6-01 > 0)
• b1-15 or b1-16 set to 3 but no option card is connected
• Although b1-15 = 1 (Analog Input) and H3-02 or H3-10 are set to 0
(Frequency Bias)
H2oo is set to 38 (Drive Enabled) and H1oo is not set to 6A (Drive
Enable).
H1oo is set to 7E (Direction Detection) and H6-01 is not set to 3 (for V/f
Control with PG using terminal RP as speed feedback input).
• Check if contradictory settings have simultaneously been assigned to the multi-function input terminals.
• Correct setting errors.
Correct the settings for the multi-function input terminal parameters.
Digital Operator Display oPE04
Cause
The drive, control board, or terminal board have been replaced and the parameter settings between the control board and the terminal board no longer match.
Initialization Required
Error Name
Possible Solutions
Set A1-03 to 555o to load the parameter settings stored in the terminal board to the drive. Initialize parameters after drive replacement by setting A1-03 to 1110 or 2220.
Digital Operator Display oPE05
Cause
Frequency reference is assigned to an option card (b1-01 = 3) and an input option card is not connected to the drive.
Error Name
Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error
Possible Solutions
The Run command is assigned to an option card (b1-02 = 3) and an input option card is not connected to the drive.
Frequency reference is assigned to the pulse train input (b1-01 = 4) and terminal RP is not set for frequency reference input (H6-01 > 0)
Although the digital card input is set for BCD special for a 5-digit input
(F3-01 = 6), the data length is set for 8-bit or 12-bit (F3-03 = 0, 1).
The following values have been set while an AI-A3 option card is installed:
• The source of frequency reference setting is assigned to an option card
(b1-01 = 3).
• The action for the analog card is set for separate terminal input
(F2-01 = 0).
Reconnect the input option card to the drive.
Set H6-01 to 0.
Set F3-03 to 2 to set the input data for 16-bit.
Properly set parameters.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
A control mode has been selected that requires a PG option card to be installed, but no PG encoder is installed (A1-02 = 1, 3).
Digital Operator Display
Cause oPE06 oPE07
Error Name
Control Method Selection Error
Correct the setting for the control method.
Possible Solutions
• Connect a PG option card.
• Correct the value set to A1-02.
Error Name
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02,
H3-06, or H3-10 and PID functions conflict.
Possible Solutions
214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.6 Operator Programming Errors
At least two analog input terminals are set to the same function (i.e., at least two of these parameters have the same setting: H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10).
Change the settings to H3-02, H3-06, and H3-10 so that functions no longer conflict.
Note: Both 0 (Frequency Reference Bias) and F (Not Used) can be set to H3-02, H3-06, and H3-10 simultaneously.
The following simultaneous contradictory settings:
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = B (PID Feedback) while H6-01
(Pulse Train Input) = 1 (PID Feedback)
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = C (PID Target Value) while H6-01 = 2
(pulse train input sets the PID target value)
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = C (PID Target Value) while b5-18 = 1
(enables b5-19 as the target PID value)
• H6-01 = 2 (PID target) while b5-18 = 1
(enables b5-19 as the target PID value)
Disable one of the PID selections.
Digital Operator Display oPE08
Error Name
Parameter Selection Error
A function has been set that cannot be used in the motor control method selected.
Possible Solutions Cause
Attempted to use a function that is not valid for the selected control mode. Check the motor control method and the functions available.
In OLV, n2-02 is longer than n2-03 Adjust parameter values so n2-02 is shorter than n2-03.
Adjust parameter values so C4-02 is shorter than C4-06.
In OLV, C4-02 is longer than C4-06
The following settings have occurred in OLV/PM:
• E5-03 does not equal 0
• E5-09 and E5-24 are both equal to 0, or neither equals 0
• Set E5-09 or E5-24 to the correct value, and set the other to 0.
• Set the motor rated current for PM to 0 (E5-03).
b1-14 (Phase Order Selection) is set to 1 (Switch phase order) when using a
PG option card.
Correct the parameter settings.
Note: Use U1-18 to find parameters that are set outside the specified setting range. When multiple errors occur simultaneously, other errors are given precedence over oPE08.
Digital Operator Display oPE09
Cause
The following simultaneous contradictory settings have occurred:
• b5-15 is not set to 0.0 (PID Sleep Function Operation Level)
• The stopping method is set to either DC Injection Braking or coast to stop with a timer (b1-03 = 2 or 3).
b5-01 is set to 1 or 2, enabling PID control, but the lower limit for the frequency reference (d2-02) is not set to 0 while reverse output is enabled
(b5-11 = 1).
b5-01 is set to 3 or 4, enabling PID control, but the lower limit for the frequency reference (d2-01) is not 0.
Error Name
PID Control Selection Fault
PID control function selection is incorrect. Requires that PID control is enabled (b5-01 = 1 to 4).
Possible Solutions
• Set b5-15 to a value other than 0.0.
• Set the stopping method to coast to stop or ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0 or 1).
Correct the parameter settings.
Correct the parameter settings.
Digital Operator Display
V/f pattern setting error.
Cause oPE10
Error Name
V/f Data Setting Error
One of the following setting errors has occurred:
• E1-04 ≥ E1-06
E1-06 ≥ E1-07
E1-07 ≥ E1-09 or E1-09 ≥ E1-11
• E3-04 ≥ E3-06
E3-06 ≥ E3-07
E3-07 ≥ E3-09 or E3-09 ≥ E3-11
Possible Solutions
Correct the settings for E1-04, E1-06, E1-07, E1-09, and E1-11.
For motor 2, correct E3-04, E3-06, E3-07, E3-09, and E3-11.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 215
2.6 Operator Programming Errors
Digital Operator Display oPE13
Cause
Scaling for the pulse train monitor is set to 0 (H6-07 = 0) while H6-06 is not set to 101, 102, 105, or 116.
Error Name
Pulse Monitor Selection Error
Incorrect setting of monitor selection for pulse train (H6-06).
Possible Solutions
Change scaling for the pulse train monitor or set H6-06 to 101, 102, 105, or 116.
Digital Operator Display oPE15
Cause
Torque Control is enabled (d5-01 = 1) while the Speed/Torque Control switch function is assigned to a digital input (H1oo = 71).
Either d5-01 is set to 1 to enable Torque Control, or the Speed/Torque Control switch is assigned to a digital input H1oo = 71, while at the same time:
• Droop Control is enabled (b7-01 ≠ 0), or
• Intelligent Stall Prevention or Intelligent Stall Prevention 2 is enabled
(L3-04 = 2 or 5), or
Error Name
Torque Control Setting Error
Parameter settings that are not allowed in combination with Torque Control have been set.
Possible Solutions
Correct the parameter settings.
Digital Operator Display oPE16
Cause
In AOLV/PM, the automatically calculated energy saving coefficients are out of the allowable range.
Error Name
Energy Savings Constants Error
Possible Solutions
Check and correct the motor data in E5 parameters.
Digital Operator Display oPE18
Error Name
Online Tuning Parameter Setting Error
Parameters controlling online tuning are not set correctly.
Possible Solutions Cause
One of the following errors occurred while online tuning was enabled in OLV
(A1-02 = 2):
• E2-02 was set below 30% of the original default value
• E2-06 was set below 50% of the original default value
• E2-03 = 0
Set E2-02, E2-03, and E2-06 to the correct values.
216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
2.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Auto-Tuning faults in this section are displayed on the digital operator and will cause the motor to coast to a stop. Auto-Tuning faults do not trigger a multi-function digital output set for fault or alarm output.
An End o error on the digital operator display indicates Auto-Tuning has successfully completed with discrepancies in the calculations. Restart Auto-Tuning after fixing the cause of the End o error.
The drive may be used in the application if no cause can be identified despite the existence of an End o error.
An Er o error indicates that Auto-Tuning has not completed successfully. Check for the cause of the error using the tables in this section, and perform Auto-Tuning again after fixing the cause.
u
Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
Auto-Tuning.
Cause
End1
The torque reference exceeded 20% during
The results from Auto-Tuning the no-load current exceeded 80%.
Table 2.13 Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Error Name
Excessive V/f Setting (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Possible Solutions
• Prior to Auto-Tuning, verify the information on the motor nameplate.
• Enter proper values from motor nameplate to parameters T1-03 to T1-05 and repeat Auto-Tuning.
• If possible, disconnect the motor from the load and perform Auto-Tuning. If the load cannot be uncoupled, use the current Auto-Tuning results.
Digital Operator Display
End2
Error Name
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after
Auto-Tuning is complete)
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was incorrect.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter setting range, assigning the ironcore saturation coefficients (E2-07 and
E2-08) to temporary values.
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
End3
Cause
The correct current rating printed on the motor nameplate was not entered into
T1-04.
Rated Current Setting Alarm (displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
• Check the setting of parameter T1-04.
Error Name
Possible Solutions
• Check the motor data and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
End4
Cause
Adjusted Slip Calculation Error
Error Name
The calculated slip is outside the allowable range.
Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered for Auto-Tuning is correct.
• If possible, perform Rotational Auto-Tuning. If not possible, perform Stationary Auto-Tuning 2.
Digital Operator Display
End5
Cause
The calculated resistance value is outside the allowable range.
Error Name
Resistance Tuning Error
Possible Solutions
• Double-check the data entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
• Check the motor and motor cable connection for faults.
Digital Operator Display
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm
Error Name
Cause
The calculated leakage inductance value is outside the allowable range.
Possible Solutions
Double-check the data entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 217
2.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
End7
Cause
The entered no-load current value was outside the allowable range.
Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor rated current.
No-Load Current Alarm
Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
Error Name
Possible Solutions
Double-check the data entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
Digital Operator Display
Er-01
Cause
.
Motor data or data entered during
Auto-Tuning was incorrect
Motor output power and motor-rated current settings (T1-02 and T1-04) do not match.
Motor rated current and detected no-load current are inconsistent.
Base frequency and motor rated speed
(T1-05 and T1-07) do not match.
Error Name
Motor Data Error
Possible Solutions
• Check that the motor data entered to T1 parameters matches motor nameplate input before Auto-Tuning.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
• Check the drive and motor capacities.
• Correct the settings of parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
• Check the motor rated current and no-load current.
• Correct the settings of parameters T1-04 and E2-03.
• Correct the settings of parameters T1-05 and T1-07.
• Check that the correct number of poles were entered to T1-06.
Digital Operator Display
Er-02
Cause
An alarm was triggered during Auto-
Tuning.
Minor Fault
Error Name
Possible Solutions
Exit the Auto-Tuning menu, check the alarm code, remove the alarm cause, and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Er-03
Cause
Auto-Tuning canceled by pressing STOP button.
Error Name
STOP Button Input
Possible Solutions
Auto-Tuning did not complete properly. Restart Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Er-04
Cause
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was incorrect.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter setting range or the tuning process took too long.
Faulty motor cable or cable connection.
Error Name
Line-to-Line Resistance Error
Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
Digital Operator Display
Er-05
Cause
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was incorrect.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter setting range or the tuning process took too long.
The load was too high during Rotational
Auto-tuning.
Error Name
No-Load Current Error
Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
• Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower than 30%.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Er-08
Cause
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was incorrect.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter setting range or the tuning process took too long.
The load was too high during rotational
Auto-tuning.
Error Name
Rated Slip Error
Possible Solutions
• Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
• Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
• Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower than 30%.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Er-09
Cause
The motor did not accelerate for the specified acceleration time.
Torque limit when motoring is too low
(L7-01 and L7-02).
The load was too high during Rotational
Auto-Tuning.
Error Name
Acceleration Error
Possible Solutions
• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
• Disconnect the machine from the motor if possible.
• Check L7-01 and L7-02 settings.
• Increase the setting.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower than 30%.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Er-10
Cause
The encoder signal lines are not properly connected to the drive.
Motor direction and PG direction are opposite.
The load pulled the motor in the opposite direction of the speed reference and the torque exceeded 100%.
Motor Direction Error
Error Name
Check and correct wiring to the PG encoder.
Possible Solutions
Check the motor speed monitor U1-05 while manually turning the motor forward. If the sign displayed is negative, change the setting of parameter F1-05.
Uncouple the motor from the load and restart Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Torque reference is too high.
Er-11
Error Name
Motor Speed Fault
Possible Solutions
• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
• Disconnect the machine from the motor if possible.
Digital Operator Display
Er-12
Cause
One of the motor phases is missing:
(U/T1, V/T2, W/T3).
The current exceeded the current rating of the drive.
The current is too low.
Current Detection Error
Possible Solutions
Check motor wiring and correct any problems.
Error Name
• Check motor wiring for a short between motor lines.
• Close any magnetic contactors used between motors.
• Replace the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Attempted Auto-Tuning without motor connected to the drive.
Connect the motor and restart Auto-Tuning.
Current detection signal error.
Replace the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 219
2.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Cause
Er-13
Drive was unable to complete tuning for leakage inductance within 300 seconds.
Error Name
Leakage Inductance Error
Possible Solutions
• Check all wiring and correct any mistakes.
• Check the motor rated current value written on the motor nameplate and enter the correct value to T1-04.
Error Name Digital Operator Display
Er-14 Motor Speed Error 2
Cause
The motor speed exceeded twice the amplitude of speed reference during Inertia
Tuning.
Reduce the ASR gain set to C5-01.
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
Er-15
Cause
The output torque reached the torque limit set in L7-01 through L7-04 during Inertia
Tuning.
Torque Saturation Error
Error Name
Possible Solutions
• Increase the torque limits in L7-01 through L7-04 within reasonable limits.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-17 Reverse Prohibited Error
Cause
Drive is prohibited from rotating the motor in reverse while attempting to perform
Inertia Tuning.
Possible Solutions
• Inertia Auto-Tuning cannot be performed if the drive is restricted from rotating in reverse.
• Assuming it is acceptable for the application to rotate in reverse, set b1-04 to 0 and then pertorm Inertia
Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Er-18
Cause
The result of Back EMF Constant Tuning
(induced voltage) exceeds the allowable setting range.
Induction Voltage Error
Error Name
Possible Solutions
Double-check the data entered to the T2oo parameters and restart Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Er-19
Cause
The induced voltage constant attempted to set a value to E5-08 or E5-09 that is outside the allowable range.
PM Inductance Error
Double-check the data entered to the T2-
Possible Solutions oo
Error Name
parameters and restart Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display
Er-20 Stator Resistance Error
Error Name
Cause
Stator resistance tuning attempted to set a value to E5-06 that is outside the allowable setting range.
Possible Solutions
Double-check the data entered to the T2oo parameters and restart Auto-Tuning.
220 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display
Er-21
Cause
Motor was coasting when Auto-Tuning was performed.
Either the motor or the PG encoder on the motor are not properly wired.
The direction for the PG encoder is set incorrectly, or the number of pulses set for the PG encoder is wrong.
PG encoder is damaged.
Z Pulse Correction Error
Error Name
Possible Solutions
Make sure the motor has stopped completely. Restart Auto-Tuning.
Check the wiring for the motor and the PG encoder. Restart Auto-Tuning.
Check the direction and number of pulses set for the PG encoder. Restart Auto-Tuning.
Check the signal output from the PG encoder attached to the motor. Replace the PG if damaged.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 221
2
2.8 Copy Function Related Displays
2.8 Copy Function Related Displays u
Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting
The table below lists the messages and errors that may appear when using the Copy function.
When executing the tasks offered by the Copy function, the operator will indicate the task being performed. When an error occurs, a code appears on the operator to indicate the error. Note that errors related to the Copy function do not trigger a multifunction output terminal that has been set up to close when a fault or alarm occurs. To clear an error, simply press any key on the operator and the error display will disappear.
lists the corrective action that can be taken when an error occurs.
Note: 1.
Whenever using the copy function, the drive should be fully stopped.
2.
The drive will not accept a Run command while the Copy function is being executed.
3.
Parameters can only be saved to a drive when the voltage class, capacity, control mode, and software version match.
Digital Operator Display
CoPy
Cause
Parameters are being written to the drive.
Table 2.14 Copy Function Task and Error Displays
Task
Writing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Possible Solutions
This is not an error.
Digital Operator Display
CPEr
Cause
Control mode of the parameters to be loaded onto the drive and the control mode set to the drive do not match.
Task
Control Mode Mismatch
Possible Solutions
• Verify the control mode for the parameters to be loaded onto the drive and the control mode on drive to which those parameters will be written.
• Set the same control mode using parameter A1-02 and retry.
Digital Operator Display
CPyE
Cause
Failed writing parameters
Error Writing Data
Attempt to write parameters again.
Task
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display
CSEr
Cause
Hardware fault
Task
Copy Unit Error
Possible Solutions
Replace the operator or the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display dFPS
Cause
The drives used in the copy and write process are not the same model.
• The drive from which the parameters were copied is a different model.
• The drive to be written to is a different model.
Drive Model Mismatch
Task
Possible Solutions
• Verify the model number of the drive from which the parameters were copied and the model of the drive to which those parameters will be written.
• Make sure the two drives are the same model and have the same software version.
Task Digital Operator Display
End Task Complete
Cause
Finished reading, writing, or verifying parameters. This is not an error.
Digital Operator Display iFEr Communication Error
Cause
A communication error occurred between the drive and the operator or the USB copy unit.
Check the cable connection.
Possible Solutions
Task
Possible Solutions
222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.8 Copy Function Related Displays
Digital Operator Display
A non-compatible cable is being used to connect the USB Copy Unit and the drive.
Task
Use the cable originally packaged with the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display ndAT
Cause
The drive from which the parameters were copied and the drive to which the parameters will be written have different electrical specifications, capacities, are set to different control modes, or are different models.
The device being used to write the parameters is blank and does not have any parameters saved on it.
Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Task
Possible Solutions
Make sure model numbers and specifications are the same for both drives.
Make sure all connections are correct, and copy the parameter settings onto the USB Copy Unit or the operator.
Digital Operator Display rdEr
Cause
Failed while attempting to read parameter settings from the drive.
Task
Error Reading Data
Possible Solutions
Press and hold the READ key on the USB Copy Unit for at least one second to have the unit read parameters from the drive.
Digital Operator Display rEAd
Cause
Displayed while the parameter settings are being read onto the USB Copy Unit.
Reading Parameter Settings (flashing)
This is not an error.
Task
Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display vAEr
Cause
The drive from which the parameters were copied and the drive on which the Verify mode is being performed have different electrical specifications or are a different capacity.
Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Task
Possible Solutions
Make sure electrical specifications and capacities are the same for both drives.
Digital Operator Display vFyE
Cause
Indicates that parameter settings that have been
Read and loaded onto the Copy Unit or Digital
Operator are different.
Task
Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same
Possible Solutions
To synchronize parameters, either write the parameters saved on the USB Copy Unit or digital operator onto the drive, or Read the parameter settings on the drive onto the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display vrFy
Cause
The Verify mode has confirmed that parameters settings on the drive and parameters read to the copy device are identical.
This is not an error.
Task
Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Possible Solutions
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 223
2
2.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
2.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
When a fault occurs and the drive stops, follow the instructions below to remove whatever conditions triggered the fault, then restart the drive.
Note: An oC/SC fault will be displayed in the event of an IGBT failure. It may not be possible to reset this fault until the IGBT problem is corrected.
u
Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or between the ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive. Do not immediately restart models 4A0930 and 4A1200 or operate peripheral devices if a fuse is blown or a GFCI has tripped. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and will cause damage to equipment.
1.
Turn on the drive input power.
2.
Use monitor parameters U2oo to display data on the operating status of the drive just before the fault occurred.
3.
Remove the cause of the fault and reset.
Note: 1.
To find out what faults were triggered, check the fault history in U2-02. Information on drive status when the fault occurred
After Fault on page 224 for information on how to view fault data.
2.
When the fault continues to be displayed after cycling power, remove the cause of the fault and reset.
u
If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs
1.
Look at the digital operator for information on the fault that occurred.
2.
Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 184 .
3.
Reset the fault.
Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 225 .
u
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault
Step
1.
Turn on the drive input power. The first screen displays.
2.
Press
3.
Press
or until the monitor screen is displayed.
to display the parameter setting screen.
4.
Press and to scroll to monitor U2-02. The fault code shown in U2-02 is the fault that occurred most recently.
Display/Result
- MODE DRV
FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
Rdy
U1-02= 0.00Hz
U1-03= 0.00A
LSEQ
LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
- MODE DRV
Monitor Menu
U1-01= 0.00Hz
Rdy
U1-02= 0.00Hz
U1-03= 0.00A
LSEQ
LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
-MONITRDRV
Monitor
U 1 -01= 0.00Hz
Rdy
U1-02= 0.00Hz
U1-03= 0.00A
LSEQ
LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
- MONITR DRV
Last Fault
U202 = oC
Rdy
U2-03= 0.00Hz
U2-04= 0.00Hz
LSEQ
LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
- MONITR DRV
Frequency Ref
U203 = 0.00Hz
Rdy
U2-04= 0.00Hz
U2-05= 0.00A
LSEQ
LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
5.
Press to view drive status information when fault occurred.
Parameters U2-03 through U2-20 help determine the cause of a fault.
Parameters to be monitored differ depending on the control mode.
- MONITR DRV
Heatsink Temp
U2-20= XX ° C
Rdy
U2-01= -----
U2-02= -----
LSEQ
LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults u
Fault Reset Methods
When a fault occurs, the cause of the fault must be removed and the drive must be restarted. The table below lists the different ways to restart the drive.
After the Fault Occurs Procedure
ALM
Fix the cause of the fault, restart the drive, and reset the fault
Press on the digital operator when the error code is displayed.
RESET
- MODE DRV oC
Overcurrent
FWD RESET
F1
ESC
F2
LO
RE
RESET
RUN
ENTER
STOP
Resetting via Fault Reset Digital Input S4
Close then open the fault signal digital input via terminal S4. S4 is set for “Fault Reset” as default
(H1-04 = 14).
Drive
Fault Reset Switch
S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
SC Digital Input Common
2 ON
Turn off the main power supply if the above methods do not reset the fault. Reapply power after the digital operator display has turned off.
Note:
1 OFF
If the Run command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. Remove the Run command before attempting to clear a fault situation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 225
2
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
This section describes troubleshooting problems that do not trip an alarm or fault.
Performance Fine-Tuning on page 176
for guidance on troubleshooting.
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Poor motor torque
• Poor speed precision
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor noise u
Common Problems
Common Problems
Cannot Change Parameter Settings
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External Run Command
Motor Does Not Rotate
Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run
Command
Motor Rotates in One Direction Only
Motor is Too Hot
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Auto-Tuning oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting
Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled
Noise From Drive or Motor Cables When the Drive is Powered On
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery
Oscillation or Hunting
PID Output Fault
Insufficient Starting Torque
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection Braking)
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss
Page
u
Cannot Change Parameter Settings
Cause
The drive is running the motor
(i.e., the Run command is present).
The Access Level is set to restrict access to parameter settings.
Possible Solutions
• Stop the drive and switch over to the Programming Mode.
• Most parameters cannot be edited during run.
• Set the Access Level to allow parameters to be edited (A1-01 = 2).
The operator is not in the Parameter Setup Mode
(the screen will display “PAr”).
• See what mode the operator is currently set for.
• Parameters cannot be edited when in the Setup Mode (“STUP”). Switch modes so that “PAr” appears on the screen.
A multi-function contact input terminal is set to allow or restrict parameter editing
(H1-01 through H1-08 = 1B).
• When the terminal is open, parameters cannot be edited.
• Turn on the multi-function contact input set to 1B.
226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause
The wrong password was entered.
Undervoltage was detected.
Possible Solutions
• If the password entered to A1-04 does not match the password saved to A1-05, then drive settings cannot be changed.
• Reset the password.
If you cannot remember the password:
•
Scroll to A1-04. Press
STOP
and
• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
simultaneously. Parameter A1-05 will appear.
• Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
• Check all main circuit wiring.
u
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External
Run Command
n Motor Does Not Rotate
Cause
The drive is not in the Drive Mode.
was pushed.
Possible Solutions
• Check if the DRV light on the digital operator is lit.
• Enter the Drive Mode to begin operating the motor.
Stop the drive and check if the correct frequency reference source is selected. If the operator keypad shall be the source, the LO/RE button LED must be on. If the source is REMOTE, it must be off.
Take the following steps to solve the problem:
•
Push .
• If o2-01 is set to 0, then the LO/RE button will be disabled.
Auto-Tuning has just completed.
• When Auto-Tuning completes, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The Run command will not be accepted unless the drive is in the Drive Mode.
• Use the digital operator to enter the Drive Mode.
A Fast Stop was executed and has not yet been reset.
Reset the Fast Stop command.
Settings are incorrect for the source that provides the Run command.
There is faulty wiring in the control circuit terminals.
The drive has been set to accept the frequency reference from the incorrect source.
Check parameter b1-02 (Run Command Selection).
Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct Run command source.
0: Digital operator
1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
• Check the wiring for the control terminal.
• Correct wiring mistakes.
• Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).
Check parameter b1-01 (Frequency Reference Selection 1).
Set b1-01 to the correct source of the frequency reference.
0: Digital operator
1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input (RP)
The terminal set to accept the main speed reference is set to the incorrect voltage and/or current.
If the frequency reference is set at terminal A1, check parameter H3-01 for the correct signal level selection. If terminal A2 is used, check DIP switch S1 parameter H3-08. If terminal A3 is used, check parameter H3-08.
Selection for the sink/source mode and the internal/external power supply is incorrect.
Check jumper S3.
Frequency reference is too low.
Multi-function analog input is set up to accept gain for the frequency reference, but no voltage (current) has been provided.
• Check the frequency reference monitor (U1-01).
• Increase the frequency by changing the maximum output frequency (E1-09).
• Check the multi-function analog input settings.
• Check if analog input A1, A2, or A3 is set for frequency reference gain (H3-02, H3-10, H3-06 = 1). If so, check if the correct signal is applied to the terminal. The gain and the frequency reference will be 0 if no signal is applied to the gain input.
• Check if H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 have been set to the proper values.
• Check if the analog input value has been set properly. (U1-13 to U1-15)
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 227
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
STOP
Cause
was pressed when the drive was started from a REMOTE source.
Possible Solutions
•
Pressing
STOP
will decelerate the drive to stop.
• Switch off the Run command and then re-enter a new Run command.
•
Set o2-02 to 0 to disable
STOP
.
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 176
.
Motor starting torque is too low.
Frequency reference value is too low or the drive does not accept the value entered.
Enter a value that is above the minimum output frequency determined by E1-09.
The sequence Start/Stop sequence is set up incorrectly.
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 2-wire sequence, then ensure parameters H1-03 through H1-08 are not set to 0.
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 3-wire sequence, then one of the parameters H1-03 through H1-08 must be set to 0. Terminal S1 will become the Start, terminal S2 will become the Stop input.
n Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command
Cause
Phase wiring between the drive and motor is incorrect.
Possible Solutions
• Check the motor wiring.
• Switch two motor cables (U, V, and W) to reverse motor direction.
• Connect drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 in the right order to match motor terminals U, V, and W.
• Change the setting of parameter b1-14.
Typically, forward is designated as being counterclockwise when looking from the motor shaft
(see figure below).
1
The forward direction for the motor is set up incorrectly.
2
1.
Forward Rotating Motor (looking down the motor shaft)
2.
Motor Shaft
The motor is running at almost 0 Hz and the Speed
Search estimated the speed to be in the opposite direction.
• Disable bi-directional search (b3-14 = 0) so that Speed Search is performed only in the specified direction.
Note: Check the motor specifications for the forward and reverse directions. The motor specifications will vary depending on the manufacturer of the motor.
n Motor Rotates in One Direction Only
Cause
The drive prohibits reverse rotation.
A Reverse run signal has not been entered, although
3-Wire sequence is selected.
Possible Solutions
• Check parameter b1-04.
• Set parameter b1-04 to 0 to allow the motor to rotate in reverse.
• Make sure that one of the input terminals S3 to S8 used for the 3-Wire sequence has been set for reverse.
u
Motor is Too Hot
Cause
The load is too heavy.
The air around the motor is too hot.
Possible Solutions
If the load is too heavy for the motor, the motor will overheat as it exceeds its rated torque value for an extended period of time.
Keep in mind that the motor also has a short-term overload rating in addition to the possible solutions provided below:
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Check the values set for the motor protection (L1-01, L1-02) as well as the motor rated current
(E2-01).
• Increase motor capacity.
• Check the ambient temperature.
• Cool the area until it is within the specified temperature range.
228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause
The drive is operating in a vector control mode but
Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed.
Insufficient voltage insulation between motor phases.
The motor fan has stopped or is clogged.
The carrier frequency is too low.
Possible Solutions
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
• Calculate the motor value and reset the motor parameters.
• Change the motor control method to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
When the motor cable is long, high voltage surges occur between the motor coils and drive switching.
Normally, surges can reach up to three times the drive input power supply voltage.
• Use a motor with a voltage tolerance higher than the maximum voltage surge.
• Use an inverter-duty motor rated for use with AC drives when using the motor on drives rated higher than 200 V class.
• Install an AC reactor on the output side of the drive. The carrier frequency should be set to 2 kHz when installing an AC reactor.
Check the motor fan.
Increase the carrier frequency to lower the current harmonic distortion and lower the motor temperature.
u
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode
Cause
The desired Auto-Tuning mode is not available for the selected control mode.
Possible Solutions
• Check if the desired tuning mode is available for the selected control mode.
• Change the motor control method by setting A1-02.
u
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting
Cause
Motor rated current and the motor no-load current setting in the drive are incorrect.
Possible Solutions
• The user is trying to set the motor rated current in E2-01 to a value lower than the no-load current set in E2-03.
• Make sure that value set in E2-01 is higher than E2-03.
• If it is necessary to set E2-01 lower than E2-03, first lower the value set to E2-03, then change the setting in E2-01 as needed.
u
Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long
Cause
Torque limit has been reached or current suppression keeps the drive from accelerating.
Load is too heavy.
Torque limit is not set properly.
Frequency reference is too low.
Load is too heavy.
Acceleration time has been set too long.
Motor characteristics and drive parameter settings are incompatible with one another.
Although the drive is operating in Open Loop Vector motor control method, Auto-Tuning has not been performed.
Possible Solutions
Take the following steps to resolve the problem:
• Reduce the load.
• Increase motor capacity.
Note: Although the drive has a Stall Prevention function and a Torque Compensation
Limit function, accelerating too quickly or trying to drive an excessively large load can exceed the capabilities of the motor.
Check the torque limit setting.
• Check the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
• Increase E1-04 if it is set too low.
Check U1-01 for proper frequency reference.
Check if a frequency reference signal switch has been set to one of the multi-function input terminals.
Check for low gain level set to terminals A1, A2, or A3 (H3-03, H3-11, H3-07).
• Reduce the load so that the output current remains within the motor rated current.
• In extruder and mixer applications, the load will sometimes increase as the temperature drops.
• Increase the acceleration time.
• Check if the mechanical brake is fully releasing as it should.
Check if the acceleration time parameters have been set too long (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07).
• Set the correct V/f pattern so that it matches the characteristics of the motor being used.
• Check the V/f pattern set to E1-03.
• Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
• Calculate motor data and reset motor parameters.
• Switch to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 229
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
The Stall Prevention level during acceleration and deceleration set too low.
Cause
Incorrect frequency reference setting.
The Stall Prevention level during run has been set too low.
Drive reached the limitations of the V/f motor control method.
Possible Solutions
• Check the multi-function analog input settings. Multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 is set for frequency gain (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 is set to “1”), but there is no voltage or current input provided.
• Make sure H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set to the proper values.
• See if the analog input value is set to the right value (U1-13 to U1-15).
• Check the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
• If L3-02 is set too low, acceleration may be taking too long.
• Increase L3-02.
• Check the Stall Prevention level during run (L3-06).
• If L3-06 is set too low, speed will drop as the drive outputs torque.
• Increase the setting value.
• The motor cable may be long enough (over 50 m) to require Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
• Be aware that V/f Control is comparatively limited when it comes to producing torque at low speeds.
• Consider switching to Open Loop Vector Control.
u
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command
Cause
The analog input gain and bias for the frequency reference input are set to incorrect values.
A frequency bias signal is being entered via analog input terminals A1 to A3.
Possible Solutions
• Check the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs that are used to set the frequency reference.
Check parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for input A1, check parameters H3-11, and H3-12 for input
A2, and check parameters H3-07 and H3-08 for input A3.
• Set these parameters to the appropriate values.
• If more than one of multi-function analog inputs A1 to A3 is set for frequency reference bias
(H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 is set to “0”), then the sum of all signals builds the frequency reference.
• Make sure that H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set appropriately.
• Check the input level set for terminals A1 to A3 (U1-13 to U1-15).
PID control is enabled, and the drive is consequently adjusting the output frequency to match the PID setpoint. The drive will only accelerate to the maximum output frequency set in E1-04 while PID control is active.
If PID control is not necessary for the application, disable it by setting b5-01 to 0.
u
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation
Cause
Poor balance between motor phases.
Hunting prevention function is disabled.
Possible Solutions
Check drive input power voltage to ensure that it provides stable power.
• Enable Hunting Prevention (n1-01 = 1).
• Increase the AFR gain (n2-01) or the AFR time constant 1 (n2-02).
u
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled
Cause
L3-04 is set incorrectly.
The deceleration time is set too long.
Insufficient motor torque.
Possible Solutions
• Check the Stall Prevention level during deceleration (L3-04).
• If a dynamic braking option has been installed, disable Stall Prevention during deceleration
(L3-04 = 0).
Set deceleration to more appropriate time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
• Assuming parameter settings are normal and that no overvoltage occurs when there is insufficient torque, it is likely that the demand on the motor has exceeded the motor capacity.
• Use a larger motor.
230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause
Reaching the torque limit.
Possible Solutions
• Check the settings for the torque limit (L7-01 through L7-04).
• If the torque limit is enabled, deceleration might take longer than expected because the drive cannot output more torque than the limit setting. Ensure the torque limit is set to a high enough value.
• Increase the torque limit setting.
• If multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 is set to torque limit (H3-02, H3-10, or
H3-06 equals 10, 11, 12, or 15), ensure that the analog input levels are set to the correct levels.
• Ensure H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set to the right levels.
• Ensure the analog input is set to the correct value (U1-13 to U1-15).
Load exceeded the internal torque limit determined by the drive rated current.
Switch to a larger capacity drive.
u
Noise From Drive or Motor Cables When the Drive is Powered On
Cause
Relay switching in the drive generates excessive noise.
Possible Solutions
• Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power.
• Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive.
• Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.
• Ground the drive and motor properly.
• Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.
• Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.
u
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run
Cause
Excessive leakage current trips
GFCI.
Possible Solutions
• Check the wiring and rating of peripheral devices.
• Increase the GFCI sensitivity or use GFCI with a higher threshold.
• Reduce the length of the cable used between the drive and the motor.
• Install a noise filter or reactor on the output side of the drive. Set the carrier frequency to 2 kHz when connecting a reactor.
• Disable the internal EMC filter.
u
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
n Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery
Cause
The drive output frequency is the same as the resonant frequency of the connected machinery.
Possible Solutions
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump frequency function (d3-01 through d3-04) to skip the problem-causing bandwidth.
• Place the motor on a rubber pad to reduce vibration.
n Oscillation or Hunting
Cause
Insufficient tuning.
Gain is too low when using PID control.
The frequency reference is assigned to an external source and the signal is noisy.
The cable between the drive and motor is too long.
Possible Solutions
Perform Auto-Tuning.
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 176 .
Refer to b5: PID Control on page 33 for details.
• Ensure that noise is not affecting the signal lines.
• Separate main circuit wiring and control circuit wiring.
• Use twisted-pair cables or shielded wiring for the control circuit.
• Increase the analog input time filter constant (H3-13).
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
• Reduce the length of the cable.
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 231
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display u
PID Output Fault
No PID feedback input.
Cause
The level of detection and the target value do not correspond with each other.
Possible Solutions
• Check the multi-function analog input terminal settings.
• Set multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 for PID feedback (H3-02, H3-10, or
H3-06 = B).
• A signal input to the terminal selection for PID feedback is needed.
• Check the connection of the feedback signal.
• Check the various PID-related parameter settings.
• No PID feedback input to the terminal causes the value detected to be 0, causing a PID fault and the drive to operate at max frequency.
• PID control keeps the difference between target and detection values at 0. Set the input level for the values relative to one another.
• Use analog input gains H3-03, H3-07, and H3-11 to adjust PID target and feedback signal scaling.
Reverse drive output frequency and speed detection.
When output frequency rises, the sensor detects a speed decrease.
Adjustment made to PID parameter settings are insufficient.
Set PID output for reverse characteristics (b5-09 = 1).
Refer to b5: PID Control on page 33 for details.
u
Insufficient Starting Torque
Cause
Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed (required for vector control modes).
Possible Solutions
Perform Auto-Tuning. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 176
.
The control mode was changed after performing Auto-
Tuning.
Only Stationary Auto-Tuning was performed.
Perform Auto-Tuning again.
Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
u
Motor Rotates after the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection
Braking)
Cause
DC Injection Braking is set too low and the drive cannot decelerate properly.
Possible Solutions
• Adjust the DC Injection braking settings.
• Increase the current level for DC Injection Braking Current (b2-02).
• Increase the DC Injection Braking time at stop (b2-04).
The stopping method is set so that the drive coasts to stop.
Set b1-03 (Stopping Method Selection) to 0 or 2.
u
Output Frequency is Not as High as Frequency Reference
Upper limit for the frequency reference has been exceeded.
Large load triggered Stall Prevention function during acceleration.
Cause
Frequency reference is set within the range of the Jump
Frequency.
Possible Solutions
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump Frequency function (d3-01, d3-02, d3-03).
• Enabling the Jump Frequency prevents the drive from outputting the frequencies specified in the Jump range.
• Set the maximum output frequency and the upper limit for the frequency reference to more appropriate values (E1-04, d2-01).
• The following calculation yields the upper value for the output frequency:
E1-04 x d2-01 / 100
• Reduce the load.
• Adjust the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display u
Sound from Motor
Cause
Exceeded 110% of the rated output current of the drive while operating at low speeds.
Possible Solutions
• If the output current rises too high at low speeds, the carrier frequency is automatically reduced and causes a whining or buzzing sound.
• If the sound is coming from the motor, disable carrier frequency derating (L8-38 = 0).
• Disabling the automatic carrier frequency derating increases the chances of an overload fault
(oL2). Switch to a larger capacity motor if oL2 faults occur too frequently.
u
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss
Cause
The Run command was not issued again when power was restored.
Possible Solutions
• Check the sequence and wiring that has been set up to enter the Run command.
• A relay should be set up to make sure the Run command remains enabled throughout any power loss.
The relay that is supposed to maintain the Run command has been switched off.
Check wiring and circuitry for the relay intended to keep the Run command enabled.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 233
2
2.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
This Page Intentionally Blank
234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Appendix: A
Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.
A.1 UNDERSTANDING PARAMETER DESCRIPTIONS...........................................236
A.9 H PARAMETERS: MULTI-FUNCTION TERMINALS..........................................269
A.12 O: OPERATOR-RELATED SETTINGS................................................................292
A.16 CONTROL MODE DEPENDENT PARAMETER DEFAULT VALUES................307
A.18 DEFAULTS BY DRIVE MODEL AND DUTY RATING ND/HD............................310
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 235
A.1 Understanding Parameter Descriptions
A.1 Understanding Parameter Descriptions u
A1-02 Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms
The table below lists terms and symbols used in this section to indicate which parameters are available in which control modes.
Symbol
All Modes
Table A.1 Symbols and Icons Used in Parameter Descriptions
Description
Parameter is available in all control modes.
Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f Control.
Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f with PG Control.
Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector.
Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector.
Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector for PM motors.
<99>
Parameter is available when operating the drive with Advanced Open Loop Vector for PM motors.
<99>
Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector for PM motors.
<99>
Motor 2
Parameter is NOT available when operating the drive in the control mode.
Parameter can be changed during run.
Refers to a second motor when the drive is operating two motors. Switch between these motors using the multifunction input terminals.
<99> PM motor control modes are not available in A1000 HHP drive models.
236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.2 Parameter Groups
A.2 Parameter Groups
Parameter
Group
A1
A2 b1 b2 b3 <1> b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9
C1
C2
C3 <1>
C4
C5
Name
Initialization Parameters
User Parameters
Operation Mode Selection
DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit
Braking
Speed Search
Timer Function
PID Control
Dwell Function
Droop Control
Energy Saving
Zero Servo
Acceleration and Deceleration Times
S-Curve Characteristics
Slip Compensation
Torque Compensation
Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)
Page
C6 <1> Carrier Frequency
n3 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7
E1
E4 <1>
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6, F7
Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
Jump Frequency
Frequency Reference Hold and Up/Down 2
Function
Torque Control
Field Weakening and Field Forcing
Offset Frequency
V/f Pattern for Motor 1
Motor 2 Parameters
PG Speed Control Card (PG-B3/PG-X3)
Analog Input Card (AI-A3)
Digital Input Card (DI-A3)
Analog Monitor Card (AO-A3)
Digital Output Card (DO-A3)
Communication Option Card
o1 o2 o3 o4 q r
T1
U1 <1>
U3
U4 <1>
U5
U6
U8
<1> Specifications differ for models CIMR-A o 4A0930, 4A1200 and A1000 HHP.
Parameter
Group
H1
H2 <1>
H3 <1>
H4
H5
H6
L1 <1>
L2
L3 <1>
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8 <1> n1 n2
Name
Multi-Function Digital Inputs
Multi-Function Digital Outputs
Multi-Function Analog Inputs
Multi-Function Analog Outputs
MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
Pulse Train Input/Output
Motor Protection
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
Stall Prevention
Speed Detection
Fault Restart
Torque Detection
Torque Limit
Drive Protection
Hunting Prevention
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR)
Tuning
High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation
Braking
Digital Operator Display Selection
Digital Operator Keypad Functions
Copy Function
Maintenance Monitor Settings
DriveWorksEZ Parameters
DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters
Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
Operation Status Monitors
Fault History
Maintenance Monitors
PID Monitors
Operation Status Monitors
DriveWorksEZ Monitors
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 237
A
A.3 A: Initialization Parameters
A.3 A: Initialization Parameters
The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor
Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.
u
A1: Initialization
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
A1-00
(100)
Name
Language Selection
<1>
All Modes
0: English
1: Japanese
Description Values
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
A1-01
(101)
<2>
A1-02
(102)
<1>
A1-03
(103)
A1-04
(104)
A1-05
(105)
A1-06
(127)
A1-07
(128)
Access Level Selection
Control Method Selection
Initialize Parameters
Password
Password Setting
Application Preset
DriveWorksEZ Function
Selection
All Modes
0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04. U o oo parameters can also be viewed.
1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32)
2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 2
All Modes
0: V/f Control
1: V/f Control with PG
2: Open Loop Vector Control
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
All Modes
0: No initialization
1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03)
2220: 2-Wire initialization
3330: 3-Wire initialization
5550: oPE04 error reset
All Modes
When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.
All Modes
When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.
All Modes
0: General-purpose
1: Water supply pump
2: Conveyor
3: Exhaust fan
4: HVAC fan
5: Air compressor
6:
7:
All Modes
0: DWEZ Disabled
1: DWEZ Enabled
2: Digital input (enabled when H1oo = 9F)
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3330;
5550
Default: 0000
Min.: 0000
Max.: 9999
Default: 0000
Min.: 0000
Max.: 9999
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 7
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.
Page
238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.3 A: Initialization Parameters u
A2: User Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
A2-01 to
A2-32
(106 to
125)
Name
User Parameters 1 to 32
All Modes
Description
Recently edited parameters are listed here. The user can also select parameters to appear here for quicker access.
Values
Default: <1>
Range: b1-01 to o4-13
A2-33
(126)
User Parameter Automatic
Selection
All Modes
0: Parameters A2-01 to A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User
Parameters.
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through A2-32 for quicker access.
Default: 1 <2>
Range: 0, 1
<1> Default setting value is dependent on the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-06. Default is 0 when A1-06 = 0, and 1 when A1-06 ≠ 0.
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 239
A
A.4 b: Application
A.4 b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Run command, DC Injection Braking, Speed Search, timer functions, PID control, the Dwell function, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.
u
b1: Operation Mode Selection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name b1-01
(180) b1-02
(181) b1-03
(182) b1-04
(183) b1-05
(184) b1-06
(185) b1-07
(186) b1-08
(187) b1-14
(1C3) b1-15
(1C4)
Description Values
Frequency Reference
Selection 1
Selection 1
Run Command
Stopping Method Selection
All Modes
0: Digital operator
1: Analog input terminals
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option PCB
4: Pulse input (terminal RP)
All Modes
0: Digital operator
1: Digital input terminals
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option PCB
All Modes
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: DC Injection Braking to stop
3: Coast with timer
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 4
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Reverse Operation Selection
All Modes
0: Reverse enabled.
1: Reverse disabled.
Action Selection below
Minimum Output Frequency
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Operates according to frequency reference (E1-09 is disabled).
1: Output shuts off (coast to stop if less than E1-09).
2: Operates according to E1-09 (frequency reference set to E1-09).
3: Zero speed (frequency reference becomes zero when less than E1-09).
Digital Input Reading
LOCAL/REMOTE Run
Selection
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
All Modes
0: Input status is read once and processed immediately (for quicker response)
1: Input is read twice and processed only if the status is the same in both readings (robust against noisy signals)
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: An external Run command must be cycled at the new source in order to be activated.
1: An external Run command at the new source is accepted immediately.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Run Command Selection in
Programming Mode
Phase Order Selection
Frequency Reference
Selection 2
All Modes
0: Run command is not accepted while in Programming Mode.
1: Run command is accepted while in Programming Mode.
2: Prohibit entering Programming Mode during run.
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Standard
1: Switch phase order (reverses the direction of the motor)
All Modes
Enabled when an input terminal set for “External reference” (H1oo = 2) closes.
0: Digital operator
1: Terminals (analog input terminals)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 4
<1>
Page
240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description b1-16
(1C5) b1-17
(1C6)
Run Command
Selection 2
All Modes
Enabled when a terminal set for “External reference” (H1oo = 2) closes.
0: Digital operator
1: Digital input terminals
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
Run Command at Power Up
All Modes
0: Disregarded. A new Run command must be issued after power up.
1: Allowed. Motor will start immediately after power up if a Run command is already enabled.
<1> Settings 2 and 3 are not available in CLV.
Values
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description b2-01
(189) b2-02
(18A)
DC Injection Braking Start
Frequency
DC Injection Braking
Current
Values
All Modes
Sets the frequency at which DC Injection Braking starts when “Ramp to stop”
(b1-03 = 0) is selected.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 Hz
Max.: 10.0 Hz
CLV
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Default: 50%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100 b2-03
(18B)
DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) time at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 seconds.
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
b2-04
(18C) b2-08
(190)
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
Magnetic Flux
Compensation Value
Sets DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) time at stop.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 s
Max.: 10.00 s
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the magnetic flux compensation as a percentage of the no-load current value (E2-03).
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 1000
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
Page
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 241
A
A.4 b: Application u
b3: Speed Search
No.
(Addr
Hex.)
Name b3-01
(191) b3-02
(192) b3-03
(193) b3-04
(194) b3-05
(195) b3-06
(196) b3-10
(19A) b3-14
(19E) b3-17
(1F0) b3-18
(1F1) b3-19
(1F2) b3-24
(1C0)
Description Values
Speed Search Selection at
Start
Speed Search Deactivation
Current
Speed Search Deceleration
Time
V/f Gain during Speed
Search
V/f
OLV/PM
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
V/f w PG
AOLV/PM
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets output frequency reduction time during Speed Search.
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the current level at which the speed is assumed to be detected and Speed
Search is ended. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0%
Max.: 200%
Default: 2.0 s
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 10.0
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Determines how much to lower the V/f ratio during Speed Search.
Output voltage during Speed Search equals the V/f setting multiplied by b3-04.
Note: Available control mode for parameter b3-04 varies by drive model:
CIMR-A o 2A0004 to 2A0415, 4A0002 to 4A0675, and
5A0003 to 5A0242: Available when A1-02 = 0, 1
CIMR-A o 4A0930 and 4A1200: Available when A1-02 = 0
Default: <2>
Min.: 10%
Max.: 100%
Speed Search Delay Time
Output Current 1 during
Speed Search
All Modes
When using an external contactor on the output side, b3-05 delays executing
Speed Search after a momentary power loss to allow time for the contactor to close.
Default: 0.2 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation
Speed Search. Set as a coefficient for the motor rated current.
Default:
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 2.0
<2>
Speed Search Detection
Compensation Gain
Bi-Directional Speed Search
Selection
CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Disabled (uses the direction of the frequency reference)
1: Enabled (drive detects which way the motor is rotating)
Speed Search Restart
Current Level
Speed Search Restart
Detection Time
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the Speed Search restart current level as a percentage of the drive rated current.
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the time to detect Speed Search restart.
Number of Speed Search
Restarts
Speed Search Method
Selection
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gain which is applied to the speed detected by Speed Estimation Speed
Search before the motor is reaccelerated. Increase this setting if ov occurs when performing Speed Search after a relatively long period of baseblock.
Default: 1.05
Min.: 1.00
Max.: 1.20
V/f w PG CLV
CLV/PM
Sets the number of times the drive can attempt to restart when performing
Speed Search.
CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
0: Current Detection
1: Speed Estimation
CLV/PM
Default:
Min.: 0
Default: 3
Min.: 0
Max.: 10
<1>
Range: 0, 1
Default: 150%
Max.: 200
Default: 0.10 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 1.00
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
242 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr
Hex.)
Name Description Values b3-25
(1C8)
Speed Search Wait Time
V/f w PG CLV
CLV/PM
Sets the time the drive must wait between each Speed Search restart attempt.
Default: 0.5 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 30.0
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
u
b4: Timer Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex) b4-01
(1A3) b4-02
(1A4)
Name
Timer Function On-Delay
Time
Timer Function Off-Delay
Time
Description
All Modes
Sets the on-delay and off-delay times for a digital timer output
(H2oo =12).
The output is triggered by a digital input programmed to
H1oo =18).
Values
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 3000.0
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 3000.0
u
b5: PID Control
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name b5-01
(1A5) b5-02
(1A6) b5-03
(1A7) b5-04
(1A8) b5-05
(1A9) b5-06
(1AA) b5-07
(1AB) b5-08
(1AC) b5-09
(1AD) b5-10
(1AE)
Description Values
PID Function Setting
Proportional Gain Setting
(P)
Integral Time Setting (I)
Integral Limit Setting
Derivative Time (D)
PID Output Limit
PID Offset Adjustment
PID Primary Delay Time
Constant
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (PID output becomes output frequency reference, deviation D controlled)
2: Enabled (PID output becomes output frequency reference, feedback D controlled)
3: Enabled (PID output added to frequency reference, deviation D controlled)
4: Enabled (PID output added to frequency reference, feedback D controlled)
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 4
All Modes
Sets the proportional gain of the PID controller.
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 25.00
All Modes
Sets the integral time for the PID controller.
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 360.0
All Modes
Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
All Modes
Sets D control derivative time.
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
All Modes
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PID controller as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
All Modes
Applies an offset to the PID controller output. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
All Modes
Sets a low pass filter time constant on the output of the PID controller.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
PID Output Level Selection
PID Output Gain Setting
All Modes
0: Normal output (direct acting)
1: Reverse output (reverse acting)
All Modes
Sets the gain applied to the PID output.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 25.00
Page
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 243
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values b5-11
(1AF) b5-12
(1B0) b5-13
(1B1) b5-14
(1B2) b5-15
(1B3) b5-16
(1B4) b5-17
(1B5) b5-18
(1DC) b5-19
(1DD) b5-20
(1E2) b5-34
(19F) b5-35
(1A0) b5-36
(1A1) b5-37
(1A2) b5-38
(1FE)
PID Output Reverse
Selection
PID Feedback Loss
Detection Selection
PID Feedback Loss
Detection Level
PID Feedback Loss
Detection Time
PID Sleep Function Start
Level
PID Sleep Delay Time
PID Accel/Decel Time
PID Setpoint Selection
PID Setpoint Value
PID Setpoint Scaling
PID Output Lower Limit
PID Input Limit
PID Feedback High
Detection Level
PID Feedback High
Detection Time
PID Setpoint User Display
All Modes
0: Negative PID output triggers zero limit.
1: Rotation direction reverses with negative PID output.
Note: When using setting 1, make sure reverse operation is permitted by b1-04.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: No fault. Digital output only.
1: Fault detection. Alarm output, drive continues operation.
2: Fault detection. Fault output, drive output is shut off.
3: No fault. Digital output only. No fault detection when PID control is disabled.
4: Fault detection. Alarm is triggered and drive continues to run. Fault detection even when PID is disabled.
5: Fault detection. Drive output shuts off. No fault detection when PID control is disabled.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 5
All Modes
Sets the PID feedback loss detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
All Modes
Sets a delay time for PID feedback loss.
All Modes
Sets the frequency level that triggers the sleep function.
All Modes
Sets a delay time before the sleep function is triggered.
All Modes
Sets the acceleration and deceleration time to PID setpoint.
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 Hz
Max.: 400.0 Hz
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000.0
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets the PID target value when b5-18 = 1. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0.00%
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 100.00
All Modes
0: 0.01 Hz units
1: 0.01% units (100% = max output frequency)
2: r/min (number of motor poles must entered)
3: User-set (set scaling to b5-38 and b5-39)
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
All Modes
Sets the minimum output possible from the PID controller as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0.00%
Min.: -100.00
Max.: 100.00
All Modes
Limits the PID control input (deviation signal) as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Acts as a bipolar limit.
Default: 1000.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 1000.0
All Modes
Sets the PID feedback high detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 100%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
All Modes
Sets the PID feedback high level detection delay time.
All Modes
Sets the display value of U5-01 and U5-04 when the maximum frequency is output.
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Default: <2>
Min.: 1
Max.: 60000
Page
244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values b5-39
(1FF)
PID Setpoint Display Digits
All Modes
0: No decimal places
1: One decimal place
2: Two decimal places
3: Three decimal places
Default: <2>
Range: 0 to 3 b5-40
(17F)
Frequency Reference
Monitor Content during PID
All Modes
0: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) after PID compensation has been added.
1: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) before PID compensation has been added.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter b5-20, PID Setpoint Scaling.
Page
u
b6: Dwell Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex) b6-01
(1B6) b6-02
(1B7) b6-03
(1B8) b6-04
(1B9)
Name
Dwell Reference at Start
Dwell Time at Start
Dwell Reference at Stop
Dwell Time at Stop
Description Values
All Modes
Parameters b6-01 and b6-02 set the frequency to hold and the time to maintain that frequency at start.
All Modes
Parameters b6-03 and b6-04 set the frequency to hold and the time to maintain that frequency at stop.
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 400.0
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 400.0
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
u
b7: Droop Control
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name b7-01
(1CA) b7-02
(1CB) b7-03
(17E)
Description Values
Droop Control Gain
Droop Control Delay Time
Droop Control Limit
Selection
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the speed reduction gain applied at a torque reference of 100%. Set as a percentage of motor base speed.
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Adjusts the responsiveness of Droop Control.
V/f
OLV/PM
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
V/f w PG
AOLV/PM
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 0.05 s
Min.: 0.03
Max.: 2.00
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Page
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 245
A
A.4 b: Application u
b9: Zero Servo
No.
(Addr.
Hex) b9-01
(1DA)
Name
Zero Servo Gain b9-02
(1DB)
Zero Servo Completion
Width
Description Values
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the position loop gain for the Zero Servo function.
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the range to trigger an output terminal set for “Zero Servo Complete” during Zero Servo operation.
Default: 5
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 10
Min.: 0
Max.: 16383
Page
246 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.5 C: Tuning
A.5 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration times, S-curves, slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency selections.
u
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
C1-01
(200)
Name
Acceleration Time 1
Description
All Modes
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
Values Page
C1-02
(201) Deceleration Time 1
All Modes
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000.0
<1>
C1-03
(202)
Acceleration Time 2
All Modes
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
C1-04
(203) Deceleration Time 2
All Modes
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000.0
<1>
C1-05
(204)
Acceleration Time 3 (Motor
2 Accel Time 1)
All Modes
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
C1-06
(205) Deceleration Time 3 (Motor
2 Decel Time 1)
All Modes
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000.0
<1>
C1-07
(206)
Acceleration Time 4 (Motor
2 Accel Time 2)
All Modes
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
C1-08
(207) Deceleration Time 4 (Motor
2 Decel Time 2)
All Modes
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000.0
<1>
C1-09
(208)
Fast Stop Time
All Modes
Sets the time for the Fast Stop function.
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000.0
<1>
C1-10
(209)
Accel/Decel Time Setting
Units
All Modes
0: 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)
1: 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
C1-11
(20A)
Accel/Decel Time
Switching Frequency
All Modes
Sets the frequency to switch between accel/decel time settings
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 400.0
<1> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Time Setting Units. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 247
A
A.5 C: Tuning u
C2: S-Curve Characteristics
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
C2-01
(20B)
Name
S-Curve Characteristic at
Accel Start
Description
All Modes
The S-curve can be controlled at the four points shown below.
ON OFF
C2-02
(20C)
S-Curve Characteristic at
Accel End
Run Command
Output Frequency
C2-02 C2-03
C2-03
(20D)
S-Curve Characteristic at
Decel Start
C2-01 C2-04
Time
C2-04
(20E)
S-Curve Characteristic at
Decel End
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
Values
Default: 0.20 s <1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: 0.20 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: 0.20 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Page
u
C3: Slip Compensation
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
C3-01
(20F)
Name
C3-02
(210)
C3-03
(211)
C3-04
(212)
C3-05
(213)
C3-16
(261)
Description Values
Slip Compensation Gain
Slip Compensation Primary
Delay Time
Slip Compensation Limit
Slip Compensation
Selection during
Regeneration
Output Voltage Limit
Operation Selection
Output Voltage Limit
Operation Start Level
(Percentage Modulation)
V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function used for motor 1.
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Adjusts the slip compensation function delay time used for motor 1.
Default:
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 2.5
Default:
<1>
<1>
Min.: 0 ms
Max.: 10000 ms
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets an upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of motor rated slip for motor 1 (E2-02).
Default: 200%
Min.: 0
Max.: 250
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled above 6 Hz.
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled. Automatically decreases motor flux when output voltage saturation is reached.
Note: Available control mode for parameter C3-05 varies by drive model:
CIMR-A o 2A0004 to 2A0415, 4A0002 to 4A0675, and
5A0003 to 5A0242: Available when A1-02 = 0,1.
CIMR-A o 4A0930 and 4A1200: Available when A1-02 = 2, 3.
A1000 HHP: Available when A1-02 = 2, 3.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the output voltage limit operation start level (percentage modulation) when C3-05 is enabled.
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-A o 4A0930,
4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
Default: 85.0%
Min.: 70.0
Max.: 90.0
Page
248 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.5 C: Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
C3-17
(262)
C3-18
(263)
C3-21
(33E)
C3-22
(241)
C3-23
(242)
C3-24
(243)
Maximum Output Voltage
Limit Level (Percentage
Modulation)
Output Voltage Limit Level
Motor 2 Slip Compensation
Gain
Motor 2 Slip Compensation
Primary Delay Time
Motor 2 Slip Compensation
Limit
Motor 2 Slip Compensation
Selection During
Regeneration
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the output voltage limit operation determined by C3-18 (percentage modulation) when C3-05 is enabled.
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-A o 4A0930,
4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
Default: 90.0%
Min.: 85.0
Max.: 100.0
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the maximum percentage of output voltage reduction when C3-05 is enabled.
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-A o 4A0930,
4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
Default: 90.0%
Min.: 30.0
Max.: 100.0
V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the slip compensation gain used for motor 2.
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the slip compensation delay time used for motor 2.
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function for motor 2. Set as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E4-02).
V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled above 6 Hz.
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.
Default:
Min.: 0.0
<2>
Max.: 2.5
Default: <2>
Min.: 0 ms
Max.: 10000 ms
Default: 200%
Min.: 0
Max.: 250
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameter E3-01, Motor 2 Control Mode Selection.
u
C4: Torque Compensation
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
C4-01
(215)
C4-02
(216)
C4-03
(217)
C4-04
(218)
C4-05
(219)
Description
Torque Compensation Gain
Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time 1
Torque Compensation at
Forward Start
Torque Compensation at
Reverse Start
CLV
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage) boost function and helps to produce better starting torque. Used for motor 1.
CLV
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the torque compensation filter time.
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets torque compensation at forward start as a percentage of motor torque.
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets torque compensation at reverse start as a percentage of motor torque.
Torque Compensation Time
Constant
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the time constant for torque compensation at forward start and reverse start (C4-03 and C4-04).
Values
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.50
Default: <2>
Min.: 0 ms
Max.: 60000 ms
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 200.0
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -200.0
Max.: 0.0
Default: 10 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 200
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 249
A.5 C: Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
C4-06
(21A)
C4-07
(341)
Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time 2
Motor 2 Torque
Compensation Gain
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the torque compensation time 2.
CLV
CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the torque compensation gain used for motor 2.
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Default: 150 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 10000
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.50
u
C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
C5-01
(21B)
Name
C5-02
(21C)
C5-03
(21D)
C5-04
(21E)
C5-05
(21F)
C5-06
(220)
C5-07
(221)
C5-08
(222)
C5-12
(386)
C5-21
(356)
C5-22
(357)
Description Values
ASR Proportional Gain 1
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 300.00 <2>
Sets the proportional gain of the speed control loop (ASR).
ASR Integral Time 1
ASR Proportional Gain 2
ASR Integral Time 2
ASR Limit
ASR Primary Delay Time
Constant
ASR Gain Switching
Frequency
ASR Integral Limit
Integral Operation during
Accel/Decel
Motor 2 ASR Proportional
Gain 1
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time
1
Sets the integral time of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.000 s
Max.: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time of the speed control loop (ASR).
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 300.00 <2>
Sets the speed control gain 2 of the speed control loop (ASR).
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop (ASR).
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the upper limit for the speed control loop (ASR) as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output.
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM
Sets the frequency for switching between proportional gain 1, 2 and integral time 1, 2.
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM
Sets the ASR integral upper limit as a percentage of rated load torque.
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Disabled. Integral functions are enabled only during constant speed.
1: Enabled. Integral functions are always enabled, during accel/decel and during constant speed.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.000 s
Max.: 10.000 s
Default: 5.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.000 s
Max.: 0.500 s
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 400.0
Default: 400%
Min.: 0
Max.: 400
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Sets the proportional gain of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
Default: <5>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 300.00 <2>
Default: <5>
Min.: 0.000 s
Max.: 10.000 s
Page
Page
250 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.5 C: Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
C5-23
(358)
C5-24
(359)
C5-25
(35A)
C5-26
(35B)
C5-27
(35C)
Name Description Values
Motor 2 ASR Proportional
Gain 2
Sets the speed control gain 2 of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time
2
Motor 2 ASR Limit
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the upper limit for the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2 as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E3-04).
Default: <5>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 300.00
<2>
Default: <5>
Min.: 0.000 s
Max.: 10.000 s
Default: 5.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay
Time Constant
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output used for motor 2.
Motor 2 ASR Gain
Switching Frequency
Default: <5>
Min.: 0.000 s
Max.: 0.500 s
Sets the frequency for motor 2 used to switch between proportional gain 1 and
2, and between the integral time 1 and 2.
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 400.0
C5-28
(35D)
C5-32
(361)
Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit
Sets the ASR integral upper limit for motor 2 as a percentage of rated load torque.
Integral Operation during
Accel/Decel for Motor 2
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Disabled. Integral functions for motor 2 are enabled only during constant speed.
1: Enabled. Integral functions are always enabled for motor 2, during accel/ decel and during constant speed.
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> The setting range is 1.00 to 300.00 in CLV and AOLV/PM control modes.
<5> Default setting is determined by parameter E3-01, Motor 2 Control Mode Selection.
Default: 400%
Min.: 0
Max.: 400
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
C6: Carrier Frequency
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
C6-01
(223)
C6-02
(224)
Description
Drive Duty Selection
All Modes
0: Heavy Duty (HD) for constant torque applications.
1: Normal Duty (ND) for variable torque applications.
Carrier Frequency Selection
All Modes
1: 2.0 kHz
Values
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1
Range: 1
Page
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 251
A
A.6 d: References
A.6 d: References
Reference parameters set the various frequency reference values during operation.
u
d1: Frequency Reference
No.
(Addr.
Hex) d1-01
(280)
Name
Frequency Reference 1
Description
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
d1-02
(281) d1-03
(282) d1-04
(283) d1-05
(284) d1-06
(285) d1-07
(286) d1-08
(287) d1-09
(288) d1-10
(28B) d1-11
(28C) d1-12
(28D) d1-13
(28E)
Frequency Reference 2
Frequency Reference 3
Frequency Reference 4
Frequency Reference 5
Frequency Reference 6
Frequency Reference 7
Frequency Reference 8
Frequency Reference 9
Frequency Reference 10
Frequency Reference 11
Frequency Reference 12
Frequency Reference 13
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Values
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Page
252 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.6 d: References
No.
(Addr.
Hex) d1-14
(28F) d1-15
(290) d1-16
(291) d1-17
(292)
Name
Frequency Reference 14
Frequency Reference 15
Frequency Reference 16
Jog Frequency Reference
Description Values
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Sets the Jog frequency reference. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
Default: 6.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 150.00 <1>
<2>
<1> Range upper limit is determined by parameters d2-01, Frequency Reference Upper Limit, and E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency.
<2> The setting range is 0.0 to 66.0 in AOLV/PM.
u
d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
No.
(Addr.
Hex.)
Name d2-01
(289) d2-02
(28A) d2-03
(293)
Description
Frequency Reference Upper
Limit
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference upper limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Frequency Reference Lower
Limit
All Modes
Sets the frequency reference lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Master Speed Reference
Lower Limit
All Modes
Sets the lower limit for frequency references from analog inputs as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Setting
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 110.0
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 110.0
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 110.0
u
d3: Jump Frequency
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values d3-01
(294) d3-02
(295) d3-03
(296)
Jump Frequency 1
Jump Frequency 2
Jump Frequency 3
All Modes
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor through the prohibited frequency ranges.
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
All Modes
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor through the prohibited frequency ranges.
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
All Modes
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor through the prohibited frequency ranges.
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Page
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 253
A.6 d: References
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values d3-04
(297)
Jump Frequency Width
All Modes
Sets the dead-band width around each selected prohibited frequency reference point.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Mode Setting.
u
d4: Frequency Reference Hold and Up/Down 2 Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description d4-01
(298) d4-03
(2AA) d4-04
(2AB) d4-05
(2AC) d4-06
(2AD) d4-07
(2AE) d4-08
(2AF) d4-09
(2B0) d4-10
(2B6)
Values
Frequency Reference Hold
Function Selection
Frequency Reference Bias
Step (Up/Down 2)
Frequency Reference Bias
Accel/Decel (Up/Down 2)
Frequency Reference Bias
Operation Mode Selection
(Up/Down 2)
Frequency Reference Bias
(Up/Down 2)
All Modes
0: Disabled. Drive starts from zero when the power is switched on.
1: Enabled. At power up, the drive starts the motor at the Hold frequency that was saved.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets the bias added to the frequency reference when the Up 2 and Down 2 digital inputs are enabled (H1oo = 75, 76).
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 99.99
All Modes
0: Use selected accel/decel time.
1: Use accel/decel time 4 (C1-07 and C1-08).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: Bias value is held if no input Up 2 or Down 2 is active.
1: When the Up 2 reference and Down 2 reference are both on or both off, the applied bias becomes 0. The specified accel/decel times are used for acceleration or deceleration.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
The Up/Down 2 bias value is saved in d4-06 when the frequency reference is not input by the digital operator. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -99.9
Max.: 100.0
Analog Frequency
Reference Fluctuation Limit
(Up/Down 2)
All Modes
Limits how much the frequency reference is allowed to change while an input terminal set for Up 2 or Down 2 is enabled. If the frequency reference changes for more than the set value, then the bias value is held and the drive accelerates or decelerates to the frequency reference. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 1.0%
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 100.0
Frequency Reference Bias
Upper Limit (Up/Down 2)
Frequency Reference Bias
Lower Limit (Up/Down 2)
All Modes
Sets the upper limit for the bias and the value that can be saved in d4-06. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
All Modes
Sets the lower limit for the bias and the value that can be saved in d4-06. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -99.9
Max.: 0.0
Up/Down Frequency
Reference Limit Selection
All Modes
0: The lower limit is determined by d2-02 or an analog input.
1: The lower limit is determined by d2-02.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
Page
254 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.6 d: References u
d5: Torque Control
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name d5-01
(29A) d5-02
(29B) d5-03
(29C) d5-04
(29D) d5-05
(29E) d5-06
(29F) d5-08
(2B5)
Description Values
Torque Control Selection
Torque Reference Delay
Time
Speed Limit Selection
Speed Limit
Speed Limit Bias
Speed/Torque Control
Switchover Time
Unidirectional Speed Limit
Bias
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Speed Control
1: Torque Control
Set to 0 when using a digital input to switch between Speed and Torque Control
(H1oo = 71).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets a delay time for the torque reference signal. Used to suppress effects by noisy or fluctuating torque reference signals.
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
1: Limit set by the frequency reference in b1-01.
2: Limit set by d5-04.
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the speed limit during Torque Control as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Enabled when d5-03 = 2. A negative setting sets a limit in the opposite direction of the Run command.
Default: 0 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 1000
Default: 1
Range: 1, 2
Default: 0%
Min.: -120
Max.: 120
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the speed limit bias as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
The bias is applied to the specified speed limit and can adjust the margin for the speed limit.
Default: 10%
Min.: 0
Max.: 120
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the delay time for switching between Speed and Torque Control using an input terminal (H1oo = 71). Reference values are held during this switch delay time.
Default: 0 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 1000
V/f
OLV/PM
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
V/f w PG
AOLV/PM
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1 u
d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing
No.
(Addr
Hex.)
Name d6-01
(2A0) d6-02
(2A1) d6-03
(2A2)
Description Values
Field Weakening Level
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the drive output voltage for the Field Weakening function as a percentage of the maximum output voltage.
Enabled when a multi-function input is set for Field Weakening (H1oo =
63).
Default: 80%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Field Weakening Frequency
Limit
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the lower limit of the frequency range where Field Weakening control is valid.
The Field Weakening command is valid only at frequencies above this setting and only when the output frequency matches the frequency reference (speed agree).
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Field Forcing Selection
V/f
OLV/PM
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
V/f w PG
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 255
A.6 d: References
No.
(Addr
Hex.)
Name d6-06
(2A5)
Field Forcing Limit
Description Values
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the upper limit of the excitation current command during magnetic field forcing. A setting of 100% is equal to motor no-load current. Disabled only during DC Injection Braking.
Default: 400%
Min.: 100
Max.: 400 u
d7: Offset Frequency
No.
(Addr.
Hex) d7-01
(2B2)
Name
Offset Frequency 1 d7-02
(2B3) d7-03
(2B4)
Offset Frequency 2
Offset Frequency 3
Description Setting
All Modes
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 1”
(H1oo = 44) is switched on.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
All Modes
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 2”
(H1oo = 45) is switched on.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
All Modes
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 3”
(H1oo = 46) is switched on.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
Page
Page
256 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.7 E: Motor Parameters
A.7 E: Motor Parameters u
E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
E1-01
(300)
Input Voltage Setting
Description Values
All Modes
This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective features of the drive to function properly. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/or death or personal injury.
Default: 460 V <1>
Min.: 310
Max.: 510 <1>
Page
E1-03
(302)
E1-04
(303)
E1-05
(304)
E1-06
(305)
E1-07
(306)
E1-08
(307)
E1-09
(308)
E1-10
(309)
E1-11
(30A)
<9>
E1-12
(30B)
<9>
E1-13
(30C)
V/f Pattern Selection
CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: 50 Hz, Constant torque 1
1: 60 Hz, Constant torque 2
2: 60 Hz, Constant torque 3 (50 Hz base)
3: 72 Hz, Constant torque 4 (60 Hz base)
4: 50 Hz, Variable torque 1
5: 50 Hz, Variable torque 2
6: 60 Hz, Variable torque 3
7: 60 Hz, Variable torque 4
8: 50 Hz, High starting torque 1
9: 50 Hz, High starting torque 2
A: 60 Hz, High starting torque 3
B: 60 Hz, High starting torque 4
C: 90 Hz (60 Hz base)
D: 120 Hz (60 Hz base)
E: 180 Hz (60 Hz base)
F: Custom V/f, E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the V/f pattern
Default: F
Range: 0 to 9;
A to F <3>
<2>
Maximum Output
Frequency
Maximum Voltage
Base Frequency
Middle Output Frequency
Middle Output Frequency
Voltage
Base Voltage
All Modes
These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F.
To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E1-07 and E1-09.
In this case, the setting for E1-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these rules:
E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
Output Voltage (V)
E1-05
E1-12
E1-13
E1-08
E1-10
Minimum Output Frequency
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
Frequency (Hz)
Minimum Output Frequency
Voltage
Middle Output Frequency 2
Note: Some parameters may not be available depending on the control mode.
• E1-07, E1-08, and E1-10 are available only in the following control modes:
V/f Control, V/f with PG, Open Loop Vector.
• E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 are available only in the following control modes:
V/f Control, V/f with PG, Open Loop Vector, Closed Loop Vector.
Middle Output Frequency
Voltage 2
Default: <4>
Min.: 40.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <4>
Min.: 0.0 V
Max.: 510.0 V <1>
Default: <4>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <4>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <4>
Min.: 0.0 V
Max.: 510.0 V <1>
Default: <4>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <4>
Min.: 0.0 V
Max.: 510.0 V <1>
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: 0.0 V
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 510.0 V <1>
Default: 0.0 V <8>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 510.0 V <1>
<1> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 600 V class and 690 V class drives.
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 257
A.7 E: Motor Parameters
<2> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<3> The setting value is F in OLV modes.
<4> Default setting is dependent on parameters A1-02, Control Model Selection, C6-01, Drive Duty Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<8> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
<9> Parameter ignored when E1-11 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E1-12 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.0.
u
E2: Motor 1 Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
E2-01
(30E)
Motor Rated Current
Description Values
Sets the motor nameplate full load current in amps. Automatically set during
Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 10% of drive rated current
Max.: 200% of drive rated current
<2>
E2-02
(30F)
E2-03
(310)
E2-04
(311)
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Number of Motor Poles
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 Hz
Max.: 20.00 Hz
Sets the motor rated slip. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 A
Max.: E2-01 <2>
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: 4
Min.: 2
Max.: 48
Page
E2-05
(312)
E2-06
(313)
E2-07
(314)
E2-08
(315)
E2-09
(316)
E2-10
(317)
Motor Line-to-Line
Resistance
Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance. Automatically set during
Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 mΩ
Max.: 65000 mΩ
Motor Leakage Inductance
Motor Iron-Core Saturation
Coefficient 1
Motor Iron-Core Saturation
Coefficient 2
Motor Mechanical Loss
Motor Iron Loss for Torque
Compensation
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0%
Max.: 40.0%
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux.
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: 0.50
Min.: E2-07
Max.: 0.50
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux.
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
Sets the motor iron loss.
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
Default: 0.75
Min.: E2-07
Max.: 0.75
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 W
Max.: 65535 W
E2-11
(318)
Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (1 HP = 0.746 kW). Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 kW
Max.: 650.00 kW
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameters C6-01, Drive Duty Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
258 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.7 E: Motor Parameters u
E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2
These parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode has been selected for motor 1 (A1-02 = 5, 6, 7).
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values Page
E3-01
(319)
E3-04
(31A)
E3-05
(31B)
E3-06
(31C)
E3-07
(31D)
E3-08
(31E)
E3-09
(31F)
E3-10
(320)
E3-11
(345)
<3>
E3-12
(346)
<3>
E3-13
(347)
Motor 2 Control Mode
Selection
Motor 2 Maximum Output
Frequency
Motor 2 Maximum Voltage
Motor 2 Base Frequency
Motor 2 Mid Output
Frequency
Motor 2 Mid Output
Frequency Voltage
Motor 2 Minimum Output
Frequency
Motor 2 Minimum Output
Frequency Voltage
Motor 2 Mid Output
Frequency 2
Motor 2 Mid Output
Frequency Voltage 2
Motor 2 Base Voltage
0: V/f Control
1: V/f Control with PG
2: Open Loop Vector Control
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F.
To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E3-07 and E3-09. In this case, the setting for E3-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these rules or an oPE10 fault will occur:
E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ E3-11 ≤ E3-04
Output Voltage (V)
E3-05
E3-12
Note:
E3-13
E3-08
E3-10
E3-09 E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
Frequency (Hz)
E3-07 and E3-08 are only available in the following control modes: V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV.
Default: <1>
Min.: 40.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 V
Max.: 510.0 V <2>
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <1>
Min: 0.0
Max: 150.0
Default: <1>
Min: 0.0 V
Max: 510.0 V <2>
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <1>
Min: 0.0 V
Max: 510.0 V <2>
Default: 0.0
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
<4>
Default: 0.0 V
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 510.0
<2>
Default: 0.0 V <5>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 510.0
<2>
<1> Default setting is dependent on E3-01, Motor 2 Control Mode Selection. The value shown here is for V/f Control (0).
<2> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<3> Ignored when E3-11, Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2, and E3-12, Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2, are set to 0.
<4> The setting range is 0.0 to 66.0 in AOLV/PM.
<5> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 259
A
A.7 E: Motor Parameters u
E4: Motor 2 Parameters
These parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode has been selected for motor 1 (A1-02 = 5, 6, 7).
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
E4-01
(321)
Motor 2 Rated Current Sets the full load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 10% of drive rated current
Max.: 200% of drive rated current
<2>
E4-02
(322)
E4-03
(323)
E4-04
(324)
Motor 2 Rated Slip
Motor 2 Rated No-Load
Current
Motor 2 Motor Poles
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 Hz
Max.: 20.00 Hz <2>
Sets the rated slip for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Sets the no-load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 A
Max.: E4-01 <2>
Sets the number of poles of motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: 4
Min.: 2
Max.: 48
Page
E4-05
(325)
Motor 2 Line-to-Line
Resistance
Default: <1>
Min.: 0mΩ
Max.: 65000 mΩ
Sets the phase-to-phase resistance for motor 2. Automatically set during
Auto-Tuning.
E4-06
(326)
E4-07
(343)
E4-08
(344)
E4-09
(33F)
E4-10
(340)
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
Sets the voltage drop for motor 2 due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of rated voltage. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core
Saturation Coefficient 1
Default: <1>
Min: 0.0%
Max: 40.0%
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux for motor
2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: 0.50
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 0.50
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core
Saturation Coefficient 2
Motor 2 Mechanical Loss
Motor 2 Iron Loss
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux for motor
2. This value is automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: 0.75
Min.: E4-07
Max.: 0.75
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the motor mechanical loss for motor 2 as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
Sets the motor iron loss.
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 W
Max.: 65535 W
E4-11
(327)
Motor 2 Rated Power
Sets the motor rated capacity in kW. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 kW
Max.: 650.00 kW
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameters C6-01, Drive Duty Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
260 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.8 F: Options
A.8 F: Options
F parameters program the drive for PG feedback from the motor and to function with option cards.
u
F1: PG Speed Control Card (PG-X3/PG-B3)
Parameters F1-01, F1-05, F1-06, F1-12, F1-20, F1-21 include “PG 1” in the parameter name and are used to set up a PG option card plugged into option port CN5-C of the drive.
Parameters F1-21 through F1-37 include “PG 2” in the parameter name and are used to set up a PG option card plugged into option port CN5-B of the drive.
Other parameters in the F1 group are used to set operation for PG options plugged into port CN5-C and CN5-B.
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values Page
F1-01
(380)
PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution
Sets the number of PG (pulse generator or encoder) pulses. Sets the number of pulses per motor revolution.
Default: 1024 ppr
Min.: 1
Max.: 60000
F1-02
(381)
Operation Selection at PG
Open Circuit (PGo)
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop.
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
4: No alarm display
Note: Due to potential damage to the motor and machinery, only use the “Alarm only” and “No alarm display” settings under special circumstances.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 4
F1-03
(382)
Operation Selection at
Overspeed (oS)
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop.
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
F1-04
(383)
Operation Selection at
Deviation
F1-05
(384)
PG 1 Rotation Selection
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop.
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 3
0: Pulse A leads
1: Pulse B leads
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
F1-06
(385)
F1-08
(387)
F1-09
(388)
PG 1 Division Rate for PG
Pulse Monitor
Sets the division ratio for the pulse monitor used of the PG option card installed to port CN5-C.
By setting “xyz”, the division ratio becomes = [(1 + x) / yz].
If only using the A pulse for one-track input, the input ratio will be 1:1 regardless of F1-06 setting.
Default: 1
Min.: 1
Max.: 132
Default: 115%
Min.: 0
Max.: 120
Overspeed Detection Level
Sets the overspeed detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Overspeed Detection Delay
Time
Sets the time in seconds for an overspeed situation to trigger a fault (oS).
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 s
Max.: 2.0 s
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 261
A.8 F: Options
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
F1-10
(389)
F1-11
(38A)
F1-12
(38B)
F1-13
(38C)
F1-14
(38D)
Excessive Speed Deviation
Detection Level
Excessive Speed Deviation
Detection Delay Time
PG 1 Gear Teeth 1
PG 1 Gear Teeth 2
PG Open-Circuit Detection
Time
Sets the speed deviation detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 10%
Min.: 0
Max.: 50
Sets the time in seconds for a speed deviation situation to trigger a fault (dEv).
Default: 0.5 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG).
A gear ratio of 1 will be used if F1-12 or F1-13 are set to 0.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 1000
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG). A gear ratio of 1 will be used if F1-12 or F1-13 are set to 0.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 1000
Sets the time required to trigger a PG Open fault (PGo).
Default: 2.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
F1-20
(3B4)
F1-21
(3BC)
PG Option Card Disconnect
Detection 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
PG 1 Signal Selection
V/f
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
0: A pulse detection
1: AB pulse detection
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
F1-30
(3AA)
PG Card Option Port for
Motor 2 Selection Sets the port for the PG option card used by motor 2.
0: CN5-C
1: CN5-B
F1-31
(3B0)
PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution
Sets the number of pulses for a PG option card connected to port CN5-B.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1024 ppr
Min.: 1
Max.: 60000
F1-32
(3B1)
F1-33
(3B2)
F1-34
(3B3)
F1-35
(3BE)
PG 2 Rotation Selection
PG 2 Gear Teeth 1
PG 2 Gear Teeth 2
PG 2 Division Rate for Pulse
Monitor
0: Pulse A leads
1: Pulse B leads
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG).
A gear ratio of 1 will be used if F1-33 or F1-34 are set to 0.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 1000
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG). A gear ratio of 1 will be used if F1-33 or F1-34 are set to 0.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 1000
Sets the division ratio for the pulse monitor used of the PG option card 2 installed to port CN5-B.
By setting “xyz”, the division ratio becomes = [(1 + x) / yz].
Default: 1
Min.: 1
Max.: 132
F1-36
(3B5)
PG Option Card Disconnect
Detection 2
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Page
262 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.8 F: Options
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description
F1-37
(3BD)
PG 2 Signal Selection
V/f
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
0: A pulse detection
1: AB pulse detection
OLV
CLV/PM
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
CLV
Values
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
F2: Analog Input Card (AI-A3)
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
F2-01
(38F)
F2-02
(368)
F2-03
(369)
Analog Input Option Card
Operation Selection
Analog Input Option Card
Gain
Analog Input Option Card
Bias
Description Values
All Modes
0: Option card input terminals V1, V2, and V3 replace drive input terminals
A1, A2, and A3.
1: Input signals to terminals V1, V2, and V3 are added together to create the frequency reference.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets the gain for the input signal to the analog card.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
Sets the bias for the input signal to the analog card.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Page
Page
u
F3: Digital Input Card (DI-A3)
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
F3-01
(390)
F3-03
(3B9)
Description Values
Digital Input Option Card
Input Selection
Digital Input Option DI-A3
Data Length Selection
All Modes
0: BCD, 1% units
1: BCD, 0.1% units
2: BCD, 0.01% units
3: BCD, 1 Hz units
4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
6: BCD customized setting (5-digit), 0.02 Hz units
7: Binary input
When the digital operator units are set to be displayed in Hertz or user-set units
(o1-03 = 2 or 3), the units for F3-01 are determined by parameter o1-03.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 7
All Modes
0: 8 bit
1: 12 bit
2: 16 bit
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 2 u
F4: Analog Monitor Card (AO-A3)
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
F4-01
(391)
F4-02
(392)
Terminal V1 Monitor
Selection
Terminal V1 Monitor Gain
Description Values
All Modes
Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V1. Set this parameter to the last three digits of the desired U o oo monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
Default: 102
Range: 000 to 999
All Modes
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V1.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 263
A.8 F: Options
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
F4-03
(393)
F4-04
(394)
F4-05
(395)
F4-06
(396)
F4-07
(397)
F4-08
(398)
Terminal V2 Monitor
Selection
Terminal V2 Monitor Gain
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias
Terminal V2 Monitor Bias
Terminal V1 Signal Level
Terminal V2 Signal Level
All Modes
Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V2. Set this parameter to the last three digits of the desired U o oo monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
Default: 103
Range: 000 to 999
All Modes
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V2.
Default: 50.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V1.
All Modes
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V2.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 to 10 V
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 to 10 V
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
u
F5: Digital Output Card (DO-A3)
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
F5-01
(399)
F5-02
(39A)
F5-03
(39B)
F5-04
(39C)
F5-05
(39D)
F5-06
(39E)
F5-07
(39F)
F5-08
(3A0)
Name
Terminal P1-PC Output
Selection
Terminal P2-PC Output
Selection
Terminal P3-PC Output
Selection
Terminal P4-PC Output
Selection
Terminal P5-PC Output
Selection
Terminal P6-PC Output
Selection
Terminal M1-M2 Output
Selection
Terminal M3-M4 Output
Selection
F5-09
(3A1)
DO-A3 Output Mode
Selection
Description Values
All Modes
Sets the function for contact output terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, and photocoupler output terminals P1 through P6.
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 192
Default: 4
Range: 0 to 192
Default: 6
Range: 0 to 192
Default: 37
Range: 0 to 192
Default: F
Range: 0 to 192
Default: F
Range: 0 to 192
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 192
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 192
All Modes
0: Output terminals are each assigned separate output functions.
1: Binary code output.
2: Use output terminal functions selected by parameters F5-01 through F5-08.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
u
F6, F7: Communication Option Card
Parameters F6-01 through F6-03 and F6-06 through F6-08 are used for CC-Link, CANopen, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP, and
MECHATROLINK-II options. Other parameters in the F6 group are used for communication-protocol-specific settings. F7 parameters are used for EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP/IP, and PROFINET options.
264 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.8 F: Options
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
F6-01
(3A2)
F6-02
(3A3)
F6-03
(3A4)
F6-04
(3A5)
F6-06
(3A7)
F6-07
(3A8)
F6-08
(36A)
<1>
F6-10
(3B6)
F6-11
(3B7)
F6-14
(3BB)
F6-20
(36B)
F6-21
(36C)
F6-22
(36D)
F6-23
(36E)
F6-24
(36F)
Communications Error
Operation Selection
External Fault from Comm.
Option Detection Selection
External Fault from Comm.
Option Operation Selection
All Modes
0: Always detected.
1: Detection during run only.
All Modes
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop.
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3 bUS Error Detection Time
All Modes
Sets the delay time for error detection if a bus error occurs.
Default: 2.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 5.0
Torque Reference/Torque
Limit Selection from Comm.
Option
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM
0: Disabled. Torque reference/limit from option board disabled.
1: Enabled. Torque reference/limit from option board enabled.
Multi-Step Speed Enable/
Disable Selection when
NefRef/ComRef is Selected
All Modes
0: Multi-step reference disabled (same as F7)
1: Multi-step reference enabled (same as V7)
Reset Communication
Parameters
CC-Link Node Address
CC-Link Communication
Speed
CC-Link bUS Error Auto
Reset
MECHATROLINK Station
Address
MECHATROLINK Frame
Size
All Modes
0: Communication-related parameters (F6oo ) are not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
1: Reset all communication-related parameters (F6oo ) when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
All Modes
Sets the node address if a CC-Link option is installed.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 64
All Modes
0: 156 Kbps
1: 625 Kbps
2: 2.5 Mbps
3: 5 Mbps
4: 10 Mbps
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 4
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets the station address when the MECHATROLINK-II option has been installed.
All Modes
0: 32 byte
1: 17 byte
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 21
Min.: 20
Max.: 3F
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
MECHATROLINK Link
Speed
All Modes
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop.
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
All Modes
0: 10 Mbps
1: 4 Mbps
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
MECHATROLINK
Monitor Selection (E)
MECHATROLINK
Monitor Selection (F)
All Modes
Sets the MECHATROLINK-II monitor (E).
All Modes
Sets the MECHATROLINK-II monitor (F).
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: FFFF
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: FFFF
Page
—
—
—
—
—
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 265
A
A.8 F: Options
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
F6-25
(3C9)
F6-26
(3CA)
F6-30
(3CB)
F6-31
(3CC)
F6-32
(3CD)
F6-35
(3D0)
F6-36
(3D1)
F6-50
(3C1)
F6-51
(3C2)
F6-52
(3C3)
F6-53
(3C4)
F6-54
(3C5)
F6-55
(3C6)
F6-56
(3D7)
F6-57
(3D8)
Operation Selection at
Watchdog Timer Error (E5)
All Modes
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate using the deceleration time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast stop. Decelerate using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
MECHATROLINK bUS
Errors Detected
PROFIBUS-DP Node
Address
All Modes
Sets the number of option communication errors (bUS).
All Modes
Sets the node address.
Default: 2
Min.: 2
Max.: 10
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 125
PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode
Selection
All Modes
0: Resets drive operation with a Clear mode command.
1: Maintains the previous operation state when Clear mode command is given.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
PROFIBUS-DP Data
Format Selection
CANopen Node ID
Selection
All Modes
0: PPO Type
1: Conventional
All Modes
Sets the node address.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 126
CANopen Communication
Speed
DeviceNet MAC Address
All Modes
0: Auto-detection
1: 10 kbps
2: 20 kbps
3: 50 kbps
4: 125 kbps
5: 250 kbps
6: 500 kbps
7: 800 kbps
8: 1 Mbps
All Modes
Selects the drive MAC address.
Default: 6
Range: 0 to 8
Default: 64
Min.: 0
Max.: 64
DeviceNet Communication
Speed
DeviceNet PCA Setting
DeviceNet PPA Setting
All Modes
0: 125 kbps
1: 250 kbps
2: 500 kbps
3: Adjustable from network
4: Detect automatically
All Modes
Sets the format of the data set from the DeviceNet master to the drive.
All Modes
Sets the format of the data set from the drive to the DeviceNet master.
Default: 4
Range: 0 to 4
Default: 21
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Default: 71
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
DeviceNet Idle Mode Fault
Detection
DeviceNet Baud Rate
Monitor
DeviceNet Speed Scaling
DeviceNet Current Scaling
All Modes
0: Enabled
1: Disabled, no fault detection
All Modes
Verifies the baud rate running on the network.
0: 125 kbps
1: 250 kbps
2: 500 kbps
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in DeviceNet.
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in DeviceNet.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Page
—
—
266 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.8 F: Options
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
F6-58
(3D9)
F6-59
(3DA)
F6-60
(3DB)
F6-61
(3DC)
F6-62
(3DD)
F7-13
(3F1)
Name
DeviceNet Torque Scaling
DeviceNet Power Scaling
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in DeviceNet.
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in DeviceNet.
DeviceNet Voltage Scaling
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in DeviceNet.
DeviceNet Time Scaling
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in DeviceNet.
DeviceNet Heartbeat
Interval
All Modes
Sets the heartbeat interval for DeviceNet communications.
All Modes
Saves and monitors settings 0 to 63 of F6-50 (DeviceNet MAC Address).
All Modes
Reserved for Dynamic I/O Assembly Parameters.
F7-09
(3ED)
F7-10
(3EE)
F7-11
(3EF)
F7-12
(3E0)
F7-05
(3E9)
F7-06
(3EA)
F7-07
(3EB)
F7-08
(3EC)
F6-63
(3DE)
F6-64 to
F6-71
(3DF to
3C8)
F7-01
(3E5)
<2>
F7-02
(3E6)
<2>
F7-03
(3E7)
<2>
F7-04
(3E8)
<2>
DeviceNet Network MAC
ID
Reserved
IP Address 1
IP Address 2
IP Address 3
IP Address 4
Subnet Mask 1
Subnet Mask 2
Subnet Mask 3
Subnet Mask 4
Gateway Address 1
Gateway Address 2
Gateway Address 3
Gateway Address 4
Address Mode at Startup
All Modes
Sets the most significant octet of network static IP address.
All Modes
Sets the second most significant octet of network static IP address.
All Modes
Sets the third most significant octet of network static IP address.
All Modes
Description
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network static IP address.
All Modes
Sets the most significant octet of network static Subnet Mask.
All Modes
Sets the second most significant octet of network static Subnet Mask.
All Modes
Sets the third most significant octet of network static Subnet Mask.
All Modes
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network static Subnet Mask.
All Modes
Sets the most significant octet of network Gateway address.
All Modes
Sets the second most significant octet of network Gateway address.
All Modes
Sets the third most significant octet of network Gateway address.
All Modes
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network Gateway address.
All Modes
Select the option address setting method
0: Static <3>
1: BOOTP
2: DHCP
–
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 2
Values
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 10
Default: 63
Min.: 0
Max.: 63
Default: 192
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 168
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 20
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 255
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 255
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 255
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 192
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 168
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 255
Page
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 267
A.8 F: Options
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
F7-14
(3F2)
F7-15
(3F3)
F7-16
(3F4)
F7-17
(3F5)
F7-18
(3F6)
F7-19
(3F7)
F7-20
(3F8)
F7-21
(3F9)
F7-22
(3FA)
Duplex Mode Selection
Communication Speed
Selection
All Modes
Selects duplex mode setting.
0: Half duplex forced
1: Auto-negotiate duplex mode and communication speed
2: Full duplex forced
All Modes
Sets the communication speed
10: 10 Mbps
100: 100 Mbps
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 10
Range: 10, 100
Communication Loss
Timeout
EtherNet/IP Speed Scaling
Factor
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH
Object.
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
EtherNet/IP Current Scaling
Factor
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in EtherNet/IP Class ID
2AH Object.
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
EtherNet/IP Torque Scaling
Factor
All Modes
Sets the timeout value for communication loss detection in tenths of a second.
A value of 0 disables the connection timeout.
Example: An entered value of 100 represents 10.0 seconds.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH
Object.
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
EtherNet/IP Power Scaling
Factor
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH
Object.
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
EtherNet/IP Voltage Scaling
Factor
EtherNet/IP Time Scaling
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH
Object.
All Modes
Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH
Object.
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
F7-23 to
F7-32
(3FB to
374)
Dynamic Output Assembly
Parameters
All Modes
Parameters used in Output Assembly 116. Each parameter contains a
MEMOBUS/Modbus address. The value received for Output Assembly 116 will be written to this corresponding MEMOBUS/Modbus address. A
MEMOBUS/Modbus address value of 0 means that the value received for
Output Assembly 116 will not be written to any MEMOBUS/Modbus register.
Default: 0
F7-33 to
F7-42
(375 to
37E)
Dynamic Input Assembly
Parameters
All Modes
Parameters used in Input Assembly 166. Each parameter contains a
MEMOBUS/Modbus address. The value sent for Input Assembly 166 will be read from this corresponding MEMOBUS/Modbus address. A MEMOBUS/
Modbus address value of 0 means that the value sent for Input Assembly 166 is not defined by the user, therefore the option default register value will be returned.
Default: 0
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<2> Cycle power for setting changes to take effect.
<3> If F7-13 is set to 0, all IP addresses (F7-01 to F7-04) must be unique.
Page
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
268 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
u
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description
H1-01
(438)
H1-02
(439)
H1-03
(400)
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S1 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S2 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S3 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
H1-04
(401)
H1-05
(402)
H1-06
(403)
H1-07
(404)
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S4 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S5 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S6 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S7 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
H1-08
(405)
Multi-Function Digital Input
Terminal S8 Function
Selection
All Modes
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
to
273 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
<1> Value in parenthesis is the default setting when a 3-Wire initialization is performed (A1-03 = 3330).
H1oo
Setting
Function
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
Description
0
1
2
3-Wire sequence
LOCAL/REMOTE selection
External reference 1/2 selection
Values
Default: 40 (F) <1>
Min.: 1
Max.: 9F
Default: 41 (F) <1>
Min.: 1
Max.: 9F
Default: 24
Min.: 0
Max.: 9F
Default: 14
Min.: 0
Max.: 9F
Default: 3 (0) <1>
Min.: 0
Max.: 9F
Default: 4 (3) <1>
Min.: 0
Max.: 9F
Default: 6 (4) <1>
Min.: 0
Max.: 9F
Default: 8 (6) <1>
Min.: 0
Max.: 9F
All Modes
Closed: Reverse rotation (only if the drive is set up for 3-Wire sequence)
Terminals S1 and S2 are automatically set up for the Run command and Stop command.
All Modes
Open: REMOTE (parameter settings determine the source of the frequency Reference 1 or 2
(b1-01, b1-02 or b1-15, b1-16)
Closed: LOCAL, digital operator is run and reference source
All Modes
Open: Run command and frequency reference source 1 (determined by b1-01 and b1-02)
Closed: Run command and frequency reference source 2 (determined by b1-15 and b1-16)
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 269
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H1oo
Setting
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
Function
Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
Multi-Step Speed Reference 3
Jog reference selection
Accel/decel time selection 1
Baseblock command (N.O.)
Baseblock command (N.C.)
Accel/decel ramp hold
Drive overheat alarm (oH2)
Analog terminal input selection
PG encoder disable
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
Description
All Modes
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
All Modes
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
All Modes
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
All Modes
Closed: Jog frequency reference (d1-17) selected. Jog has priority over all other reference sources.
All Modes
Used to switch between accel/decel time 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel time 2 (set in C1-03, C1-04).
All Modes
Closed: No drive output
All Modes
Open: No drive output
All Modes
Open: Accel/decel is not held
Closed: The drive pauses during acceleration or deceleration and maintains the output frequency.
All Modes
Closed: Closes when an oH2 alarm occurs
All Modes
Open: Function assigned by H3-14 is disabled.
Closed: Function assigned by H3-14 is enabled.
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Open: Speed feedback for V/f Control with PG is enabled.
Closed: Speed feedback disabled.
Page
E ASR integral reset
F Through mode
10 Up command
11 Down command
12 Forward Jog
Open: PI control
Closed: Integral reset
All Modes
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function but can be used as digital input for the controller the drive is connected to.
All Modes
The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when the Down command closes. When both terminals are closed or both are open, the drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down commands must always be used in conjunction with one another.
All Modes
The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when the Down command closes. When both terminals are closed or both are open, the drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down commands must always be used in conjunction with one another.
All Modes
Closed: Runs forward at the Jog frequency d1-17.
270 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
H1oo
Setting
13 Reverse Jog
Function
14
15
Fault reset
Fast Stop (N.O.)
16 Motor 2 selection
17 Fast Stop (N.C.)
18 Timer function input
19 PID disable
1A Accel/decel time selection 2
1B Program lockout
1E Reference sample hold
20 to 2F External fault
30 PID integral reset
31 PID integral hold
32
Multi-Step Speed
Reference 4
34 PID soft starter cancel
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
Description
All Modes
Closed: Runs reverse at the Jog frequency d1-17.
All Modes
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Run command is removed.
All Modes
Closed: Decelerates at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
Page
Open: Motor 1 (E1oo , E2oo )
Closed: Motor 2 (E3oo , E4oo )
All Modes
Open: Decelerates to stop at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
All Modes
Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction with the timer function output (H2oo = 12).
All Modes
Open: PID control enabled
Closed: PID control disabled
All Modes
Used in conjunction with an input terminal set for “Accel/decel time selection 1”
(H1oo = 7), and allows the drive to switch between accel/decel times 3 and 4.
All Modes
Open: Parameters cannot be edited (except for U1-01 if the reference source is assigned to the digital operator).
Closed: Parameters can be edited and saved.
All Modes
Closed: Samples the analog frequency reference and operates the drive at that speed.
All Modes
20: N.O., Always detected, ramp to stop
21: N.C., Always detected, ramp to stop
22: N.O., During run, ramp to stop
23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop
24: N.O., Always detected, coast to stop
25: N.C., Always detected, coast to stop
26: N.O., During run, coast to stop
27: N.C., During run, coast to stop
28: N.O., Always detected, Fast Stop
29: N.C., Always detected, Fast Stop
2A: N.O., During run, Fast Stop
2B: N.C., During run, Fast Stop
2C: N.O., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2D: N.C., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2E: N.O., During run, alarm only (continue running)
2F: N.C., During run, alarm only (continue running)
All Modes
Closed: Resets the PID control integral value.
All Modes
Open: Performs integral operation.
Closed: Maintains the current PID control integral value.
All Modes
Used in combination with input terminals set to Multi-Step Speed Reference 1, 2, and 3. Use parameters d1-09 to d1-16 to set reference values.
All Modes
Open: PID soft starter is enabled.
Closed: Disables the PID soft starter b5-17.
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 271
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H1oo
Setting
35
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
60
61
62
63
65
66
67
6A
Function
PID input level selection
Forward run command
(2-Wire sequence)
Reverse run command
(2-Wire sequence)
Run command
(2-Wire sequence 2)
FWD/REV command
(2-Wire sequence 2)
Offset frequency 1
Offset frequency 2
Offset frequency 3
Node setup
DC Injection Braking command
External Speed Search command 1
External Speed Search command 2
Field weakening
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.)
Communications test mode
Drive enable
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
Description
All Modes
Closed: Inverts the PID input signal.
All Modes
Open: Stop
Closed: Forward run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
All Modes
Open: Stop
Closed: Reverse run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
All Modes
Open: Stop
Closed: Run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
All Modes
Open: Forward
Closed: Reverse
Note: Determines motor direction, but does not issue a Run command. Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
All Modes
Closed: Adds d7-01 to the frequency reference.
All Modes
Closed: Adds d7-02 to the frequency reference.
All Modes
Closed: Adds d7-03 to the frequency reference.
All Modes
Closed: Node setup for SI-S3 enabled.
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Closed: Triggers DC Injection Braking.
CLV
V/f w PG CLV
CLV/PM
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the maximum output frequency
(E1-04).
V/f w PG CLV
CLV/PM
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency reference.
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Closed: The drive performs Field Weakening control as set for d6-01 and d6-02.
All Modes
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled.
All Modes
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled.
All Modes
Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-485/422 interface. Displays “PASS” if the test completes successfully.
All Modes
Open: Drive disabled. If this input is opened during run, the drive will stop as specified by b1-03.
Closed: Ready for operation.
Page
272 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H1oo
Setting
71
72
75
76
77
78
7E
90 to 97
9F
Function
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
Description
Speed/Torque control Sswitch
Zero servo
Up 2 command
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
Open: Speed Control
Closed: Torque Control
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
Closed: Zero Servo enabled
CLV/PM
CLV
All Modes
Used to control the bias added to the frequency reference by the Up/Down 2 function. The
Up 2 and Down 2 commands must always be used in conjunction with one another.
Down 2 command
ASR gain switch
External torque reference polarity inversion
Forward/reverse detection
(V/f Control with Simple PG feedback)
All Modes
Used to control the bias added to the frequency reference by the Up/Down 2 function. The
Up 2 and Down 2 commands must always be used in conjunction with one another.
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM
Open: ASR proportional gain 1 (C5-01)
Closed: ASR proportional gain 2 (C5-03)
CLV V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Open: Forward torque reference.
Closed: Reverse polarity.
V/f OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Direction of rotation detection (for V/f with Simple PG Feedback)
DriveWorksEZ digital inputs 1 to 8
All Modes
Reserved for DWEZ input functions
DriveWorksEZ disable
All Modes
Open: DWEZ enabled
Closed: DWEZ disabled u
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
H2-01
(40B)
H2-02
(40C)
H2-03
(40D)
H2-06
(437)
Name
Terminal M1-M2 function selection (relay)
Terminal P1-PC function selection (photocoupler)
Terminal P2-PC function selection (photocoupler)
Watt Hour Output Unit
Selection
Description Values
All Modes
Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings on pages 274 to
for descriptions of setting values.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 192
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 192
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 192
All Modes
Outputs a 200 ms pulse signal when the watt-hour counter increases by the units selected.
0: 0.1 kWh units
1: 1 kWh units
2: 10 kWh units
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 4
Page
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 273
A
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H2oo
Setting
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
E
F
10
11
12
13
14
15
Function
During run
Zero speed
Speed agree 1
User-set speed agree 1
Frequency detection 1
Frequency detection 2
Drive ready
DC bus undervoltage
During baseblock (N.O.)
Frequency reference source
Run command source
Torque detection 1 (N.O.)
Frequency reference loss
Fault
Through mode
Minor fault
Fault reset command active
Timer output
Speed agree 2
User-set speed agree 2
Frequency detection 3
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
Description
All Modes
Closed: A Run command is active or voltage is output.
All Modes
Open: Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
Closed: Output frequency is below the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
All Modes
Closed: Output frequency equals the speed reference (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).
All Modes
Closed: Output frequency and speed reference equal L4-01 (plus or minus the hysteresis set to
L4-02).
All Modes
Closed: Output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.
All Modes
Closed: Output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.
All Modes
Closed: Power up is complete and the drive is ready to accept a Run command.
All Modes
Closed: DC bus voltage is below the Uv trip level set in L2-05.
All Modes
Closed: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
All Modes
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the frequency reference (set in b1-01 or b1-15).
Closed: Digital operator supplies the frequency reference.
All Modes
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the Run command (set in b1-02 or b1-16).
Closed: Digital operator supplies the Run command.
All Modes
Closed: An overtorque or undertorque situation has been detected.
All Modes
Closed: Analog frequency reference has been lost.
All Modes
Closed: Fault occurred.
All Modes
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
All Modes
Closed: An alarm has been triggered, or the IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected life span.
All Modes
Closed: A command has been entered to clear a fault via the input terminals or from the serial network.
All Modes
Closed: Timer output.
All Modes
Closed: When drive output frequency equals the frequency reference ±L4-04.
All Modes
Closed: When the drive output frequency is equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
All Modes
Closed: When the drive output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
Page
274 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H2oo
Setting
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
22
2F
30
31
32
33
37
38
39
Function
Frequency detection 4
Torque detection 1 (N.C.)
Torque detection 2 (N.O.)
Torque detection 2 (N.C.)
During reverse
During baseblock (N.C.)
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
Description
All Modes
Closed: When the output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
All Modes
Open: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
All Modes
Closed: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
All Modes
Open: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
All Modes
Closed: Drive is running in the reverse direction.
All Modes
Open: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
Page
Motor 2 selection
During regeneration
Restart enabled
Motor overload alarm (oL1)
Closed: Motor 2 is selected by a digital input (H1oo = 16)
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Closed: Motor is regenerating energy into the drive.
All Modes
Closed: An automatic restart is performed
All Modes
Closed: oL1 is at 90% of its trip point or greater. An oH3 situation also triggers this alarm.
Drive overheat pre-alarm (oH)
All Modes
Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the parameter L8-02 value.
Mechanical weakening detection
All Modes
Closed: Mechanical weakening detected.
Maintenance period
All Modes
Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay may require maintenance.
During torque limit
During speed limit
During speed limit in Torque
Control
Zero Servo complete
During frequency output
Drive enabled
Watt hour pulse output
Closed: When the torque limit has been reached.
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Closed: Speed limit has been reached.
CLV
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Closed: Speed limit has been reached while using Torque Control.
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Closed: Zero Servo operation has finished.
All Modes
Open: Either the drive has stopped or baseblock, DC Injection Braking, or Initial Excitation is being performed.
Closed: Drive is running the motor (not in a baseblock state and DC Injection is not being performed).
All Modes
Closed: Multi-function input set for “Drive enable” is closed (H1oo = 6A)
All Modes
Output units are determined by H2-06. Outputs a pulse every 200 ms to indicate the kWh count.
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 275
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H2oo
Setting
3C
3D
3E
3F
4A
4C
4D
Function
LOCAL/REMOTE status
During speed search
PID feedback low
PID feedback high
During KEB Ride-Thru
During fast stop oH Pre-alarm time limit
60 Internal cooling fan alarm
90 to 92
DriveWorksEZ digital outputs 1 to 3
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
Description
All Modes
Open: REMOTE
Closed: LOCAL
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Closed: Speed Search is being executed.
CLV
All Modes
Closed: PID feedback level is too low.
All Modes
Closed: The PID feedback level is too high.
All Modes
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru is being performed.
All Modes
Closed: A Fast Stop command has been entered from the operator or input terminals.
All Modes
Closed: oH pre-alarm time limit has passed.
All Modes
Closed: Internal cooling fan alarm
All Modes
Reserved for DWEZ digital output functions.
All Modes
Inverts the output switching of the multi-function output functions.
Set the last two digits of 1 oo to reverse the output signal of that specific function.
u
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
H3-01
(410)
H3-02
(434)
H3-03
(411)
H3-04
(412)
H3-05
(413)
H3-06
(414)
H3-07
(415)
H3-08
(416)
Terminal A1 Signal Level
Selection
Terminal A1 Function
Selection
Terminal A1 Gain Setting
Terminal A1 Bias Setting
Terminal A3 Signal Level
Selection
Terminal A3 Function
Selection
Terminal A3 Gain Setting
Terminal A3 Bias Setting
Description Values
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 to 10 V
All Modes
Sets the function of terminal A1.
All Modes
Sets the function of terminal A3.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 31
All Modes
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 10 V is input at terminal A1.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is input at terminal
A1.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 to 10 V
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 31
All Modes
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-06 when 10 V is input at terminal A3.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-06 when 0 V is input at terminal
A3.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Page
Page
276 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
H3-09
(417)
H3-10
(418)
H3-11
(419)
H3-12
(41A)
H3-13
(41B)
H3-14
(41C)
H3-16
(2F0)
H3-17
(2F1)
H3-18
(2F2)
H3oo
Setting
0
1
2
3
4
5
Terminal A2 Signal Level
Selection
Terminal A2 Function
Selection
Terminal A2 Gain Setting
Terminal A2 Bias Setting
Analog Input Filter Time
Constant
Analog Input Terminal
Enable Selection
Terminal A1 Offset
Terminal A2 Offset
Terminal A3 Offset
Function
Frequency bias
Frequency gain
Auxiliary frequency reference 1
(used as a Multi-Step Speed 2)
Auxiliary frequency reference 2
(3rd step analog)
Output voltage bias
Accel/decel time gain
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 to 10 V
2: 4 to 20 mA
3: 0 to 20 mA
Note: Use DIP switch S1 to set input terminal A2 for a current or a voltage input signal.
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 3
All Modes
Sets the function of terminal A2.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 31
All Modes
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V (20 mA) is input at terminal A2.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V (0 or 4 mA) is input at terminal A2.
All Modes
Sets a primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1, A2, and A3. Used for noise filtering.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Default: 0.03 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.00
All Modes
Determines which analog input terminals will be enabled when a digital input programmed for “Analog input enable” (H1oo = C) is activated.
1: Terminal A1 only
2: Terminal A2 only
3: Terminals A1 and A2 only
4: Terminal A3 only
5: Terminals A1 and A3
6: Terminals A2 and A3
7: All terminals enabled
Default: 7
Range: 1 to 7
All Modes
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A1 is at 0 V.
All Modes
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A2 is at 0 V.
All Modes
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A3 is at 0 V.
Default: 0
Min.: -500
Max.: 500
Default: 0
Min.: -500
Max.: 500
Default: 0
Min.: -500
Max.: 500
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
Description
All Modes
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
All Modes
0 to 10 V signal allows a setting of 0 to 100%. -10 to 0 V signal allows a setting of -100 to 0%.
All Modes
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
All Modes
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
CLV OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
10 V = E1-05 (motor rated voltage)
All Modes
10 V = 100%
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 277
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H3oo
Setting
6
7
8
9
B
C
D
E
F
Overtorque/undertorque detection level
PID feedback
PID setpoint
Function
DC Injection Braking current
Stall Prevention level during run
Output frequency lower limit level
Frequency bias
Motor temperature (PTC input)
Through mode
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
Description
CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
10 V = Drive rated current
CLV/PM
All Modes
10 V = Drive rated current (V/f, V/f w PG)
10 V = Motor rated torque (OLV, CLV, OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)
CLV OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM
10 V = Drive rated current
CLV/PM
All Modes
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
All Modes
10 V = 100%
All Modes
10 V = 100%
All Modes
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
All Modes
10 V = 100%
All Modes
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
10 Forward torque limit
10 V = Motor rated torque
11 Reverse torque limit
10 V = Motor rated torque
12 Regenerative torque limit
10 V = Motor rated torque
13
14
15
16
17
1F
30 to 32
Torque reference/Torque limit
Torque compensation
General torque limit
Differential PID feedback
Motor Thermistor (NTC)
Through mode
DriveWorksEZ analog input 1 to 3
Page
10 V = Motor rated torque
10 V = Motor rated torque
10 V = Motor rated torque
All Modes
10 V = 100%
All Modes
10 V = -9 °C
0 V = 234 °C
Note: This function is only available in models CIMR-A o 4A0930, 4A1200 and
A1000 HHP.
All Modes
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
All Modes
Output is determined by the function selected using DWEZ.
278 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals u
H4: Analog Outputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
H4-01
(41D)
H4-02
(41E)
H4-03
(41F)
H4-04
(420)
H4-05
(421)
H4-06
(422)
H4-07
(423)
H4-08
(424)
Description Values
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM
Monitor Selection
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM Gain
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM Bias
All Modes
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal
FM.
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U o oo .
For example, enter “103” for U1-03.
Default: 102
Range: 000 to 999
All Modes
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM
Monitor Selection
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM Gain
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM Bias
All Modes
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal
AM.
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U o oo .
For example, enter “103” for U1-03.
All Modes
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 103
Range: 000 to 999
Default: 50.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
All Modes
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM Signal
Level Selection
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 to 10 V
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM Signal
Level Selection
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 to 10 V
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
H5-01
(425)
<1>
Name
Drive Node Address
Description
H5-02
(426)
H5-03
(427)
Communication Speed
Selection
Communication Parity
Selection
All Modes
Selects drive station node number (address) for MEMOBUS/Modbus terminals R+, R-, S+, S-. Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
All Modes
0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
3: 9600 bps
4: 19200 bps
5: 38400 bps
6: 57600 bps
7: 76800 bps
8: 115200 bps
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
All Modes
0: No parity
1: Even parity
2: Odd parity
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
Values
Default: 1F (Hex)
Min.: 0
Max.: FF
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 8
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 279
A
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
H5-04
(428)
H5-05
(429)
Stopping Method after
Communication Error (CE)
Communication Fault
Detection Selection
All Modes
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop
3: Alarm only
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled. If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.
All Modes
Set the wait time between receiving and sending data.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
H5-06
(42A)
Drive Transmit Wait Time
Default: 5 ms
Min.: 5
Max.: 65
H5-07
(42B)
H5-09
(435)
H5-10
(436)
H5-11
(43C)
RTS Control Selection
CE Detection Time
Unit Selection for
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Register 0025H
Communications ENTER
Function Selection
All Modes
0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.
All Modes
Sets the time required to detect a communications error.
Adjustment may be needed when networking several drives.
H5-12
(43D)
Run Command Method
Selection
All Modes
0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
<1> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 2.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
All Modes
0: 0.1 V units
1: 1 V units
All Modes
0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Enter command
(same as V7).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
H6: Pulse Train Input/Output
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
H6-01
(42C)
H6-02
(42D)
H6-03
(42E)
H6-04
(42F)
H6-05
(430)
Description Values
Pulse Train Input Terminal
RP Function Selection
Pulse Train Input Scaling
Pulse Train Input Gain
Pulse Train Input Bias
Pulse Train Input Filter Time
All Modes
0: Frequency reference
1: PID feedback value
2: PID setpoint value
3: V/f Control with Simple PG feedback (possible only when using motor 1 in V/f Control)
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
All Modes
Sets the terminal RP input signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the value selected in H6-01.
Default: 1440 Hz
Min.: 1000
Max.: 32000
All Modes
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when a frequency with the value set in H6-02 is input.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 1000.0
All Modes
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when 0 Hz is input.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
All Modes
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant.
Default: 0.10 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.00
Page
Page
280 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
H6-06
(431)
H6-07
(432)
H6-08
(43F)
Name Description Values
Pulse Train Monitor
Selection
All Modes
Select the pulse train monitor output function (value of the o oo part of
U o oo ).
For example, enter “501” for U5-01.
Default: 102
Range: 000 to 809
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling
All Modes
Sets the terminal MP output signal frequency when the monitor value is 100%.
To have the pulse train monitor output equal the output frequency, set H6-06 to 2 and H6-07 to 0.
Default: 1440 Hz
Min.: 0
Max.: 32000
Pulse Train Input Minimum
Frequency
All Modes
Sets the minimum frequency for the pulse train input to be detected. Enabled when H6-01 = 0, 1, or 2.
Default: 0.5 Hz
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 1000.0
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 281
A
A.10 L: Protection Function
A.10 L: Protection Function
L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, including control during momentary power loss, Stall Prevention, frequency detection, fault restarts, overtorque detection, torque limits, and other types of hardware protection.
u
L1: Motor Protection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
L1-01
(480)
L1-02
(481)
L1-03
(482)
L1-04
(483)
L1-05
(484)
L1-13
(46D)
L1-15
(440)
Motor Overload Protection
Selection
Motor Overload Protection
Time
Motor Overheat Alarm
Operation Selection
(PTC input)
Motor Overheat Fault
Operation Selection
(PTC input)
Motor Temperature Input
Filter Time (PTC input)
Motor 1 Thermistor
Selection (NTC)
Continuous Electrothermal
Operation Selection
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: General purpose motor (standard fan cooled)
2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range of 1:10
3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100
4: PM motor with variable torque
5: PM motor with constant torque control
6: General purpose motor (50 Hz)
The drive may not be able to provide protection when using multiple motors, even if overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01 to 0 and install separate thermal relays to each motor.
Default: <1>
Range: 0 to 6
All Modes
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time.
Default: 1.0 min
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 5.0
All Modes
Sets operation when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or
H3-10 = E) exceeds the oH3 alarm level.
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
3: Alarm only (“oH3” will flash)
All Modes
Sets stopping method when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02,
H3-06, or H3-10 = E) exceeds the oH4 fault level.
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
All Modes
Adjusts the filter for the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or
H3-10 = E).
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0.20 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
All Modes
Sets the input selection for Motor #1 Thermistor.
0: Disabled
1: Thermistor input by Analog Input
2: Thermistor input by special Thermistor Input
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
L1-16
(441)
Motor 1 Overheat
Temperature
L1-17
(442)
Motor 2 Thermistor
Selection (NTC)
L1-18
(443)
Motor 2 Overheat
Temperature
All Modes
Sets the range of the Motor #1 oH5 trip level.
All Modes
Sets the input selection for Motor #2 Thermistor.
0: Disabled
1: Thermistor input by Analog Input
2: Thermistor input by special Thermistor Input
All Modes
Sets the range of the Motor #2 oH5 trip level.
Default: 120 °C
Min.: 50
Max.: 200
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 120 °C
Min.: 50
Max.: 200
282 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values Page
L1-19
(444)
L1-20
(445)
L1-21
(73A)
Operation at Thermistor
Disconnect (THo) (NTC)
Thermally sensitive resistor selection
All Modes
Sets the action for when a thermistor open circuit is detected.
0: Ramp stop
1: Coast stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time set to C1-09)
3: Alarm, Continue Running
Operation at Motor Overheat
(oH5)
All Modes
Sets the action for when a oH5 is detected in either Motor #1 or Motor #2.
0: Ramp stop
1: Coast stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time set to C1-09)
3: Alarm, Continue Running
All Modes
Sets the type of thermistor input for Motor #1 and Motor #2: either NTC or
Pt100.
0: H5 table selection
1: Pt100 table selection
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0,1 u
L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
L2-01
(485)
L2-02
(486)
L2-03
(487)
Description Values
Momentary Power Loss
Operation Selection
Momentary Power Loss
Ride-Thru Time
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblock Time
All Modes
0: Disabled. Drive trips on Uv1 fault when power is lost.
1: Recover within the time set in L2-02. Uv1 will be detected if power loss is longer than L2-02.
2: Recover as long as CPU has power. Uv1 is not detected.
3: KEB deceleration for the time set to L2-02.
4: KEB deceleration as long as CPU has power.
5: KEB deceleration to stop.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 5
All Modes
Sets the Power Loss Ride-Thru time. Enabled only when L2-01 = 1 or 3.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 s
Max.: 25.5 s
All Modes
Sets the minimum wait time for residual motor voltage decay before the drive output reenergizes after performing Power Loss Ride-Thru.
Increasing the time set to L2-03 may help if overcurrent or overvoltage occur during Speed Search or during DC Injection Braking.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.1 s
Max.: 5.0 s
L2-04
(488)
L2-05
(489)
L2-07
(48B)
L2-10
(48E)
L2-11
(461)
Momentary Power Loss
Voltage Recovery Ramp
Time
Undervoltage Detection
Level (Uv1)
DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB
KEB Acceleration Time
KEB Detection Time
(Minimum KEB Time)
Sets the time for the output voltage to return to the preset V/f pattern during
Speed Search.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 s
Max.: 5.0 s
All Modes
Sets the DC bus undervoltage trip level.
Default: 400 Vdc
<2> <3>
Min.: 300 Vdc
Max.: 420 Vdc <3>
All Modes
Sets the time to accelerate to the frequency reference when momentary power loss is over. If set to 0.0, the active acceleration time is used.
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 6000.0
<4>
All Modes
Sets the time to perform KEB Ride-Thru.
All Modes
Sets the desired value of the DC bus voltage during KEB Ride-Thru.
Default: 50 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 2000
Default: <2>
[E1-01] × 1.22
Min.: 300 Vdc
Max.: 800 Vdc <5>
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameters C6-01, Drive Duty Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 283
A
A.10 L: Protection Function
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter E1-01, Input voltage Setting.
<3> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<4> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Time Setting Units. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds.
<5> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
u
L3: Stall Prevention
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values Page
L3-01
(48F)
L3-02
(490)
L3-03
(491)
L3-04
(492)
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
CLV
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Disabled.
1: General purpose. Acceleration is paused as long as the current is above the
L3-02 setting.
2: Intelligent. Accelerate in the shortest possible time without exceeding the
L3-02 level.
Note: Setting 2 is not available when using OLV/PM.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
CLV
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
CLV
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when operating in the constant power range. Set as a percentage of drive rated current.
Default:
Min.: 0%
Min.: 0
<1>
Max.: 150%
Default: 50%
Max.: 100
<1>
All Modes
0: Disabled. Deceleration at the active deceleration rate. An ov fault may occur.
1: General purpose. Deceleration is paused when the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall Prevention level.
2: Intelligent. Decelerate as fast as possible while avoiding ov faults.
3: Stall Prevention with braking resistor. Stall Prevention during deceleration is enabled in coordination with dynamic braking.
4: Overexcitation Deceleration. Decelerates while increasing the motor flux.
5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2. Adjust the deceleration rate according to the
DC bus voltage.
Note: Setting 3 is not available in models CIMR-A o 4A0930 and
4A1200. A1000 HHP models only have settings 0, 1, 4, and 5.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 5 <2>
L3-05
(493)
L3-06
(494)
L3-11
(4C7)
L3-17
(462)
Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Stall Prevention Level during Run
Overvoltage Suppression
Function Selection
Target DC Bus Voltage for
Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may cause speed loss.
1: Decel time 1. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-02 while Stall Prevention is performed.
2: Decel time 2. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-04 while Stall Prevention is performed.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
Default: <1>
Min.: 30%
Max.: 150% <1>
All Modes
Enables or disables the ov suppression function, which allows the drive to change the output frequency as the load changes to prevent an ov fault.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets the desired value for the DC bus voltage during overvoltage suppression and Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Default: 370 Vdc
<3> <8>
Min.: 150
Max.: 400 <8>
284 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values Page
L3-22
(4F9)
L3-23
(4FD)
L3-27
(456)
Deceleration Time at Stall
Prevention during
Acceleration
Automatic Reduction
Selection for Stall
Prevention during Run
Stall Prevention Detection
Time
Sets the deceleration time used for Stall Prevention during acceleration in
OLV/PM.
CLV
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the time the current must exceed the Stall Prevention level to activate
Stall Prevention.
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Sets the Stall Prevention level set in L3-04 that is used throughout the entire frequency range.
1: Automatic Stall Prevention level reduction in the constant output range. The lower limit value is 40% of L3-06.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 50 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 5000
<1> Upper limit is dependent on parameters C6-01, Drive Duty Selection, and L8-38, Frequency Reduction Selection.
<2> The setting range is 0 to 2 in OLV/PM control mode. The setting range is 0 and 1 in CLV or AOLV/PM control modes.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter E1-01, Input voltage Setting.
<8> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
u
L4: Speed Detection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
L4-01
(499)
L4-02
(49A)
L4-03
(49B)
L4-04
(49C)
L4-05
(49D)
L4-06
(4C2)
Speed Agreement Detection
Level
Speed Agreement Detection
Width
Speed Agreement Detection
Level (+/-)
Speed Agreement Detection
Width (+/-)
Frequency Reference Loss
Detection Selection
Frequency Reference at
Reference Loss
All Modes
L4-01 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions
H2oo = 2, 3, 4, 5.
All Modes
L4-02 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
All Modes
L4-03 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions
H2oo = 13, 14, 15, 16.
All Modes
L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: -150.0
Max.: 150.0
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
All Modes
0: Stop. Drive stops when the frequency reference is lost.
1: Run. Drive runs at a reduced speed when the frequency reference is lost.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets the percentage of the frequency reference that the drive should run with when the frequency reference is lost.
Default: 80%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
L4-07
(470)
Speed Agreement Detection
Selection
All Modes
0: No detection during baseblock.
1: Detection always enabled.
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 285
A
A.10 L: Protection Function u
L5: Fault Restart
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
L5-01
(49E)
Number of Auto Restart
Attempts
L5-02
(49F)
L5-04
(46C)
L5-05
(467)
Description Values
Auto Restart Fault Output
Operation Selection
Fault Reset Interval Time
Fault Reset Operation
Selection
All Modes
Sets the number of times the drive may attempt to restart after the following faults occur: GF, LF, oC, ov, PF, rH, rr, oL1, oL2, oL3, oL4, STo, Uv1.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 10
All Modes
0: Fault output not active.
1: Fault output active during restart attempt.
All Modes
Sets the amount of time to wait between performing fault restarts.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.5
Max.: 600.0
All Modes
0: Continuously attempt to restart while incrementing restart counter only at a successful restart (same as F7 and G7).
1: Attempt to restart with the interval time set in L5-04 and increment the restart counter with each attempt (same as V7).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
L6: Torque Detection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
L6-01
(4A1)
L6-02
(4A2)
L6-03
(4A3)
L6-04
(4A4)
L6-05
(4A5)
L6-06
(4A6)
Torque Detection
Selection 1
Torque Detection
Level 1
Torque Detection
Time 1
Torque Detection
Selection 2
Torque Detection
Level 2
Torque Detection
Time 2
Description Values
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
3: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
4: oL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
5: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
8: UL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 8
All Modes
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level.
Default: 150%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
All Modes
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 1.
Default: 0.1 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
3: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
4: oL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
5: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
8: UL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 8
All Modes
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level.
Default: 150%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
All Modes
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 2.
Default: 0.1 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
Page
Page
286 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
L6-08
(468)
Mechanical Weakening
Detection Operation
L6-09
(469)
Mechanical Weakening
Detection Speed Level
L6-10
(46A)
Mechanical Weakening
Detection Time
L6-11
(46B)
Mechanical Weakening
Detection Start Time
All Modes
This function can detect an overtorque or undertorque in a certain speed range as a result of machine fatigue. It is triggered by a specified operation time and uses the oL1 detection settings (L6-01 and L6-03).
0: Mechanical Weakening Detection disabled.
1: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed (signed) is greater than L6-09.
2: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed (not signed) is greater than L6-09.
3: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed (signed) is greater than L6-09.
4: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed (not signed) is greater than L6-09.
5: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed (signed) is less than L6-09.
6: Continue running (alarm only). Detected when the speed (not signed) is less than L6-09.
7: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed (signed) is less than
L6-09.
8: Interrupt drive output (fault). Detected when the speed (not signed) is less than L6-09.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 8
All Modes
Sets the speed that triggers Mechanical Weakening Detection. When L6-08 is set for an unsigned value, the absolute value is used if the setting is negative.
Default: 110.0%
Min.: -110.0
Max.: 110.0
All Modes
Sets the time mechanical weakening has to be detected before an alarm or fault is triggered.
Default: 0.1 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
All Modes
Sets the operation time (U1-04) required before Mechanical Weakening
Detection is active.
Default: 0 h
Min.: 0
Max.: 65535 u
L7: Torque Limit
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
L7-01
(4A7)
L7-02
(4A8)
L7-03
(4A9)
L7-04
(4AA)
L7-06
(4AC)
L7-07
(4C9)
Name
Forward Torque Limit
Reverse Torque Limit
Forward Regenerative
Torque Limit
Reverse Regenerative
Torque Limit
Description
Sets the torque limit value as a percentage of the motor rated torque. Four individual quadrants can be set.
Output Torque
L7-04
Regeneration
Positive Torque
L7-01
Motor r/min
REV FWD
Regeneration
L7-02
L7-03
Negative Torque
Values
Default: 200%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Default: 200%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Default: 200%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Default: 200%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Torque Limit Integral Time
Constant
Torque Limit Control
Method Selection during
Accel/Decel
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit.
Default: 200 ms
Min: 5
Max: 10000
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Proportional control (changes to integral control at constant speed). Use this setting when acceleration to the desired speed should take precedence over the torque limit.
1: Integral control. Set L7-07 to 1 if the torque limit should take precedence.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 287
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values
L7-16
(44D)
L7-30
(1FD)
Torque Limit Enable Time delay at start
Regenerative Torque Limit
Mode Selection
V/f
OLV/PM
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Note:
V/f w PG
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
CLV
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Set this parameter to 0 to improve the response at the rapid addition and subtraction velocity at start.
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Defines the behavior of the regenerative torque limits.
0: Standard mode – Torque Limit is affected by all analog and communication
Torque Limit settings.
1: Independent mode – Only L7-03, L7-04 and Regen Torque Limit analog input setting affect the regenerative quadrants.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
L8: Drive Protection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
L8-02
(4AE)
L8-03
(4AF)
L8-05
(4B1)
L8-07
(4B3)
L8-09
(4B5)
L8-10
(4B6)
L8-11
(4B7)
L8-12
(4B8)
L8-15
(4BB)
Description Values
Overheat Alarm Level
All Modes
An overheat alarm occurs when heatsink temperature exceeds the L8-02 level.
Default: <1>
Min.: 50 °C
Max.: 150 °C
Overheat Pre-Alarm
Operation Selection
All Modes
0: Ramp to stop. A fault is triggered.
1: Coast to stop. A fault is triggered.
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09. A fault is triggered.
3: Continue operation. An alarm is triggered.
4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set in L8-19.
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 4
Input Phase Loss Protection
Selection
All Modes
Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply voltage imbalance, or main circuit electrolytic capacitor deterioration.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Output Phase Loss
Protection Selection
Output Ground Fault
Detection Selection
Heatsink Cooling Fan
Operation Selection
Heatsink Cooling Fan Off
Delay Time
Ambient Temperature
Setting oL2 Characteristics
Selection at Low Speeds
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss)
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
All Modes
0: No oL2 level reduction below 6 Hz.
1: oL2 level is reduced linearly below 6 Hz. It is halved at 0 Hz.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: During run only. Fan operates only during run for L8-11 seconds after stop.
1: Fan always on. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Run command is removed when L8-10 = 0.
Default: 60 s
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
All Modes
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level.
Default: 40 °C
Min.: -10
Max.: 50
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
L8-18
(4BE)
Software Current Limit
Selection
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
Page
288 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
L8-19
(4BF)
L8-32
(4E2)
Name Description Values
Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm
All Modes
Specifies the frequency reference reduction gain at overheat pre-alarm when
L8-03 = 4.
Default: 0.8
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 0.9
Main Contactor and Cooling
Fan Power Supply Failure
Selection
All Modes
Determines drive response when a fault occurs with the internal cooling fan.
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast stop (Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time set to C1-09)
3: Alarm only (“FAn” will flash)
4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set to L8-19.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 4
Page
L8-38
(4EF)
Carrier Frequency
Reduction 0: Disabled
1: Enabled below 6 Hz
2: Enabled for the entire speed range
Default: <4>
Range: 0 to 2
L8-40
(4F1)
L8-41
(4F2)
L8-78
(2CC)
Carrier Frequency
Reduction Off Delay Time
High Current Alarm
Selection
Module Output Loss
Detection (LF3)
Sets the time that the drive continues running with reduced carrier frequency after the carrier reduction condition is gone. Setting 0.00 s disables the carrier frequency reduction time.
Default: <5>
Min.: 0.00 s
Max.: 2.00 s
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled. An alarm is triggered at output currents above 150% of drive rated current.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Detects the loss of an output phase in any of the inverter output modules.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
L8-86
(2F3)
L8-87
(2F4)
Detection selection when panel fan fails
All Modes
Detects the loss of the drive panel fan by the panel fan input.
0: Ramp Stop (Fault)
1: Coast Stop (Fault)
2: Fast Stop (Fault)
3: Continue Running (Alarm)
4: As for continue Running at L8–19 Speed
5: Disabled
Note: Settings 3 and 4 reduce inverter O/L level from 100% to 80 %.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 5
Detection selection when diode converter(s) fan(s) fail
All Modes
Detects the loss of the diode converter fan(s) by the fan control input.
0: Ramp Stop (Fault)
1: Coast Stop (Fault)
2: Fast Stop (Fault)
3: Continue Running (Alarm)
4: As for continue Running at L8–19 Speed
5: Disabled
Note: Settings 3 and 4 reduce inverter O/L level from 100% to 80 %.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 5
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameters C6-01, Drive Duty Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<4> Default setting is dependent on parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<5> Default setting is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 289
A
A.11 n: Special Adjustment
A.11 n: Special Adjustment
The n parameters adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as Hunting Prevention, speed feedback detection,
High Slip Braking, and Online Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance.
u
n1: Hunting Prevention
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values n1-01
(580) n1-02
(581) n1-03
(582) n1-05
(530)
Hunting Prevention
Selection
Hunting Prevention Gain
Setting
Hunting Prevention Time
Constant
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
OLV/PM
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
AOLV/PM
OLV
CLV/PM
CLV
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases. If the motor stalls, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.50
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the time constant used for Hunting Prevention.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 ms
Max.: 500 ms
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the gain used for Hunting Prevention. If set to 0, the gain set to n1-02 is used for operation in reverse.
Default: 0.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.50
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
u
n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description n2-01
(584) n2-02
(585) n2-03
(586)
Speed Feedback Detection
Control (AFR) Gain
Speed Feedback Detection
Control (AFR) Time
Constant 1
Speed Feedback Detection
Control (AFR) Time
Constant 2
Values
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the automatic frequency regulator (AFR).
If hunting occurs, increase the set value. If response is low, decrease the set value.
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the time constant used for speed feedback detection control (AFR).
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: 50 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 2000
V/f V/f w PG CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the AFR time constant to be used during Speed Search and during regen.
Default: 750 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 2000
Page
Page
u
n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description n3-13
(531)
Values
Overexcitation Deceleration
Gain
Sets the gain applied to the V/f pattern during Overexcitation Deceleration
(L3-04 = 4).
Default: 1.10
Min.: 1.00
Max.: 1.40
Page
290 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.11 n: Special Adjustment
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values n3-21
(579)
High-Slip Suppression
Current Level n3-23
(57B)
Overexcitation Operation
Selection
Sets output current level at which the drive will start reducing the overexcitation gain in order to prevent a too high motor slip during
Overexcitation Deceleration. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Default: 100%
Min.: 0
Max.: 150
0: Enabled in both directions
1: Enabled only when rotating forward
2: Enabled only when in reverse
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 291
A
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings
The o parameters set up the digital operator displays.
u
o1: Digital Operator Display Selection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values o1-01
(500) o1-02
(501) o1-03
(502) o1-04
(503) o1-10
(520) o1-11
(521)
Drive Mode Unit Monitor
Selection
All Modes
Selects the content of the last monitor that is shown when scrolling through
Drive Mode display. Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: U o oo .
User Monitor Selection after
Power Up
All Modes
1: Frequency reference (U1-01)
2: Direction
3: Output frequency (U1-02)
4: Output current (U1-03)
5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)
Digital Operator Display
Selection
V/f Pattern Display Unit
User-Set Display Units
Maximum Value
User-Set Display Units
Decimal Display
Default: 106
(Monitor U1-06)
Range: 104 to 809
Default: 1
Range: 1 to 5
All Modes
Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors.
0: 0.01 Hz
1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04)
2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04)
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)
Default: <1>
Range: 0 to 3
V/f
OLV/PM
0: Hz
1: r/min
V/f w PG OLV
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3.
o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position.
Default: <2>
Range: 1 to 60000
Default: <2>
Range: 0 to 3
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o1-03, Digital Operator Display Selection.
u
o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name o2-01
(505) o2-02
(506) o2-03
(507) o2-04
(508)
LO/RE Key Function
Selection
STOP Key Function
Selection
User Parameter Default
Value
Drive Model Selection
Description Values
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: Enabled. LO/RE key switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: Disabled. STOP key is disabled in REMOTE operation.
1: Enabled. STOP key is always enabled.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: No change.
1: Set defaults. Saves parameter settings as default values for a User
Initialization.
2: Clear all. Clears the default settings that have been saved for a User
Initialization.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
All Modes
Enter the drive model. Setting required only if installing a new control board.
Default:
Determined by drive capacity
Page
Page
292 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values o2-05
(509) o2-06
(50A) o2-07
(527)
Frequency Reference
Setting Method Selection
Operation Selection when
Digital Operator is
Disconnected
Motor Direction at Power
Up when Using Operator
–
All Modes
0: ENTER key must be pressed to enter a frequency reference.
1: ENTER key is not required. The frequency reference can be adjusted using the up and down arrow keys only.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: The drive continues operating if the digital operator is disconnected.
1: An oPr fault is triggered and the motor coasts to stop.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: Forward
1: Reverse
This parameter requires assigning drive operation to the digital operator.
Factory use.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
– o2-09
(50D) u
o3: Copy Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values o3-01
(515) o3-02
(516)
Copy Function Selection
Copy Allowed Selection
All Modes
0: No action
1: Read parameters from the drive, saving them onto the digital operator.
2: Copy parameters from the digital operator, writing them to the drive.
3: Verify parameter settings on the drive to check if they match the data saved on the operator.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
All Modes
0: Read operation prohibited
1: Read operation allowed
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings
No.
(Addr.
Hex) o4-01
(50B) o4-02
(50C) o4-03
(50E) o4-05
(51D) o4-07
(523) o4-09
(525) o4-11
(510)
Name Description Values
Cumulative Operation Time
Setting
All Modes
Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive in units of 10 h.
Default: 0 h
Min.: 0
Max.: 9999
Cumulative Operation Time
Selection
Cooling Fan Operation Time
Setting
All Modes
0: Logs power-on time
1: Logs operation time when the drive output is active (output operation time).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units of 10 h.
Default: 0 h
Min.: 0
Max.: 9999
Capacitor Maintenance
Setting
DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay
Maintenance Setting
All Modes
Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the capacitors. See U4-05 to check when the capacitors may need to be replaced.
All Modes
Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the soft charge bypass relay.
See U4-06 to check when the bypass relay may need to be replaced.
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 150
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 150
IGBT Maintenance Setting
U2, U3 Initialization
All Modes
Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the IGBTs. See U4-07 for IGBT replacement times.
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 150
All Modes
0: U2oo and U3oo monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized
(A1-03).
1: U2oo and U3oo monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized
(A1-03).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
–
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 293
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings
No.
(Addr.
Hex) o4-12
(512) o4-13
(528)
Name Description Values kWh Monitor Initialization
Number of Run Commands
Counter Initialization
All Modes
0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized
(A1-03).
1: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
All Modes
0: Number of Run commands counter is not reset when the drive is initialized
(A1-03).
1: Number of Run commands counter is reset when the drive is initialized
(A1-03).
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
294 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.13 DriveWorksEZ Parameters u
q: DriveWorksEZ Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex) q1-01 to q6-07
(1600 to
1746)
Name
DriveWorksEZ Parameters
All Modes
Reserved for DriveWorksEZ
Description u
r: DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex) r1-01 to r1-40
(1840 to
1867)
Name
DriveWorksEZ Connection
Parameters 1 to 20 (upper/ lower)
Description
All Modes
DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters 1 to 20 (upper/lower)
A.13 DriveWorksEZ Parameters
Values Page
Refer to Help in the
DWEZ software.
Values
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: FFFF
Page
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 295
A
A.14 T: Motor Tuning
A.14 T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance.
u
T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description
T1-00
(700)
Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
1: Motor 1 (sets E1oo , E2oo )
2: Motor 2 (sets E3oo , E4oo )
Values
Default: 1
Range: 1, 2
Page
T1-01
(701)
<1>
Auto-Tuning Mode
Selection
0: Rotational Auto-Tuning
1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2
Default: 0
Range: 0 ,1,2,4 <2>
T1-02
(702)
T1-03
(703)
T1-04
(704)
T1-05
(705)
T1-06
(706)
T1-07
(707)
T1-08
(708)
T1-09
(709)
T1-10
(70A)
Motor Rated Power
Motor Base Speed
Motor Rated Voltage
Motor Rated Current
Motor Base Frequency
Number of Motor Poles
Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate.
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts:
1HP = 0.746 kW.
Default: <3>
Min.: 0.00 kW
Max.: 650.00 kW
Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate.
Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: 400.0 V
<4>
Min: 0.0
Max: 510.0
<4>
Default: <3>
Min.: 10% of drive rated current
Max.: 200% of drive rated current
Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: 60.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 400.0
Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: 4
Min.: 2
Max.: 48
Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: 1750 r/min
Min.: 0
Max.: 24000
PG Number of Pulses Per
Revolution
Motor No-Load Current
(Stationary Auto-Tuning)
Sets the number of pulses per revolution for the PG being used (pulse generator or encoder).
Default: 1024 ppr
Min.: 1
Max.: 60000
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the no-load current for the motor. After setting the motor capacity to T1-02 and the motor rated current to T1-04, this parameter will automatically display the no-load current for a standard 4-pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the no-load current as indicated on the motor test report.
Default: –
Min.: 0 A
Max.: T1-04
Motor Rated Slip (Stationary
Auto-Tuning)
V/f V/f w PG
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the motor rated slip. After setting the motor capacity to T1-02, this parameter will automatically display the motor slip for a standard 4-pole
Yaskawa motor. Enter the motor slip as indicated on the motor test report.
Default: –
Min.: 0.00 Hz
Max.: 20.00 Hz
296 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.14 T: Motor Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description Values Page
T1-11
(70B)
Motor Iron Loss
OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the iron loss for determining the Energy Saving coefficient.
The value is set to E2-10 (motor iron loss) set when the power is cycled. If
T1-02 is changed, a default value appropriate for the motor capacity that was entered will appear.
Default: 14 W
Min.: 0
Max.: 65535
<5>
<1> The availability of certain Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode selected for the drive.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Setting.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<4> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<5> Default setting value differs depending on the motor code value and motor parameter settings.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 297
A
A.15 U: Monitors
A.15 U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.
u
U1: Operation Status Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U1-01
(40)
U1-02
(41)
U1-03
(42)
U1-04
(43)
Name
Frequency Reference
Output Frequency
Output Current
Control Method
Description
Analog Output
Level
Unit
All Modes
Monitors the frequency reference. Display units are determined by o1-03.
10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz
All Modes
Displays the output frequency. Display units are determined by o1-03.
All Modes
Displays the output current.
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-
A o 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
10 V: Max frequency
10 V: Drive rated current
0.01 Hz
<1> <2>
All Modes
0: V/f Control
1: V/f Control with PG
2: Open Loop Vector Control
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
No signal output available
–
U1-05
(44)
U1-06
(45)
U1-07
(46)
U1-08
(47)
U1-09
(48)
U1-10
(49)
Motor Speed
Displays the motor speed feedback. Display units are determined by o1-03.
Output Voltage Reference All Modes
Displays the output voltage.
10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz
10 V: 200 Vrms <3> 0.1 Vac
DC Bus Voltage
Output Power
All Modes
Displays the DC bus voltage.
All Modes
Displays the output power (this value is calculated internally).
10 V: 400 V
10 V: Drive rated power
(kW)
<3> 1 Vdc
<4>
Torque Reference
10 V: Motor rated torque
0.1%
Input Terminal Status
Monitors the internal torque reference.
All Modes
Displays the input terminal status.
U1 - 10= 00000000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Digital input 1
(terminal S1 enabled)
Digital input 2
(terminal S2 enabled)
Digital input 3
(terminal S3 enabled)
Digital input 4
(terminal S4 enabled)
Digital input 5
(terminal S5 enabled)
Digital input 6
(terminal S6 enabled)
Digital input 7
(terminal S7 enabled)
Digital input 8
(terminal S8 enabled)
No signal output available
–
298 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description
U1-11
(4A)
Output Terminal Status
All Modes
Displays the output terminal status.
U1 - 11= 00000000
1
1
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M1-M2)
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal P1)
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal P2)
1 Fault Relay
(terminal MA/MB-MC)
Analog Output
Level
No signal output available
Unit
1
U1-13
(4E)
U1-14
(4F)
U1-15
(50)
U1-16
(53)
U1-12
(4B)
U1-17
(58)
U1-18
(61)
U1-19
(66)
Drive Status
Terminal A1 Input Level
Terminal A2 Input Level
Terminal A3 Input Level
Output Frequency after
Soft Starter
DI-A3 Input Status oPE Fault Parameter
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Error Code
All Modes
Verifies the drive operation status.
U1 - 12= 00000000
1
1
1
1
During run
During zero-speed
During REV
During fault reset signal input
1
1
1
During speed agree
Drive ready
During alarm detection
1
During fault detection
No signal output available
–
All Modes
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A1.
All Modes
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A2.
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
0.1%
0.1%
All Modes
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A3.
10 V: 100% 0.1%
All Modes
Displays output frequency with ramp time and S-curves. Units determined by o1-03.
10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz
All Modes
Displays the reference value input from the DI-A3 option card.
Display will appear in hexadecimal as determined by the digital card input selection in F3-01.
3FFFF: Set (1 bit) + sign (1 bit) + 16 bit
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE oo or Err (EEPROM write error) error.
No signal output available
–
–
All Modes
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.
U1 - 19= 00000000
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
CRC Error
Data Length Error
Not Used
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timed Out
Not Used
No signal output available
–
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 299
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U1-21
(77)
U1-22
(72A)
U1-23
(72B)
U1-24
(7D)
U1-25
(4D)
U1-26
(5B)
U1-27
(7A8)
U1-28
(7A9)
Name
AI-A3 Terminal V1 Input
Voltage Monitor
AI-A3 Terminal V2 Input
Voltage Monitor
AI-A3 Terminal V3 Input
Voltage Monitor
Input Pulse Monitor
Software Number of
Master CPU (Flash)
Software No. of Slave
CPU (ROM)
MessageID (OPR)
MessageID (INV)
Description
All Modes
Displays the input voltage to terminal V1 on analog input card AI-A3.
All Modes
Displays the input voltage to terminal V2 on analog input card AI-A3.
All Modes
Displays the input voltage to terminal V3 on analog input card AI-A3.
All Modes
Displays the frequency to pulse train input terminal RP.
All Modes
FLASH ID: Software number of Master CPU
All Modes
ROM ID: Software number of Slave CPU
All Modes
Factory use
All Modes
Factory use
Analog Output
Level
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
Determined by H6-02
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
Unit
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
1 Hz
–
–
–
–
U1-29
(7AA)
Software No. (PWM)
All Modes
PWM ID: Software No. of slave or inverter module axis processors
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-
A o 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No signal output available
–
<1> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<2> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
<3> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<4> The display resolution depends on the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 kW) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 kW) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
u
U2: Fault Trace
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U2-01
(80)
U2-02
(81)
U2-03
(82)
U2-04
(83)
U2-05
(84)
Name Description
Current Fault
All Modes
Displays the current fault.
Previous Fault
All Modes
Displays the previous fault.
Frequency Reference at
Previous Fault
All Modes
Displays the frequency reference at the previous fault.
Output Frequency at
Previous Fault
All Modes
Displays the output frequency at the previous fault.
Output Current at Previous
Fault
All Modes
Displays the output current at the previous fault.
U2-06
(85)
U2-07
(86)
Motor Speed at Previous
Fault
Output Voltage at
Previous Fault
Displays the motor speed at the previous fault.
All Modes
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
Analog Output
Level
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
Unit
–
–
0.01 Hz
0.01 Hz
<1> <2>
0.01 Hz
0.1 Vac
300 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U2-08
(87)
U2-09
(88)
U2-10
(89)
U2-11
(8A)
U2-12
(8B)
U2-13
(8C)
U2-14
(8D)
U2-15
(7E0)
U2-16
(7E1)
U2-17
(7E2)
Name Description
DC Bus Voltage at
Previous Fault
Output Power at Previous
Fault
All Modes
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
All Modes
Displays the output power at the previous fault.
Analog Output
Level
No signal output available
No signal output available
Torque Reference at
Previous Fault
Input Terminal Status at
Previous Fault
Output Terminal Status at
Previous Fault
Displays the torque reference at the previous fault.
All Modes
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in
U1-10.
All Modes
Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-11.
Drive Operation Status at
Previous Fault
Cumulative Operation
Time at Previous Fault
Soft Starter Speed
Reference at Previous
Fault
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-12.
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous fault.
No signal output available
Motor q-Axis Current at
Previous Fault
No signal output available
Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
Motor d-Axis Current at
Previous Fault
Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
No signal output available
Unit
1 Vdc
0.1 kW
0.1%
–
–
–
1 h
0.01 Hz
0.10%
0.10%
U2-19
(7EC)
U2-20
(8E)
Rotor Deviation at
Previous Fault
Heatsink Temperature at
Previous Fault
Displays the degree of rotor deviation when the most recent fault occurred
(same status will appear as shown in U6-10).
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
0.1 deg
1 °C
U2-27
(7FA)
U2-28
(7FC)
Motor Temperature at
Previous Fault (NTC)
Fault Slave Location
Monitor
All Modes
Displays the temperature of the motor when the most recent fault occurred.
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-
A o 4A0930, and 4A1200.
Displays the module where the Fault Slave occurred as a binary number.
Bit 0: Axis 1
Bit 1: Axis 2
Bit 2: Axis 3
Bit 3: Axis 4
Bit 4: Axis 5
No signal output available
No signal output available
1 °C
1
<1> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<2> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 301
A
A.15 U: Monitors u
U3: Fault History
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U3-01 to
U3-04
(90 to 93
(800 to
803))
Name
First to 4th Most Recent
Fault
Description
All Modes
Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
Analog Output
Level
No signal output available
U3-05 to
U3-10
(804 to
809)
U3-11 to
U3-14
(94 to 97
(80A to
80D))
U3-15 to
U3-20
(80E to
813)
5th to 10th Most Recent
Fault
Cumulative Operation
Time at 1st to 4th Most
Recent Fault
Cumulative Operation
Time at 5th to 10th Most
Recent Fault
All Modes
Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults.
After ten faults, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to the next monitor parameter each time a fault occurs.
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.
All Modes
Displays the cumulative operation time when the fifth to the tenth most recent faults occurred.
No signal output available
No signal output available u
U4: Maintenance Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
U4-01
(4C)
U4-02
(75)
U4-03
(67)
U4-04
(7E)
U4-05
(7C)
U4-06
(7D6)
U4-07
(7D7)
U4-08
(68)
U4-09
(5E)
Description
Analog Output
Level
Cumulative Operation
Time
Number of Run
Commands
Cooling Fan Operation
Time
Cooling Fan Maintenance
All Modes
Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The value for the cumulative operation time counter can be reset in parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the operation time should start as soon as the power is switched on or only while the Run command is present. The maximum number displayed is 99999, after which the value is reset to 0.
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the number of times the Run command is entered. Reset the number of Run commands using parameter o4-13. This value will reset to
0 and start counting again after reaching 65535.
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan. The default value for the fan operation time is reset in parameter o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 99999.
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays main cooling fan usage time as a percentage of its expected performance life. Parameter o4-03 can be used to reset this monitor.
No signal output available
Capacitor Maintenance
Soft Charge Bypass Relay
Maintenance
All Modes
Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a percentage of its estimated performance life. Parameter o4-07 can be used to reset this monitor.
No signal output available
IGBT Maintenance
All Modes
Displays main circuit capacitor usage time as a percentage of their expected performance life. Parameter o4-05 can be used to reset this monitor.
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays IGBT usage time as a percentage of the expected performance life. Parameter o4-09 can be used to reset this monitor.
No signal output available
Heatsink Temperature
LED Check
All Modes
Displays the heatsink temperature.
All Modes
Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is working properly.
10 V: 100 °C
No signal output available
Unit
–
–
1 h
1 h
Unit
1 h
1 Time
1 h
1%
1%
1%
1%
1 °C
–
302 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U4-10
(5C)
U4-11
(5D)
U4-13
(7CF)
U4-14
(7D0)
U4-16
(7D8)
U4-18
(7DA)
U4-19
(7DB)
U4-20
(7DC)
U4-21
(7DD)
U4-22
(7DE)
Name Description
Analog Output
Level kWh, Lower 4 Digits kWh, Upper 5 Digits
Peak Hold Current
Run Command Source
Selection
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
Reference
All Modes
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9-digit number displayed across two monitor parameters, U4-10 and U4-11.
Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-10: 678.9 kWh
U4-11: 12345 MWh
All Modes
Displays the highest current value that occurred during run.
Peak Hold Output
Frequency
Motor Overload Estimate
(oL1)
All Modes
Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in U4-13 occurred.
All Modes
Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 100% is equal to the oL1 detection level.
Frequency Reference
Source Selection
All Modes
Displays the source for the frequency reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-15)
Y-nn: indicates the reference source
0-01 = Digital operator
1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
1-03 = Analog (terminal A3)
2-02 to 17 = Multi-step speed (d1-02 to 17)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
5-01 = Pulse input
7-01 = DWEZ
Frequency Reference from
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Comm.
All Modes
Displays the frequency reference provided by MEMOBUS/Modbus
(decimal).
Option Frequency
Reference
All Modes
Displays the frequency reference input by an option card (decimal).
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
10 V: 100%
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the source for the Run command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Run source is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-16)
Y: Input power supply data
0 = Digital operator
1 = External terminals
3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4 = Communication option card
7 = DWEZ nn: Run command limit status data
00: No limit status.
01: Run command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Run command was left on when switching from LOCAL to REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for “Run command prohibited” time period to end
05: Fast Stop (digital input, digital operator)
06: b1-17 (Run command given at power-up)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Frequency reference is below minimal reference during baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
No signal output available
All Modes
Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
No signal output available
Unit
1 kWh
1 MWh
0.01 A
<1> <2>
0.01 Hz
0.1%
–
0.01%
–
–
–
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 303
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name Description
Analog Output
Level
U4-23
(7DF)
U4-32
(7FB)
U4-35
(1042)
U4-36
(1043)
U4-37
(1044)
U4-38
(1045)
Communication Option
Card Reference
All Modes
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
No signal output available
Motor Temperature (NTC)
All Modes
Displays the motor temperature (NTC).
U4-32 will display “20 °C” when a multi-function analog input is not set for motor thermistor input (H1oo = 17H).
No signal output available
UV Alarm Location
Monitor
OV Alarm Location
Monitor oH Alarm Location
Monitor
FAn Alarm Location
Monitor
All Modes
Displays the module where the UV alarm occurred as a binary number.
Bit 0: Axis 1
Bit 1: Axis 2
Bit 2: Axis 3
Bit 3: Axis 4
Bit 4: Axis 5
All Modes
Displays the module where the OV alarm occurred as a binary number.
Bit 0: Axis 1
Bit 1: Axis 2
Bit 2: Axis 3
Bit 3: Axis 4
Bit 4: Axis 5
All Modes
Displays the module where the oH alarm occurred as a binary number.
Bit 0: Axis 1
Bit 1: Axis 2
Bit 2: Axis 3
Bit 3: Axis 4
Bit 4: Axis 5
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-
A o 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
All Modes
Displays the module where the FAn alarm occurred as a binary number.
Bit 0: Axis 1
Bit 1: Axis 2
Bit 2: Axis 3
Bit 3: Axis 4
Bit 4: Axis 5
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-
A o 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
U4-39
(1046) voF Alarm Location
Monitor
All Modes
Displays the module where the voF alarm occurred as a binary number.
Bit 0: Axis 1
Bit 1: Axis 2
Bit 2: Axis 3
Bit 3: Axis 4
Bit 4: Axis 5
Note: This parameter is only available in models CIMR-
A o 4A0930, 4A1200, and A1000 HHP.
No signal output available
U4-41
(7FE)
UnbC Current Max
Location Monitor
All Modes
Displays the maximum UnbC current detected.
Bit 0: Axis 1
Bit 1: Axis 2
Bit 2: Axis 3
Bit 3: Axis 4
Bit 4: Axis 5
No signal output available
<1> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
<2> The unit is 1 A in models CIMR-A o 4A0930 and 4A1200.
Unit
–
°C
–
–
–
–
–
0.10%
304 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.15 U: Monitors u
U5: PID Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U5-01
(57)
Name
U5-02
(63)
U5-03
(64)
U5-04
(65)
U5-05
(7D2)
U5-06
(7D3)
Description
Analog Output
Level
PID Feedback
PID Input
PID Output
PID Setpoint
All Modes
Displays the PID feedback value.
All Modes
Displays the amount of PID input (deviation between PID setpoint and feedback).
All Modes
Displays PID control output.
All Modes
Displays the PID setpoint.
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
PID Differential Feedback
All Modes
Displays the 2nd PID feedback value if differential feedback is used (H3oo = 16).
PID Adjusted Feedback
10 V: 100%
All Modes
Displays the difference of both feedback values if differential feedback is used (U5-01 - U5-05). If differential feedback is not used, then U5-01 and
U5-06 will be the same.
10 V: 100% u
U6: Operation Status Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
U6-01
(51)
Description
Motor Secondary Current
(Iq)
All Modes
Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%.
Analog Output
Level
Unit
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
Unit
10 V: Motor secondary rated current
0.1%
U6-02
(52)
U6-03
(54)
U6-04
(55)
U6-05
(59)
U6-06
(5A)
Motor Excitation Current
(Id)
ASR Input
ASR Output
Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current (Id). Motor rated secondary current is 100%.
10 V: Motor secondary rated current
Displays the input and output values when using ASR control.
10 V: Max frequency
10 V: Motor secondary rated current
0.1%
0.01%
Output Voltage Reference
(Vq)
Output voltage reference (Vq) for the q-Axis.
Output Voltage Reference
(Vd)
Output voltage reference (Vd) for the d-Axis.
10 V: 400 Vrms
10 V: 400 Vrms
<1>
<1>
0.1 Vac
0.1 Vac
U6-07
(5F) q-Axis ACR Output
Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current (q-Axis).
10 V: 400 Vrms <1> 0.1%
U6-08
(60) d-Axis ACR Output 0.1%
U6-18
(7CD)
U6-19
(7E5)
Speed Detection PG1
Counter
Speed Detection PG2
Counter
Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current (d-Axis).
All Modes
Monitors the number of pulses for speed detection (PG1).
All Modes
Monitors the number of pulses for speed detection (PG2).
110 V: 400 Vrms <1>
10 V: 65536
10 V: 65536
1 pulse
1 pulse
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 305
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U6-20
(7D4)
U6-21
(7D5)
U6-22
(62)
U6-25
(6B)
U6-26
(6C)
Frequency Reference Bias
(Up/Down 2)
All Modes
Displays the bias value used to adjust the frequency reference.
Offset Frequency
Zero Servo Pulse
Movement
Feedback Control Output
Feed Forward Control
Output
Name Description
All Modes
Displays the frequency added to the main frequency reference.
V/f V/f w PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Displays how far the rotor has moved from its last position in PG pulses
(multiplied by 4).
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Output monitor for the ASR speed loop.
CLV
V/f V/f w PG OLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Output monitor for Feed Forward control.
CLV
Analog Output
Level
10 V: Max frequency
10 V: No. of pulses per revolution
–
10 V: Motor secondary rated current
10 V: Motor secondary rated current
Unit
0.1%
0.1%
1
0.01%
0.01%
<1> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
u
U8: DriveWorksEZ Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U8-01 to
U8-10
(1950 to
1959)
U8-11 to
U8-13
(195A to
195C)
Name
DriveWorksEZ Custom
Monitor 1 to 10
DriveWorksEZ Version
Control Monitor 1 to 3
Description
All Modes
DriveWorksEZ Custom Monitor 1 to 10
All Modes
DriveWorksEZ Version Control Monitor 1 to 3
Analog Output
Level
10 V: 100%
No signal output available
Unit
0.01%
–
306 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.16 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
A.16 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
The tables below list parameters that depend on the control mode selection (A1-02 for motor 1, E3-01 for motor 2). Changing the control mode initializes these parameters to the values shown here.
u
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters
No.
Table A.2 A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 d3-03 Jump Frequency 3
Name b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection b5-15 PID Sleep Function Start Level b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
C2-01 S-Curve Time at Acceleration Start
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency d3-04 Jump Frequency Width d5-02 Torque Reference Delay Time
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency
E1-05 Maximum Voltage
E1-06 Base Frequency
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
F1-01 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0
0.00 to 10.00
0 to 1
0 to 200
0 to 1
0.0 to 400.0
<1>
0.0 to 400.0
<1>
0.0 to 400.0
<1>
0.0 to 400.0
<1>
0.00 to 10.00
0.0 to 2.5
0 to 10000
0.00 to 2.50
0 to 10000
0.00 to 300.00
0.000 to 10.000
0.00 to 300.00
0.000 to 10.000
0.000 to 0.500
0.0 to 400.0
<1>
0.0 to 150.0
<1>
0.0 to 150.0
<1>
0.0 to 150.0
<1>
0.0 to 20.0
<5>
0 to 1000
40.0 to 150.0
0.0 to 510.0
<6>
0.0 to 150.0
0.0 to 150.0
0.0 to 510.0
<6>
0.0 to 150.0
0.0 to 510.0
<6>
0 to 60000
0 to 1
0.0 to 2.0
0 to 4
0.0 to 150.0
<1>
0.0 to 20.0
-150.0 to 150.0
<8>
0.0 to 20.0
0 to 2
Resolution
0.1 Hz
0.01 s
–
1%
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1 V
1 ppr
–
0.1 s
–
0.1
0.1 Hz
0.1
0.1 Hz
1
0.1
1 ms
0.1 Hz
0.1 V
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 V
0.1 Hz
0.1
0.01 s
0.1
1 ms
0.01
1 ms
0.01
0.001 s
0.01
0.001 s
0.001 s
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
V/f (0)
0.5
0.50
0
120
1
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.20
0.0
2000
1.00
200 <3>
–
–
–
–
–
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
9.0
600
0
–
1
0.0 Hz
2.0
1.0 Hz
–
60.0
575
<7>
60.0
3.0
15.0
<7>
1.5
0.0 Hz
2.0
<4>
Control Modes (A1-02)
V/f w/PG (1) OLV (2)
0.5
0.50
0.5
0.50
1
–
0
0.0 Hz
0
100
1
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
9.0
600
0
1.0
1
0.0 Hz
2.0
1.0 Hz
–
60.0
575
<7>
60.0
3.0
15.0
<7>
1.5
0.0 Hz
2.0
<4>
0.0 Hz
0.20
–
–
1.00
200 <3>
0.20
0.200
0.02
0.050
–
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
2.0
600
0
–
1
0.0 Hz
2.0
1.0 Hz
–
60.0
575
60.0
3.0
15.0
0.5
0.0 Hz
2.0
<4>
0.0 Hz
0.20
1.0
200
1.00
–
–
–
–
20
–
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0
600
0
0.0
1
0.0 Hz
2.0
1.0 Hz
0
60.0
575
60.0
3.0
15.0
0.0
0.0 Hz
2.0
<4>
CLV (3)
0.5
0.50
1
–
1
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.20
1.0
–
–
–
20.00
0.500
20.00
0.500
0.004
0.0 Hz
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 307
A.16 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
No.
Name Setting Range Resolution
V/f (0)
Control Modes (A1-02)
V/f w/PG (1) OLV (2) CLV (3)
L8-40
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay
Time o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit
0.00 to 2.00
0 to 3
0 to 1
0.01 s
1
1
0.50
0
—
0.50
0
—
0.50
0
—
0.50
0
0
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percentage (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
<2> This setting value depends on a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity in models CIMR-A o 2A0250 to 2A0415, CIMR-A o 4A0139 to 4A1200,
A1000 HHP, and CIMR-A o 5A0099 to 5A0242: 2.00 in Open Loop Vector Control, 0.05 in Closed Loop Vector Control.
<3> This setting value depends on a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity: 1000 s in models CIMR-A o 2A0138 to 2A0415, CIMR-A o 4A0139 to
4A1200, A1000 HHP, and CIMR-A o 5A0099 to 5A0242
<4> Default setting is dependent on parameter C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
<5> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percentage (0.0 to 40.0%) instead of in Hz.
<6> Values shown are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the value by 1.725 for 690 V class drives.
<7> This setting value depends on a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity and V/f pattern selection in parameter E1-03.
<8> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percentage (-100.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
u
E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters
No.
Table A.3 E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Name Setting Range
0.0 to 2.5
Resolution
0.1
V/f (0)
0.0
Control Modes (E3-01)
V/f w/PG (1) OLV (2)
– 1.0
C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
C3-22
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay
Time
C5-21 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1
C5-22 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1
C5-23 Motor 2 Proportional Gain 2
C5-24 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2
0 to 10000
0.00 to 300.00
0.000 to 10.000
0.00 to 300.00
0.000 to 10.000
1 to F
40.0 to 150.0
1 ms
0.01
0.001 s
0.01
0.001 s
–
0.1 Hz
2000
–
–
–
–
7 <1>
60.0
–
0.20
0.200
0.02
0.050
7 <1>
60.0
200
–
–
–
–
7 <1>
60.0
C5-26 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Selection
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency
E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage <2>
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency
E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage <2>
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage
<2>
0.0 to 510.0
0.0 to 150.0
0.0 to 150.0
0.0 to 510.0
0.0 to 150.0
0.0 to 510.0
0.2 V
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.2 V
0.1 Hz
0.2 V
400.0
60.0
3.0
30.0
1.5
18.0
400.0
60.0
3.0
30.0
1.5
18.0
400.0
60.0
3.0
22.0
0.5
4.0
CLV (3)
1.0
–
<1> Default setting is determined by parameters o2-04, Drive Model Selection, and C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
<2> Values shown here are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.725 for 690
V class drives.
20.00
0.500
20.00
0.500
7 <1>
60.0
400.0
60.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
308 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.17 V/f Pattern Default Values
E1-04
E1-05
<3>
E1-06
E1-07
E1-08
<3>
E1-09
E1-10
<3>
A.17 V/f Pattern Default Values
The following table shows the V/f pattern setting default values depending on the control mode (A1-02) and the V/f pattern selection (E1-03 in V/f Control) for all HHP models:
• 400 V Class 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty,
• 575 V Class 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty,
• 690 V Class 414 A to 2000 A Heavy Duty, 466 A to 2250 A Normal Duty.
No.
Unit
Table A.4 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity:
V/f Control
OLV CLV
E1-03 -
Hz
0
50.0
1
60.0
2
60.0
3
72.0
4
50.0
5
50.0
6
60.0
7
60.0
8
50.0
9
50.0
A
60.0
B
60.0
C
90.0
D E
120.0
150.0
F
<1>
60.0
60.0
60.0
V
Hz
Hz
V
Hz
V
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
400.0
460.0
50.0
2.5
24.0
1.3
12.0
60.0
3.0
24.0
1.5
12.0
50.0
3.0
24.0
1.5
12.0
60.0
3.0
24.0
1.5
12.0
50.0
25.0
50.0
25.0
70.0
100.0
1.3
10.0
1.3
12.0
60.0
30.0
70.0
1.5
10.0
60.0
30.0
100.0
1.5
12.0
50.0
2.5
30.0
1.3
14.0
50.0
2.5
40.0
1.3
18.0
60.0
3.0
30.0
1.5
14.0
60.0
3.0
40.0
1.5
22.0
60.0
3.0
24.0
1.5
12.0
60.0
3.0
24.0
1.5
12.0
60.0
3.0
24.0
1.5
12.0
60.0
3.0
27.6
1.5
13.8
460.0
60.0
3.0
25.4
0.5
4.6
460.0
60.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
<1> This value determines the default values for E1-04 through E1-10 (E3-04 through E3-10 for motor 2).
<3> Values shown here are specific to 400 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.4375 for 575 V class drives. Multiply the values by 1.725 for 690
V class drives.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 309
A
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD
E2-01
(E4-01)
E2-02
(E4-02)
E2-03
(E4-03)
E2-05
(E4-05)
E2-06
(E4-06)
E2-10
(E4-10)
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD
The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the drive model selection (o2-04) and drive duty selection (C6-01).
Table A.5 400 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Model Selection and ND/HD Settings
Constant
No.
–
C6-01 o2-04
Name
Model Type
ND/HD Select
Drive Model Selection
Inverter Rated Current
Unit
–
–
A
HD
177
(B1H)
414.0
4200
ND
177
(B1H)
466.0
Default Settings
HD
178
(B2H)
800.0
4400 4600 4800 410C
ND
178
(B2H)
HD
179
(B3H)
ND
179
(B3H)
HD
180
(B4H)
ND
180
(B4H)
HD
181
(B5H)
ND
181
(B5H)
900.0
1200.0
1350.0
1600.0
1800.0
2000.0
2250.0
E2-11
(E4-11) b3-04 b3-06
Motor Rated Power KW 200.00
250.00
V/f Gain during Speed Search %
Output Current 1 during
Speed Search
–
60
0.7
60
0.7
400.0
60
0.7
500.0
60
0.7
600.0
60
0.7
750.0
60
0.7
800.0
60
0.7
1000.0
1000.0
1250.0
60
0.7
60
0.7
60
0.7
Motor Rated Current
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line
Resistance
Motor Leakage Inductance
A
Hz
A
%
W
400.0
0.50
80.0
20.0
0
400.0
0.50
80.0
mΩ 12.000
12.000
20.0
0
800.0
0.50
160.0
8.500
20.0
0
800.0
0.50
160.0
8.500
20.0
0
1200.0
1200.0
1800.0
1800.0
2000.0
2500.0
0.50
240.0
7.000
20.0
0
0.50
240.0
7.000
20.0
0
0.50
360.0
6.000
20.0
0
0.50
360.0
6.000
20.0
0
0.50
400.0
5.500
20.0
0
0.50
500.0
5.000
20.0
0
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L8-02
L8-38
Motor Iron Loss for Torque
Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-
Through Time
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblk Time
Momentary Power Loss
Voltage Recovery Time
Overheat Alarm Level
Carrier Frequency Reduction
Selection s s s
°C
2.0
2.0
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.0
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
2.0
2.1
1.0
125
2
Table A.6 575 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Model Selection and ND/HD Settings
E2-11
(E4-11) b3-04 b3-06
E2-01
(E4-01)
E2-02
(E4-02)
E2-03
(E4-03)
E2-05
(E4-05)
Constant
No.
–
C6-01 o2-04
Name
Model Type
ND/HD Select
Drive Model Selection
Inverter Rated Current
Unit
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search %
Output Current 1 during
Speed Search
–
Motor Rated Current A
–
–
A
HD
225
(E1H)
414.0
KW 300.0
5300
ND
225
(E1H)
466.0
335.00
80
0.5
350.0
80
0.5
350.0
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line
Resistance
Hz
A mΩ
0.5
70.0
14.000
0.5
70.0
14.000
HD
226
(E2H)
800.0
600.0
80
0.5
700.0
0.5
140.0
10.000
5600
ND
Default Settings
HD
226
(E2H)
227
(E3H)
227
(E3H)
228
(E4H)
228
(E4H)
229
(E5H)
229
(E5H)
900.0
1200.0
1350.0
1600.0
1800.0
2000.0
2250.0
670.0
80
0.5
700.0
0.5
140.0
10.000
900.0
80
0.5
1050.0
0.5
210.0
8.000
5900
ND
1005.0
80
0.5
1050.0
0.5
210.0
8.000
HD
0.5
280.0
7.000
5C00
1200.0
80
0.5
1400.0
ND
1340.0
80
0.5
1400.0
0.5
280.0
7.000
HD
0.5
350.0
6.000
5F00
1500.0
80
0.5
1750.0
ND
1675.0
80
0.5
1750.0
0.5
350.0
6.000
310 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD
Constant
No.
–
C6-01 o2-04
E2-06
(E4-06)
E2-10
(E4-10)
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L8-02
L8-38
Name
Model Type
ND/HD Select
Drive Model Selection
Inverter Rated Current
Unit
Motor Leakage Inductance
Motor Iron Loss for Torque
Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-
Through Time
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblk Time
Momentary Power Loss
Voltage Recovery Time
Overheat Alarm Level
Carrier Frequency Reduction
Selection
W s s s
°C
A
%
–
–
HD
225
(E1H)
414.0
5300
ND
225
(E1H)
466.0
20.0
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
Default Settings
HD
226
(E2H)
800.0
5600
ND HD
5900
ND HD
5C00
ND HD
5F00
ND
226
(E2H)
227
(E3H)
227
(E3H)
228
(E4H)
228
(E4H)
229
(E5H)
229
(E5H)
900.0
1200.0
1350.0
1600.0
1800.0
2000.0
2250.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
E2-11
(E4-11) b3-04 b3-06
E2-01
(E4-01)
E2-02
(E4-02)
E2-03
(E4-03)
E2-05
(E4-05)
E2-06
(E4-06)
E2-10
(E4-10)
L2-02
Constant
No.
–
C6-01 o2-04
Table A.7 YAI 690 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Model Selection and ND/HD Settings
Name
Model Type
ND/HD Select
Drive Model Selection
Inverter Rated Current
Unit
–
–
A
HD
241
(F1H)
414.0
6300
ND
241
(F1H)
466.0
Default Settings
Note: 690 V class default values when o2-09 = 1
6600 6900 6C00
HD ND HD ND HD ND
242
(F2H)
800.0
242
(F2H)
243
(F3H)
243
(F3H)
244
(F4H)
244
(F4H)
HD
245
(F5H)
6F00
ND
245
(F5H)
900.0
1200.0
1350.0
1600.0
1800.0
2000.0
2250.0
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search %
Output Current 1 during
Speed Search
–
Motor Rated Current
KW 300.0
A
80
0.5
350.0
335.00
80
0.5
350.0
600.0
80
0.5
700.0
670.0
80
0.5
700.0
900.0
80
0.5
1005.0
1200.0
1340.0
1500.0
1675.0
80
0.5
80
0.5
80
0.5
80
0.5
80
0.5
1050.0
1050.0
1400.0
1400.0
1750.0
1750.0
L2-03
L2-04
L8-02
L8-38
Motor Rated Slip Hz 0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line
Resistance
Motor Leakage Inductance
A mΩ
%
Motor Iron Loss for Torque
Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-
Thru Time
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblk Time
Momentary Power Loss
Voltage Recovery Time
Overheat Alarm Level
Carrier Frequency Reduction
Selection
W s s s
°C
–
70.0
14.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
70.0
14.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
140.0
10.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
140.0
10.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.50
210.0
8.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.50
210.0
8.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.50
280.0
7.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.50
280.0
7.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.50
350.0
6.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.50
350.0
6.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 311
A
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model and Duty Rating ND/HD
E2-11
(E4-11) b3-04 b3-06
E2-01
(E4-01)
E2-02
(E4-02)
E2-03
(E4-03)
E2-05
(E4-05)
E2-06
(E4-06)
E2-10
(E4-10)
L2-02
Constant
No.
–
C6-01 o2-04
Table A.8 YEC 690 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Model Selection and ND/HD Settings
Name
Model Type
ND/HD Select
Drive Model Selection
Inverter Rated Current
Unit
–
–
A
HD
241
(F1H)
360.0
6300
ND
241
(F1H)
414.0
Default Settings
Note: 690 V class default values when o2-o9 = 0
6600 6900 6C00
HD
242
(F2H)
700.0
ND
242
(F2H)
HD
243
(F3H)
ND
243
(F3H)
HD
244
(F4H)
ND
244
(F4H)
HD
245
(F5H)
6F00
ND
245
(F5H)
800.0
1050.0
1200.0
1400.0
1600.0
1750.0
2000.0
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search
Output Current 1 during
Speed Search
KW 300.0
%
–
80
0.5
Motor Rated Current A 350.0
335.0
80
0.5
350.0
600.0
80
0.5
700.0
670.0
80
0.5
700.0
900.0
80
0.5
1005.0
1200.0
1340.0
1500.0
1675.0
80 80 80 80 80
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1050.0
1050.0
1400.0
1400.0
1750.0
1750.0
L2-03
L2-04
L8-02
L8-38
Motor Rated Slip Hz 0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line
Resistance
Motor Leakage Inductance
Motor Iron Loss for Torque
Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-
Through Time
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblk Time
Momentary Power Loss
Voltage Recovery Time
Overheat Alarm Level
Carrier Frequency Reduction
Selection
A mΩ 14.000
14.000
10.000
10.000
%
W s s s
°C
–
70.0
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
70.0
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
140.0
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
140.0
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.5
210.0
8.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.5
210.0
8.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.5
280.0
7.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.5
280.0
7.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.5
350.0
6.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
0.5
350.0
6.000
20.0
0
2.0
2.0
1.5
130
2
312 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Appendix: B
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B.1 MEMOBUS/MODBUS CONFIGURATION...........................................................314
B.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS................................................................315
B.4 MEMOBUS/MODBUS SETUP PARAMETERS...................................................319
B.5 DRIVE OPERATIONS BY MEMOBUS/MODBUS................................................322
B.9 MEMOBUS/MODBUS DATA TABLE..................................................................328
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 313
B.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
B.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
Drives can be controlled from a PLC or other master device via serial communications using the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications can be configured using one master (PLC) and up to 31 slaves. The drive has slave functionality only, and serial communication is normally initiated from the master and responded to by the slaves.
The master performs serial communications with only one slave at a time. The address or node for each slave must be set beforehand so that the master can communicate with the slave at that address. A slave that receives a command from the master will perform the specified function and then send a response back to the master.
Master （ PLC or other ）
Slave (Drive)
Figure B.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a PLC
314 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.2 Communication Specifications
B.2 Communication Specifications
MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications appear in the following table:
Item
Interface RS-422, RS-485
Specifications
Communications Cycle Asynchronous (Start-stop synchronization)
Communication Speeds
Available
1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 76.8; 115.2 kbps
Communication
Parameters
Data length
Parity
8-bit (fixed)
Select even, odd, or none
Stop bit
Protocol
Max Number of Slaves 31 drives
1-bit (fixed)
MEMOBUS/Modbus (using RTU mode only)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 315
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.3 Connecting to a Network
B.3 Connecting to a Network
This section explains how to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network and the network termination required for a connection.
u
Network Cable Connection
Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.
1.
With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminals TB5 for
MEMOBUS/Modbus.
(TB4)
S – Send (–)
S+ Send (+)
R– Receive (–)
R+ Receive (+)
IG Shield Ground
Figure B.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals (TB4)
Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications, connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the RS-485 diagram.
2.
on page
317 for slaves that are A1000 HHP drives.
3.
Switch the power on.
4.
Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the digital operator.
5.
Shut the power off and wait until the display on the digital operator goes out completely.
6.
Turn the power back on.
7.
The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.
u
Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections
explain the wiring diagrams for multiple connections using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication.
316 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.3 Connecting to a Network n RS-485 Interface
PLC
R–
R+
S–
S+
IG
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
ON
Figure B.3 RS-485 Interface
Note: 1.
Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to the OFF position.
2.
Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-485 interface.
n RS-422 Interface
PLC
R–
R+
S–
S+
IG
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
ON
Figure B.4 RS-422 Interface u
Network Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the termination resistor by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not located at the network line end.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 317
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.3 Connecting to a Network
Control Module
S-
S+
RS-422
or
RS-485
R-
R+
Dip
Switch
S2
Termination resistor (1/2W, 110 W)
-
+
Dip Switch S2
OFF ON
O
N
OFF: Factory Setting
Figure B.5 MEMOBUS/Modbus communication terminal and S2 DIP switch
318 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
B.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters u
MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
This section describes parameters necessary to set up MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
No.
H5-01
Name
Drive Slave Address
Setting Range Default
1FH n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications speed.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
No.
H5-02
Name
Communication Speed Selection
H5-02
0
3
4
1
2
Communication Speed
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
H5-02
5
6
7
8 n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection
Sets the parity used for communications.
Note: Cycle the power after changing this parameter to enable the new setting.
No.
H5-03
Name
Communication Parity Selection
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
No.
H5-04
Name
Stopping Method after CE
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time currently enabled)
Setting 1: Fast Stop (uses the deceleration time in C1-09)
Setting 2: Coast to stop
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation) n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the CE detection for communications.
No.
H5-05
Name
Communication Fault Detection Selection
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
3
Communication Speed
38400 bps
57600 bps
76800 bps
115200 bps
Setting Range
0 to 2
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Default
3
Default
1
319
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
No.
H5-06
Name
Drive Transmit Wait Time
Setting Range
5 to 65 ms
Default
5 ms
PLC→Drive
Command Message
Drive→PLC
Response Message
24 Bit length H5-06 setting 24 Bit length 5 ms
PLC→Drive
Command Message
Time (sec)
Figure B.6 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting n H5-07: RTS Control Selection
Enables or disables RTS control.
No.
H5-07
Name
RTS Control Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point or multi-drop RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting when using RS-485 signals for communications or when using the RS-422 signals for point-to-point communications.
n H5-09: CE Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No.
H5-09
Name
CE Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
2.0 s n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
No.
H5-10
Name
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: 0.1 V units
Setting 1: 1 V units n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
.
320 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
No.
H5-11
Name
Communications Enter Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
(b1-02, b1-16 = 2).
No.
H5-12
Name
Run Command Method Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 321
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
B.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
The drive operations that can be performed by MEMOBUS/Modbus communication depend on drive parameter settings. This section explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.
u
Observing the Drive Operation
A PLC can perform the following actions with MEMOBUS/Modbus communications at any time regardless of parameter settings (except for H5oo parameters):
• observe drive status and drive control terminal status from a PLC.
• read and write parameters.
• set and reset faults.
• set multi-function inputs.
Note: Input settings from the input terminals (S1 to S8) and from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications are both linked by a logical OR operation.
u
Controlling the Drive
Select an external reference and adjust the parameters in Table B.1
accordingly to start and stop the drive or set the frequency
reference using MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Reference Source
External Reference 1
External Reference 2
Table B.1 Setting Parameters for Drive Control from MEMOBUS/Modbus
Parameter Name b1-01 b1-02 b1-15 b1-16
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Frequency Reference Selection 2
Run Command Selection 2
Required Setting
2
2
2
2
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1 on page 18 and
Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 on page 19
for details on external reference parameter selections.
Refer to Setting 2: External Reference 1/2 Selection on page 97 for
instructions on selecting external references 1 and 2.
322 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.6 Communications Timing
B.6 Communications Timing
To prevent a communications overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to the same drive. In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the master. This section explains the message timing.
u
Command Messages from Master to Drive
The master must wait for a specified time between receiving a response and resending the same type of command to the same slave drive to prevent overrun and data loss. The minimum wait time depends on the command as shown in the table below.
Command Type
1
2
Table B.2 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Example
• Control command (Run, Stop)
• Set inputs/outputs
• Read monitors and parameter values
• Write parameters
Minimum Wait Time
5 ms
50 ms
3 • Save changes using an Enter command 3 to 5 s <1>
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it receives a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message
Time
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
Figure B.7 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages u
Response Messages from Drive to Master
If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until it responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message
Time
24 bit length
H5-06 setting
Figure B.8 Minimum Response Wait Time
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 323
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.7 Message Format
B.7 Message Format u
Message Content
In MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the master sends commands to the slave, and the slave responds. The message format is configured for both sending and receiving as shown below, and the length of data packets depends on the command
(function) content.
SLAVE ADDRESS
FUNCTION CODE
DATA
ERROR CHECK u
Slave Address
The slave address in the message defines the note the message is sent to. Use addresses between 0 and FF (hex). If a message with slave address 0 is sent (broadcast), the command from the master will be received by all slaves. The slaves do not provide a response to a broadcast type message.
u
Function Code
The three types of function codes are shown in the table below.
Function
Code
03H
08H
10H
Function Name
Read MEMOBUS/Modbus registers
Loopback test
Write to multiple MEMOBUS/Modbus registers
Data Length (bytes)
Command Message Response Message
Minimum
8
8
11
Maximum
8
8
41
Minimum
7
8
8
Maximum
37
8
8 u
Data
Configure consecutive data by combining the MEMOBUS/Modbus register address (test code in case of a loopback test) and the data the register contains. The data length changes depending on the command details.
A drive MEMOBUS/Modbus register always has a data length of two bytes. Data written into drive registers must also always have a length of two bytes. Register data read out from the drive will always consist of two bytes.
u
Error Check
The drive uses a CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy check, checksum method) for checking data validity. Use the procedure described below when calculating the CRC-16 checksum for command data or when verifying response data.
n Command Data
When the drive receives data, it calculates the CRC-16 checksum from the data and compares it to the CRC-16 value received within the message. Both must match before a command is processed.
An initial value of FFFFH (i.e., all 16 bits equal 1) must be used for CRC-16 calculations in the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
Calculate the CRC-16 checksum using the following steps:
1.
The starting value is FFFFH.
2.
Perform an XOR operation of this value and the slave address.
3.
Right shift the result.
4.
When the overflow bit of the shift operation becomes 1, perform an XOR operation of the result from step 3 above and the fix value A001H.
5.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 until eight shift operations have been performed.
6.
After eight shift operations, perform an XOR operation with the result and the next data in the message (function code, register address, data). Continue with steps 3 to 5 until the last data has been processed.
7.
The result of the last shift or XOR operation is the checksum.
324 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.7 Message Format
shows the CRC-16 calculation of the slave address 02H and the function code 03H, yielding the result D140H.
Note: This example does not show the calculation for a complete MEMOBUS/Modbus command. Normally data would follow in the calculation.
Description
Initial Value (FFFFH)
Address 02H
XOR w initial value
Shift 1
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 2
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 3
Shift 4
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 5
Shift 6
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 7
Shift 8
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Table B.3 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example
Calculation
1111 1111 1111 1111
0000 0000 0000 0010
1111 1111 1111 1101
0111 1111 1111 1110
1010 0000 0000 0001
1101 1111 1111 1111
0110 1111 1111 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1100 1111 1111 1110
0110 0111 1111 1111
0011 0011 1111 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1001 0011 1111 1110
0100 1001 1111 1111
0010 0100 1111 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1000 0100 1111 1110
0100 0010 0111 1111
0010 0001 0011 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1000 0001 0011 1110
Overflow
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Description
Function Code 03H
XOR w result
Shift 1
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 2
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 3
Shift 4
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 5
Shift 6
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 7
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 8
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Perform operations with next data (function code) CRC-16
Calculation
0000 0000 0000 0011
1000 0001 0011 1101
0100 0000 1001 1110
1010 0000 0000 0001
1110 0000 1001 1111
0111 0000 0100 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1101 0000 0100 1110
0110 1000 0010 0111
0011 0100 0001 0011
1010 0000 0000 0001
1001 0100 0001 0010
0100 1010 0000 1001
0010 0101 0000 0100
1010 0000 0000 0001
1000 0101 0000 0101
0100 0010 1000 0010
1010 0000 0000 0001
1110 0010 1000 0011
0111 0001 0100 0001
1010 0000 0000 0001
1101 0001 0100 0000
1101 0001 0100 0000
D 1 4 0
(Lower) (Upper)
0
1
0
1
Overflow
1
1
1
1
Continue from here with next data.
n Response Data
Perform a CRC-16 calculation on the response message data as described above as a validation check. The result should match the CRC-16 checksum received within the response message.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 325
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.8 Message Examples
B.8 Message Examples
Below are some examples of command and response messages.
u
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents
Using the function code 03H (Read), a maximum of 16 MEMOBUS/Modbus registers can be read out at a time.
The following table shows message examples when reading status signals, error details, data link status, and frequency references from the slave 2 drive.
Command Message
Slave Address
Function Code
Starting No.
Upper
Lower
02H
03H
00H
20H
Data Quantity
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
00H
04H
45H
F0H
1st storage register
Response Message (normal)
Slave Address
Function Code
Data Quantity
Upper
02H
03H
08H
00H
Next storage register
Next storage register
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
65H
00H
00H
00H
Next storage register
CRC-16
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
00H
01H
F4H
AFH
82H
Slave Address
Function Code
Error Code
CRC-16
Response Message (fault)
Upper
Lower
02H
83H
03H
F1H
31H u
Loopback Test
Function code 08H performs a loopback test that returns a response message with exactly the same content as the command message. The response message can be used to check communications between the master and slave. User-defined test code and data values can also be set.
The following table shows a message example when performing a loopback test with the slave 1 drive.
Command Message Response Message
Slave Address
Function Code
Test Code
Data
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
01H
08H
00H
00H
A5H
37H
DAH
8DH
Slave Address
Function Code
Test Code
Data
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
01H
08H
00H
00H
A5H
37H
DAH
8DH u
Writing to Multiple Registers
Function code 10H allows the user to write multiple drive MEMOBUS/Modbus registers with one message. This process works similar to reading registers, in that the address of the first register to be written and the data quantity are set in the command message. The data to be written must be consecutive so that the register addresses are in order, starting from the specified address in the command message. The data order must be high byte then lower byte.
The following table shows an example of a message where a forward operation has been set with a frequency reference of
60.0 Hz for the slave 1 drive.
If parameter values are changed using the Write command, an Enter command may be necessary to activate or save the data depending on the setting of H5-11.
Refer to H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection on page 124 and
for detailed descriptions.
326 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.8 Message Examples
Command Message
Slave Address 01H
Function Code 10H
00H
Starting No.
Upper
Lower
Upper
Data Quantity
Number of Bytes
Lower
01H
00H
02H
04H
Starting Data
Next Data
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
00H
01H
02H
58H
63H
39H
Note:
Response Message (normal)
Slave Address 01H
Function Code
Starting No.
Upper
10H
00H
Data Quantity
CRC-16
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
01H
00H
02H
10H
08H
Response Message (fault)
Slave Address 01H
Function Code
Error Code
CRC-16
Double the number of the data quantity for the number of bytes in the command message.
Upper
Lower
90H
02H
CDH
C1H
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 327
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
The tables below list all MEMOBUS/Modbus data.
The MEMOBUS register hex addresses for parameters are listed beginning on page
u
Command Data
It is possible to both read and write command data.
Note: Bits that are not used should be set to 0. Refrain from writing to reserved registers.
Register No.
0000H
0001H
0002H
0003H
Table B.4 Command Register Data
Contents
Reserved
Operation Commands and Multi-function Inputs bit 0
H5-12 = 0: Forward Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Forward Run)
H5-12 = 1: Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Run) bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4
H5-12 = 0: Reverse Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Reverse Run)
H5-12 = 1: Forward/Reverse (0 = Forward, 1 = Reverse)
External Fault (EF0)
Fault Reset
Multi-Function Input 1
Function is ComRef when H1-01 = 40 (Forward/Stop).
Note: When the bit at ComCtrl is turned on, commands from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications take control of the operation. However, when a communications option card is connected, that option card is given priority.
bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A
Multi-Function Input 2
Function is ComCtrl when H1-02 = 41 (Reverse/Stop).
Multi-Function Input 3
Multi-Function Input 4
Multi-Function Input 5
Multi-Function Input 6
Multi-Function Input 7 bit B bit C to F
Multi-Function Input 8
Reserved
Frequency Reference Units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Output voltage gain/
Unit: 0.1%
Range: 20 (2.0%) to 2000 (200.0%), Default when power on: 1000 (100.0%)
0004H
0005H
0006H
0007H
0008H
Torque Reference/Torque Limit, 0.1% units, signed (Usable only if Torque Control is enabled)
Torque Compensation, 0.1% units, signed (Usable only if Torque Control is enabled)
PID Target, 0.01% units, signed
Analog Output Terminal FM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
Analog Output Terminal AM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
Settings for Multi-Function Digital Outputs bit 0 bit 1
Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
0009H bit 2 bit 3 to 5 bit 6 bit 7
Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
Reserved
Enables the function in bit 7
Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC) bit 8 to F
000AH
000BH to 000EH Reserved
Reserved
Pulse Output Terminal MP Setting, 1 Hz units, Setting Range: 0 to 32000
328 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
000FH
Contents
Control Selection Setting bit 0 Reserved bit 1 PID Setpoint Input bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 to B bit C
Torque reference / torque limit input (enables the setting from MEMOBUS/Modbus)
Torque compensation input (enables the setting from MEMOBUS/Modbus)
Reserved
Enable Terminal S5 Input for Broadcast Data bit D bit E bit F
0010H to 001AH Reserved
Enable Terminal S6 Input for Broadcast Data
Enable Terminal S7 Input for Broadcast Data
Enable Terminal S8 Input for Broadcast Data
001BH
001CH
Analog Monitor Option AO-A3 Analog Output 1 (10 V/4000 H)
Analog Monitor Option AO-A3 Analog Output 2 (10 V/4000 H)
001DH Digital Output Option DO-A3 Output (Binary)
001EH to 001FH Reserved u
Monitor Data
Monitor data can be read only.
Register No.
0020H
0021H bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E bit F bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8
Drive Status 1 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to bit D bit E bit F
Fault Contents 1 bit 0 bit 9
Contents
During Run
During Reverse
Drive Ready
Fault
Data Setting Error
Multi-Function Contact Output (terminal M1-M2)
Multi-function Photocoupler output 1（Terminal P1 - PC（
Multi-function Photocoupler output 2（Terminal P2 - PC（
Reserved
ComRef status
ComCtrl status
Overcurrent (oC), Ground fault (GF)
Overvoltage (ov)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Overheat 1 (oH1), Drive Overheat Warning (oH2)
Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault (rr), Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
Reserved
PID Feedback Loss (FbL / FbH)
EF to EF8: External Fault
CPF oo : Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
Motor Overload (oL1), Overtorque Detection 1/2 (oL3/oL4), Undertorque Detection 1/2 (UL3/
UL4)
PG Disconnected (PGo), PG Hardware Fault (PGoH), Overspeed (oS), Excessive Speed Deviation
(dEv)
Main Circuit Undervoltage (Uv)
Undervoltage (Uv1), Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2), Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
Output Phase Loss (LF), Input Phase Loss (PF)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE), Option Communication Error (bUS)
Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 329
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
0022H
0023H
0024H
0025H
0026H
0027H
0028H
0029H
002AH
002BH
Contents
Data Link Status bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
Writing data or switching motors
Reserved
Upper or lower limit error
Data conformity error
Writing to EEPROM bit 6 to bit F Reserved
U1-01 Frequency Reference <1>
U1-02 Output Frequency <1>
U1-06 Output Voltage Reference, 0.1 V units (units are determined by parameter H5-10)
U1-03Output Current, 0.1 A units
U1-08 Output Power
U1-09 Torque Reference
Fault Contents 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3
IGBT Short Circuit (SC)
Ground Fault (GF)
Input Phase Loss (PF)
Output Phase Loss (LF) bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to bit F
Alarm Contents 1 bit 0, 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B
Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
Reserved
Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) (oH4)
Reserved
Reserved
Run Command Input Error (EF)
Drive Baseblock (bb)
Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Overvoltage (ov)
Undervoltage (Uv) bit C bit D bit E bit F
Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Undertorque Detection 1/2 (UL3/UL4)
Motor Overheat (oH3)
PID Feedback Loss (FbL, FbH)
Reserved
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
U1-10 Input Terminal Status bit 0 bit 1 bit 2
Terminal S1 Closed
Terminal S2 Closed
Terminal S3 Closed bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to bit F
Terminal S4 Closed
Terminal S5 Closed
Terminal S6 Closed
Terminal S7 Closed
Terminal S8 Closed
Reserved
330 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
Contents
002CH bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D
Drive Status 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
During Run
Zero Speed
Speed Agree
User Speed Agree
Frequency Detection 1
Frequency Detection 2
Drive Ready
During Undervoltage
During Baseblock
Frequency Reference from Operator Keypad
Run Command from Operator Keypad
Over/Undertorque 1, 2
Frequency Reference Loss
During Fault Restart
002DH
002EH
002FH
0030H
0031H
0032H
0033H
0034H
0035H
0036H, 0037H
0038H
0039H
003AH
003BH, 003CH
003DH bit E bit F
Fault
Communication Timeout
U1-11 Output Terminal Status bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2) bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 to 6 bit 7
Multi-Function PHC output 1 (P1-PC)
Multi-Function PHC output 2 (P2-PC)
Reserved
Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC) bit 8 to F
Reserved
Frequency Reference Bias (from Up/Down 2 Function), 0.1% units
Reserved
DC Bus Voltage, 1 Vdc units
Torque Reference (U1-09), 1% units
Reserved
Reserved
Product Code 1 [ASCII], Product Type (A0 for A1000)
Product Code 2 [ASCII], Region Code
Reserved
PID Feedback, 0.1% units, unsigned, 100% / max. output frequency
PID Input, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
PID Output, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
Reserved
Communications Error Contents <3> bit 0 CRC Error bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4
Data Length Error
Reserved
Parity Error
Overrun Error bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to bit F
Framing Error
Timeout
Reserved
003EH
Output Frequency r/min <4>
003FH 0.01% units
0040H to 004AH Used for various monitors U1oo .
Refer to U: Monitors on page 298
for parameter details.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 331
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
Contents
004BH bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit E bit F
Drive status (U1-12) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
During Run
During Zero Speed
During Reverse Run
During Fault Reset Signal Input
During Speed Agree
Drive Ready
Alarm
Fault
During Operation Error (oPE
Motor 2 selected
Reserved
ComRef status, NetRef status oo
During Momentary Power Loss
ComCtrl status, NetCtrl status
)
004CH to 007EH Used for various monitors U1oo , U4oo , U5oo and U6oo .
Refer to U: Monitors on page 298
for parameter details.
007FH Alarm Code,
Refer to Alarm Register Contents on page 343 for alarm codes.
0080H to 0097H
Used for monitors U2oo , U3oo .
Refer to U: Monitors on page 298
for parameter details and Refer to Fault Trace
Contents on page 341 for register value descriptions.
0098H
0099H
High Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 10 h units (U4-01)
Low Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 1 h units (U4-01)
009AH
009BH
High Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
Low Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009CH to 00AAH Reserved
00ABH Drive Rated Current <2>
00ACH
Motor Speed (U1-05)
00ADH
00AEH, 00AFH Reserved
00B0H
00B1H
00B2H r/min units
0.01% units
<4>
Option Code Connected to
CN5-A
Register contains ASCII code of the option card.
DI-A3 = 0x01
DO-A3 = 0x02
AI-A3 = 0x03
AO-A3 = 0x04
PG-B3 = 0x11
PG-X3 = 0x12
Communication Option: Register contains ASCII code of 1st and 3rd digit of the option card type number.
Example: Register value is 5343H for “SC” if a SI-C3 option card is installed.
Reserved
Option Code Connected to CN5-B
00B3H
00B4H
00B5H
00B6H
Option Code Connected to CN5-C
Reserved
Frequency Reference After
Soft-starter (U1-16) r/min units <4>
0.01% units
00B7H
Frequency Reference
00B8H
00B9H to 00BEH Reserved
00BFH r/min <4>
0.01% units
Lists the last two digits of operation error code oPE oo .
332 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Register No.
00C0H
00C1H
00C2H bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit E bit F
Fault Contents 4 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D
Fault Contents 3 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit D bit E bit F
Fault Contents 5 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2, 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B to E bit F
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Contents
Blown fuse (PUF)
Undervoltage (Uv1)
Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)
Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
IGBT Short Circuit (SC)
Ground Fault (GF)
Overcurrent (oC)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Heatsink Overheat (oH1)
Motor Overload (oL1)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4)
Reserved
Reserved
External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7)
External Fault at input terminal S8 (EF8)
Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
Overspeed (os)
Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
PG Disconnected (PGo)
Input Phase Loss (PF)
Output Phase Loss (LF)
Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3)
Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
EEPROM Write Error (Err)
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC input) (oH4)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Reserved
Control Fault (CF)
Zero Servo Fault (SvE)
Option External Fault (EF0)
PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
High Slip Braking Overload (oL7)
Reserved
Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 333
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
00C3H
00C4H
00C5H
00C6H
00C7H bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6, 7 bit 8 bit 9 to B bit C bit D bit E bit F
Fault Contents 8 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 to 9
Fault Contents 6 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B to F
Fault Contents 7 bit 0 bit A bit B to D bit E bit F
Fault Contents 9 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 to F
Reserved
Contents
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
PG Hardware Fault (PGoH)
SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
Reserved
Too many speed search restarts (SEr)
Reserved
PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1)
External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2)
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5)
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5)
Current Offset Fault (CoF)
Reserved
DriveWorksEZ Fault (dWFL)
Reserved
Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Thermistor Disconnect (THo)
Reserved
Polarity Judge Timeout (dv7)
This is not available in A1000 HPP models.
Reserved
Power Unit Output Phase Loss 3 (LF3)
Current Unbalance (UnbC)
Gate Drive Board Undervoltage (Uv4)
Uv5（MC/FANAbnormal low-voltage power supply（ oH6（Thermal converter（ dFAn（FAN abnormal diode module（
EFAn（FAN panel anomalies（
Reserved
334 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Register No.
00C8H
00C9H
00CAH bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D
Alarm Contents 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit E bit F
Alarm Contents 3 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit D bit E bit F
Alarm Contents 4 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 to 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B to F
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Contents
Undervoltage (Uv)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Drive Overheat (oH2)
Overtorque 1 (oL3)
Overtorque 2 (oL4)
Run Commands Input Error (EF)
Drive Baseblock (bb)
External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7)
External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8)
Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
Overspeed (oS)
Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
PG Disconnected (PGo)
Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Motor Overload (oL1)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Reserved
Option Card External fault (EF0)
Motor 2 Switch command input during run (rUn)
Reserved
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
Reserved
Motor Overheat 1 (PTC Input) (oH3)
Reserved
PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
Reserved
Drive Disabled (dnE)
PG Disconnected (PGo)
Reserved
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 335
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
00CBH
00CCH
00CDH
00CEH-00CFH
00D0H
Alarm Contents 5 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E, F
Alarm Contents 6 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 to 7 bit 8 bit 9 to F bit 0 to 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B to F
Reserved
CPF Contents 1 bit 0, 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4, 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9, A bit B bit C bit D bit E bit F
Contents
SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
SI-T3 Station Address Setting Error (AEr)
SI-T3 Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
High Current Alarm (HCA)
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-2)
Reserved
SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
External Fault 1 (input terminal S1) (EF1)
External Fault 2 (input terminal S2) (EF2)
Safe Disable Input (HbbF) <5>
Safe Disable Input (Hbb) <5>
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5)
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5)
Reserved
Output Voltage Detection Fault (VoF)
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-3)
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
Unused
Reserved
DriveWorksEZ Alarm (dWAL)
Reserved
Reserved
EFAn (Abnormal Fan Alarm)
Reserved dFAn (Abnormal Fan Diode Module)
Reserved
Reserved
A/D Conversion Error (CPF02)
PWM Data Fault (CPF03)
Reserved
EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06)
Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07)
EEPROM Serial Communications Fault (CPF08)
Reserved
RAM Fault (CPF11)
FLASH Memory Fault (CPF12)
Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF14)
Reserved
336 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
00D1H bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D
CPF Contents 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
00D2H bit E bit F bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 to 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E, F
00D3H to 00D7H Reserved oFA0x Contents (CN5-A) bit 0
00D8H bit 1 bit 2 bit 3, 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F oFA1x Contents (CN5-A) bit 0
00D9H bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to F
00DAH to 00DBH Reserved
Contents
Clock Fault (CPF16)
Timing Fault (CPF17)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
Hardware fault at power up (CPF20)
Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21)
A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
Terminal board is not properly connected. (CPF25)
ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
ASIC On-delay Error (CPF29)
ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
ASIC Start-up Error (CPF32)
Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
Reserved
Control Circuit Error (CPF41)
Control Circuit Error (CPF42)
Control Circuit Error (CPF43)
Control Circuit Error (CPF44)
Control Circuit Error (CPF45)
Reserved
Option Compatibility Error (oFA00)
Option not properly connected (oFA01)
Same type of option card already connected (oFA02)
Reserved
A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
Option Response Error (oFA06)
Reserved
Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
Reserved
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 337
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
00DBH bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D oFA3x Contents (CN5-A) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
00DCH
00DDH bit E, F oFb0x Contents (CN5-B) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3, 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F oFb1x Contents (CN5-B) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to F
00DEH to 00DFH Reserved
Contents
Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
Model Code Error (oFA31)
Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
CI Check Error (oFA36)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
Reserved
Option compatibility error (oFb00)
Option not properly connected (oFb01)
Same type of option card already connected (oFb02)
Reserved
A/D Conversion Fault (oFb05)
Option Response Error (oFb06)
Reserved
Option RAM Fault (oFb10)
Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFb11)
Drive Receive CRC Error (oFb12)
Drive Receive Frame Error (oFb13)
Drive Receive Abort Error (oFb14)
Option Receive CRC Error (oFb15)
Option Receive Frame Error (oFb16)
Option Receive Abort Error (oFb17)
Reserved
338 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Register No.
00E0H
00E1H
00E2H
00E3H, 00E4H
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Contents bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D oFb3x Contents (CN5-B) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit E, F oFC0x Contents (CN5-C) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3, 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F oFC1x Contents (CN5-C) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to F
Reserved
Comm. ID Error (oFb30)
Model Code Error (oFb31)
Sumcheck Error (oFb32)
Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFb33)
MEMOBUS Timeout (oFb34)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb35)
CI Check Error (oFb36)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb37)
Control Command Selection Error (oFb38)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb39)
Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFb40)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb41)
Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFb42)
Control Response Selection Error (oFb43)
Reserved
Option compatibility error (oFC00)
Option not properly connected (oFC01)
Same type of option card already connected (oFC02)
Reserved
A/D Conversion Fault (oFC05)
Option Response Error (oFC06)
Reserved
Option RAM Fault (oFC10)
Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFC11)
Drive Receive CRC Error (oFC12)
Drive Receive Frame Error (oFC13)
Drive Receive Abort Error (oFC14)
Option Receive CRC Error (oFC15)
Option Receive Frame Error (oFC16)
Option Receive Abort Error (oFC17)
Reserved
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 339
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
oFC3x Contents (CN5-C) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
00E5H bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E, F
00E6H to 00FFH Reserved
Comm. ID Error (oFC30)
Model Code Error (oFC31)
Sumcheck Error (oFC32)
Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFC33)
MEMOBUS Timeout (oFC34)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC35)
CI Check Error (oFC36)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC37)
Control Command Selection Error (oFC38)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC39)
Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFC40)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC41)
Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFC42)
Control Response Selection Error (oFC43)
Reserved
Contents
<1> Parameter o1-03, Digital Operator Display Selection, determines the units.
<2> The number of decimal places in the parameter value depends on the drive model and the ND/HD selection in parameter C6-01. This value has two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a maximum applicable motor capacity up to and including 11 kW, and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the maximum applicable motor capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<3> Communication error contents are saved until the fault is reset.
<4> Set the number of motor poles to parameter E2-04, E4-04, or E5-05 depending on the motor being used.
<5> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to EN61800-5-1, ISO13849 Cat.
3, IEC/EN61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.
u
Broadcast Messages
Data can be written from the master to all slave devices at the same time.
The slave address in a broadcast command message must be set to 00H. All slaves will receive the message, but will not respond.
Register No.
Contents
0001H
0002H
Digital Input Command bit 0 bit 1 bit 2, 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 to B bit C bit D bit E bit F
Frequency Reference
Forward Run (0: Stop 1: Run)
Direction Command (0: Forward, 1: Reverse)
Reserved
External Fault
Fault Reset
Reserved
Multi-Function Digital Input S5
Multi-Function Digital Input S6
Multi-Function Digital Input S7
Multi-Function Digital Input S8
30000/100%
340 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
0019H
001AH
001BH
001CH
001DH
001EH
001FH
0020H
0011H
0012H
0013H
0014H
0015H
0016H
0017H
0018H
Fault Code
0001H
0002H
0003H
0004H
0006H
0007H
0008H
0009H
000AH
000BH
000CH
000DH
000EH
000FH
0010H
0021H
0022H
0025H
0026H
0027H
0028H
0029H
002AH
0030H
0036H
0038H
003BH
0041H
0042H u
Fault Trace Contents
The table below shows the fault codes that can be read out by MEMOBUS/Modbus commands from the U2oo monitor parameters.
Table B.5 Fault Trace / History Register Contents
Blown Fuse (PUF)
Undervoltage (Uv1)
Fault Name
Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)
Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
Ground Fault (GF)
Overcurrent (oC)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Heatsink Overheat (oH1)
Motor Overload (oL1)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4)
Dynamic Braking Transistor (rr)
Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
External Fault at Input Terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault at Input Terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault at Input Terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault at Input Terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault at Input Terminal S7 (EF7)
External Fault at Input Terminal S8 (EF8)
Drive Cooling Fan Failure (FAn)
Overspeed (oS)
Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
PG Disconnect (PGo)
Input Phase Loss (PF)
Output Phase Loss (LF)
Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3)
Digital Operator Connection (oPr)
EEPROM Write Error (Err)
Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH4)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Control Fault (CF)
Zero-Servo Fault (SvE)
Option External Fault (EF0)
PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
Hardware Fault (including oFx)
Output Current Imbalance (LF2)
PG Hardware Fault (PGoH)
Too Many Speed Search Restarts (SEr)
PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
External Fault 1, Input Terminal S1 (EF1)
008DH
008EH
008FH
0091H
0092H
0093H
0094H
0095H
0064H
0065H
0083H
0084H
0087H
0088H
0089H
008CH
Fault Code
0043H
0044H
0045H
0046H
0047H
0048H
0049H
004DH
0050H
0052H
0053H
0060H
0061H
0062H
0063H
0096H
0097H
0098H
0099H
009BH
009CH
009DH
009EH
009FH
00A0H
00A1H
00A2H
00A3H
00A4H
Fault Name
External Fault 2, Input Terminal S2 (EF2)
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5)
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5)
Current Offset Fault (CoF)
PLC Detection Error 1 (PE1)
PLC Detection Error 2 (PE2)
DriveWorksEZ Fault (dWFL)
Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
Motor Overheat (NTC Input) ( oH5)
Node Setup Fault (nSE)
Thermistor Disconnect (THo)
Current Unbalance (UnbC)
Power Supply Module Undervoltage (Uv4)
Uv5（MC/FANPower failure（ oH6（Thermal converter（ dFAn（FAN abnormal diode module（
EFAn (Abormal FAN panel（
A/D Conversion Error (CPF02)
PWM Data Fault (CPF03)
EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06)
Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07)
EEPROM Serial Communication Fault (CPF08)
RAM Fault (CPF11)
Flash Memory Circuit Exception (CPF12)
Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF14)
Clock Fault (CPF16)
Timing Fault (CPF17)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
Hardware Fault at Power Up (CPF20)
Hardware Fault at Communication Start Up (CPF21)
A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
ASIC On-delay Error (CPF29)
ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
ASIC Start-up Error (CPF32)
Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 341
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Fault Code
00A9H
00AAH
00ABH
00ACH
00ADH
00AEH
0101H
0102H
0103H
0106H
0107H
0111H
0112H
0113H
0114H
0115H
0116H
0117H
0118H
0131H
0132H
0133H
0134H
0135H
0136H
0137H
0138H
0139H
013AH
013BH
013CH
013DH
Fault Name
Control Circuit Error (CPF40)
Control Circuit Error (CPF41)
Control Circuit Error (CPF42)
Control Circuit Error (CPF43)
Control Circuit Error (CPF44)
Control Circuit Error (CPF45)
Option Compatibility Error (oFA00)
Option Not Properly Connected (oFA01)
Same Type of Option Card Already Connected
(oFA02)
A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
Option Response Error (oFA06)
Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
Model Code Error (oFA31)
Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
Comm. Option Timeout Waiting for Response
(oFA33)
MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA35)
CI Check Error (oFA36)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA37)
Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA39)
Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA41)
Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
Fault Code
013EH
0201H
0202H
0235H
0236H
0237H
0238H
0239H
023AH
023BH
023CH
023DH
023EH
0300H
0301H
0205H
0206H
0210H
0211H
0212H
0213H
0214H
0215H
0216H
0217H
0231H
0232H
0233H
0234H
0302H
0305H
0306H
Fault Name
Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
Option Connection Error (oFb01)
Same Type of Option Card Already Connected
(oFb02)
A/D Conversion Error (oFb05)
Option Response Error (oFb06)
Option RAM Fault (oFb10)
Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFb11)
Drive Receive CRC Error (oFb12)
Drive Receive Frame Error (oFb13)
Drive Receive Abort Error (oFb14)
Option Receive CRC Error (oFb15)
Option Receive Frame Error (oFb16)
Option Receive Abort Error (oFb17)
Comm. ID Error (oFb30)
Model Code Error (oFb31)
Sumcheck Error (oFb32)
Comm. option Timeout Waiting for Response (oFb33)
MEMOBUS Timeout (oFb34)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFb35)
CI Check Error (oFb36)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFb37)
Control Command Selection Error (oFb38)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFb39)
Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFb40)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFb41)
Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFb42)
Control Response Selection Error (oFb43)
Option Compatibility Error (oFC00)
Option Not Properly Connected (oFC01)
Same Type of Option Card Already Connected
(oFC02)
A/D Conversion Error (oFC05)
Option Response Error (oFC06)
342 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table u
Alarm Register Contents
The table below shows the alarm codes that can be read out from MEMOBUS/Modbus register 007FH.
Fault Code
0001H
0002H
0003H
0004H
0005H
0006H
0007H
0008H
0009H
000AH
000BH
000CH
000DH
000EH
Undervoltage (Uv)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Drive Overheat (oH2)
Overtorque 1 (oL3)
Overtorque 2 (oL4)
Table B.6 Alarm Register 007FH Contents
Fault Name Fault Code
0022H
0027H
Fault Name
Motor Overheat (oH3)
PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
Run commands input error (EF)
Drive Baseblock (bb)
External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7)
External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8)
0028H
002AH
002BH
0031H
0032H
0033H
0034H
0035H
0036H
0038H
0039H
003AH
PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
Drive Disabled (dnE)
PG Disconnected (PGo)
SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
SI-T3 Station Address Setting Error (AEr)
SI-T3 Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
High Current Alarm (HCA)
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-2)
SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
External Fault (input terminal S1) (EF1)
External Fault (input terminal S2) (EF2)
000FH
0010H
0011H
0012H
0014H
0015H
0016H
0017H
Cooling Fan Error (FAN)
Overspeed (oS)
Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
PG Disconnected (PGo)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Motor Overload (oL1)
003BH
003CH
003DH
003EH
003FH
0040H
0041H
0042H
Safe Disable Input (HbbF)
Safe Disable Input (Hbb)
<1>
<1>
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5)
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5)
PLC Alarm (PA1)
PLC Alarm (PA2)
Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
0018H
001AH
001BH
001DH
001EH
001FH
0020H
Drive Overload (oL2)
Option Card External Fault (EF0)
Motor Switch command input during run (rUn)
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
0043H
0044H
0048H
0049H
004DH
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-3)
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
Motor Overheat (NTC Input) (oH5)
DriveWorksEZ Alarm (dWAL)
Thermistor Disconnect (THo)
<1> Terminals H1, H2, DM+, and DM- on 600 V class models are designed to the functionality, but are not certified to EN61800-5-1, ISO13849 Cat.
3, IEC/EN61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 343
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.10 Enter Command
B.10 Enter Command
When writing parameters to the drive from the PLC using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication, parameter H5-11 determines whether an Enter command must be issued to enable these parameters. This section describes the types and functions of the
Enter commands.
u
Enter Command Types
The drive supports two types of Enter commands as shown in Table B.7
. An Enter command is enabled by writing 0 to register
numbers 0900H or 0910H. It is only possible to write to these registers; attempting to read from these registers will cause an error.
Register No.
0900H
Table B.7 Enter Command Types
Description
Simultaneously writes data into the EEPROM (non-volatile memory) of the drive and enables the data in RAM. Parameter changes remain after cycling power.
Writes data in the RAM only. Parameter changes are lost when the drive is shut off.
Note:
0910H
The EEPROM can only be written to 100,000 times, so it is recommended to limit the number of times writing to the EEPROM. The Enter command registers are write-only and if these registers are read, the register address will be invalid (Error code: 02H). An Enter command is not required when reference or broadcast data are sent to the drive.
u
Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive
When replacing previous Yaskawa drive models with the A1000 and keeping the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications settings, set parameter H5-11 in accordance with the Enter command configuration in the older drive. H5-11 determines whether an Enter command is necessary to activate parameter changes in the drive.
• If upgrading from a G7 or F7 series drive to an A1000, set parameter H5-11 to 0.
• If upgrading from a V7 series drive to an A1000, set parameter H5-11 to 1.
n H5-11 and the Enter Command
An enter command is not required when writing registers 0000H to 001FH. Changes to those registers take effect immediately, independent of the setting in parameter H5-11.
H5-11 Settings
Drive being replaced G7, F7
H5-11 = 0
V7
H5-11 = 1
How parameter settings are enabled When the Enter command is received from the master.
As soon as the value is changed.
Upper/lower limit check
Upper/lower limit check is performed, taking the settings of related parameters into account.
Checks only the upper/lower limits of the parameters that were changed.
Error handling when setting multiple parameters
Data is accepted even if one setting is invalid. The invalid setting will be discarded. No error message occurs.
Default settings of related parameters are changed automatically.
Error occurs if only one setting is invalid. All data that was sent are discarded.
344 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
B.11 Communication Errors
B.11 Communication Errors u
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes
A list of MEMOBUS/Modbus errors appears below.
When an error occurs, remove whatever caused the error and restart communications.
Error Code
01H
02H
03H
21H
22H
23H
24H
25H
Error Name
Cause
Function Code Error
Attempted to set a function code from a PLC other than 03H, 08H, and 10H.
Register Number Error
• A register number specified in the command message does not exist.
• Attempted to send a broadcast message using other register numbers than 0001H or 0002H.
Bit Count Error
• Read data or write data is greater than 16 bits. Invalid command message quantity.
• In a write message, the “Number of Data Items” contained within the message does not equal twice the amount of data words
(i.e., the total of Data 1+ Data 2, etc.).
Data Setting Error
• Control data or parameter write data is outside the allowable setting range.
• Attempted to write a contradictory parameter setting.
Write Mode Error
• During run, the user attempted to write a parameter that cannot be written to during run.
• During an EEPROM memory data error (CPF06), the master attempted to write to a parameter other than A1-00 to A1-05,
E1-03, or o2-04.
• Attempted to write to read-only data.
DC Bus Undervoltage Write Error
During an undervoltage situation, the master attempted to write to parameters that cannot be written to during undervoltage.
Write Error During Parameter Process
Master attempted writing to the drive while the drive was processing parameter data.
Writing into EEPROM Disabled
An attempt was made to write data into EEPROM by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications when writing EEPROM is not possible. (When this error code occurs, an error message is displayed and the drive continues operation.) u
Slave Not Responding
In the following situations, the slave drive will ignore the command message sent from the master, and not send a response message:
• When a communications error (overrun, framing, parity, or CRC-16) is detected in the command message.
• When the slave address in the command message and the slave address in the drive do not match (remember to set the slave address for the drive using H5-01).
• When the gap between two blocks (8-bit) of a message exceeds 24 bits.
• When the command message data length is invalid.
Note: If the slave address specified in the command message is 00H, all slaves execute the write function, but do not return response messages to the master.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 345
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
B
B.12 Self-Diagnostics
B.12 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
1.
Turn on the power to the drive.
2.
Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode
(H1-06 = 67).
3.
Turn off the power to the drive.
4.
With the power off, wire the drive as shown in Figure B.9
, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-, and S6 and
SN.
E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S-
V+ AC V- A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC MP RP AC
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP
Figure B.9 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics
5.
Verify that terminals SC to SP are connected by wire jumper.
6.
Turn the power to the drive back on.
7.
During normal operation, the drive will display “PASS” to indicate that the communications test mode is operating normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display “CE” on the keypad display.
8.
Turn off the power supply.
9.
Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SN. Reset jumper SC to SP to its original position and set terminal S6 to its original function.
10.
Return to normal operation.
346 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Index
Numerics
2-Wire Initialization .........................................................11
3-Wire Initialization .........................................................11
3-Wire Sequence.............................................................11
3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram ........................................96
5th Most Recent Fault..................................................... 302
A
A/D Conversion Error..................................................... 185
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters .............. 307
A1-04 ........................................................................ 227
A1-04, A1-05: Password and Password Setting .........................11
A1-05 ........................................................................ 227
Abnormal Diode Module Fan ...................................... 187, 205
Abnormal Panel Fan................................................. 187, 205
Accel/Decel Time.......................................................... 177
Accel/Decel Time Setting Units ...........................................48
Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency .................................47
Acceleration Error ......................................................... 219
Acceleration Time ...........................................................46
Access Level Selection......................................................10
Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency ..................22
Adjusted Slip Calculation Error ......................................... 217
Adjusting the ASR Parameters.............................................53
AEr........................................................................... 203
AFR Gain ................................................................... 176
AFR Time Constant 1 ..................................................... 176
AFR Time Constant 2 ..................................................... 177
AI-A3 Settings ...............................................................86
Alarm Register 007FH Contents......................................... 343
Alarms and Errors ......................................................... 179
Ambient Temperature Setting...................................... 155, 288
Analog Filter Time Constant ............................................. 177
Analog Frequency Reference Fluctuation Limit.........................67
Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold............................ 101
Analog Input Card Settings.................................................86
Analog Input Filter Time Constant ...................................... 117
Analog Input Option Card Bias ............................................87
Analog Input Option Card Gain ...........................................87
Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection .........................86
Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection ............................... 118
Analog Monitor Card Settings .............................................88
AO-A3 Settings ..............................................................88
ASR............................................................................53
ASR Gain Switching Frequency...........................................55
ASR Integral Limit ..........................................................56
ASR Integral Time...........................................................54
ASR Limit ....................................................................56
ASR Primary Delay Time Constant .......................................56
ASR Proportional Gain .....................................................54
Automatic Reduction for Stall Prevention during Run ............... 144
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run ... 285
Automatic Speed Regulator ................................................53
Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection........................ 147
Auto Restart Operation Selection........................................ 286
Auto-Tuning Codes........................................................ 217
Auto-Tuning Errors........................................................ 182
Auto-Tuning Fault Detection............................................. 217
Auto-Tuning Fault Solutions............................................. 217
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection ...................................... 168, 296
B
b6-01 through b6-04....................................................... 177
Baseblock ................................................................... 203
Base Frequency ..............................................................76
Base Voltage .................................................................76
bb............................................................................. 203
Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection ...................................32
boL..................................................................... 184, 203
Braking Resistor Fault .................................................... 198
Braking Resistor Overheat................................................ 198
Braking Transistor Overload Fault ................................ 184, 203
Broadcast Messages ....................................................... 340
bUS .................................................................... 184, 203
bUS Error Auto Reset .......................................................91
bUS Error Detection Time..................................................91
C
C2-01 through C2-04...................................................... 177
C3-01 .................................................................. 176, 177
C3-02 ........................................................................ 177
C4-01 ........................................................................ 176
C4-02 .................................................................. 176, 177
C4-06 ........................................................................ 177
CALL........................................................................ 204
Cannot Change Parameter Settings...................................... 226
Cannot Reset ............................................................... 204
CANopen Communication Speed .........................................92
CANopen Node ID Selection ..............................................92
CANopen Parameters .......................................................92
Capacitor Maintenance.................................................... 302
Capacitor Maintenance Setting .................................... 165, 293
Capacitor Maintenance Time............................................. 207
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 347
Index
Carrier Frequency Reduction.................................................. 289
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time ............................. 156
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection...................................... 156
Carrier Frequency Selection.....................................................58
CC-Link Communication Speed................................................91
CC-Link Node Address ..........................................................91
CC-Link Parameters..............................................................91
CE........................................................................... 184, 204
CE Detection Time ....................................................... 124, 320
CF................................................................................. 185
Coast to stop.......................................................................20
Coast to Stop with Timer ........................................................21
Comm. option card connection error (CN5-A) ............................. 192
Command Messages from Master to Drive ................................. 323
Communication Error .......................................................... 222
Communication Fault Detection Selection ............................ 123, 319
Communication Option Card....................................................89
Communication Option Card Reference..................................... 304
Communication Parity Selection ....................................... 123, 319
Communications Enter Function Selection ........................... 124, 320
Communications Error Operation Selection ..................................90
Communication Speed Selection ....................................... 123, 319
Communications Timing ...................................................... 323
Comparing Parameter Settings................................................ 223
Compressor Application .........................................................16
Connection of a Motor PTC ................................................... 131
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection ..................... 132, 282
Control Board Connection Error........................................ 185, 186
Control Circuit Error ..................................................... 185, 186
Control Fault .................................................................... 185
Control Method Selection .......................................................10
Control Method Selection Error .............................................. 214
Control Mode................................................................10, 298
Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values ...................... 307
Control Mode Mismatch ....................................................... 222
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault......................................... 201
Converter Heating .............................................................. 194
Conveyor Application............................................................15
Cooling Fan Maintenance ..................................................... 302
Cooling Fan Maintenance Setting (Operation Time) ...................... 293
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time .............................................. 207
Cooling Fan Operation Time.................................................. 302
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting......................................... 165
CoPy.............................................................................. 222
Copy Allowed Selection ....................................................... 164
Copy Function................................................................... 164
Copy Function Errors .......................................................... 179
Copy Function Selection....................................................... 164
Copy Unit Error ................................................................. 222
CPEr .............................................................................. 222
CPF02 ............................................................................ 185
CPF03 ............................................................................ 185
CPF06 ............................................................................ 185
CPF07 ............................................................................ 185
CPF08 ............................................................................ 185
CPF11 to CPF14 ................................................................ 185
CPF16 to CPF19 ................................................................ 185
CPF20 ............................................................................ 186
CPF21 ............................................................................ 186
CPF22 ............................................................................ 186
CPF23 ............................................................................ 186
CPF24 ............................................................................ 186
CPyE ............................................................................. 222
CRC-16 .......................................................................... 324
CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example ................................... 325
CrST .............................................................................. 204
CSEr .............................................................................. 222
Cumulative Operation Time................................................... 302
Cumulative Operation Time at 5th Most Recent Fault .................... 302
Cumulative Operation Time at Most Recent Fault ......................... 302
Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault.............................. 301
Cumulative Operation Time Selection................................. 165, 293
Cumulative Operation Time Setting ................................... 165, 293
Current Alarm ................................................................... 207
Current Detection Error ........................................................ 219
Current Fault .................................................................... 300
Current Unbalance.............................................................. 200
Cyclic Redundancy Check..................................................... 324
D
d3-01.............................................................................. 231
d3-01 through d3-04............................................................ 177
d3-04.............................................................................. 231
d-Axis ACR Output ............................................................ 305
DC Bus Overvoltage ........................................................... 210
DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting ........................... 165
DC Bus Undervoltage .......................................................... 200
DC Bus Voltage................................................................. 298
DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault............................................ 301
DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB....................................... 140
DC Injection Braking Current...................................................26
DC Injection Braking Input Timing Diagram............................... 103
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency.........................................20
DC Injection Braking Time at Start ............................................20
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop ............................................26
DC Injection Braking to Stop ...................................................20
D Control ..........................................................................34
Deceleration Time ................................................................46
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration......... 141, 285
Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) and ND/HD (C6-01) ....... 163
Derivative Time (D) ..............................................................37
Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB ....................................... 283
dEv.......................................................................... 186, 204
DeviceNet Baud Rate Monitor..................................................93
DeviceNet Communication Speed..............................................93
DeviceNet Heartbeat Interval ...................................................94
DeviceNet Idle Mode Fault Detection .........................................93
DeviceNet MAC Address........................................................93
DeviceNet Network MAC ID ...................................................94
DeviceNet Parameters............................................................92
DeviceNet PCA Setting ..........................................................93
DeviceNet PPA Setting ..........................................................93
DeviceNet Scaling Factors ......................................................93
dFAn........................................................................ 187, 205
dFPS .............................................................................. 222
DI-A3 Settings ....................................................................87
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults ............................................. 190
Digital Input Card Settings ......................................................87
Digital Input Option Card Input Selection ....................................87
Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection ..........................87
348 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Index
Digital Input Reading ............................................................23
Digital Operator Display Selection..................................... 161, 292
Digital Operator Keypad Functions .......................................... 162
Digital Output Card Settings ....................................................89
Digital Output Option Card Terminal Function Selection ..................89
dnE................................................................................ 205
DO-A3 Output Mode Selection.................................................89
DO-A3 Settings ...................................................................89
Drive/kVA Selection ........................................................... 292
Drive Capacity Setting Fault .................................................. 213
Drive Disabled .................................................................. 205
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Auto-Tuning ............ 229
Drive Duty Mode Selection .....................................................57
Drive Model Mismatch ........................................................ 222
Drive Model Selection ......................................................... 163
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection ................................... 161, 292
Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault.................................... 301
Drive Overload.................................................................. 195
Drive Slave Address...................................................... 122, 319
Drive Status...................................................................... 299
Drive Transmit Wait Time .............................................. 123, 320
Drive Unit Signal Fault ........................................................ 186
DriveWorksEZ Connection Parameters ..................................... 166
DriveWorksEZ Custom Monitor 1 to 10 .................................... 306
DriveWorksEZ Fault ........................................................... 187
DriveWorksEZ Function Selection.............................................16
DriveWorksEZ Monitors ...................................................... 172
DriveWorksEZ Parameters .................................................... 166
Droop Control Delay Time ......................................................44
Droop Control Gain ..............................................................44
During Frequency Output Time Chart ....................................... 114
During Run Time Chart........................................................ 106
Dwell Function..............................................................43, 177
Dwell Reference at Start .........................................................43
Dwell Reference at Stop .........................................................43
Dwell Time at Start...............................................................43
Dwell Time at Stop ...............................................................43
DWEZ Version Control Monitor 1 to 3...................................... 306
dWFL............................................................................. 187
Dynamic Braking Transistor .................................................. 198
E
E1-08 ....................................................................... 176, 177
E1-09 ............................................................................. 227
E1-10 ....................................................................... 176, 177
E2-01 ............................................................................. 176
E2-02 ............................................................................. 176
E2-03 ....................................................................... 176, 218
E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters ................... 308
E5 ................................................................................. 187
EEPROM Memory Data Error................................................ 185
EEPROM Write Error.......................................................... 188
EF ................................................................................. 205
EF0 ......................................................................... 188, 205
EF1 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EF2 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EF3 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EF4 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EF5 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EF6 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EF7 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EF8 ......................................................................... 188, 206
EFAn ....................................................................... 187, 205
End................................................................................ 222
End1 .............................................................................. 217
End2 .............................................................................. 217
End3 .............................................................................. 217
End4 .............................................................................. 217
End5 .............................................................................. 217
End6 .............................................................................. 217
End7 .............................................................................. 218
Energy Savings Constants Error .............................................. 216
Enter Command................................................................. 124
Enter command necessary ............................................... 124, 321
Enter command not necessary .......................................... 124, 321
Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive...................... 344
Enter Command Types......................................................... 344
Er-01.............................................................................. 218
Er-02.............................................................................. 218
Er-03.............................................................................. 218
Er-04.............................................................................. 218
Er-05.............................................................................. 218
Er-08.............................................................................. 219
Er-09.............................................................................. 219
Er-10.............................................................................. 219
Er-11.............................................................................. 219
Er-12.............................................................................. 219
Er-13.............................................................................. 220
Er-14.............................................................................. 220
Er-15.............................................................................. 220
Er-17.............................................................................. 220
Er-18.............................................................................. 220
Er-19.............................................................................. 220
Er-20.............................................................................. 220
Er-21.............................................................................. 221
Err................................................................................. 188
Error Reading Data ............................................................. 223
Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function...................... 182
Error Writing Data.............................................................. 222
Excessive PID Feedback................................................. 189, 206
Excessive V/f Setting........................................................... 217
Exhaust Fan Application.........................................................15
External Digital Operator Connection Fault ................................ 196
External Fault ............................................................. 188, 206
External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection....................90
External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection ...................90
F
FAn ............................................................................... 188
FAn Alarm Location Monitor................................................. 304
Fast Stop Sequence ............................................................. 100
Fast Stop Time ....................................................................47
Fault Causes and Solutions .................................................... 184
Fault Detection .................................................................. 184
Fault Displays ................................................................... 184
Fault History............................................................... 171, 224
Fault Reset Interval Time................................................ 148, 286
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 349
Index
Fault Reset Methods............................................................ 179
Fault Reset Operation Selection ........................................ 148, 286
Fault Restart ..................................................................... 113
Faults ............................................................................. 179
Fault SlaveLocation Monitor.................................................. 301
Fault Trace................................................................. 171, 224
FbH ......................................................................... 189, 206
FbL ......................................................................... 189, 206
Field Forcing ......................................................................72
Field Forcing Limit...............................................................73
Field Forcing Selection ..........................................................72
Field Weakening ..................................................................72
Field Weakening Frequency Limit .............................................72
Field Weakening Level ..........................................................72
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control .................................... 176
Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG ........................ 176
FJOG/RJOG Operation ..........................................................99
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error............................... 205
Forward Regenerative Torque Limit ................................... 151, 287
Forward Torque Limit.................................................... 151, 287
Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart........................................... 108
Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart........................................... 108
Frequency Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value ........... 111
Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Value ............. 112
Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm............. 153, 289
Frequency Reference .......................................................59, 298
Frequency Reference at Previous Fault ...................................... 300
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss............................... 146, 285
Frequency Reference Bias .......................................................65
Frequency Reference Bias (Up/Down 2) .................................... 306
Frequency Reference Bias Accel/Decel .......................................66
Frequency Reference Bias Lower Limit .......................................65
Frequency Reference Bias Operation Mode Selection ......................66
Frequency Reference Bias Step.................................................65
Frequency Reference Bias Upper Limit .......................................65
Frequency Reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. ................ 303
Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection ...............................63
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection ...................... 109, 285
Frequency Reference Lower Limit .............................................61
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID .........................42
Frequency Reference Selection ............................................... 240
Frequency Reference Selection 1.........................................18, 227
Frequency Reference Selection 2...............................................24
Frequency Reference Setting / Decimal Display ........................... 292
Frequency Reference Setting and User-Set Display ....................... 292
Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy .......................................59
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection...................... 163, 293
Frequency Reference Source Selection ...................................... 303
Frequency Reference Upper Limit .............................................61
Function Code................................................................... 324
Functions for Terminals S1 to S8...............................................95
Fuse is Open ..................................................................... 198
G
Gate Drive Board Undervoltage .............................................. 201
GF................................................................................. 189
Ground Fault .................................................................... 189
H
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections................................. 269
H3-02 ............................................................................. 230
H3-13 ............................................................................. 177
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings................................... 277
Hbb ............................................................................... 206
HbbF.............................................................................. 207
HCA .............................................................................. 207
HD ..................................................................................58
Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time ...................................... 155
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Delay Time .............................. 288
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection............................ 154, 288
Heatsink Overheat ........................................................ 193, 208
Heatsink Overheat Warning ................................................... 208
Heatsink Temperature.......................................................... 302
Heavy Duty ........................................................................58
High Current Alarm Selection ................................................ 156
High Slip Braking .............................................................. 159
High Slip Suppression Current Level ........................................ 160
High-Slip Suppression Current Level........................................ 291
Hunting Prevention ............................................................. 158
Hunting Prevention Gain ...................................................... 176
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting ....................................... 158, 290
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse ........................... 158, 290
Hunting Prevention Selection ........................................... 158, 290
Hunting Prevention Time Constant .................................... 158, 290
HVAC Fan Application ..........................................................15
Hybrid IC Failure ............................................................... 186
I
iFEr ............................................................................... 222
IGBT Maintenance ............................................................. 302
IGBT Maintenance Setting .............................................. 166, 293
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) .............................................. 208
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) ............................................. 211
Induction Voltage Error........................................................ 220
Initialization .......................................................................10
Initialization Required ......................................................... 214
Initialize Parameters..............................................................11
Input Phase Loss ................................................................ 197
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection ................................. 153, 288
Input Pulse Monitor ............................................................ 300
Input Terminal Status .......................................................... 298
Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault ..................................... 301
Input Voltage Setting.............................................................74
Inrush Prevention Relay Fault ................................................ 201
Inrush Prevention Relay Maintenance Setting .............................. 293
Integral Limit Setting.............................................................37
Integral Operation during Accel/Decel ........................................56
Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2..........................57
Integral Time Setting (I) .........................................................37
J
Jog Frequency Reference ........................................................59
Jump Frequency................................................................. 177
Jump Frequency Width ..........................................................62
K
KEB Acceleration Time ................................................. 140, 283
KEB Detection Time ........................................................... 140
KEB Function Related Adjustments ......................................... 139
KEB Operation Using a KEB Input .......................................... 136
KEB Operation Using L2-02, Without KEB Input......................... 136
350 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Index
KEB Operation Using L2-02 and KEB Input ............................... 137
KEB Operation Using L2-10, Without KEB Input......................... 137
KEB Operation Using L2-10 and KEB Input ............................... 138
KEB Operation Wiring Example ............................................. 138
KEB Ride-Thru End Detection ............................................... 136
KEB Ride-Thru Function ...................................................... 103
KEB Ride-Thru Start ........................................................... 135
kWh Monitor Initialization .................................................... 166
kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection ........................................ 294
L
L3-01 through L3-06 ........................................................... 178
L3-02 ............................................................................. 232
L3-04 ............................................................................. 230
L3-11 ............................................................................. 178
L7-01 through L7-04 ........................................................... 178
L7-06 ............................................................................. 178
L7-07 ............................................................................. 178
Language Selection...............................................................10
Leakage Inductance Alarm .................................................... 217
Leakage Inductance Error ..................................................... 220
LED Check ...................................................................... 302
LF ................................................................................. 189
LF2 ............................................................................... 190
LF3 ............................................................................... 190
Line-to-Line Resistance Error................................................. 218
LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection .......................24
LOCAL/REMOTE Key Function Selection ................................ 292
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection..............................................24
Loopback Test................................................................... 326
Loss of Reference Function ................................................... 146
LT-1 .............................................................................. 207
LT-2 .............................................................................. 207
LT-3 .............................................................................. 208
LT-4 .............................................................................. 208
M
Magnetic Flux Compensation Value ...........................................27
Maintenance Monitors ......................................................... 171
Maintenance Monitor Settings ................................................ 165
Master Speed Reference Lower Limit .........................................62
Maximum Output Frequency....................................................76
Maximum Voltage................................................................76
MC/FAN power malfunction.................................................. 201
Mechanical Weakening Detection............................................ 113
Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 ................................... 196, 209
Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 ......................................... 200
Mechanical Weakening Detection Operation ......................... 150, 287
Mechanical Weakening Detection Speed Level ...................... 150, 287
Mechanical Weakening Detection Start Time ........................ 151, 287
Mechanical Weakening Detection Time............................... 151, 287
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete ....................... 210
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error.......................... 184, 204
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reference......................... 303
MEMOBUS/Modbus communication terminal and S2 DIP switch ..... 318
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error .................. 211
MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table............................................. 328
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code ............................................ 299
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes ........................................... 345
MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters ..................................... 319
MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications ......................................... 315
Message Format................................................................. 324
MessageID (INV)............................................................... 300
MessageID (OPR) .............................................................. 300
Middle Output Frequency .......................................................76
Middle Output Frequency 2 .....................................................76
Middle Output Frequency Voltage .............................................76
Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 ...........................................76
Mid Output Voltage A ......................................................... 176
Minimum KEB Time........................................................... 140
Minimum Output Frequency ....................................................76
Minimum Output Frequency Voltage..........................................76
Minimum Output Voltage ..................................................... 176
Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages................................ 323
Minor Alarms ................................................................... 179
Minor Fault ...................................................................... 218
Minor Fault and Alarm Displays ............................................. 181
Minor Faults ..................................................................... 179
Minor Faults and Alarms ...................................................... 179
Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch.................................. 223
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time................. 139, 283
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection ...........................31, 283
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru .......................................... 134
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time ............................. 139, 283
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time ............ 139, 283
Monitor Parameters....................................................... 121, 298
Most Recent Fault .............................................................. 302
Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection .................................................... 168
Motor 1 Parameters...............................................................77
Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency .....................................57
Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit.....................................................57
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time .....................................................56
Motor 2 ASR Limit...............................................................57
Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant .................................57
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain ................................................56
Motor 2 Base Frequency.........................................................80
Motor 2 Base Voltage ............................................................80
Motor 2 Control Mode Selection ...............................................80
Motor 2 Iron Loss.................................................................82
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance ....................................................82
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance ...............................................82
Motor 2 Max Output Frequency ................................................80
Motor 2 Max Voltage ............................................................80
Motor 2 Mechanical Loss........................................................82
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency.................................................80
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 ..............................................80
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage ......................................80
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2 ....................................80
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency..........................................80
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage ...............................80
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 ..........................82
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 ..........................82
Motor 2 Motor Poles .............................................................82
Motor 2 Parameters...............................................................81
Motor 2 Rated Current ...........................................................81
Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current................................................81
Motor 2 Rated Power.............................................................83
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 351
Index
Motor 2 Rated Slip ...............................................................81
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain...............................................50
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit..............................................51
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time............................50
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration ................51
Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain...........................................52
Motor Base Frequency ................................................... 169, 296
Motor Base Speed ........................................................ 169, 296
Motor Data Error................................................................ 218
Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault ..................................... 301
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator................. 164, 293
Motor Direction Error .......................................................... 219
Motor Does Not Rotate ........................................................ 227
Motor Excitation Current (ld) ................................................. 305
Motor Hunting and Oscillation Control Parameters ....................... 177
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient ..................................... 217
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 .....................................78
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 .....................................78
Motor Iron Loss ........................................................... 170, 297
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation ...................................79
Motor Leakage Inductance ......................................................78
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance .................................................78
Motor Mechanical Loss ..........................................................78
Motor No-Load Current....................................................77, 169
Motor Overheat ................................................................. 208
Motor Overheat (NTC Input) ........................................... 194, 209
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input).......................................... 194
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection .......................... 131, 282
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input) ........................................... 194
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection............................ 131, 282
Motor Overload ................................................................. 195
Motor Overload Estimate (oL1) .............................................. 303
Motor Overload Protection Selection .................................. 113, 282
Motor Overload Protection Time ....................................... 130, 282
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning ............................................. 176
Motor Protection ................................................................ 128
Motor Protection Using a PTC Thermistor.................................. 120
Motor PTC Characteristics .................................................... 131
Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault ..................................... 301
Motor Rated Current .................................................77, 169, 296
Motor Rated Power ...................................................79, 168, 296
Motor Rated Slip............................................................77, 169
Motor Rated Voltage ..................................................... 168, 296
Motor Rotates in One Direction Only........................................ 228
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) ................................................ 305
Motor Selection ................................................................. 100
Motor Selection 1/2............................................................. 296
Motor Speed ..................................................................... 298
Motor Speed at Previous Fault ................................................ 300
Motor Speed Error 2............................................................ 220
Motor Speed Fault .............................................................. 219
Motor Switch during Run...................................................... 210
Motor Temperature (NTC ..................................................... 304
Motor Temperature Input Filter Time.................................. 132, 282
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error............................... 214
Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings ........................... 115
Multi-Function Analog Outputs ................................................53
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias ........................ 121
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain........................ 121
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor Selection........ 121
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level Selection .. 122
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias......................... 121
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain ........................ 121
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor Selection ........ 121
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level Selection... 122
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings..............................95
Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings.......................... 105
Multi-Function Input Selection Error ........................................ 213
Multi-Step Speed Selection......................................................19
N
n2-03.............................................................................. 177
ND ..................................................................................58
ndAT.............................................................................. 223
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection............................................90
Network Termination .......................................................... 316
Noise From the Drive or Motor Cables When the Drive is Powered On 231
No-Load Current Alarm ....................................................... 218
No-Load Current Error......................................................... 218
Normal Duty.......................................................................58
nSE ............................................................................... 190
Number of Auto Restart Attempts...................................... 147, 286
Number of Motor Poles ..............................................78, 169, 296
Number of Run Commands ................................................... 302
Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization......................... 166
Number of Speed Search Restarts ..............................................32
O
o2-01.............................................................................. 227
oC ................................................................................. 190
Offset Frequency................................................................ 306
oH2 ............................................................................... 208
oH Alarm Location Monitor .................................................. 304
oL1................................................................................ 195
352 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Index
oL2................................................................................ 195
oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds......................... 155, 288
oPE Fault Parameter............................................................ 299
Open Loop Vector Control .................................................... 177
Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning ................................... 176
Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning Parameters ..................... 176
Operation Errors .......................................................... 179, 182
Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS) ........................................84
Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo)...............................84
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected ....... 164, 293
Operation Status Monitors..................................................... 171
Operator Programming Errors ................................................ 213
Operator Related Settings...................................................... 161
oPr ................................................................................ 196
Option card connection error (CN5-A) ...................................... 192
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A..................... 191
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C..................... 192
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A .......................... 192
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-B .......................... 192
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C .......................... 193
Option Card External Fault.............................................. 188, 205
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A ................................... 191
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B.................................... 192
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C.................................... 193
Option Communication Error ........................................... 184, 203
Option Frequency Reference .................................................. 303
Option Settings....................................................................84
oS ........................................................................... 196, 209
Oscillation or Hunting.......................................................... 231
Output Current .................................................................. 298
Output Current 1 During Speed Search........................................32
Output Current at Previous Fault ............................................. 300
Output Current Imbalance ..................................................... 190
Output Frequency............................................................... 298
Output Frequency after Soft Start ............................................ 299
Output Frequency at Previous Fault.......................................... 300
Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm .................... 153
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection ............................. 154, 288
Output of speed control (ASR) (for Simple V/f PG)....................... 305
Output Phase Loss .............................................................. 189
Output Phase Loss Protection ................................................. 288
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection ..................................... 154
Output Power.................................................................... 298
Output Power at Previous Fault............................................... 301
Output Short Circuit or IGBT Fault .......................................... 199
Output Terminal Status ........................................................ 299
Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault ................................... 301
Output Voltage at Previous Fault ............................................. 300
Output Voltage Detection Fault......................................... 201, 212
Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection ....................................50
Output Voltage Reference ..................................................... 298
Output Voltage Reference (Vd)............................................... 305
Output Voltage Reference (Vq)............................................... 305
ov............................................................................ 196, 210
OV Alarm Location Monitor.................................................. 304
Overcurrent ...................................................................... 190
Overexcitation Deceleration................................................... 143
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain ...................................... 160, 290
Overexcitation Operation Selection .................................... 160, 291
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat) .............................................. 193
Overheat Alarm Level.................................................... 113, 288
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection ............................. 114, 288
Overspeed.................................................................. 196, 209
Overspeed Detection Delay Time ..............................................84
Overspeed Detection Level......................................................84
Overtorque 1..................................................................... 209
Overtorque 2..................................................................... 209
Overtorque Detection 1 ........................................................ 196
Overtorque Detection 2 ........................................................ 196
Overtorque Detection Operation.............................................. 148
Overvoltage...................................................................... 196
Overvoltage Suppression Function ........................................... 144
Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection ............................... 144
ov Suppression Function Selection........................................... 284
P
Parameter Range Setting Error................................................ 213
Parameter Selection Error ..................................................... 215
Parameters for KEB Ride-Thru ............................................... 138
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation .................. 177
PASS ............................................................................. 210
Password ...........................................................................12
Password Setting..................................................................12
Peak Hold Current .............................................................. 303
Peak Hold Output Frequency ................................................. 303
PF ................................................................................. 197
PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor ....................................85
PG 1 Gear Teeth 1 ................................................................86
PG 1 Gear Teeth 2 ................................................................86
PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution .....................................................84
PG 1 Rotation Selection .........................................................85
PG 1 Signal Selection ............................................................86
PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor ....................................85
PG 2 Gear Teeth 1 ................................................................86
PG 2 Gear Teeth 2 ................................................................86
PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution .....................................................84
PG 2 Rotation Selection .........................................................85
PG 2 Signal Selection ............................................................86
PG Disconnect (for any control modes using a PG option card) ......... 198
PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG) ................................ 210
PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option card) .. 198, 210
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution........................................ 169
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 353
Index
PGo ......................................................................... 198, 210
PGoH ....................................................................... 198, 210
PG Open-Circuit Detection Time...............................................84
PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 1 ..................................86
PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 2 ..................................86
PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection...................................86
PG Speed Control Card Settings................................................84
Phase Order Selection ............................................................24
PID Accel/Decel Time ...........................................................41
PID Block Diagram...............................................................36
PID Control........................................................................33
PID Feedback ................................................................... 305
PID Feedback High Detection Level...........................................40
PID Feedback High Detection Time ...........................................40
PID Feedback Input Methods ...................................................34
PID Feedback Loss ....................................................... 189, 206
PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection.......................................39
PID Feedback Low Detection Level ...........................................39
PID Feedback Low Detection Time............................................40
PID Fine Tuning ..................................................................42
PID Function Setting .............................................................37
PID Input (feedback) ........................................................... 305
PID Input Limit ...................................................................41
PID Monitors .................................................................... 171
PID Offset Adjustment...........................................................38
PID Output....................................................................... 305
PID Output Gain Setting.........................................................38
PID Output Level Selection .....................................................38
PID Output Limit .................................................................38
PID Output Lower Limit.........................................................41
PID Output Reverse Selection ..................................................38
PID Primary Delay Time Constant .............................................38
PID Setpoint ..................................................................... 305
PID Setpoint Display Digits.....................................................42
PID Setpoint Input Methods.....................................................34
PID Setpoint Scaling .............................................................41
PID Setpoint Selection ...........................................................41
PID Setpoint User Display ......................................................42
PID Setpoint Value ...............................................................41
PID Sleep ..........................................................................40
PID Sleep Delay Time ...........................................................40
PID Sleep Function Start Level .................................................40
PM Inductance Error ........................................................... 220
Power Unit Output Phase Loss 3 ............................................. 190
Predefined V/f Patterns ..........................................................75
Preset Reference Timing Diagram .............................................61
Previous Fault ................................................................... 300
PROFIBUS-DP Clear Mode Selection ........................................92
PROFIBUS-DP Data Format Selection........................................92
PROFIBUS-DP Node Address .................................................92
PROFIBUS-DP Parameters .....................................................91
Proportional Gain Setting (P) ...................................................37
PTC ............................................................................... 120
PUF ............................................................................... 198
Pulse Monitor Selection Error ................................................ 216
Pulse Train Input/Output....................................................... 105
Pulse Train Input Bias.......................................................... 126
Pulse Train Input Filter Time ................................................. 126
Pulse Train Input Gain ......................................................... 126
Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency...................................... 127
Pulse Train Input Scaling ...................................................... 126
Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection ........................ 125
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling .................................................. 127
Pulse Train Monitor Selection ................................................ 127
Q
q-axis ACR Output ............................................................. 305
R
Ramp to stop ......................................................................20
Rated Current Setting Alarm .................................................. 217
Rated Slip Error ................................................................. 219
rdEr ............................................................................... 223
READ ............................................................................ 164
rEAd .............................................................................. 223
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents .................. 326
Reading Parameter Settings ................................................... 223
Regenerative Torque Limit mode selection ................................. 288
Reset Communication Parameters..............................................91
Resistance Tuning Error ....................................................... 217
Response Messages from Drive to Master .................................. 323
Reverse Direction Output Example Time Chart............................ 112
Reverse Operation Selection ....................................................22
Reverse Prohibited Error....................................................... 220
Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit ................................... 151, 287
Reverse Torque Limit .................................................... 151, 287
RS-422 Interface ................................................................ 317
RS-485 Interface ................................................................ 317
RTS Control Selection ................................................... 124, 320
rUn ................................................................................ 210
Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error............ 214
Run Command at Power Up.....................................................25
Run Command Method Selection ...................................... 124, 321
Run Command Selection ...................................................... 227
Run Command Selection 1 ................................................19, 240
Run Command Selection 2 ......................................................25
Run command selection while in Programming Mode ......................24
Run Command Source Selection ............................................. 303
S
Safe Disable Signal Input................................................ 206, 207
SC................................................................................. 199
S-Curve Characteristics ........................................................ 177
SE ................................................................................. 211
Self-Diagnostics................................................................. 346
SEr ................................................................................ 199
Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals (TB4) ............. 316
Serial Communication Transmission Error ................................. 204
Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1 ............................................... 135
Slave Address ................................................................... 324
Slip Compensation................................................................48
Slip Compensation Gain ...................................................48, 177
Slip Compensation Limit ........................................................49
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time ................................49, 177
Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration ..........................49
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance..................................... 302
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time.............................. 208
Soft CLA Selection ............................................................. 288
354 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
Index
Soft Starter Speed Reference at Previous Fault............................. 301
Software Current Limit Selection ............................................ 155
Software No. (PWM)........................................................... 300
Software No. of Master CPU (Flash) ........................................ 300
Software No. of Slave CPU (ROM).......................................... 300
Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time ......................................72
Speed Agree 1 Time Chart .................................................... 107
Speed Agree 2 Time Chart .................................................... 110
Speed Agree Detection Selection............................................. 146
Speed Agreement Detection Level ..................................... 145, 285
Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)............................... 145, 285
Speed Agreement Detection Width .................................... 145, 285
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) .............................. 145, 285
Speed Control Integral Time 1 ................................................ 209
Speed Control Proportional Gain 1........................................... 209
Speed Deviation.......................................................85, 186, 204
Speed Estimation Type Speed Search..........................................28
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain ..................... 158, 290
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 ....... 159, 290
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2 ....... 159, 290
Speed Limit........................................................................71
Speed Limitation..................................................................69
Speed Limit Bias............................................................. 69, 71
Speed Limit Selection ............................................................71
Speed Search Deactivation Current ............................................31
Speed Search Deceleration Time ...............................................31
Speed Search Delay Time .......................................................31
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain .................................32
Speed Search Method Selection ................................................32
Speed Search Restart Current Level............................................32
Speed Search Restart Detection Time..........................................32
Speed Search Selection at Start .................................................31
Speed Search Wait Time.........................................................33
Stall Prevention ........................................................... 140, 178
Stall Prevention Detection Time.............................................. 145
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration ........................... 142, 284
Stall Prevention Level during Run ..................................... 144, 284
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration ........................... 141, 284
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration....................... 140, 284
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration....................... 142, 284
Stall Prevention Selection during Run ................................. 143, 284
Station Address Setting Error ................................................. 203
Stator Resistance Error......................................................... 220
STOP button Input.............................................................. 218
STOP Key Function Selection .......................................... 163, 292
Stopping Method after Communication Error ........................ 123, 319
Stopping Method Selection......................................................20
SvE ............................................................................... 199
Switching Between Torque and Speed Control...............................70
T
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
..................................................................................... 145
Task Complete .................................................................. 222
Terminal A1 Bias Setting...................................................... 116
Terminal A1 Function Selection.............................................. 115
Terminal A1 Gain Setting ..................................................... 116
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection ......................................... 115
Terminal A2 Bias Setting...................................................... 117
Terminal A2 Function Selection.............................................. 117
Terminal A2 Gain Setting ..................................................... 117
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection ......................................... 117
Terminal A3 Bias Setting...................................................... 117
Terminal A3 Function Selection.............................................. 117
Terminal A3 Gain Setting ..................................................... 117
Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection ......................................... 116
Terminal Board Connection Error............................................ 185
Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics............. 346
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection ........................................ 105
Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection ............................................89
Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection ............................................89
Terminal P1-PC Function Selection............................................89
Terminal P2-PC Function Selection............................................89
Terminal P3-PC Output Selection ..............................................89
Terminal P4-PC Output Selection ..............................................89
Terminal P5-PC Output Selection ..............................................89
Terminal P6-PC Output Selection ..............................................89
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias ......................................................88
Terminal V1 Monitor Gain ......................................................88
Terminal V1 Monitor Selection.................................................88
Terminal V1 Signal Level .......................................................88
Terminal V2 Monitor Bias ......................................................88
Terminal V2 Monitor Gain ......................................................88
Terminal V2 Monitor Selection.................................................88
Terminal V2 Signal Level .......................................................88
Thermistor Disconnect ................................................... 199, 211
THo ............................................................................... 199
THo ............................................................................... 211
Timer Function Off-Delay Time................................................33
Timer Function On-Delay Time ................................................33
Too Many Speed Search Restarts............................................. 199
Torque Compensation at Forward Start........................................52
Torque Compensation at Reverse Start ........................................52
Torque Compensation Gain ...............................................51, 176
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time ............................52, 176
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 ................................52
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 1................... 177
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 2................... 177
Torque Compensation Time Constant .........................................52
Torque Control ....................................................................67
Torque Control Block Diagram.................................................68
Torque Control Input Value Selection .........................................68
Torque Control Reference Sources.............................................68
Torque Control Selection ........................................................71
Torque Control Setting Error.................................................. 216
Torque Control Signal Polarity .................................................69
Torque Detection ............................................................... 109
Torque Detection Level 1................................................ 150, 286
Torque Detection Level 2................................................ 150, 286
Torque Detection Selection 1 ........................................... 149, 286
Torque Detection Selection 2 ........................................... 149, 286
Torque Detection Time 1 ................................................ 150, 286
Torque Detection Time 2 ................................................ 150, 286
Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Accel/Decel ...... 152, 287
Torque Limit Enable Time delay at start .................................... 288
Torque Limit Integral Time Constant .................................. 152, 287
Torque Limits ................................................................... 178
Torque Reference ............................................................... 298
Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option...........90
Torque Reference at Previous Fault .......................................... 301
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 355
Index
Torque Reference Delay Time ..................................................71
Torque Saturation Error........................................................ 220
Troubleshooting without Fault Display...................................... 226
TrPC .............................................................................. 211
Tuning Errors.................................................................... 179
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors ......................................... 179
U
U1-01 ............................................................................. 227
U1-07 ............................................................................. 227
U1-09 ............................................................................. 227
U2, U3 Initialization............................................................ 166
U2, U3 Initial Value Selection ................................................ 293
U2-02 ............................................................................. 224
U2-03 through U2-17 .......................................................... 224
U4-05 ............................................................................. 212
UL3 ......................................................................... 200, 211
UL4 ......................................................................... 200, 211
UL5 ............................................................................... 200
UnbC ............................................................................. 200
UnbC Current Max Location Monitor ....................................... 304
Undertorque Detection 1................................................. 200, 211
Undertorque Detection 2................................................. 200, 211
Undertorque Detection Operation ............................................ 149
Undervoltage .................................................................... 211
Undervoltage 3 .................................................................. 201
Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Relay Fault) ........................ 201
Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv1) .................................. 139, 283
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery............................. 231
Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias................................................72
Unit Code ........................................................................ 163
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H........... 124, 320
Up/Down 2 Operations......................................................... 104
Up/Down Command Operation.................................................99
Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection .............................67
User Monitor Selection after Power Up ............................... 161, 292
User Parameter Automatic Selection.....................................17, 239
User Parameter Default Value .......................................... 163, 292
User Parameters 1 to 32....................................................17, 239
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display.................................... 162
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value.................................... 162
User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart ......................................... 107
User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value .......... 111
Uv ................................................................................. 211
Uv1 ............................................................................... 200
Uv2 ............................................................................... 201
Uv3 ............................................................................... 201
Uv4 ............................................................................... 201
Uv5 ............................................................................... 201
UV Alarm Location Monitor.................................................. 304
V
V/f Control Mode Tuning ..................................................... 176
V/f Control Mode Tuning Parameters ....................................... 176
V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback ................................... 125
V/f Data Setting Error.......................................................... 215
V/f Gain During Speed Search..................................................31
V/f Pattern Defaults ............................................................ 309
V/f Pattern Display Unit ....................................................... 162
V/f Pattern for Motor 2...........................................................80
V/f Pattern Selection .............................................................74
vAEr .............................................................................. 223
VERIFY.......................................................................... 164
vFyE .............................................................................. 223
voF .......................................................................... 201, 212
voF Alarm Location Monitor ................................................. 304
W
Water Supply Pump Application ...............................................14
Watt Hour Output Example ................................................... 115
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection............................................. 114
Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence ....................................... 102
WRITE ........................................................................... 164
Writing Parameter Settings .................................................... 222
Writing to Multiple Registers ................................................. 326
Z
Zero Servo .........................................................................44
Zero Servo Completion Width ..................................................45
Zero Servo Fault ................................................................ 199
Zero Servo Gain...................................................................45
Zero-Speed Time Chart ........................................................ 107
Z Pulse Correction Error....................................................... 221
Z Pulse Fault .................................................................... 187
Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection ................................................ 187
356 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
This Page Intentionally Blank
Index
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual 357
Revision History
The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.
Example:
MANUAL NO.
SIEP YEAHHP 01B <2>
Published in U.S.A. June 2016
Revision Number
Date of publication
Date of Publication
June 2016
May 2013
June 2011
Revision
Number
<2>
<1>
-
Section
1.7
A.9
-
-
Revised Content
Revision: Remove reference to analog output signal 4 to 20 mA.
Revision: Remove parameters H4-07 and H4-08.
Revision: Description for parameter L7-30.
First Edition. This manual supports A1000 HHP drive software version VSL901012.
358 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP YEAHHP 01B YASKAWA AC Drive – A1000 HHP Programming Manual
YASKAWA AC Drive-A1000 HHP
High Performance Vector Control Drive
Programming Manual
YASKAWA AMERICA, INC.
2121 Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.
Phone: (800) YASKAWA (927-5292) or 1-847-887-7000 Fax: 1-847-887-7310 http://www.yaskawa.com
DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT)
2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi, Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan
Phone: 81-930-25-3844 Fax: 81-930-25-4369 http://www.yaskawa.co.jp
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-6891, Japan
Phone: 81-3-5402-4502 Fax: 81-3-5402-4580 http://www.yaskawa.co.jp
YASKAWA ELÉTRICO DO BRASIL LTDA.
Avenda Fagundes Filho, 620 Bairro Saude, São Paulo, SP04304-000, Brasil
Phone: 55-11-3585-1100 Fax: 55-11-5581-8795 http://www.yaskawa.com.br
YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH
Hauptstrasse 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: 49-6196-569-300 Fax: 49-6196-569-398 http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
YASKAWA ELECTRIC UK LTD.
1 Hunt Hill Orchardton Woods, Cumbernauld, G68 9LF, United Kingdom
Phone: 44-1236-735000 Fax: 44-1236-458182 http://www.yaskawa.co.uk
YASKAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CORPORATION
7F, Doore Bldg. 24, Yeoido-dong, Yeoungdungpo-gu, Seoul, 150-877, Korea
Phone: 82-2-784-7844 Fax: 82-2-784-8495 http://www.yaskawa.co.kr
YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
151 Lorong Chuan, #04-01, New Tech Park, 556741, Singapore
Phone: 65-6282-3003 Fax: 65-6289-3003 http://www.yaskawa.com.sg
YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.
No. 18 Xizang Zhong Road, 17F, Harbour Ring Plaza, Shanghai, 200001, China
Phone: 86-21-5385-2200 Fax: 86-21-5385-3299 http://www.yaskawa.com.cn
YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD. BEIJING OFFICE
Room 1011, Tower W3 Oriental Plaza, No. 1 East Chang An Ave.,
Dong Cheng District, Beijing, 100738, China
Phone: 86-10-8518-4086 Fax: 86-10-8518-4082
YASKAWA ELECTRIC TAIWAN CORPORATION
9F, 16, Nanking E. Rd., Sec. 3, Taipei, 104, Taiwan
Phone: 886-2-2502-5003 Fax: 886-2-2505-1280
YASKAWA AMERICA, INC.
In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be empl thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the oyed in any weapons systems or the manufacture
Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and impr ovements.
© 2011-2016 YASKAWA AMERICA, INC. All rights reserved.
MANUAL NO. SIEP YEAHHP 01B <2>
Published in U.S.A. June 2016
Herunterladen
Öffentlicher Link aktualisiert
Der öffentliche Link zu Ihrem Chat wurde aktualisiert. Sie können Ihre Chat-Links nach der Registrierung hier einsehen und verwalten.
Öffentlicher Dokumentenlink
Werbung